Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

46th Annual Convention; Washington DC; 2020

Program by Day for Saturday, May 23, 2020


 

Noteworthy Activity #21
Reset and Restore Yoga with the Health, Sport and Fitness SIG
Saturday, May 23, 2020
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, South Pre-Function
Chair: Michelle L Zube (Caldwell University)

Presentations, data, and graphs...Oh my! Preparing for and attending conferences can be exhausting. Take some time to reset and restore with a 50 minute yoga class. This gentle practice begins with a light warm up, transitions to a slow flow of seated postures, and closes with a restful savasana. All levels are welcome! See you on the mat!

 
 
Special Event #22
CE Offered: BACB
Opening Event and Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Award Ceremony
Saturday, May 23, 2020
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
CE Instructor: Mark A. Mattaini, Ph.D.
 

SABA Award for Distinguished Service: The Social Tissue and the Salamander’s Tail

Abstract:

What makes us human? That is an old question, much older than the modern division of science. Today anthropogeny tries to explain the origin of humans with a multidisciplinary approach. To answer that question one first has to define culture. For some biology researchers, “culture is information that is capable of affecting individuals’ behaviour, which they acquire from other individuals through teaching, imitation and other forms of social learning. Here, ‘information’ includes knowledge, beliefs, values and skills.”. In behavior analysis, Skinner has shown a definition that can cover all of the meanings of previous attempts, with the advantage of specifying what and how it is learned; in his own words, “the usefulness of any lawful relation depends on the sharpness of reference of the terms in which it is stated.” In behavioral terms, culture is the set of conditional relations, or contingencies, which regulates the power to reinforce or punish members of a group. Large groups usually have some controlling agencies for different kinds of behavior.

This award will be accepted by Julia Todorov-Thomsen on behalf of João Todorov.

 
JOÃO TODOROV (Universidade de Brasilia)
 
Dr. Todorov received his Ph.D. from Arizona State University. He held faculty positions at the University of Virginia at Fredericksburg and the University of São Paulo at Riberiao Preto before his appointment at the University of Brasília in 1973, where he has spent most of his career. Retired since 200o, he is professor emeritus and also still serves as a researcher. From 2000–2009, he was a professor at the Catholic University of Goiás. Dr. Todorov’s career as a behavior analyst includes a remarkable range of achievements in research, education, and service to his discipline and his country. At Brasília, Dr. Todorov served variously as department chair, dean of graduate studies and research, vice-president, and president of the university, all while leading generations of Brazilians to behavior analytic research and academic careers that continue his legacy, and helping to secure a place for behavior analysis in the nation’s academic governance. His scholarly contributions span important basic research topics (e.g., multiple and concurrent schedules, avoidance, and pharmacology), applications to the solution of societal problems—his more recent focus, and dissemination of behavior analysis to the public (with more than 150 articles in the Brazilian media). Dr. Todorov’s many contributions have been widely recognized—by the Brazilian government with the Cross of the Ordem de Rio Branco, by SABA with the Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis, and by an award from the Ibero-American Federation of Psychological Associations.
 
SABA Award for Scientific Translation: On the Complexity of Discounting (and People)
Abstract: Although steep delay discounting is associated with various behavioral problems (e.g., substance abuse), it is best not conceived of as a character flaw such as impulsivity. Such a view, while part of a centuries-old tradition, does not distinguish between actions whose outcomes involve gains and losses, or between delayed outcomes and probabilistic outcomes, nor does it acknowledge that how steeply an individual discounts one of these kinds of outcome often is independent of how steeply they discount other kinds. Therefore, consistent with a behavior-analytic view, we advocate an approach that does not require making judgments about the character of the individual. We show that when drug- (i.e., cocaine, nicotine) dependent individuals are compared with controls, a substantial number of the drug-dependent individuals discount delayed monetary rewards less steeply than the average (median) member of the control group. Moreover, a substantial number of the controls discount more steeply than the average drug-dependent individual. Finally, many everyday choice situations differ from those studied in most discounting experiments in that they involve both gains and losses as well as qualitatively different outcomes that may be both delayed and probabilistic. Past research on discounting that focused on simpler choice situations has provided a solid foundation, but research on more complicated situations is needed. The principles revealed by such research both inform the choices of treatment providers and improve our understanding of the complicated decisions that people face every day.
 
LEONARD GREEN (Washington University in St. Louis)
 

Len Green received his undergraduate degree from the City College of New York (CCNY) and his Ph.D. from the State University of New York at Stony Brook. After completing post-doctoral research, he ventured west of the Mississippi (despite thinking he still would remain east of the river) where he is Professor of Psychological & Brain Sciences and Professor of Economics at Washington University in St. Louis, as well as Director of Undergraduate Studies. His research concerns choice and decision-making in rats, pigeons, and people, with a particular interest in models of self-control, impulsivity, and choice and decision-making. He is one of the developers of ‘behavioral economics,’ a transdisciplinary field that combines the experimental methodology of psychology with the theoretical constructs of economics. He is co-author of the book Economic Choice Theory: An Experimental Analysis of Animal Behavior, and editor of Advances in Behavioral Economics, the third volume of which is subtitled Substance Use and Abuse. His research has been funded by the National Institute of Mental Health, National Institute on Aging, and the McDonnell Center for Higher Brain Function. He served on the Executive Board of the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior (SQAB), was President of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (SEAB), and was Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB). He is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) and the Association for Psychological Science (APS), and was President of Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) of the American Psychological Association. He received the Victor G. Laties Award for Lifetime Service from the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior in 2018.

 
SABA Award for Dissemination: Behaviour Analysis in Ireland: Sustained Growth From Small Beginnings
Abstract: Serendipity is “the occurrence and development of events by chance in a happy or beneficial way”. So, it was serendipitous that Jock Millenson, a Columbia PhD in operant conditioning, moved to London in the 1960’s, because this led to the beginnings of behaviour analysis in Ireland in the 1970’s. By the late ‘60’s Jock had a research position at Oxford University and in a brief time window he taught me at undergraduate and postgraduate levels and introduced me to Leo Baker who was in a faculty position at Trinity College Dublin. When I moved to Northern Ireland in the mid-70’s, Leo and I established a small group to support behaviour analysis in Ireland. This began as entirely concerned with EAB but gradually became more involved with ABA. To help deal with applied and professional issues it morphed into the Division of Behaviour Analysis of the Psychological Society of Ireland around 15 years ago. Now, behaviour analysis is taught in most of the universities in Ireland, North and “South”, and there are three well-established ABA Masters programs. Masters and Doctoral graduates from Irish programs are in teaching and professional roles across the world, including a group of Ulster graduates in the Middle East. Researchers trained in this Irish network have contributed substantially in both basic and applied fields. It has been a great pleasure to witness this growth which I am sure will continue.
 
JULIAN LESLIE (Ulster University)
 

I obtained my doctorate in Experimental Psychology from Oxford University in 1974 since when I have been in academic posts in Northern Ireland where I have been a full professor since 1986. I published textbooks on behaviour analysis in 1979, 1996, 2000, 2002. As well as teaching undergraduate and postgraduate courses, I have successfully supervised 48 students who have obtained PhDs in fields including, experimental analysis of behaviour, applied behaviour analysis, psychopharmacology, behavioural neuroscience, experimental psychology, applied psychology. Three PhD’s were concerned with behavioural strategies to address environmental issues. In 1977 I was co-founder of the group, Behaviour Analysis in Ireland which became a chapter of ABAI. In 2004, the group became the Division of Behaviour Analysis of the Psychological Society of Ireland, and I am currently the Division chair. I organised the Third European Meeting for the Experimental Analysis of Behaviour in Dublin, Ireland 1999, and have co-organised 13 annual conferences of the Division of Behaviour Analysis from 2007 to 2019, variously in Dublin, Galway and Athlone. I have been a keynote speaker at the European Association for Behaviour Analysis in Milan in 2006, in Crete, Greece in 2010, at the Brazilian Association for Behaviour Analysis, Salvador 2011, and at the 30th International Conference of the Spanish Society for Comparative Psychology 2018, and at the 10th International Conference of the Association for Behavior Analysis International in Stockholm, September 2019.

 
SABA Award for Dissemination: Embracing Challenges and Abolishing Stereotypes to Support the Growth of Behaviour Analysis in the United Kingdom
Abstract: When I arrived at the University of South Wales (then the University of Glamorgan) in 2008, I was the sole behaviour analyst in a department comprised mainly of cognitive and health psychologists. Hired to lead an undergraduate programme in child development, I immediately began the task of infusing behaviour analysis into any space I could find or create. Since that time, I have worked with a team of incredible colleagues to build undergraduate and postgraduate programmes in behaviour analysis, develop the first university-based behaviour analysis clinic in Europe, and capitalise on opportunities to demonstrate the breadth and power of behaviour analysis across underserved populations and settings. In this presentation, I will share some of the outcomes of these endeavours and analyse the contingencies that generated them.
 
JENNIFER AUSTIN (University of South Wales)
 

Jennifer L. Austin received her Ph.D. in Psychology from the Florida State University, where she had the privilege of studying under the supervision of Dr. Jon Bailey. For over 20 years, she has worked as a behaviour analytic researcher and clinician, whilst also playing a key role in the development of behaviour analysis programmes in the United States and the United Kingdom. She currently serves as Professor of Psychology and Head of Behaviour Analysis at the University of South Wales, where directs the MSc Behaviour Analysis and Therapy and PgDip Behaviour Analysis Supervised Practice programmes. She also serves as the Clinical Director of the USW Behaviour Analysis Clinic, which is the only university-based behaviour analysis clinic in Europe. Dr. Austin’s research and clinical interests have focussed primarily on behaviour analytic applications in mainstream education, as well as applying our science to populations that are relatively underserved by the field, including children who have experienced trauma and prisoners. She has been a key driver in the development of the UK Society for Behaviour Analysis, which seeks to protect consumers of behaviour analysis, whilst also working toward professional recognition of behaviour analysts in the UK. Dr. Austin has published over 30 peer-reviewed articles and book chapters, and is a former associate editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior Analysis in Practice, and Education and Treatment of Children.

 

SABA Award for Effective Presentation in the Mass Media: Expanding the Frame of Behavior Analysis and Communicating With the Media

Abstract:

A fortunate part of my early academic environment was exposure to behavior analysis, which has been critical to my investigation of drugs, addiction, risk behavior, and therapeutic pharmacology. One topic is behavioral economic demand analysis, which I have used to examine the relations among tobacco products, such as traditional cigarettes and e-cigarettes, and the effects of a potential cigarette nicotine-reduction policy. Another topic within the realm of behavioral economics is delay discounting. I have conducted studies helping to identify delay discounting as a fundamental behavioral process underlying addiction across a variety of drugs. My research has applied delay discounting to understand risky sexual behavior in the form of condom use decisions. My drug administration studies show that cocaine and alcohol acutely increase sexual risk behavior by decreasing likelihood of condom use through a delay discounting mechanism. I have conducted drug administration studies with drugs from nearly all drug classes, investigating abuse liability and behavioral effects. These have included first-in-humans studies and studies of novel or atypical drugs such as salvinorin A, the active agent in Salvia divinorum. Finally, I have conducted extensive research with the psychedelic drug psilocybin, including studies showing large long-term reductions in depression and anxiety in cancer patients, and high smoking cessation success rates in treatment-resistant smokers. Overall, my research has provided me the opportunity to speak to the media about a larger number of topics such as: the therapeutic potential of psychedelic drugs; novel psychoactive drugs largely unknown to the public; the risks associated with alcohol, tobacco, cannabis, and other drugs; the effects of drugs on sex and sexual risk, and the changing landscape of tobacco/nicotine and cannabis products. My behavior analytic background has not only been instrumental in conducting my research, but also in responsibly communicating about these topics to the public.

 
MATTHEW JOHNSON (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
 

Matthew W. Johnson, Ph.D., has broad expertise on psychoactive drugs, addiction, and risk behavior. Early contributions include research contributing to the recognition that delay discounting, or the devaluation of future consequences, is a fundamental behavioral process broadly relevant to addiction. His early research also validated methods and developed analytic techniques that have since become widely adopted in delay discounting research. He has conducted tobacco/nicotine research throughout his career, determining the role of nicotine and nonpharmacological factors in tobacco use and addiction. This includes recent research on e-cigarettes and current research funded by the Food and Drug Administration using behavioral economics to evaluate cigarettes with potentially modified risk. Applying behavioral economics to sexual risk behavior, Matt has conducted seminal research implicating delay discounting in condom use decisions. He published the first human research determining the effects of cocaine administration on sexual decision making and risk, providing important information for addressing the high rates of HIV among cocaine users. Matt is also a leading expert on the effects of psychedelic drugs and has conducted seminal work that has expanded basic and therapeutic interest in these compounds, including research suggesting potential therapeutic effects of psilocybin in cancer-related psychiatric distress and smoking cessation. He has conducted studies administering nearly all classes of psychoactive drugs. Matt has published 119 articles and chapters including studies on cocaine, tobacco/nicotine, methamphetamine, alcohol, psilocybin, dextromethorphan, salvinorin A, GHB, cannabis, opioids, benzodiazepines, and cathinone-like compounds (“bath salts”). He has been internationally sought as a science communicator on psychoactive drugs and addiction, being interviewed by the CBS 60 Minutes, CNN’s Wolf Blitzer Show, Fox Business News, BBC, National Public Radio including Morning Edition and the Kojo Nnamdi Show, Labyrint (a public television show in the Netherlands), the New York Times, the Washington Post, the Globe and Mail, the Daily Mail, USA Today, CBS News, the Baltimore Sun, the Atlantic, the Washingtonian, Psychology Today, Scientific American, and Nature, among others. Matt was quoted and his research was described in Michael Pollan’s best-selling book How to Change Your Mind: How to Change Your Mind: What the New Science of Psychedelics Teaches Us about Consciousness, Dying, Addiction, Depression, and Transcendence.

 

SABA Award for Programmatic Contributions: The Center for Autism and Related Disorders

Abstract:

The Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD) was founded in 1990 by Doreen Granpeesheh, Ph.D., BCBA-D, at the suggestion of O. Ivar Lovaas, Ph.D., who wanted the participants in his groundbreaking study to have an ABA program to attend when they aged out of his UCLA research. What began as a one-woman practice in Westwood, California, grew into the largest ABA provider in the world with more than 260 clinic locations in 33 states. Having practiced, researched, and advocated for ABA for over 40 years, Dr. Granpeesheh provides a view of the earliest years of behavioral applications to the treatment of autism, and speaks of the ways in which access to ABA has grown, largely as a result of the onset of health insurance funding. Dr. Granpeesheh shares the lessons learned in the field, describes how data-driven decisions continue to shape behavior analysis, and shares her insights on future directions.

 
DOREEN GRANPEESHEH (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
 

Dr. Doreen Granpeesheh is the Founder and CEO of the Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD) and the Founder and President of the Board of Autism Care and Treatment Today (ACT Today). Dr. Granpeesheh received her Ph.D. in Psychology from UCLA under the mentorship of Professor Ivar Lovaas. She is licensed by the Medical Board of California and the Colorado, Texas, Arizona, Virginia, Michigan and Oregon State Boards of Psychologists. Dr. Granpeesheh holds a Certificate of Professional Qualification in Psychology from the Association of State and Provincial Psychology Boards, is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst, doctoral level, and has been providing behavioral therapy for individuals with autism since 1979. She has been a member of numerous scientific and advisory boards including the US Autism and Asperger's Association, the Autism File journal, Autism 360/medigenesis, the 4-A Healing Foundation, and the Defeat Autism Now coalition. In addition, Dr. Granpeesheh has served on the National Board of Directors of the Autism Society of America, the practice board of ABAI, as well as the Autism Human Rights and Discrimination Initiative Steering Committee, the Early Intervention Taskforce of the Senate Select Committee on Autism and Related Disorders, and the Oversight Committee of the Department of Developmental Disabilities.

 

Dr. Granpeesheh has co-authored the book Evidence-Based Treatment for Children with Autism and numerous peer reviewed publications on issues concerning the diagnosis and treatment of Autism. She was awarded the George Winoker Clinical Research Award from the American Academy of Clinical Psychiatrists for her publication titled: Retrospective analysis of clinical records in 38 cases of recovery from autism. Together with her colleagues at CARD, Dr. Granpeesheh created Skills® for Autism, a web-based software tool that creates comprehensive treatment plans for children and adults with autism spectrum disorder, and founded the Institute for Behavioral Training, an online platform for training professionals and families on the principles of ABA.

 

SABA Award for Programmatic Contributions: Bettering the World: Creating Population-Level Change Using Behavior Analysis

Abstract:

In 1968, Baer, Wolf and Risley wrote: “Better applications [of behavioral science], it is hoped, will lead to a better state of society, to whatever extent the behavior of its members can contribute to the goodness of a society.” I grew up with that idea and passion—even before I was their student, but they had the practical science. Only a few things from ABA have been brought to population-level scale—with measured population-level benefits. My talk is how my colleagues and I have achieved population-level impact on violence, mental health, addictions and academics using ABA and other proven science. The driving example in this talk, and paper, uses the Good Behavior Game, because it was the first ABA publication on a whole classroom implementation of ABA. Scaling up and scaling out GBG is a function having worked with Sesame Street, implementing my national child-safety effort in NZ, implementing an ABA tobacco control strategy, and understanding and building a business based on sales rather than grants. Achieving population-level benefits with ABA is unlikely to happen as a direct result of an NIH grant. The contingencies are not aligned. Both the Good Behavior Game at micro level and as our international prevention-science company involve selection by consequences to achieve the vision that Baer, Wolf and Risley envisioned. My talk lays a step-by-step pathway to population-level impact of ABA informed prevention science that Don, Mont and Todd foresaw 50 years ago, but did not live to see. From these lessons, we might succeed in bettering the world they predicted.

 
DENNIS EMBRY (PAXIS Institute)
 

Dennis D. Embry received his Ph.D. from the University of Kansas, focused on using ABA for population-level efforts with Sesame Street and the AAA Foundation for Traffic Safety—ultimately implementing that work throughout New Zealand. Dr. Embry is president/senior scientist at PAXIS Institute in Tucson, and co-investigator at both Johns Hopkins Center for Prevention and the Manitoba Centre for Health Policy.  Founded in 1998, PAXIS Institute is an international prevention science company, focused on preventing mental, emotional, behavioral and related physical disorders at population-level. He is a SAMHSA/CMHS National Advisory Council member, the board of the National Federation of Families for Children’s Mental Health, and the scientific advisory board of the Children’s Mental Health Network. In the 1990s, he implemented the first RCT at population-level to reduce youth violence (PeaceBuilders) using ABA principles. In 1999, he began replicating the longitudinal Hopkin’s studies of the Good Behavior Game. Today Dr. Embry’s prevention efforts affecting more than one million children in 38 states, multiple provinces of Canada, and EU countries with multiple studies showing population-level reduction of mental, emotional, and behavioral disorders using PAX GBG and evidence-base kernels. As grad student, Dr. Baer (his advisor) asked Dennis why he wanted to study ABA having a political and history background, the answer: “I want to use science to make our world a better place for children.”

 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #23
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
A Search for Efficiency in Teaching Basic Skills to Implement Autism Intervention: Research on Technology-Based Training in Brazil
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207A
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Romariz Barros, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ROMARIZ BARROS (Federal University of Pará-Brazil; National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition, and Teaching)
Abstract:

The efficiency of behavior analytic intervention to autism spectrum disorder (ASD) increases when it is early, intensive, comprehensive, and long-lasting. This is particularly true for children with moderate to severe impairment. The above-mentioned key elements make behavior analytic intervention often inaccessible for most of the affected population in developing countries, such as Brazil. The main causes for that are: the shortage of trained professionals and the absence of specialized public services. Some of the families have the profile to be trained to participate in the intervention plan. Parental implementation may be an important tool for behavior analysts to deliver interventions with the required intensity, comprehensiveness, and extension. On the other hand, training technicians efficiently is another challenge. In this scenario, research focusing on the advancement of training procedures to develop implementation skills in parents of children diagnosed with ASD and also technicians is helpful. This presentation describes some of our applied research on teaching basic skills to implement behavior-analytic intervention to ASD. We describe our results with instructional video-modeling to teach parents to implement structured teaching and its impact on their respective children. We also compare results of implementation by parents to results of implementation by technicians. Research on training basic skills to implement incidental teaching is also reported, along with data on self-video-monitoring to prevent drifting in implementation by technicians. This research line as a whole is dedicated to developing useful tools for behavior analysts to quickly bring others to help in an intervention plan.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Students and professionals interested in the dissemination of Applied behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the challenge of implementing large-scale, high-quality intervention to ASD in developing countries; (2) understand the importance of teaching technology to overcome such challenge; (3) analyze data concerning to the use of instructional video-modeling and video-monitoring as part of the solution.
 
ROMARIZ BARROS (Federal University of Pará-Brazil; National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition, and Teaching)
Romariz S. Barros is was born in Brazil in 1971. He is a Psychologist graduated at the Federal University of Pará-Brazil and Ph.D. on Experimental Psychology at the University of São Paulo. He has worked as a college professor at the Federal University of Pará-Brazil since 1997. He is currently a Full Professor at the Graduate Program on Theory and Research on Behavior. He is a Behavior Analyst accredited by the Brazilian Association of Psychology and Behavioral Medicine (ABPMC) and a member of the National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior Cognition and Teaching.
 
 
Symposium #24
CE Offered: BACB
Variables That Impact Skill Acquisition
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 206
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Claudia Campos, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The purpose of these three studies was to evaluate different variables that may impact skill acquisition in individuals with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The first paper evaluated the order in which stimuli were presented (i.e., sample-first or comparison-first) during receptive discrimination in six children. Results suggest that all participants learned faster during the sample-first condition. The second paper examined if the participants acquired receptive identification and tacting of unknown stimuli presented in array of stimuli that included directly trained tacts. Results suggest that receptive responding may emerge after tact training and that for some individuals tacting and receptive identification may be acquired through exclusion. Finally, the last paper investigated whether the form of visual stimuli affects the acquisition of object-to-picture matching in three young men. Results suggest that the use of stimuli with greater visual similarity to the target object may yield greater efficiency in mastering object-to-picture relations for some individuals diagnosed with ASD.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

RBTs, BCaBAs, BCBAs, graduate students

 
Further Examination of the Effects of Order of Stimulus Presentation on Receptive Discrimination
JINA SALAMA (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology), Alexa Suarez (Florida Institute of Technology), Krista Belinov (Florida Institute of Technology), Kaitlynn Gokey (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Petursdottir and Aguilar (2016) recently demonstrated that presenting the sample auditory stimulus prior to the comparison visual stimuli may enhance the rate of skill acquisition of receptive skills of typically-developing children. More recently, Cubicciotti et al. (2019) and Vedora et al. (2019) attempted to replicate Petursdottir and Aguilar (2016)’s procedures with individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder in more clinical settings. Results from these two studies differed from Peturdottir and Aguilar. However, there were some procedural variations that may have accounted for these mixed findings. Thus, the purpose of the current study was to systematically replicate Petursdottir & Aguilar (2016) and to further extend research in sample-first versus comparison-first conditions using teaching procedures commonly used during discrete trial instruction (e.g., prompt fading) with individuals with autism spectrum disorder or speech delays. All six children who participated in the study acquired receptive skills faster during the sample-first stimulus presentation condition which replicates the original findings by Petursdottir and Aguilar (2016).
 
Acquisition of Non-Target Tacts and Receptive Identification Through Discrete Trial Instruction
JEFF SCHRAM (Engage Behavioral Health), Natalie Mandel (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Discrete Trial Training (DTT) is a common educational procedure for children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD; Delprato, 2001). This procedure can be used to teach expressive (Sundberg & Partington, 1999) and receptive responses (Smith, 2001). Naming by exclusion (NE) is when individuals acquire a word-object relations from hearing a word and being presented with an unknown stimulus (Greer & Du, 2015) The current study examined if individuals with an ASD acquired receptive identification and tacting of unknown stimuli presented in array of stimuli that included directly trained tacts. The participants in this study are young children diagnosed with an ASD. During training two tacts from a set of three stimuli were directly taught. Then we assessed if participants could receptively identify all three stimuli, two of which were directly taught tacts. Following tests for emergence of receptive identification, we also assessed whether the participants could tact the stimulus that was not directly trained. Current results indicate that some individuals with an ASD receptive responding will emerge after tact training and that these individuals can acquire tacting and receptive identification through exclusion. These results support bi-directional naming and acquiring skills through exclusion.
 
Matching Visual Stimuli: Does Similarity Matter?
KELSEY BURREN (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children and Western New England University)
Abstract: Three young men with autism participated in this study investigating whether the form of visual stimuli affects the acquisition of object-to-picture matching. Object-to-picture matching was established with photos and line drawings, and then relations were taught between the objects and arbitrary stimuli. Subsequently, probes were conducted for the emergence of untrained relations between these arbitrary stimuli and the photos and line drawings. A parallel treatments design was used to compare performances based on photos vs. line drawings. For two participants, there was no difference in trials to mastery between photos and line drawings. For the third participant, relations were mastered more efficiently with photos than line drawings in 8/11 comparisons; both relations were mastered at the same rate in the remaining 3 comparisons. Equivalence relations emerged between arbitrary symbols and both photos and line drawings for the first two participants, but object-to-arbitrary symbol relations were not acquired by the third participant. The use of stimuli with greater visual similarity to the target object may yield greater efficiency in mastering object-to-picture relations for some individuals with autism. Mean interobserver agreement across all phases and participants was 99%.
 
 
Symposium #25
CE Offered: BACB
Strategies for Developing Spontaneous and Social Language in Individuals With Autism
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon H
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Eric Rozenblat (Institute for Educational Achievement)
Discussant: Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
CE Instructor: Kevin J. Brothers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Our field continues to refine and advance methods of teaching individuals with autism critical language skills that allow them to more fully interact with others in their surroundings. The goal of research within this area is often to produce spontaneous language that allows individuals with autism to have more successful social experiences. The papers in this symposium will address teaching language skills to individuals with autism with respect to question-asking skills and simple social responses for an individual also diagnosed with catatonia. Through the use of single-subject experimental designs, the researchers have investigated strategies of teaching language responses to students with autism and demonstrated the effective use of such strategies to increase appropriate spontaneous language responses in the presence of target discriminative stimuli. In addition, each presenter will define methods by which the generalization of these important verbal skills was targeted and the extent to which these responses were displayed under non-training conditions. Finally, each presenter will detail the acquisition and generalization of these responses through a learning-based account and comment on the importance of these skills in advancing the language repertoires of individuals with autism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): audio scripts, catatonia, question asking, social language
Target Audience:

Professionals in behavior analysis, education, and clinicians serving individuals with autism who hold certification in behavior analysis or BA, MA, or Ph.D level degrees.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn how to use scripts to teach question asking skills, with an emphasis on requesting assistance. 2. Participants will learn how to identify the relevant conditions under which language should be emitted and to program for generalized behavior change. 3. Participants will learn how to effectively use prompts in dually diagnosed individuals with autism and catatonia to bring verbal responses under the control of relevant environmental stimuli.
 

Using Audio Scripts, Interrupted Chain Procedure and Sufficient Exemplar Training to Teach Children With Autism to Ask for Help

MARTA WOJCIK (Institute for Child Development, Gdansk), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo Metropolitan University), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University), Anna Budzinska (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk)
Abstract:

Children with autism exhibit severe deficits in social communication and social interactions (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Studies show that even if children acquire a verbal repertoire they rarely engage in spontaneous speech (Krantz, Rams Land, & McClannahan, 1989; Stevenson, Krantz, & McClannahan, 2000). Question-asking skills is a key aspect of spontaneous language that typically is absent or delayed in individuals with autism (Hauck, Fein, Waterhouse, & Feinstein, 1995; Stone & Caro-Martinez, 1990), and a particular form of question asking that is of vital importance is asking for help. During our presentation we will show the use of audio scripts, an interrupting chain procedure and sufficient exemplar training in teaching preschool aged children with autism to ask for help. Children were taught to request help across three different skill domains (play, self-help, and academic tasks). We employed a nonconcurrent multiple-baseline design across three participants. The intervention was effective for all participants. All three participants learned to ask for help when appropriate, and to refrain from asking for help when help was not needed. Furthermore, asking for help behavior generalized to untrained situations and to new people. Asking for help behaviors were also maintained at follow-up, conducted three months after intervention.

 

Increasing Verbal Behavior in a Young Adolescent Girl With Catatonia and Autism Spectrum Disorder

ALISON WICHNICK-GILLIS (The Graduate Center/CUNY, New York Child Learning Institute), Susan M. Vener (New York Child Learning Institute), Claire L. Poulson (Queens College/CUNY)
Abstract:

Catatonia is a syndrome characterized as a cluster of difficulties in verbal and motor behavior that interfere with everyday function. The following is an experimental analysis of the effects of a prompt-fading behavioral treatment package on the verbal behavior of an adolescent girl with autism spectrum disorder and catatonia. Data were collected on the verbal production of three target responses previously in the participant’s repertoire: “Hi;” “That sounds great;” and “Excuse me.” Following the presentation of an opportunity to respond (e.g., following an instructor’s greeting), the instructor provided full manual guidance, in conjunction with a verbal model when needed, to assist the participant in emitting the verbal response. Over time, manual prompts were replaced with graduated guidance, spatial fading and shadowing. A functional relation between prompt-fading and verbal behavior was demonstrated by the systematic increase in the percentage of verbal responses displayed following the introduction of prompt fading across three verbal responses. As manual prompts were systematically faded, independent verbal responding emerged. Responding was displayed across unfamiliar adults and maintained over a 12-month period. Future researchers may want to investigate the effectiveness of prompt fading to reestablish verbal behavior across different individuals with similar/less similar profiles.

 
 
Panel #26
CE Offered: BACB
Who’s Afraid of the IRB? A Framework for Conducting Meaningful, Ethical Research in Applied Settings
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202A
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Gina T. Chang, Ph.D.
Chair: Gina T. Chang (Autism Learning Partners)
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University)
KRISTINE RODRIGUEZ (Autism Learning Partners)
ELIZABETH LANDERS (Autism Learning Partners)
Abstract:

Behavior Analysts in the applied setting have a unique opportunity to contribute to a robust literature base by providing replication of existing best practices, and by evaluating treatment models rooted in behavior analytic literature. We are compelled by our ethical code (and our funding sources) to continue to disseminate evidence that Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is an effective treatment for Autism Spectrum Disorder. The call to disseminate, combined with the opportunity of capturing progress in real-world settings, is a powerful argument for conducting meaningful applied research. In practice, there are numerous potential hurdles to conducting quality applied research. This panel will propose an approach for creating infrastructure to support in-house research initiatives, as well as strategies for implementation within the time and resource constraints faced by practicing Behavior Analysts. Additionally, the panelists will review the benefits of mentorship and collaboration between academics and practitioners, as well as self-reported benefits to clinicians who participate in research efforts in the applied setting.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to identify 3 benefits to a mentorship collaboration with an academic research advisor. Participants will be able to identify 3 organizational processes to support ethical, compliant research efforts, including process for IRB application. Participants will be able to design measurement systems for staff engagement.
Keyword(s): applied, ethical, IRB, research
 
 
Symposium #27
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Three Examples of Autistic Stimulus Control Over Verbal Behavior
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 201
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Felipe Diaz (Guadalajara University)
CE Instructor: Lee L Mason, Ph.D.
Abstract: Language deficits are characteristic of individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder according to both the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th Edition, and the International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision. In particular, individuals with autism show disproportionate levels of strength across environmental relations that control the verbal repertoire. For many providers, authorization of services is often contingent upon demonstrating an educational or medical necessity for behavior-analytic intervention. Treating operant classes as populations of behavior allows us to observe samples of the populations for experimentation and analysis, and from which inferences about the larger population can be drawn. By comparing related operants, we can demonstrate autistic stimulus control over structurally similar and functionally diverse properties of the environment. Here we extend functional analysis technology to examine response populations across operant classes to demonstrate statistically significant discrepancies in stimulus control over the verbal behavior of individuals diagnosed with autistic disorder. Our analyses and implications for and intervention will be discussed. Through multiple-exemplar training, we aim to establish discriminative control over a behavior analytic concept of autism from which other examples of disproportionate stimulus control may be extrapolated.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): chi-squared test, Cochran's Q, inferential statistics, response populations
Target Audience: This workshop is geared towards Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts, Registered Behavior Technicians, special education teachers, school psychologists, speech language pathologists, and other professionals who provide direct services to strengthen the language of children with autism.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the strength of verbal operants in relation to one another; (2) conduct a verbal operant analysis; (3) develop individualized treatment objectives from a stimulus control ratio; and (4) demonstrate the process for transferring stimulus control across verbal operants.
 
An Examination of Stimulus Control over Selection-Based Verbal Behavior
ALONZO ALFREDO ANDREWS (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: Previous research and practice regarding disproportionality of the elementary verbal operants noted in children with autism spectrum disorder focused primarily on those with at minimum emerging vocal verbal behavior repertoires. When regarding skill development of early and/or nonverbal performers to include conditioning listener responding, these relevant operants have been identified: manded stimulus selection, motor imitation, match to sample, selection by variable, and the SCoRE model of disproportionality. Using verbal operant analysis to determine relative balance across these relevant, prerequisite responses, potential treatment options include: if prepotence for manded stimulus selection is identified, then the specific strategies for functional communication training (e.g. mand training) with augmentative and alternative communication are prescribed. If relative strength of motor imitation is indicated, shaping procedures and high-p/low-p instructional sequencing are recommended to shape oral imitation to the echoic operant for which the transfer-of-stimulus-control, errorless teaching procedures prescribed for vocal verbal behavior are applicable. Lastly, insomuch as the prerequisite relevant operants function independently, when taught interdependently, generativity (relational flexibility) may be fostered in accordance with this proportionality model.
 

An Examination of Stimulus Control Over Topography-Based Verbal Behavior

JANET ENRIQUEZ (Texas Education Service Center, Region 20)
Abstract:

Individuals without a fluent speaking repertoire may show disproportionate levels of strength across samples of verbal operants. Verbal behavior is inherently social in that its reinforcement is mediated by a listener. Common examples of verbal behavior within the applied literature include conditioning mand, tact, echoic, and intraverbal control. Sampling responses from these four operant classes allows us to infer the overall strength of these populations of behavior, and analyze differences in their relative strength. The null hypothesis for this type of analysis is that the levels of strength across these four operants is proportionate, a phenomenon commonly described as “fluency” that facilitates transfer of stimulus control across changing environmental conditions. The alternative hypothesis is that the levels of strength across these four operants is disproportionate, a phenomenon commonly described as “autism” that inhibits transfer of stimulus control due to certain response prepotencies. Assessment strategies and implications for treatment will be discussed.

 

An Examination of Derivational Stimulus Control Over Intraverbal Behavior

LEE L MASON (Cook Children's Health Care System; Texas Christian University)
Abstract:

Individuals without derivational stimulus control may show disproportionate levels of strength across samples of intraverbal relations. Derivational stimulus control refers to the extent to which listeners effectively respond to verbal stimuli along a generalization gradient. Common examples of derivational stimulus control within the applied literature include reflexivity, symmetry, and transitivity. Sampling responses from these three operant classes allows us to infer the overall strength of these populations of behavior, and analyze differences in their relative strength. The null hypothesis for this type of analysis is that the levels of strength across these three operants is proportionate, a phenomenon commonly described as “listener comprehension” that facilitates prolonged verbal episodes and facilitates the development of other social skills. The alternative hypothesis is that the levels of strength across these three operants is disproportionate, a phenomenon commonly described as “autism” that inhibits transfer of stimulus control due to certain response prepotencies. Assessment strategies and implications for treatment will be discussed.

 
 
Panel #28
CE Offered: BACB
Parent Barrier Behaviors and Recommended Treatment Indications
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Cailin M Ockert, M.S.
Chair: Cailin M Ockert (The BISTÅ Center)
CAILIN M OCKERT (The BISTÅ Center)
DIANA DAVIS WILSON (Aspen Behavioral Consulting)
MICHELLE REED (Arizona Association of Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

In this panel discussion we will identify parent barrier behaviors and treatment indications resulting from parent barrier behaviors. We have developed a basic checklist of parent barrier behaviors observed in an ABA clinic in Arizona and corresponding data will be described. These identified parent barrier behaviors have been hypothesized to impact treatment duration and ultimately impact the child’s long-term access to effective ABA intervention. Many of the families with high barrier behaviors often begin ABA services with various providers in a geographic area with limited duration of services at each location. These barrier behaviors are often seen in various settings with the caregiver, therapy, school, and other medical providers. This checklist was designed to identify what barrier behaviors may be exhibited by parents or caregivers, establish a threshold score to indicate a specific treatment focus, and a suggestion for high intensity parent training at the onset of ABA therapy and other treatment indications should be discussed. The goal is to focus on parent barrier behaviors and address them behavior analytically in order to increase duration of effective ABA services for the child.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs in practice, BCBA administrators that may have policy control, practitioners that have direct contact with parents on a regular basis.

Learning Objectives: -How to identify parent barrier behaviors? -What treatment indications can be made after identification? -What other items do we need to consider?
Keyword(s): Parent Training, Service Barriers, Service Duration
 
 
Panel #29
CE Offered: BACB
A Psychologist, Psychiatrist, Pediatrician, and Behavior Analyst All Walk Into a Room...
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon B
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Virginia Kaufmann, M.Ed.
Chair: Virginia Kaufmann (Children's Hospital of Philadelphia)
DAWN DEBROCCO (Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia)
GABRIELA ANDRADE (Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia)
KRISTINE DELLABADIA (Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia)
Abstract:

A child psychologist, child psychiatrist, general pediatrician, and behavior analyst all walk into a room and... The result is a discussion about how integrating applied behavior analysis into a 10-bed medical-behavioral unit at a children's medical hospital has impacted the practice of non-behavior analytic colleagues. From providing capacity for these practitioners to use their unique skill sets to ensuring that patients receive more effective treatment, the presence of behavior analysts on the medical-behavior unit has allowed for behavior to be assessed and treated with efficacy and integrity. This has resulted in a larger emphasis on behaviorally-based treatments rather than the sole use of psychotropic medications. Practitioners report greater proficiency with behavioral terminology, better understanding of behavioral technologies, increased use of behavior analytic assessment and treatment, and overall improved outcomes for patients. As a result, non-behavior analytic practitioners are able to re-focus resources as needed to patients and families with a greater understanding of why behaviors are occurring as well as more targeted treatment.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Target audience includes consultants and behavior analysts working with acute feeding disorders and/or medically complex clients.

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will describe treatment for Avoidant-Restrictive Food Intake Disorder (ARFID) 2) Participants will describe the use of self-monitoring as a treatment for exercising behaviors in patients with anorexia nervosa 3) Participants with describe the individualization of a standard medical pathway in order to increase client outcomes
Keyword(s): Hospital, Medical, Pediatrician, Psychiatry
 
 
Symposium #30
CE Offered: BACB
Self-Care and Wellbeing: Taking Care of Yourself so You Can Take Care of Others
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty M
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth; InJewel LLC)
CE Instructor: Julie M. Slowiak, Ph.D.
Abstract:

According to the most recent report of the US Employment Demand for Behavior Analysts, annual demand for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) has increased about 800% from 2010 to 2017. While this leads to greater job security in the field, it also means that employers are under a great deal of stress to provide services to significantly more clients, leading to either turning away business and money, or pressuring staff to take on more than they can handle. Gregoire (2016) reported that levels of stress in the workplace are reportedly 18% – 24% higher now than they were 30 years ago. The first presentation in this symposium will provide an overview of the theory of self-care and Basic Conditional Factors (BCFs), commonly overlooked barriers to self-care. The second presentation will provide an overview of results from a recent study that examined the relationships between self-care strategies, job crafting practices, work-life balance, work engagement, and burnout among behavior analysts. The third presentation will provide an example of how self-care practices have been integrated into the organizational culture of a multi-specialty practice pediatric practice and provide suggestions for how these practices can be generalized to other settings.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): burnout, community-care behaviors, self-care, wellbeing
Target Audience:

Professionals, including behavior analysts, working in human service settings of any type, interested in supporting personal and professional health and wellbeing of individuals and organizations; psychologists, behavior analysts, practitioners, and graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) identify Basic Conditional Factors (BCFs) as overlooked barriers to self-care that should be included in self-care planning; (2) describe specific actions within domains of self-care and job crafting practices that predict work-life balance, work engagement, and burnout and include these in professional self-care action plans; (3) describe how employers and leaders can embed self-care planning into their organization's culture.
 
Programming Self-Care: A Look at Semi-Static Variables and Behavior Change
(Theory)
SHANE T. SPIKER (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp.)
Abstract: Within the Orem (2001) theory of self-care, behavior change is the primary focus. Around behavior change are discussions surrounding burnout, compassion fatigue, quality of life, and other elements that highlight significant impact on the carer. This talk will focus on overlooked barriers to self-care; Basic Conditional Factors (BCFs). These semi-static variables create significant barriers that often prevent behavior change from effectively occurring and maintaining naturally. In highlighting BCFs in self-care planning, an interventionist may be more successful in actively treating self-care deficits and creating a care system that benefits the carer and supports alike.
 
Self–Care and Job Crafting Practices Among Behavior Analysts
(Theory)
JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Minnesota Duluth; InJewel LLC)
Abstract: This study extended the findings of previous research that indicated high levels of burnout and low levels of job satisfaction and burnout among practitioners who provide applied behavior analysis (ABA) services (Plantiveau, Dounavi, & Virués-Ortega, 2018). Over 700 behavior analysis practitioners were surveyed to explore the relationships between self-care strategies, job crafting practices, work-life balance, work engagement, and burnout among those who work in human service settings. Results support those of previous research, revealing higher than average levels of disengagement and exhaustion (two dimensions of burnout). In addition, regression analyses revealed that several factors self-care and job crafting practices significantly predict levels of work-life balance, work engagement, and dimensions of burnout. Specific findings from this research will be discussed and can be used to inform interventions to reduce burnout and exhaustion and improve overall wellbeing and job satisfaction among this professional demographic.
 
Embedding Self-Care / Wellness Behaviors into Organizational Culture: Implications of a Case Study
(Service Delivery)
BECCA TAGG (Del Mar Center for Behavioral Health)
Abstract: This portion of the symposium will discuss the application of self-care / community-care behaviors into the organizational culture of a multi-specialty practice pediatric practice in southeastern North Carolina that includes behavior analytic services. Benefits of self-care and community-care behaviors will be discussed as well as specific examples of application in this case study. Suggestions for application outside of this case study will be provided as well as limitations.
 
 
Symposium #31
CE Offered: BACB
Efficacy and Acceptability of Telehealth Training and Coaching Across Caregivers and Professionals
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 103
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Elizabeth Anne Horton (Hope College)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Anne Horton, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Efficient and effective training on evidence-based practices including applied behavior analysis (ABA) based interventions may not be accessible to caregivers and professionals implementing interventions. In order for caregivers and professionals to effectively implement ABA-based interventions, training and ongoing coaching are critical. However, numerous training barriers associated with traditional didactic models exist (e.g., time, costs, scheduling, shortage of qualified individuals). Telehealth is a model that can address these barriers and support individuals as they learn to implement ABA-based interventions. Telehealth is the use of online and communication technologies to deliver explicit training and ongoing coaching from a distance. This presentation aims to address the need for efficient and effective training on ABA-based interventions through the use of telehealth. The results of four single-case design studies in which caregivers and professionals (e.g., teachers, early intervention providers, and parents) were taught and coached via telehealth to implement ABA-based interventions are presented. Data regarding implementation fidelity, child outcomes, and social validity are shared.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): coaching, early childhood, telehealth, telepractice
Target Audience:

Practicing BCBAs

 
Inclusive Preschool Practitioners’ Implementation of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Intervention Using Telehealth Training
SOPHIA R D'AGOSTINO (Hope College), Sarah Douglas (Michigan State University), Elizabeth Anne Horton (Hope College)
Abstract: This single-case investigation was designed to evaluate the effects of telehealth training on practitioner implementation of a naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention (NDBI). Six general education preschool practitioners engaged in an intervention with six children with varying disabilities in inclusive classroom settings. The telehealth training package included a collaborative approach to intervention planning, online training module, video self-evaluation, and performance feedback via videoconferencing. Following telehealth training, practitioners reached criteria for implementation fidelity and increased communication opportunities. Additionally, child participants increased communication behaviors above baseline levels. All behaviors generalized to a different activity context and maintained over time. Social validity was measured and results suggest high levels of acceptability for the telehealth training package.
 
The Cascading Coaching Model: Supporting Service Providers, Caregivers, and Children via Telepractice
HEDDA MEADAN (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Moon Chung (Stonehill College), Michelle Sands (University of Illinois), Melinda Snodgrass (Illinois State University)
Abstract: Teaching caregivers to support their young children’s language development is recommended as an effective early language intervention, and caregiver-implemented interventions are recognized as evidence-based. However, as the natural change agents for training and coaching caregivers, early intervention (EI) service providers are in need of professional development to effectively coach caregivers to use interventions with their child. The purpose of this study was to examine the Coaching Caregivers Professional Development program (CoCare PD) in which researchers train and coach EI service providers via telepractice in caregiver coaching, a set of skills useful in nurturing partnerships with families to support caregivers’ use of evidence-based practices with their young children with disabilities. A single-case research study across four EI service providers was conducted and findings support a functional relation between training and coaching EI service providers via telepractice and providers’ use of coaching practices with families on their caseload.
 

The Efficacy and Acceptability of Telehealth for Parents and Professionals Using Behaviour Analysis With Children

KATERINA DOUNAVI (Queen's University Belfast), Janet Ferguson (Queen's University Belfast), Emma Craig (Queen's University, Belfast)
Abstract:

Applied Behaviour Analysis is the basis of the most effective interventions for the treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorders. However, there is a significant shortage in appropriately qualified individuals (i.e., Board Certified Behavior Analysts; BCBA®) that can design and oversee the implementation of individually-tailored interventions that meet service-recipients needs. To address this gap in professional training and service provision, telehealth has emerged as a model that makes use of technology to increase treatment efficiency and accessibility by providing remote training and supervision of behaviour analytic treatment. Given existing research on the use of telehealth presents important methodological flaws, rigorous experiments are warranted before telehealth can be classified as evidence-based practice. Our work has focused on the creation and experimental testing of two parent and professional training packages that use instruction and live coaching to teach skills that promote communication and independent living skills. In this presentation, we will share data on efficacy in terms of parent/professional skill acquisition and child outcomes, fidelity of implementation and social validity.

 
 
Symposium #32
CE Offered: BACB
Correspondence Between Relational Responding and Bidirectional Naming as a Verbal Developmental Cusp
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon C
Area: DEV/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Discussant: Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University)
CE Instructor: Dermot Barnes-Holmes, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Growing evidence suggests complementary findings in research on verbal development and relational responding. A large body of research in relational responding demonstrates stimulus control involving complex human behavior and communication including language. Simultaneously, decades of research findings in verbal development and applications identified stimulus control for the range of cusps and how this changes children’s prognosis. This program of research suggests experiential and reinforcement sources of stimulus control that lead to incidental language learning as bidirectional naming (BiN) and the component unidirectional naming (UniN). Another body of research on BiN increasingly points to the presence of BiN as a facilitator of relational responding. We present and discuss two papers whose findings show correlational and functional relations between the presence of and onset of the BiN cusp and arbitrary derived relations (AAR). Each body of research represents extensions of behavior analysis to domains traditionally seen as exclusive properties of cognitive psychology. Findings showing the intercept of stimulus control for these lines of investigation are evidence of a more mature science that promises a bright future for the science of behavior.  

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Intermediate level, behavior scientists,

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how bidirectional naming is a verbal developmental cusp. 2. Describe the relation between bidirectional naming and other relational frames. 3. Describe how bidirectional naming appears to be a predictor of AAR.
 

Relations Between the Cusp of Bidirectional Naming and Derived Relations in Preschoolers

(Basic Research)
GEORGETTE MORGAN (Columbia University; Fred S. Keller School), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

Bidirectional Naming and derived relational responding have both commonly been used to explain the accelerated rate in word learning that often occurs within the second to third year of life. However, there has been limited research on how these repertoires may intersect and relate to each other. Across two analyses we evaluated the relation between Bidirectional Naming (BiN) and derived relational responding demonstrated by 31 preschool students with and without diagnoses. Within the first experiment we tested the presence and strength of relations between BiN, arbitrary and non-arbitrary relations which were mutually and combinatorial entailed. Data from the first analysis indicated a strong, significant correlation between participants’ degree of BiN and scores on tests of derived relations. The second analysis compared the mean differences between the establishment of arbitrary unimodal and cross-modal relations for 18 preschool students, selected from participants included within Experiment 1. The data indicated a significant difference for both cross-modal and unimodal derived relations. The obtained results of both experiments have implications for research in how Bidirectional Naming and derived relational responding may lead to learning at accelerated rates and in new ways.

 
Degrees of Bidirectional Naming and Derived Listener and Speaker Relations
(Basic Research)
FAHEEMA ABDOOL-GHANY (Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: As a child develops new cusps and capabilities, their behavior comes in contact with new contingencies and they can learn in new ways. We examined how degrees of bidirectional (BiN) naming correlated with children’s other derived relations. BiN is the joining of listener and speaker repertoires such that hearing object-name relations produces corresponding speaker and listener behavior. Unidirectional naming (UniN) occurs when this experience produces listener, but not speaker behavior. Students who did not demonstrate listener and speaker components of were classified as having No Incidental Naming (NiN). In an ABAB design, we rotated between two conditions: 1) directly reinforcing speaker (tact) responses and testing for the emergence of listener (point to) responses, and 2) directly reinforcing listener responses and testing for the emergence of speaker responses. Results suggested that participants with BiN readily derived speaker and listener responses, participants with UniN readily derived listener, but not speaker responses, and participants with NiN had difficulty acquiring directly reinforced responses and deriving responses. Our results suggest ways to differentiate instruction for children with different capabilities and have implications for the overlap between verbal behavior and derived relations research areas.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #34
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
SQAB Tutorial: How Advanced Computer Technology can Advance Research and Practice in Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 6
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Ellie Kazemi, Ph.D.
Chair: David Roth (B. F. Skinner Foundation)
Presenting Authors: : ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

The rapid growth in computer technology means that nearly anything imaginable is either possible or will soon become possible. Behavior analysts, as specialists in learning and behavior, are uniquely trained to become strong collaborators on multidisciplinary teams focusing on projects to advance machine learning, simulation-based experiences, and much more. In this tutorial, I will discuss how we currently leverage such technology in my lab and integrate robotics, virtual reality (VR), and artificial intelligence (AI) in our behavior analytic research. I will share the outcomes of some of our current research projects as well as my collaborative efforts on the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) and National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) grants.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how advanced computer-technology can be utilized in experimental analysis of human behavior; (2) discuss how computer-technology can be utilized to increase accessibility and efficiency of behavior skills training through simulation-based trainings; (3) explain how integration of computer-technology in behavior analytic research and practice can help extend the reach of behavior analysis.
 
ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge)

Dr. Kazemi is a Professor at California State University, Northridge (CSUN) where she has developed and teaches undergraduate and graduate coursework in behavior analysis for the past 10 years. She founded the Masters of Science Program in Applied Behavior Analysis in 2010 and has collaborated with the CSUN community to provide graduate students high quality supervision experiences. She currently has two different lines of research. Her applied research interests involve identification of efficient, effective strategies for practical training, supervision, and leadership. Her laboratory research involves leveraging technology (e.g., robotics, virtual or augmented reality) for efficient training and feedback using simulations. She is currently working on several nationwide large projects (e.g., with FEMA and NASA) with a focus on effective training and behavioral outcomes. She has received several mentorship awards including the ABAI Best Mentor Award, the Outstanding Faculty Award, the Outstanding Teaching Award, and the Outstanding Service Award. She has published articles and book chapters on a variety of topics including training, staff turnover, and the use of technology in behavior analysis. She is the leading author of a handbook written for both supervisors and supervisees that is titled, Supervision and Practicum in Behavior Analysis: A Handbook for Supervisees.

 
 
Panel #35
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: Giving Effective and Engaging Oral Presentations
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence A-C
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed, Ph.D.
Chair: Allyson R Salzer (University of Kansas)
PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Boys Town)
FLORENCE D. DIGENNARO REED (University of Kansas)
AMY J. HENLEY (Western New England University)
Abstract:

Effective presenting is an important skill for graduate students do develop in the context of their training. However, effective dissemination is often neglected in training programs which is problematic in regard to professional advancement and overall dissemination to the field. This question-and-answer-style Professional Development Series panel will offer an opportunity for students to ask questions regarding oral presentations. The panelists will discuss all components to presenting, from creation of slides and effective story-telling to delivery based on audience type. Panelists will focus on three main components to presentations: organization and structure, slides, and delivery. Presenters will offer advice on how to give effective and engaging presentations while giving enough time for ample questions from the audience. The goal of this panel is to offer insight and advice to students on how to become a more effective and engaging presenter through the expertise of the invited panelists

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Graduate students, certified behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel, attendees should (1) have a basic overview of how to design and set-up an oral presentation, (2) learn basic aesthetic tips on the creation of slides, and (3) learn how to keep targeted audiences engaged by providing an effective presentation.
Keyword(s): Dissemination, Presentations, Professional Development
 
 
Panel #36
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding the World’s Collective Wisdom of Behavioral Science Through Dissemination
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Archives
Area: TBA/CSS; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Paul F. Gavoni, Ed.D.
Chair: Paul F. Gavoni (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
BRETT J. DINOVI (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
KEN WAGNER (Aubrey Daniels International)
SARAH E. TRAUTMAN-ESLINGER (STE Consultants, LLC)
Abstract:

Often thrown into the bucket of “behavior sciences,” Behavior analysis is frequently misunderstood or even maligned by members of the general population who believe it is something “done” to a person with special needs or autism without regard to social validity or the environment. As behavior analysts, we understand the great need for the technology of ABA across almost every facet of life. From moms, teachers, and coaches to CEOs and even world leaders, a fundamental understanding of the principles of behavior can drastically improve performance, outcomes, and quality of life across multiple environments. However, our skillsets and reinforcers are predominantly related to the application, not the dissemination of the science. Most people are left in the dark regarding the greatest science in the world. After all, what science can benefit all other sciences by improving the performance of their perspective scientists? This panel discussion will focus on current efforts to disseminate while providing participants tips and techniques for Expanding the World's Collective Wisdom of Behavioral Science to Change the Landscape of Government, Education, Industry, and Society at Large.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts seeking to expand the field and impact of behavior analysis through dissemination.

Learning Objectives: 1. The participant will be able to describe various challenges related to dissemination, and strategies for overcoming those. 2. The participant will be able to describe at least two different ways to disseminate the science. 3. The participant will be able to list ways to pair with and create a “want” for the science.
Keyword(s): Dissemination, Education
 
 
Invited Panel #37
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion: Strategies and Challenges in Recruitment
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Area: DEI/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Carol Pilgrim, Ph.D.
Panelists: SARAH BLOOM (University of South Florida), MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University), JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

This invited panel is sponsored by ABAI’s new Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Board; it represents the first of an annual series of program events highlighting topics identified as central to success in DEI achievements. After a brief review of the Board’s activities this year by Carol Pilgrim, the panel discussion will focus on the critical issue of recruitment efforts in DEI. Dr. Jomella Watson-Thompson will address recruitment strategies and challenges within practice and field settings, Dr. Sarah Bloom will discuss recruitment of university students, and Dr. Mike Perone will speak to recruitment practices targeting university faculty and administrators. Time for questions and comments from the audience will be included to allow for sharing relevant experiences and lessons learned. Future panels in the DEI series will target themes including retaining individuals once recruited, mentoring programs, inclusion and equity strategies at the organization level, inclusion and equity strategies at the individual level, and others.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe examples of strategies and challenges in DEI recruiting within practice and field settings; (2) describe examples of strategies and challenges in DEI recruiting for graduate and undergraduate students; (3) describe examples of strategies and challenges in DEI recruiting for university faculty and administrators.
SARAH BLOOM (University of South Florida)
Sarah Bloom received her PhD in Psychology at the University of Florida in 2008. She was an assistant professor in the Applied Behavior Analysis area of the Department of Special Education and Rehabilitation at Utah State University from 2008 to 2013. She is currently an associate professor in the Department of Child and Family Studies at the University of South Florida. Dr. Bloom is a former President of the Utah Association for Behavior Analysis. She serves on the editorial board of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and has been a guest reviewer for Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, Research in Developmental Disabilities, Journal of Behavioral Education, Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, Journal of Early Intervention, Children and Youth Services Review, Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and a guest associate editor for Education and Treatment of Children. Dr. Bloom’s research interests include assessment and treatment of problem behavior and translational approaches to reinforcer efficacy. Dr. Bloom has been involved in the modification of functional analysis methodology into a trial-based format in order to facilitate its use in educational and other settings.
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University)
Mike Perone earned his Ph.D. in 1981 at the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. He was an assistant professor at the University of North Carolina at Wilmington before joining the faculty at West Virginia University in 1984, where he is a professor of psychology and an associate dean. His research is concerned with developing laboratory models of behavioral processes involved in problem behavior such as failures of self-control. In 2018 he received the Award for Scientific Translation from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis and the Distinguished Contributions Award from the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group. Mike is a fellow of the American Psychological Association and the Association for Behavior Analysis International. He has served the field of behavior analysis as an associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and as president of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. He currently serves as coordinator of the Association’s Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board.
JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas)

Dr. Jomella Watson-Thompson is an Associate Professor in the Department of Applied Behavioral Science, and the Director of the Center for Service Learning at the University of Kansas. She is also an Associate Director with the Center for Community Health and Development. She attained a Ph.D. in Behavioral Psychology and a Masters of Urban Planning from the University of Kansas. She applies behavioral science methods and interventions to improve how communities address issues related to community health and development. Her research has focused on behavioral-community approaches to neighborhood development, substance abuse prevention, and youth and community violence prevention. Dr. Thompson supports community-engaged scholarship using participatory approaches to address social determinants or factors that may contribute to disparities, particularly for marginalized groups and communities. She has researched the effects of community-based processes and behavioral-community interventions to promote mobilization and change in communities. Dr. Thompson has co-authored articles on community capacity-building, youth development, and prevention and received numerous federal, state and local funding awards. She is as an Associate Editor with Behavior and Social Issues. Dr. Thompson has extensive experience providing training, technical support and evaluation for coalitions and community-based initiatives.

 
 
Symposium #38
CE Offered: BACB
The Effects of Lag Schedules and Teacher Presentation Rates on Academic, Play, and Social Behavior of Children With Autism
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207B
Area: AUT/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Juliana Aguilar (Utah State University)
Discussant: Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
CE Instructor: Matthew Tincani, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium involves studies investigating the effects of lag schedules and teacher presentation rates on academic, play, and social behavior of children with autism. The first presentation will discuss using a lag schedule to teach variable play behavior in preschoolers with autism, and assessing preference for variable or repetitive play. The second presentation will discuss using fixed and varied instructional arrangements to establish varied intraverbal responses. The third presentation will discuss the role of intertrial intervals of instruction presentation on skill acquisition and rates of problem behavior. The final presentation will discuss skill acquisition and problem behavior rates during two different intertrial intervals of instruction presentation, as well as student preference for instruction presentation rate. The discussant will provide comments on each of these studies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): instruction rates, lag schedules, variability preference
Target Audience:

BACBs, graduate students, researchers

 

Choice for Variability in Children With Autism

(Basic Research)
ANNIE GALIZIO (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Sara Peck (Utah State University), Lorraine A Becerra (University of Missouri), Jay Hinnenkamp (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Although individuals with autism tend to behave repetitively, certain reinforcement contingencies (e.g., lag schedules) can be used to increase and maintain behavioral variability. In a lag schedule, reinforcement is only delivered for responses that differ from recent responses. We designed the present study to promote variable play behavior in preschoolers with autism interacting with playsets and figurines, and to assess preference for variability and repetition contingencies. Limited data have shown a preference for variability in pigeons and college students, but this effect has not yet been explored in clinical populations. In this experiment, three preschoolers with autism were taught to discriminate between variability and repetition contingencies. With one set of discriminative stimuli, only play behaviors that met a lag schedule were reinforced, and with another, only repetitive play behaviors were reinforced. After differential performance was established, participants were presented with a choice between the two sets of stimuli, and participants completed a play session with the corresponding contingency. Two participants showed a slight preference for variability over repetition, and the other showed indifference. These results indicate that some individuals with autism play repetitively, not because they prefer repetitive play, but because they would require additional teaching to play variably.

 
Evaluating the Effects of Instructional Arrangements Involving Lag Schedules on Varied and Different Intraverbals
(Applied Research)
VICTORIA L VERGONA (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Lauren Alicia Goodwyn (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often exhibit language deficits including stilted and repetitive speech. These challenges may be stigmatizing and interfere with socialization. Promoting varied and different responses remains an important area of focus. Lag schedules of reinforcement have been shown to increase response variability across a range of skills including intraverbal responses. Few studies have assessed the effects of instructional arrangements on variability. We extended research by assessing the effectiveness of teaching responses to non-mastered intraverbals in a fixed- or variable-order on varied and different responding by children with ASD using an adapted alternating treatments design. After acquiring six responses to a single intraverbal, the effects of lag schedules were evaluated. The fixed-order arrangement was slightly more effective and efficient compared to the varied-order instruction arrangement on establishing varied and different intraverbal responses. Procedures were favorably ranked and outcomes were reported as socially valid. Implications and areas of future research will be discussed.
 

Intertrial Intervals as an Independent Variable in Teaching Students With Autism

(Applied Research)
WILLOW HOZELLA (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network), Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Research on the importance of antecedent variables when teaching persons with autism has the potential to provide pragmatic methodologies for the applied setting. This study replicated and extended the work of Roxburgh and Carbone (2013) on the effects of the rate of teacher-presented instructional demands as an independent variable. An alternating treatment design was used to evaluate the effects of the rate of teacher presented instructional demands across three intertrial intervals (1 s, 5 s, 10 s). Dependent variables were frequency of problem behavior, frequency of teaching trials for target skills, frequency of error responses, frequency of mastered skills presented, and rates of reinforcement during discrete trial instruction with four students with autism. Results indicated that reduction of intertrial intervals resulted in a commensurate increase in rates of socially mediated positive reinforcement, increased rates of instructor presented teaching trials, and a decrease in frequency of problem behavior. Issues related to the importance of replication, the role of translational research in applied settings, and conceptual analyses of the role of motivating operation on the occurrence of problem behavior will also discussed.

 

The Effects of Two Teacher Presentation Rates on Responding During Easy and Hard Tasks for Children at Risk for or With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
ZIWEI XU (INGCare), Hui Yin (N/A), Tangchen Li (Ohio State University)
Abstract:

This study was a partial replication and an extension of Roxburgh and Carbone (2012). The purpose of the study was three-fold. First, we evaluated the effects of varied teacher-presented instructional demands (inter trial interval = 1s, 5s) on the opportunities of respond, the number of responses emitted, percentage of correct responses, and percentage of intervals with disruptive behavior for three children with autism. Second, we compared the effects of varied teacher presentation rates on responding, especially the accuracy of responding and occurrences of disruptive behavior during easy and hard tasks. Third, we used a concurrent-chain procedure to assess participant preferences for teacher presentation rates during easy tasks. An alternating treatment embedded in ABAB without baseline design was used to compare the effects of the two treatment conditions (inter trial interval = 1s, 5s) and two task conditions (easy and hard). The results of the study demonstrated that as compared to extended intertrial interval (ITI), brief ITI increased the rate of instructional demands presented, rate of learner responses emitted, and rate of correct responding during both tasks while increasing percentage of correct responding and reducing problem behaviors during hard tasks only. During easy tasks, the participants’ choices between two rates were inconsistent, suggesting avoidance contingency might have been in effect.

 
 
Symposium #39
Humor, Brains, and Video Games: The Many Ways to Link Physiology With Basic and Rehabilitative Behavioral Paradigms
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 5
Area: BPN/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: April M. Becker (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Discussant: Christina Nord (University of Lethbridge)
Abstract:

Neuroscience constitutes a branch of the biological sciences that is easily integrated with Behavior Analysis in several ways, including direct analysis of neural signals in behavioral experiments, the use of behavioral approaches to help rewire the brain and improve lost skills after brain injury, and theoretical integration of biological measures and neurological events into the behavioral paradigm. This symposium will present varied basic, applied, and theoretical work in the Neuro-operant realm currently conducted at the University of North Texas in association with the Beatrice H. Barrett Endowment for Research in Neuro-Operant Relations. Two basic talks will integrate physiological, neurological, and behavioral data into an analysis of covertly mediated stimulus equivalence, and into an examination of humor responses. An applied project will show the results of using a Wii gaming system to improve rehabilitation of balance deficits after brain injury. Finally, the divide between stimulus and response when considering events occurring inside the skin will be considered on a theoretical and practical level.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Brain Injury, Complex Behavior, Theory, Philosophy, Verbal Behavior
 

Use of a Virtual Reality Gaming System to Improve Balance in Individuals With Chronic Stroke

(Applied Research)
SELENA CRUZ (University of North Texas), Stephon Primus (University of North Texas), April M. Becker (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Abstract:

The Wii Fit U game utilizes a Wii Balance Board™ (WBB) that provides precise feedback contingencies, thereby potentially increasing the dose of quality therapy with or without the presence of a therapist during post-stroke rehabilitation. Additionally, an engaging video-game could improve treatment adherence, a critical aspect of making progress, by potentially increasing the rate and quality of reinforcement embedded in therapy. The present study has three aims: 1) Develop a behaviorally rigorous therapy for improving balance in chronic stroke victims using the Wii Fit U and WBB; 2) Evaluate the program’s effects on Berg Balance Scale (BBS) and Center of Balance (COB) scores using a within-subject experimental design; 3) Assess social validity of behavioral gains by evaluating the program’s effects on participant’s "subjective balance confidence" (i.e., their Activities-Specific Balance Confidence (ABC) scores). A reversal design is used wherein the experimental gameplay condition and no intervention condition are alternated for 6 to 10 weeks. It is expected that participants will exhibit greater performance in the game as well as better BBS and COB score improvement when the Wii Fit U game is administered at a high therapeutic dose, and that increased ABC scores will correlate with improved BBS and COB scores.

 

Stimulus Equivalence Formation, Covert Verbal Behavior, and the Role of Compatible and Incompatible Responses

(Basic Research)
ELIZABETH LOVITZ (University of North Texas), Daniele Ortu (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

While the descriptive understanding of stimulus equivalence is widely accepted within the field of behavior analysis, its interpretation is more contentious. The emergence of reflexivity, symmetry, and transitivity without direct reinforcement of the responses that make up these relations is puzzling in light of our basic understanding of reinforcement contingencies. The present study explores the role of covert verbal behavior in the emergence of equivalence relations in an arbitrary matching to sample task using participants recruited from the general population, as well as college students. Participants engage in a computerized matching to sample task with arbitrary stimuli under three different conditions. Baseline consists of matching to sample training of four conditional discriminations using arbitrary stimuli yielding two, three-member equivalence classes and tests for the resulting symmetry, transitivity and equivalence relations. The order of the two experimental phases is counterbalanced across participants and these phases consist of one of two conditions, engaging in behavior that was either compatible with covert verbal behavior or incompatible with covert verbal behavior concurrently with the tests for equivalence. A final phase consists of a return to baseline. Behavioral data collection is ongoing and EEG data collection will follow to assess N400 response changes across conditions.

 
A Neurobehavioral Analysis of Humor Responses
(Basic Research)
EDWARD BRANDON AMEZQUITA (University of North Texas), Daniele Ortu (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Laughter and humor responses in general are a crucial part of human behavior. However, compared to other examples of human behavior, they have received relatively little attention from the scientific community and by the behavior analytic community in particular. The purpose of this study is to assess what are the controlling variables for humans to emit a laugh or humor response. We compare behavioral and physiological (EEG, GSR, and Eye Muscles) responses to the presentation of sentences that either end with a putative punchline or not. There are five total responses in this experiment : An initiation response delivers the first word of a joke, a delivery response presents the next word of a joke, a punchline delivery response presents the punchline to the joke, and finally the termination responses ends the trial with a self-report response of “not funny” or “funny”. The number of sentences is kept constant across the joke and non-joke conditions, and presentation of jokes and non-jokes is randomized across trials. Participants will be college students who are first language English speakers. Data collection is ongoing and results will be interpreted within the framework of the basic literature on priming, N400 responses and intraverbal control.
 
Towards a Natural Line of Fracture Between Behavior and Environment: Climbing Out of the Pigeonhole of the Skin on the Other Side
(Theory)
APRIL M. BECKER (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Abstract: Behavior analysis has successfully built a science on the study of environment-behavior relations. While it has long been acknowledged that the skin constitutes an arbitrary and potentially misleading structural divide between these two phenomena, the search for a more functional distinction deserves further exploration. This talk will start from the radical behaviorist standpoint that covert behavior is not different in kind from overt and is distinguished merely via technology-related thresholds enabling multi-observer measurement. We will discuss strategies for differentiating events that occur inside the skin, which new technology has placed squarely in the prevue of direct measurement, and distinguishing them as part of either stimulation or response. Such events include endogenous or exogenous chemicals administered locally or via general circulation, neural activation (including receptor activation, early processing, integration, premotor, and motor stages), artificial neural activation, various avenues of internal sensation, proprioceptive and automatic response-produced feedback, and more. Various mutually exclusive approaches to the question will be considered along with their practical implications for the behavior of the scientist and thus the advancement of the science.
 
 
Symposium #40
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in the Assessment and Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon A
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Valdeep Saini (Brock University)
Discussant: Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health, University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Caitlin A. Kirkwood, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Several reviews and meta-analyses have demonstrated the robust effects of behavioral treatments for feeding problems, including increasing oral intake, increasing diet variety, teaching feeding-related skills, and decreasing inappropriate mealtime behavior. This symposium will include four presentations related to recent advancements in the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. The presentations are a product of research being conducted across different laboratories and clinical sites across North America. The first presentation will discuss indices of child happiness during treatment for pediatric feeding disorders. The second presentation will describe using structured visual inspection criteria with functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behavior. The third presentation will compare a re-presentation and modified chin prompt technique to treat different topographies of liquid expulsion. The final presentation will display large-scale outcome data from an inter-disciplinary pediatric feeding disorders program. The symposium will conclude with a discussion and integration of how each of the presentations advance our current understanding of pediatric feeding disorders.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): feeding disorders, food refusal, food selectivity, mealtime behavior
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, clinical behavior analysts, clinicians working with children with pediatric feeding disorders

 

Indices of Child Happiness During Treatment for Pediatric Feeding Disorders

LAURA E PHIPPS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kathryn M. Peterson (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Caregivers may discount the clinical benefits of an effective intervention if it does not appear to lead to positive changes in their child’s affective behavior (Dillon & Carr, 2007). Some researchers suggest that when children appear to enjoy teaching procedures, caregivers may be more likely to seek out the treatment for their child and adhere to implementing the procedures (Green et al., 2005; Kazdin, 1980). Escape extinction, an empirically supported intervention for the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders, is often necessary to improve consumption of healthy, targeted foods for children with feeding disorders. However, escape extinction may occasionally be associated with undesirable side effects (e.g., bursts, increased emotional responding) (Bachmeyer, 2009; Woods & Borrerro, 2019). In the current study, we identified behavioral indices of happiness and unhappiness and collected data on those behaviors before and during escape and attention extinction in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. We have observed an increase in levels of happiness and a decrease in levels of unhappiness during escape extinction relative to baseline in one treatment evaluation thus far. We will discuss these findings and address future directions of the study in terms of intervening on child happiness or unhappiness during treatment.

 
Using Structured Criteria for Ongoing Visual Interpretation of the Functional Analysis of Inappropriate Mealtime Behaviors
EMILY MALUGEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Lisa Guerrero (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Christopher W Engler (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: When treating pediatric feeding disorders, one of the first steps is conducting a functional analysis (FA) for inappropriate mealtime behaviors (IMB; Piazza et al., 2003). Traditionally, board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) use visual inspection to analyze the results of an FA, despite criticism for its lack of standardized rules and subjectivity (Fisch, 1998). Previous research in visual interpretation of FAs found the use of structured criteria provides a method to increase agreement between reviewers (Hagopian, Fisher, Thompson, Owen-DeSchryver, 1997; Roane, Fisher, Kelley, Mevers, & Bouxsein, 2013). We collected FA graphs for 154 children and gave them to a panel of at least three BCBAs for traditional visual inspection. We then applied the modified visual-inspection criteria developed by Roane and colleagues (2013) to interpret FAs of IMB in a post-hoc analysis. Furthermore, we applied these criteria in an on-going visual inspection (OVI) fashion, as done by Saini, Fisher, and Retzlaff (2018). We compared the functions identified by all methods of analysis for agreement to evaluate the predictive validity of OVI. Results of this study indicate a high level of agreement between methods; however, future research is needed to further assess the utility, benefits, and drawbacks of each method of analysis.
 
A Comparison of Re-presentation and Modified Chin Prompt to Treat Different Topographies of Liquid Expulsion
VIVIAN F IBANEZ (Children’s Specialized Hospital, Rutgers University), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Children with feeding disorders might expel liquid when they lack the oral-motor skills, the motivation, or both, to retain a bolus and swallow. Additionally, the form in which children expel liquid might vary and influence the effectiveness of a treatment to reduce liquid expulsion. In the current investigation, we first identified topographies of liquid expulsion such as forceful and run out for each child. We then compared and evaluated the effects of two procedures, a modified chin prompt and re-presentation, on the liquid expulsion of three children with feeding disorders. For two participants, expulsion decreased to clinically meaningful levels with a modified chin prompt or re-presentation. However, for one participant, expulsion decreased to clinically meaningful levels only when we combined the modified chin prompt and re-presentation as part of a treatment package. We discuss possible mechanisms underlying the effects of a modified chin prompt and re-presentation in addition to areas for future research related to prescriptive treatment models.
 

Intensive Multidisciplinary Intervention for Patients With Feeding Tube Dependence: An Electronic Medical Record Review

ADDAM J WAWRZONEK (The Marcus Autism Center), William G. Sharp (The Marcus Autism Center), Valerie M. Volkert (The Marcus Autism Center), Rashelle Berry (The Marcus Autism Center), Kathryn Holman Stubbs (The Marcus Autism Center), Carla Luevano (The Marcus Autism Center), Courtney McCracken (The Marcus Autism Center), Lawrence Scahill (The Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

The extant literature on pediatric feeding disorders indicates intensive, multidisciplinary treatment holds benefits for children with severe feeding difficulties, such as patients relying on enteral nutrition (e.g., gastrostomy tube). The most common methodology documenting outcomes for these programs are Nonrandomized Studies (NRS). Although NRS represents a valuable tool for providing insight to intervention, prior research utilizing NRS included potential bias concerning data abstraction. Additionally, there is a lack of standardization across studies regarding uniformity of outcome measures, and description of patient characteristics and treatment protocols. The purpose of the present study was to examine the clinical presentations, intervention characteristics, and treatment outcomes in a sample of children receiving intensive, multidisciplinary intervention for feeding tube dependence. This study followed the Strengthening the Reporting of Observational Studies in Epidemiology (STROBE) criteria to plan the study, guide data abstraction and structure the study’s methodology. We conducted a retrospective electronic medical review to gather outcome data for patients admitted to an intensive day treatment feeding program. The review included 81 individuals dependent on enteral nutrition. We will describe treatment setting and protocols and outcome measures including demographics, anthropometrics, meal-time behaviors, oral/enteral intake and caregiver satisfaction at admission, discharge and follow-up.

 
 
Symposium #41
CE Offered: BACB
Become an Ambassador for Applied Behavior Analysis: Dissemination Efforts Beyond America and Autism
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty N-P
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sharon Trew (Clinical Behavior Analysis)
Discussant: Megan Miller (#dobetter Pod)
CE Instructor: Michelle P. Kelly, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The current symposium outlines dissemination efforts in countries beyond the United States of America and in fields beyond autism, with the aim of inspiring the audience to become better ambassadors for applied behavior analysis (ABA). Our first paper reviews the power of social media and the challenges that can be faced when becoming a social behavioral influencer. The second paper examines the current status of the dissemination of ABA in the United Arab Emirates in the Middle East, including an overview of efforts related to the translation of behavior analytic works and collaborations with non-behavior analytic professional peers. The third paper brings us into the field of health and fitness, and specifically football, with an evaluation of the antecedent and consequent components of the standard Behavioral Skills Training procedure. Our final paper will discuss current growth rates of certified behavior analysts, barriers to dissemination, and avenues for support in Africa. The discussant will highlight and integrate the contributions of all presenters in relation to and under the framework of her #dobetter professional development movement.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): BST, interdisciplinary collaboration, international dissemination
Target Audience:

Basic level event designed for: BCaBAs, BCBAs, BCBA-Ds and anyone interested in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and its dissemination.

Learning Objectives: i. Attendees will be able to briefly describe the responsibility that behavior analysts have to disseminate the science. ii. Attendees will be able to list a variety of ways to disseminate the science and to become an ambassador for behavior analysis. iii. Attendees will be able to provide an example of how behavioral skills training can be used in sports, and specifically football. iv. Attendees will be able to briefly describe the current status of behavior analysis in Africa and the United Arab Emirates. v. Attendees will be able to describe the current #dobetter campaign.
 

Behaviorbabe: A Decade of Dissemination

AMANDA N. KELLY (BEHAVIORBABE (Hawaii))
Abstract:

The world has changed significantly over time, however many of our problems remain the same. Luckily, our tools for accessing and sharing information with others have drastically improved. One of the most powerful tools available to us today, for communicating with others, is social media. Twitter, LinkedIn, and Facebook were among the first social media platforms to become available for the everyday user. For me, they emerged while I was deep in my “dissertation-writing-avoidance-phase” of my life. What originally started as a website for parents and teachers, which housed a few resources, turned into a Twitter handle, and then a public “persona” on Facebook, Pinterest, and Instagram. Due to social media, we are now able to reach millions of people without leaving the comfort of our homes. Ironically, as a result of my efforts, I have been invited to travel and speak at events throughout the world. As Behaviorbabe, I have experienced many successes, however, there have also been many missteps and some outright failures. I invite you to take a journey with me, to learn the history of Behaviorbabe, and to use these experiences to help you become an ambassador for behavior analysis.

 

Do Doctors Really Know Best? Examining Dissemination Efforts in the United Arab Emirates

MICHELLE P. KELLY (Emirates College for Advanced Education (ECAE))
Abstract:

“Behavior analysts are responsible for disseminating behavior analysis by making information about the science available to the public, professional peers, and government officials” (Kelly, Martin, Dillenburger, Kelly & Miller, 2019; p. 440). This presentation examines the current status of the dissemination of applied behavior analysis (ABA) in the United Arab Emirates (UAE), one of six member states of the Gulf Cooperation Council in the Middle East (Kelly et al., 2016). Dissemination efforts will be shared including: the initiation of the first graduate Verified Course Sequence in the country; presentations at non-behavior analytic conferences; translation of behavior analytic works; and collaborations with non-behavior analytic professional peers including experts in educational technology, and members of the Ministry of Education. Finally, an overview will be provided of results from an online survey that investigated levels of awareness of autism and ABA amongst 232 pediatricians in the UAE. The results indicated suboptimal awareness of the causes and characteristics of autism as well as alarming support for unestablished interventions for individuals. Dissemination efforts with pediatricians will be shared.

 

Evaluating Antecedent and Consequent Components of Behavioral Skills Training When Teaching Football Tackling Form

MERRITT SCHENK (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Behavioral Skills Training (BST) has been a common procedure to help teach or improve various behaviors for some time, and it involves instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. However, there might be instances in which some components of BST are not necessary. For example, common coaching techniques in American rules Football involve a coach providing antecedent instruction without detailed feedback immediately after a rehearsal, and the players appear to often learn the desired skill. This means that there might be times when antecedent instruction might be sufficient when attempting to change behavior, and consequent feedback could be an unnecessary laborious task. Thus, we evaluated antecedent and consequent components of the standard BST procedure to teach proper tackling form to 3 football players. Overall we found that instruction and modeling helped all players improve their behavior. However, the immediate feedback following rehearsal proved to help all participants improve their behavior to desired levels. Procedures, results, and implications will be discussed.

 
Growth and Barriers to Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis in Africa
WHITNEY HAMMEL (Autism Compassion Africa)
Abstract: There are 1.2 billion individuals living in Africa. Limited data is currently available on the prevalence of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) on the continent, which leads to sparse funding and programs for those with disabilities. Lack of awareness and acceptance of those with ASD, combined with limited resources, leads to decreased quality of life. The Human Rights Watch (2012) has documented severe abuse against those with disabilities, including shackling and unsanitary conditions, in Ghanaian prayer camps and psychiatric institutions. The BBC also released a documentary titled “The World’s Worst Place to Be Disabled?” (2015) outlining abuse, neglect and even termination of life for those with disabilities in Ghana. Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Africa is greatly needed. ABA is relatively unknown and mostly concentrated to English speaking countries. According to the BACB portal, as of October 2019 there were only 16 BCBAs and 5 BCaBAs listed as serving the entirety of Africa. There is an urgent need to ethically and sustainably increase the number of trained ABA professionals to impact the lives of those with disabilities on the continent. This presentation will discuss current growth rates of BACB certified individuals, barriers to dissemination, and avenues for support.
 
 
Symposium #42
CE Offered: BACB
Augmentative and Alternative Communication for Individuals With Complex Communication Needs: Systematic Reviews of Critical Factors
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon G
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sanikan Wattanawongwan (Texas A&M University)
Discussant: Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota)
CE Instructor: Joe Reichle, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individuals who are unable to use conventional speech are at risk for challenging behavior, social isolation, and poor long term outcomes. Approximately 30% of children with moderate-severe disabilities are at high risk for complex communication needs; most of these individuals would benefit from AAC. AAC has been supported as effective for a variety of implementers, procedures, and target outcomes. However, many questions remain regarding the quality of reporting this research, critical outcomes, and features of implementation. Without this information, it is difficult to determine when and how AAC-based interventions are most effective. Comprehensive systematic reviews examining the impacts of AAC for individuals with complex communication needs, including individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities, were conducted by the presenters and their research teams. The presenters will synthesize available evidence about AAC to address the methodological quality of the literature, effects of AAC intervention on speech production, the use of telehealth in AAC interventions, and factors related to parent-implementation of AAC-based interventions. Participants will gain an understanding of critical points related to implementing AAC and will be able to summarize the current state of the science.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): AAC, Complex communication, Systematic review, Telehealth
Target Audience:

Researchers, Graduate Students, Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: Audience members will be able to: 1. Identify elements of quality single case research in AAC. 2. Describe AAC interventions currently meeting evidence standard. 3. Identify features of telehealth and parent-implemented AAC that are most effective.
 
Augmentative and Alternative Communication for Autism and Intellectual Disability: Systematic Review of Critical Reporting Factors
J.B. GANZ (Texas A&M University), Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota), Kimberly Vannest (University of Vermont), James Eric Pustejovsky (University of Texas at Austin), Lauren Pierson (Texas A&M University), Sanikan Wattanawongwan (Texas A&M University), April N. Haas (Texas A&M University), Sandy Smith (Texas A&M University)
Abstract: Individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities frequently have concomitant complex communication needs; such difficulties communicating frequently lead to social isolation, challenging behavior, and significant resource needs. Examination of the relevant literature base is critical; however, there are challenges in aggregating results across single-case studies, related to quality of methodology and reporting practices. We have conducted the largest and most comprehensive, to date, systematic review examining the impacts augmentative and alternative communication-based interventions for the target population. The presenters will share data extracted from approximately 171 articles, following initial search procedures that produced a pool of 6690 documents, eligibility screening, and exclusion for failure to meet basic methodological quality standards. Critical quality indicators are under-reported. We are particularly interested in factors related to naturalistic and effective intervention for autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disabilities, with complex communication needs. This presentation will report on methodological quality, with a focus on the reporting diagnostic, cognitive, and communication skill assessments; interventionist descriptions; procedural integrity; and setting in which the project was implemented and whether or not it was a natural context for the participants. Results indicate that these details are vastly underreported. The presenters will provide recommendations for relevant research.
 
Effects of Augmentative and Alternative Communication Intervention on Speech Production in Developmental Disabilities: Systematic Review
RALF SCHLOSSER (Northeastern University), Oliver Wendt (University of Central Florida), Mariola Moeyaert (University at Albany)
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and other Developmental Disabilities (DD) often present with complex communication needs. Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) interventions have been found effective in improving communicative competence and language skills. Yet, relevant stakeholders continue to fear that the adoption or the continued use of AAC modalities may hinder natural speech production. If left unanswered, this may lead families to postpone, or worse, reject AAC modalities altogether leaving their children less likely to reach their full potential. This systematic review, funded by the Health Resources Services Administration, will update previous reviews (Millar et al., 2006; Schlosser & Wendt, 2008) on the effects of AAC intervention on speech production in ASD/other DD. A multi-faceted search includes general-purpose databases, publisher databases, trial registers, reference lists, forward citation searches, and contacting authors. To be included a study has to meet criteria related to speech production, experimental design, diagnosis, and AAC use. Data extraction will focus on participant characteristics, AAC approach, effectiveness metrics, and risk of bias assessments. Meta-analyses will be performed as feasible. Previous reviews found AAC interventions to result in modest increases in speech production. This conclusion will be revised consistent with the updated data set and analyses.
 
Telehealth use in Augmentative and Alternative Communication intervention: A systematic review
JESSICA J. SIMACEK (University of Minnesota), Marianne Elmquist (University of Minnesota), J.B. GANZ (Texas A&M University), Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota), Sanikan Wattanawongwan (Texas A&M University), Lauren Pierson (Texas A&M University), Ee Rea Hong (University of Tsukuba)
Abstract: Children with autism who experience complex communication needs (CCN) often benefit from augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) intervention.The umbrella of telehealth includes the provision of assessment or intervention via technology platforms to support the use of AAC for children with autism. Telehealth methodologies may help bridge barriers for children with CCN who may lack access to interventionists with expertise in AAC. The rapidly advancing fields of AAC and telehealth technology require evidence-based research to be translated to clinical recommendations. This presentation discusses a systematic review of the literature following PRISMA guidelines on the use of telehealth in AAC assessment or intervention for children and young adults with autism. The included studies were coded for 20 items, related to; first, the parameters of the participants, interventionists, and the interventions; and, second, reported measures and related findings on feasibility, efficacy, or cost-effectiveness. We anticipate the findings of this review will summarize the current state of the knowledge on telehealth to deliver AAC intervention for people with autism, including future directions specifically related to feasibility, efficacy, and cost-effectiveness.
 
Parent-Implemented Augmentative and Alternative Communication Interventions for Children with Autism and Intellectual Disabilities: Systematic Review
MARIANNE ELMQUIST (University of Minnesota), Jessica J. Simacek (University of Minnesota), J.B. GANZ (Texas A&M University), Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota), Ee Rea Hong (University of Tsukuba), Sanikan Wattanawongwan (Texas A&M University), Lauren Pierson (Texas A&M University)
Abstract: Many individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities (ID) have complex communication needs (CCN) impacting their ability to verbally express their thoughts and needs, such that reductions in academic achievement, quality of life, and increases in challenging behavior are often reported. Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) interventions are critical for improving language outcomes for individuals with CCN; therefore, it is important that individuals supporting those with CCN have access to the resources and training to implement AAC interventions effectively. The purpose of the current study is to review the parent-implemented AAC, literature for individuals with autism and ID to identify current training practices and explore how implementation fidelity is being measured and reported. A systematic review was conducted following the PRISMA guidelines. Included studies will be coded for; participant characteristics, training practices, intervention characteristics, AAC outcomes, and procedural fidelity. We anticipate that findings from the current review will provide an overview of the current practices used to train parents that can be used to inform practice but also provide future research directions in isolating effective training practices.
 
 
Paper Session #43
Operant Conditioning of Rats
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 1/2
Area: EAB
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Fabio Leyser Goncalves (Universidade Estadual Paulista)
 
Evaluation of Conditioned Reinforcement on Spontaneously Hypertensive Rats
Domain: Basic Research
FABIO LEYSER GONCALVES (Universidade Estadual Paulista), Beatriz Guimarães (Paradigma), Guilherme Popowicz (Universidade de São Paulo), Juliana Brasileiro (Universidade Federal de São João Del Rey)
 
Abstract: Spontaneously Hypertensive Rats (SHR)has been considered as a valid animal model of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Several theories propose that ADHD would be less responsive to positive reinforcement, especially delayed and conditioned reinforcement. The aim of this paper is to compare conditioned reinforcement on SHR, Wistar Kyoto (WKY) and Wistar rats. For that 16 SHR, 15 WKY and 12 Wistar were submitted to a Multiple FI2min-Ext5min schedule where a feedback light was manipulated (Experiment 1) or to a conditioned reinforcement procedure where a 3s lights-off stimulus (LO) was associated to food with or without delay, and then tested as reinforcer under extinction for the primary reinforcer (Experiment 2). On Experiment 1, ANOVA Type Nonparametric Statistics indicated differences between strains [F (1,644, 16) = 12.097; p<0.001], but not feedback light as conditioned reinforcement [F (1, 14.61985) = 2.688; NS]. Experiment 2 Indicated a main effect of strain [F(1.9, 4.3) = 3.199; p<0.05], lever [F(1, 8)=64.862; p<0.001], and phase [F(4.3, 3.6) = 4.977; p<0.001] and all interactions (between p<0.001 and p<0.05). Relative treatment effects indicated that SHR responded more under extinction than WKY and WIS. Together, experiments suggests that SHR would have a greater deficit on extinction than on reinforcement process.
 

Affordances Influence Lever-Pressing Acquisition Speed and Lever Choice in Rats

Domain: Basic Research
ANGEL JIMENEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara)
 
Abstract:

Behavior analysis has focused on examining the effects of the consequences of behavior. However, evidence suggests that rats’ operant performance is attuned to the affordances that the operant setting provides, such as lever height. This presentation will cover two studies on rats’ progression from lever pressing acquisition to situations where lever pressing has been instrumentally conditioned. In experiment 1 lever pressing acquisition was examined in three groups of naïve rats, in each group lever height was set at 1, 11, or 18 cm-height. Response acquisition was faster at the 11-cm height lever group, and lever pressing latency was shorter with the 18-cm lever group. In experiment 2 lever pressing was reinforced in two concurrent equal variable-ratio schedules of reinforcement, and in successive conditions lever height was varied asymmetrically. That is, one lever was higher than the other. Across conditions, preference between both levers changed showing a linear trend with increasing lever heights. Collectively, the research suggests that preorganized properties of behavior (i.e., the animal’s abilities) interact with the environment before operant learning emerges.

 

Why Study Duration? A Summary of Recent Investigations

Domain: Basic Research
THOMAS P. BYRNE (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts), Nicole Nadeau (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts), Kabas Essameldin Elmeligy (Massachusetts college of liberal arts), Brianna Sarno (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts)
 
Abstract:

Compared to rate of discrete responding, response duration has received scant attention as a dependent measure in behavior analysis. We will present results from a series of recent experiments in which we studied the duration of lever-pressing in laboratory rats. In all of the investigations, we arranged the delivery of edible reinforcers if depressing a response lever fell under or exceeded a programmed interval. We will discuss three general findings in detail. First, response duration may present some advantages over response rate for studying the effects of delayed reinforcement. Second, response duration increases significantly during extinction. This occurs whether or not there has been a history of differential reinforcement for depressing the response lever. This has implications for the interpretation of resurgence when behavior has a salient duration dimension. And finally, arranging reinforcement for response duration results in chains of idiosyncratic responses that rats emit concurrently with lever pressing. Whether these responses should be operationally defined as lever pressing presents a conceptual challenge.

 

Effects of the Temporal Separation of Multiple-Schedule Components on Differential Resistance to Change

Domain: Basic Research
RAQUEL ALO (Universidade de Brasília, Brazil), Sara Neves (Universidade de Brasília), Felipe Rodrigues (Universidade de Brasília)
 
Abstract:

To examine the effects of the temporal separation of multiple VI VI schedule components on differential resistance to change (DRTC), two experiments were conducted with rats. Reinforcement rates and magnitudes (reinforcers per cycle) were manipulated in Experiments 1 and 2, respectively, to produce rich and lean components. In both experiments, the separation of the components was manipulated by using different component durations, during one condition, and different intercomponent intervals (ICI), during another condition. Total exposure to the components was constant across sessions of each condition. Resistance to satiation was evaluated by delivering increasing amounts of the reinforcer before each test session. In Experiment 1, different component duration either increased (F2 and F4), decreased (F1 and F02), or had no consistent effects (F3) on DRTC. Increasing ICIs produced either an increase (F02) or an increase followed by a decrease (i.e., an inverted U function) in DRTC. In Experiment 2, increases in component duration produced either an increase (F6 and F8) or no consistent effects on DRTC. Increasing ICIs produced an increase (F7) or an inverted U effect on DRTC. Results are discussed in terms of the discrimininability of contingencies that are too close or too separate in time.

 
 
 
Symposium #44
CE Offered: BACB
The Good Behavior Game: Examining Procedural Variations, Indirect Effects, Generalization, and Maintenance
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence D
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: P. Raymond Joslyn (Utah State University)
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Timothy R. Vollmer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an effective, empirically supported classroom management procedure that behavioral researchers continue to study and refine. In the current symposium, researchers from multiple laboratories will present their research on procedural variations, component analysis, indirect effects, generalization, and maintenance. In Study 1, researchers examined the effects and social validity of variations in team size. Study 2 examined the effects of systematic component removal on student behavior. In Study 3, researchers examined the effects of fading effortful components of the GBG and conducted a systematic analysis of peer interactions as an indirect effect. Study 4 examined the differential effects of dosage levels on the generalization and maintenance of GBG effects on student behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavior Game, Classroom Management, Group Contingencies
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts working in or consulting with schools, special education teachers, university faculty members, graduate students, and other certified behavior analysts interested in group contingencies

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the effects of variations in team size. 2. Describe methods for fading the GBG that may maintain treatment effects. 3. Describe how different dosage levels may affect generalization and maintenance.
 
A Comparison of Good Behavior Game Team Sizes in Preschool Classes
SARAH HOLMES (Louisiana State University), Erica Lozy (Louisiana State University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Disruptive behavior in the classroom is associated with many other problems (e.g., lost instructional time, teacher burnout). The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an effective intervention to reduce disruptive behavior across all grade levels, including preschool. The GBG involves multiple components, including dividing the class into teams. In the current study, we compared one-, two-, and five-team versions of the GBG. Following an initial phase of standard teacher contingencies (no GBG), we used a multielement design in which GBG versions and a standard teacher contingencies condition alternated across days in 4 preschool classes. Following the intervention comparison, we examined teacher and paraprofessional preference for the GBG and the team size versions using a concurrent chains arrangement. In all classes, all versions of the GBG consistently reduced disruptive behavior below standard teacher contingencies, but we observed no difference between GBG versions. The different team arrangements produced differences in the likelihood of all or no students earning the reward. In general, the teaching staff in 3 classes preferred the two-team version, and the paraprofessional in 1 class showed no clear preference. These findings support the use of the traditional version of the GBG in which the class is divided into 2 teams.
 
Effects of Systematically Removing Components of the Good Behavior Game in Preschool Classrooms
ERICA LOZY (Louisiana State University), Mallorie Paige Galjour (University of South Wales), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Disruptive classroom behavior produces a host of problems for students and teachers. The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an effective procedure to reduce disruptive behavior. In this study, experimenters conducted the GBG in two preschool classes and demonstrated its effectiveness using a reversal design. Subsequently, experimenters systematically removed components of the GBG in a multiple baseline across classes design. In both classes, the rules and visual feedback were successfully removed from the GBG without a return of disruptive behavior. In Class 2, dividing the class into teams was also successfully removed from the GBG. Vocal feedback could not be removed in either class without disruptive behavior increasing, nor could contingent rewards from Class 2. We calculated Cohen’s d statistics to describe the size of the effects of the GBG on disruptive behavior for each class. A large effect size was demonstrated for all phases of the GBG. These data demonstrate one potential way to reduce teacher effort while maintaining the effects of the GBG.
 
The Good Behavior Game: Maintenance and Side-effects in Preschoolers
ELIZABETH FOLEY (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Sara Camille Diaz de Villegas (University of Kansas), Rachel Jess (University of Kansas), Kathleen Holehan (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an effective intervention used to change a variety of behaviors, across populations, and in various settings (see Tingstrom, Sterling-Turner, & Wilczynski, 2006, for a review). There is limited research on the intervention with preschoolers (Foley et al., 2019; Wiskow et al., 2019), the efficacy of the intervention when the GBG is faded or removed (Dadakhodjaeve et al, 2019; Ruiz-Olivares et al., 2010), and the potential side-effects associated with the GBG (Groves & Austin, 2019). We evaluated the efficacy of the GBG with preschoolers and determined whether effortful components of the GBG could be faded while maintaining treatment effects. Furthermore, we conducted a systematic analysis of peer interactions as a potential side effect of the GBG. Results suggest the GBG is an effective intervention for reducing the disruptive behavior of preschoolers and treatment effects maintained as we faded components. Finally, the side-effect analysis showed the GBG was associated with an increase in peer interactions and specific variables (e.g., delivery of reward) were associated with specific types of peer interactions.
 
Effects of Good Behavior Game Dosage on Maintenance of Behavior Change
Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales), MALLORIE PAIGE GALJOUR (University of South Wales), Jenna Howells (University of South Wales), Abbie Shorthouse (University of South Wales)
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a classroom management system with decades of research demonstrating its effectiveness across a range of educational settings. However, one specific limitation of the GBG is that effects observed while the game is being played do not appear to generalize to settings or times in which the game is not being played. It is possible that the lack of treatment effect maintenance may be due to the limited dosages of the GBG employed in most of the extant research. This study evaluated the effects of GBG dosage across six primary school classrooms in Wales. Classrooms were paired based on key classroom variables (e.g., age of students, approach to teaching, schedule) and then assigned to deliver either low-dose GBG (one game per day) or high dose GBG (2-3 games per day). Effects of the GBG were evaluated using a withdrawal design and student disruptions during withdrawal phases were used to evaluate maintenance of GBG effects. The GBG was effective in reducing disruptions across all classrooms. However, for two of the three pairs, examinations of behavior after the initial withdrawal phase showed lower levels of disruptive during subsequent withdrawals in the high-dose classrooms. These results suggest that higher doses of the GBG may result in greater maintenance of GBG effects.
 
 
Symposium #45
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research in Equivalence-Based Instruction and Emergent Responding With Advanced Learners and Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence E
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Leif Albright (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Daniel Mark Fienup, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In this symposium, four studies will be described that evaluated procedures to facilitate emergent responding and/or equivalence class formation with adults of typical development or adults diagnosed with ASD. In the first study, equivalence-based instruction (EBI) was compared to a PowerPoint lecture to teach differential reinforcement procedure descriptors to college students. In the second study, EBI was compared to self-study of videos to learn examples of American Sign Language and to combine them in novel ways using both listener and speaker behavior. In the third study, adult participants were trained on nutrition Information for different food items using conditional-discrimination training. In the last study, adults with ASD learned classes of stimuli representing computer hardware (i.e., hard drive, CPU fan, RAM, processor, and power supply) using EBI and then demonstrated the emergence of untaught relations, intraverbals, and assembly of a hard drive. Collectively, these studies inform best practices of procedures used to promote emergent responding and equivalence class formation across a broad domain of skill areas.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): advanced learners, emergent behavior, stimulus equivalence
Target Audience:

College instructors / BCBAs

 
Comparing Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction to Lecture to Teach Differential Reinforcement Descriptors to College Students
Sabrina Kelly (Caldwell University), ADRIENNE JENNINGS (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Carol J McPheters (Alta Families, Inc.)
Abstract: Many higher education students learn core concepts of behavior analytic principles through academic curriculum (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007; Malott, 2013). However, students of higher education may have difficultly learning such material (McConnell, 1990; Tauber, 1988). The present study compared a pre-recorded lecture to computerized equivalence-based instruction to teaching college students differential reinforcement procedures [i.e., differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), and differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior (DRI)]. Each class contained three members (A: the term, B: the definition, C: multiple exemplars of vignettes). A between-subjects group design was used to compare pretest and posttest performances of participants assigned to either equivalence-based instruction or lecture instruction. Sorting and written tests were used to determine the degree of class-consistent responding in novel formats for both groups. Results demonstrated that EBI was more effective than lecture at teaching concepts of differential reinforcement.
 
Comparing Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction to Self-Study of Videos to Teach Sign Language to Adults
ANGELINA LONGO (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Adrienne Jennings (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract: We compared equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to self-study of videos to teach eight 3-member classes of ASL signs with adults. Four of the equivalence classes consisted of verbs (i.e., throw, touch, blow, and spin) and four classes were nouns (i.e., truck, dollar, egg, and ball). We also assessed (a) speaker probes by having participants sign both single words and verb-noun pairs of words and (b) listener probes by having participants comply with signed requests of verb-noun pairs. Results showed that all 12 participants from the EBI group reached passing criterion of 88% for single sign probes on the first training. In the self-study group, however, only 3 of 12 participants reached passing criterion on the first training. Lastly, participants from the EBI and self-study group performed at high levels across MTS emergent relations responding. However, the EBI group showed significantly higher scores for the single signs posttest than the self-study group. Verb-noun phrases demonstrating recombinative generalization successfully emerged across listener and speaker tasks for both groups. Social validity measures showed that participants in the EBI group liked their method of learning more than the participants in the self-study group. These results further inform our procedures for effectively teaching ASL.
 
Teaching Skills About Content of Nutrition in a Matching-to-Sample Format
JON MAGNUS EILERTSEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: Adult participants were trained in nutrition knowledge for different food items. The participants were assigned to three different groups and all the participants were first exposed to a pre-test of stimuli with names of different food items. In the pre-test, they were asked to sort the stimuli according to three different ranges of carbohydrate values. This test was followed by a conditional-discrimination training and testing, and finally a post-sorting test of the stimuli used in the conditional-discrimination training. Stimuli used in the conditional-discrimination training were tailored, that is, food items that the participant categorized incorrectly in the sorting test were used in the conditional-discrimination training. Participants in Groups 1 and 2 were trained 6 conditional discriminations and tested for the formation of three 3-member classes. Group 2 had an option with “don’t know” in together with the three different ranges of carbohydrates values in the pre-sorting test. Participants in Group 3 were trained 12 conditional discriminations and tested for the formation of three 5-member classes. The main findings showed that all participants who responded correctly on at least one test for equivalence class formation in the matching-sample format test, sorted the stimuli correctly in post-sorting test.
 
Application of Computer Hardware Relations Learned During Equivalence-Based Instruction to a Vocational Task
KATRINA ROBERTS (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: In the present study, we used a pretest/training/posttest experimental design to examine the effects of teaching specific conditional relations among stimuli representing computer hardware (i.e., hard drive, CPU fan, RAM, processor, and power supply), on the emergence of untaught derived relations, intraverbals, and assembly of a computer hard drive. Participants were three adults diagnosed with autism. Equivalence stimuli consisted of the written name of the hardware, a picture of the hardware, the written function of the hardware, and a picture indicating the location of the hardware. A match-to-sample procedure was used to train the conditional discriminations among the class members. We also used a simple to complex training protocol and a linear training structure for the classes. Responding of all three participants improved from pretest to posttest on measures of untaught relations, intraverbals, and assembling a hard drive. These results demonstrate the utility of EBI and direct application of the learned relations to a vocational task.
 
 
Symposium #46
CE Offered: BACB
Mastery Criterion During Skill Acquisition: Recent Research
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence F-H
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brittany Chiasson (Teachers College)
Discussant: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Sarah M. Richling, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Mastery criteria are a ubiquitous component of skill acquisition programs; however, there is limited research on its use. Studies in this symposium will cover a range of issue related to an educator's use of criteria. Our first talk discusses data analysis and how the continuity of data collection affects mastery. The second and third talks manipulate an aspect of mastery criterion and evaluate its effect on skill acquisition. The final talk focuses on appropriate criteria and instruction to promote eye contact.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): developmental disabilities, education, mastery criterion, skill acquisition
Target Audience:

Researchers and practitioners who design educational interventions for children with developmental disabilities

Learning Objectives: 1. Define mastery criterion and its major components 2. Identify aspects of mastery criterion that affect skill acquisition 3. Discuss how data collection and type of skill interact with mastery criterion effects.
 

Comparing Continuous Versus Discontinuous Data Collection on Skill Acquisition and Teacher Decision-Making

ADAM S. WARMAN (The Faison Center), Amy Coleman (Faison Center), Ashley Briggs Greer (Faison Center), Luke Martin (Faison Center), Sydney Mrowiec (Faison Center)
Abstract:

Data collection procedures must be chosen to work for the clinician, rather than expending inefficient effort on gathering underutilized information. Balancing clinician use of time with effective instructional interventions and decision-making. This study applied a multiple baseline across participants design to compare the two approaches using parallel data-based decision protocols regarding the impact on client skill mastery, false mastery indicators, rate of instruction, and overall clinician intervention decisions. The data collection systems of the programming for 6 children with autism were manipulated in a private day school in suburban Virginia. Licensed special education teachers supervised by behavior analysts designed the skill acquisition programming. The data indicate that while mastery of targets was similar between the conditions, significant differences were found in teacher decision-making effort, rate of instruction, and targets falsely flagged as mastered. Exploring the potential effects a data collection system may have on client skill acquisition and the efficient use of limited clinician time can help service providers determine which systemic processes they will use in their practice.

 
Mastery Criterion During a Shaping Task: The Effects of Short and Long Criteria
REBECCA HOTCHKISS (Evergreen Center), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Research on mastery criterion effects has focused on discrete responses and, to the best of our knowledge, have not been evaluated in the context of shaping procedures. In this study, we evaluated two criteria in the context of shaping auditory discriminations for children with autism, which has been shown to increase echoic production. The program begins with children discriminating very different auditory stimuli and across consecutive phases children discriminate increasingly similar auditory stimuli. In the traditional criterion condition, participants mastered each phase of the shaping protocol by responding with 90% accuracy in a 20 trial session. In the consecutive correct condition, participants mastered each phase of the protocol by responding correctly to 5 consecutive trials in a session that lasted a maximum of 20 trials. In a between-subjects study, we matched participants based on baseline echoic production and general rate of learning. Participants in the consecutive correct condition completed the shaping protocol with significantly fewer trials and demonstrated the same gains in echoic repertoires as participants who completed the protocol with a traditional mastery criterion. We discuss the implications of mastery criterion for different types of procedures and responses.
 
The Application of Mastery Criterion to Individual Operants During Skill Acquisition
KRISTINA WONG (Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Typically, with children with disabilities, instructors deliver blocks of trials containing multiple stimuli/responses and evaluate mastery as percentage correct across all responses in the block. The purpose of the current study was to investigate this traditional mastery criterion arrangement compared to an arrangement where mastery was assessed at the level of individual responses. In both conditions, mastery criterion was 100% accuracy in one session. In the Set Analysis (SA) condition, accuracy was evaluated as average correct responding across all 4 target operants in a set. In the Operant Analysis (OA) condition, we taught 4 targets at a time and accuracy was assessed per operant and new operants were substituted into the set each time a single operant was mastered. Overall, all 4 participants learned textual responses quicker in the OA condition and all participants maintained a higher number of responses from the OA condition. Implications for skill acquisition are discussed.
 

Mastery Criteria, Maintenance, and Generalization of Eye Contact in Individuals With Developmental Disabilities

ANNA EDGEMON (Auburn University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University), Jennifer L. Cook (University of South Florida), Nadratu Nuhu (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Joseph Bardeen (Auburn University)
Abstract:

In humans, eye contact is one of the most important nonverbal communicative behaviors. However, deficits in eye contact are characteristic of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and other neurodevelopmental disabilities. Interventions targeting increasing eye contact in this population are important as eye contact can be conceptualized as a behavioral cusp that allows the individual to access novel environments and contingencies. Previous research has used a variety of procedures to increase eye contact in this population with limited success and arbitrarily determined mastery criteria. Thus, the purpose of this presentation is to discuss three studies which evaluated eye contact. In the first study, researchers used descriptive analyses to determine normative levels of eye contact in a sample population. In the second study, researchers used eye tracking software to increase eye contact in individuals with disabilities and evaluated generalization across settings. In the third study, researchers used a progressive model to teach eye contact and evaluated maintenance during follow-up probes. Limitations of these studies are discussed along with suggestions for future research on increasing eye contact in individuals with developmental disabilities and programming for generalization and maintenance.

 
 
Symposium #47
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Applied Research in Organizational Behavior Management
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Capitol/Congress
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Discussant: Matthew M Laske (Appalachian State University)
CE Instructor: Matthew M Laske, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Since its inception in the late 1960s Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) has been applied across a wide variety of industries. Within these various industries different goals, populations, and procedures make OBM one of the broadest applications of behavior analysis. However, the differences across settings require a range of skills in an OBM practitioner that include industry specific terminology, knowledge of safety procedures, government regulations, among others. This symposium contains two presentations in a human service setting, a study that took place within a hospital, and a final study that took place in a manufacturing plant. The goals and methods of the studies vary widely and highlight how OBM procedures can be implemented. The applications of OBM will be compared and contrasted by the discussant.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Human Services, Manufacturing, OBM
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe methods to increase interaction between medical professionals 2. Participants will describe how to implement a PFP system in behavior analysts 3. Participants will describe the effects of antecedent prompts in the work environment
 

The Effect of “Do” Versus “Don’t” Formatted Messaging on Employee Adherence to Written Requests

ELIZABETH NEWCOMB (The Faison Center), Nicholas Vanderburg (The Faison Center Inc), Trang Doan (The Faison Center), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center)
Abstract:

Signs are a commonly used antecedent intervention. There are a number of variables that make a sign more likely to be followed (proximity, response effort, changing vs. static), but there is little research into whether a sign is more effective if the message is provided in a “do” versus a “don’t” format. Providing a “do” request is generally considered more effective in clinical populations but has not been studied in an employee population. In the current study, written requests, in the form of a posted sign on a door, were used to measure the effectiveness of a “do” message (find another way) and a “don’t” message (do not enter) with employees in a school setting. Adherence to the signs did some to be influenced by the message.

 

A Pay-for-Performance System in Behavior Analysts Conducting Consultation

RACHEL L ERNEST (The Faison Center), Adam S. Warman (The Faison Center), Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
Abstract:

Pay-for-performance broadly describes systems where an employee’s behavior is tied to her or his performance. The current applied study describes the effects of transitioning a team of four behavior analysts from a standard pay-for-time paradigm to a pay-for-performance system. In the pay-for-performance system a percentage of pay was made contingent upon the number of hours billed. Results indicated an increase in the number of monthly hours billed across all behavior analysts. Additionally, the improvements in performance achieved in the pay-for-performance program made the department profitable for the first time.

 

Increasing Doctor-Nurse-Patient Communication During Patient Rounds

NICOLE GRAVINA (University of Florida), Andressa Sleiman (Univeristy of Florida), Nicholas Matey (University of Florida), Elizabeth Harlan (University of Florida), Garret Hack (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Hospital errors are the third leading cause of death in the United States. One way to reduce errors is to increase communication between doctors, nurses, and patients. Each stakeholder brings valuable information to the discussion and can serve as a second check during medical decisions. In this study, we examined a package intervention that included task clarification, prompting, and feedback for increasing discussion among doctors, nurses, and patients during morning rounds on two units. Communication was measured using a checklist of items to be discussed during rounds. Furthermore, nurse presence and submitting orders during rounds was measured. Results indicated that they intervention was successful at improving communication.

 

Performance Management at Work: Improving Productivity and Efficiency in a Manufacturing Setting

NICHOLAS MATEY (University of Florida), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Organizational behavior management (OBM) techniques have long made positive impacts in businesses and organizations. One successful area within OBM is performance management or focusing on employee behaviors to reach organizational goals. The current study used performance management techniques to improve casting productivity and efficiency in a copper manufacturing company. Combinations of goal-setting, task clarification, and feedback were used to target both pounds of copper casted and the amount of time needed to complete a cycle (cycle time). Overall, productivity increased by 7.2% and cycle time decreased by 4.4% during the intervention and this change was estimated to be worth over $5 million. Methodology and other results will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #48
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
A Flat Earth or Behavioral Full Worldview: The Need for Behavior Analysts to Rely Upon the Fundamentals of Our Science
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, University of D.C. / Catholic University
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg )
Discussant: Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark)
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Ivy, Ph.D.
Abstract:

As access to information increases with internet searches and almost instantaneous global communication, behavior analysts become exposed to a wide-variety of perspectives and strategies for treatment implementation. This exposure can cause behavior analysts’ worldview to shift from applying the theoretical foundations of behavioral science to incorporating other worldviews (e.g., mentalistic, non-scientifically supported theories) into their clinical practice. Some behavior analysts have confused the technologies of behavior analysis (e.g., curricula, assessments, etc.) for behavior analysis itself or have not adopted a behavioral worldview. “If this were a theoretical issue only, we should have no cause for alarm; but theories affect practice… Confusion in theory means confusion in practice” (Skinner, p. 9, 1968). This symposium, which includes four presentations and a discussion, will examine the variables that impact the shift to or away from a behavior analytic "worldview", the necessity for incorporating a behavioral worldview into ethical practice, and the impact for not utilizing a behavioral worldview.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral philosophy, behaviorism, ethics, theory gap
Target Audience:

Practicing behavior analysts, students of behavior analysis, clinical supervisors.

Learning Objectives: 1) Define worldview and adequately describe the behavioral worldview. 2) State the impact of philosophical coursework on the evolution of worldview. 3) Differentiate between a “point-and-click behaviorist” and a “world view behaviorist”. 4) Differentiate between an open and closed worldview, and why the former is more likely to lead to scientific advancement than the latter.
 

One Worldview to Rule Them All

(Service Delivery)
RONALD LEAF (Autism Partnership), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
Abstract:

A worldview is the lens through which we look and make sense of the world. A worldview constructs the foundation of what we believe, and dictates how we explain, assess, and deal with the phenomena of interest. Behavior analysts, through their training, are exposed to and supposedly embrace the worldview of behaviorism and all that that means, such as adherence to scientific attitude and practice, that informs our assessment and treatment of behavior. However, there is accumulating evidence that behavior analysts are using and supporting treatments and interventions that are not based upon the behavior-analytic worldview or conceptualization of behavior. Such practice hurts consumers, hurts our field, and demonstrates ethical disarray on the part of the behavior analyst. Behavior analysts have an ethical and practical responsibility to adhere only to behaviorism as their worldview and behave according to only its tenets and philosophy.

 
Can a Science of Teaching Teach a Scientific Worldview?
(Theory)
KIMBERLY MARSHALL (CCSN: Center for Independence; Endicott College)
Abstract: It is evident that the concepts and principles of behavior analysis are well defined. However, it is less evident that behavior analysts have a thorough understanding of the philosophy of their science. Despite the wealth of resources available and coursework requirements in philosophy, it has been demonstrated that many behavior analysts do not hold a behavior analytic worldview (Bailey & Burch, 2016; Oliver, Pratt, & Normand, 2015; Schreck, Karunaratne, Zane, & Wilford, 2016). A worldview, the standpoint through which one interprets their environment, influences treatment choice and the quality of intervention that clients receive. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board®, has announced upcoming changes that will hopefully improve adherence to a behavior analytic worldview, including revised course content requirements to include 90 hours on the philosophical underpinnings of behavior analysis with the implementation of the 5th Edition Task List in 2022 (BACB, 2017b). Consequently, research into the effectiveness of coursework targeted at teaching the philosophical underpinnings of applied behavior analysis in teaching a behavior analytic worldview grounded in a philosophy of science is necessary and timely. Preliminary data will be presented on the impact of philosophical coursework on the evolution of worldview in students of behavior analysis, and the results will be discussed with regard to additional training interventions.
 

The Point-and-Click Behaviorist or a Behavioral World View Behaviorist: Where is Our Field Heading?

(Service Delivery)
KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Penn State Harrisburg), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Abstract:

Despite ethical requirements that behavior analysts function under a behavioral world view, it appears that some behavior analysts have adapted more of a conspiracy theory – flat earth world view not based upon our science. In fact, evidence indicates that some behavior analysts believe that the behavioral world view only applies to specific populations and age groups – not the full earth. This may be due to a lack of understanding and application of the fundamental philosophy of the science or an over-reliance on marketing behavioral analysis to specific populations and commercialized guides as easy to use as a point-and-click google search. Marketing may have been appropriately conducted to disseminate to the public behavior analysis’ effectiveness for specific populations, it may have marketed too well – changing behavior analysts’ world view. Although curriculum and guides initially may have been appropriately developed to assist behavior analysts, but not replace the fundamental applications of the science, the over reliance on their simplicity may be replacing the comprehensive understanding and use of the behavioral world view and application of such. Without a thorough understanding and application of a comprehensive behavioral worldview, behavior analysts may evolve into superficial and unethical, point-and-click behavioral technicians and not analysts.

 
If You Want to Have a Worldview, You Probably Should Get Out to See the World
(Service Delivery)
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Until recently, it would have been typical to find behavior analysts trained in or at least heavily exposed to other fields of psychology, and other fields altogether. Because they had seen other things they had good reason to understand the conceptual advantages of the radical behaviorist worldview. Now we have behavior analysts trained entirely in dedicated applied behavior analysis programs, increasingly taught by people with similar training, using a largely proscribed syllabus, seeing little or nothing apart from what will be helpful for successfully remediating a fairly narrow range of behavior problems in a fairly narrow range of the population. That is, they might know a lot about certain kinds of contingencies, but they probably do not know about behavior as a general matter, its range and richness, full of things we cannot begin to explain (and hardly ever try to). That is, their worldview will not be so much about behavior generally, but about those things that their contingencies can encompass and do something about. Radical behaviorism, the philosophy of a science, will be replaced by “radical proceduralism,” the philosophy of a profession. An open worldview designed to broaden inquiry risks being replaced by a closed worldview, one focused on just those things it can deal with, falsely confident it has all the answers because it only knows to ask certain kinds of questions.
 
 
Symposium #49
CE Offered: BACB
Comparisons and Innovations in Teaching Verbal Behavior to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon I
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Haven Sierra Niland (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Haven Sierra Niland, M.S.
Abstract:

Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) may exhibit deficits in language and social communication; therefore, behavioral intervention needs to ameliorate deficits in verbal behavior and expand relevant repertoires. Continuous refinement of procedures to assess and teach these skills is needed to promote efficacious and efficient intervention strategies, which should produce meaningful outcomes for clients. This symposium will present empirical data from research projects aimed at identifying efficacious and efficient procedures to teach and expand the verbal repertoires of children with ASD. Chance, Cividini-Motta, and Livingston will present on a comparison of methods used to condition echoic behavior as reinforcers to increase vocalizations. Niland et al. will describe the results of a comparison of isolated and compound stimulus presentations to teach auditory tacts. Scott et al. will describe the results of a comparison of different antecedent verbal stimuli on the acquisition and emergence of bidirectional intraverbals. Finally, Guerrero et al. will report on a comparison of procedures to teach multiply-controlled verbal behavior, short story recall. Presentations will be followed by a discussion of applied implications and future directions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): echoics, emergent learning, tacts, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Applied researchers and applied practitioners

 
Conditioning Vocalizations as Reinforcer: A Comparison of Observational Conditioning and Response-Contingent Pairing
SYDNI CHANCE (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of North Florida)
Abstract: Children with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often display impairments in communication. More specifically, children with ASD may have difficulty developing language skills, for e.g., delay in verbal behavior, limited echoic skills, and/or lack of functional communication. A common way to combat this deficit is by increasing vocalizations in these children. Previous research has used various procedures to attempt to condition vocalizations as reinforcers, such as stimulus-stimulus pairing, response-contingent pairing (RCP), and operant discrimination training. Another procedure for conditioning stimuli is observational conditioning (OC), which is a type of observational learning. However, OC has not been assessed as a procedure for conditioning echoics as reinforcers. As such, the current compared the effects of two conditioning procedures, RCP and OC, to determine their efficacy in conditioning vocalizations as reinforcer and their effect on rate of vocalizations of children with autism. Three children, age 5-10 years old, participated in this study. For two participants, both procedures resulted in an increase in vocalizations, however, a conditioning effect was only observed for one of the participants.
 

Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Tact Auditory Stimuli: A Comparison of Isolated and Compound Stimulus Presentations

HAVEN SIERRA NILAND (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Valeria Laddaga Gavidia (University of North Texas), Maria Jose Otero (University of North Texas), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Tacts are verbal operants evoked by some object, event, or stimulus feature, and tacts should occur in the presence of stimuli across all five senses. An example of an auditory tact is saying “siren” upon hearing the high-pitched noise of an ambulance. We replicated and extended a study by Hanney, Carr, and LeBlanc (2019) by examining the efficacy and efficiency of three different stimulus-presentation conditions including: (a) isolated, (b) compound with known visual stimulus, and (c) compound with unknown visual stimulus. We evaluated the acquisition of auditory tacts with an adapted alternating treatments design embedded within a nonconcurrent multiple-baseline design across sets with two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). All three conditions were efficacious with at least one set of stimuli for each participant. However, the compound conditions were more likely to lead to mastery in the least amount of time. In transfer probes, isolated stimuli were presented as compound stimuli and compound stimuli were presented in isolation; correct auditory tacts emitted throughout probes indicated appropriate control of auditory stimuli persisted. Implications for future applied research and application to practice will be discussed.

 
The Use of Intraverbal Chains on the Emergence of Reverse Intraverbals
ALYSSA P. SCOTT (Marquette University), Mary Halbur (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Lauren Debertin (Marquette University), Courtney Lyn Meyerhofer (Marquette University)
Abstract: Intraverbal behavior plays an important role in day-to-day interactions while providing the foundation for advanced communication skills. Previous researchers have suggested it is important to identify teaching procedures that result in efficient acquisition as well as emergent verbal responses (e.g., Allan, Vladescu, Kisamore, Reeve, & Sidener, 2015). The purpose of the present investigation was to evaluate the acquisition and emergence of bidirectional intraverbal relations by using varied lengths of antecedent verbal stimuli to children with autism spectrum disorder. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline across sets with an embedded adapted alternating treatment design was used for each of the two participants. Three conditions were compared; intraverbal chains (e.g., “What do you do with a [target]?”), no intraverbal chains (i.e., a one-word antecedent verbal stimulus), and a control condition. Ongoing results suggest that the use of intraverbal chains lead to slightly quicker acquisition and greater emergence. However, minimal emergence was observed across both conditions Our discussion will analyze, (a) the possibility of client specific history to trial arrangements, (b) the consideration of echoic repertories, and (c) how to set-up learning trials to design future interventions that promote generalization to untrained verbal relations while increasing intraverbal skills.
 

Teaching Children With Autism to Recall Short Stories: A Replication and Extension

LISA GUERRERO (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Cindy Cahill (Florida Autism Center), Erica Jones (University of West Florida), Tina Smith-Bonahue (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Reading comprehension is an important early academic skill that may pose challenges for some children with autism. Prior research (Valentino, Conine, Delfs, & Furlow 2015) has reported effective methods for teaching children with autism to retell short stories that were previously read to them, as a possible first step in establishing a reading comprehension repertoire. We replicated and extended this prior work with three school-aged children with autism using a multiple baseline across stories and a non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants. Participants were exposed to an initial baseline, a reading with reinforcement condition (treatment 1), and a backward chaining with textual prompts condition (treatment 2). All three participants emitted mastery-level recall of stories more rapidly and under less complex intervention procedures than in prior research. Improvements in story recall were associated with increases in correct answers to basic comprehension questions, and intervention also resulted in generalized improvements in recall across multiple stories. We also conducted standardized reading assessments with all participants before and after completion of the study. These data have important implications for behavior analysts and educators providing reading intervention to children with autism and suggest several possible avenues for future research on reading comprehension and recall.

 
 
Invited Panel #49A
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
Obtaining Federal Funding for Behavior Analytic Research: A Panel Discussion With Program Directors
Saturday, May 23, 2020
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 3/4
Area: SCI; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: M. Christopher Newland, Ph.D.
Panelists: ALAN TOMKINS (National Science Foundation), EMILY DOOLITTLE (Institute of Education Sciences)
Abstract:

This event, coordinated with the Federation of Associations in Behavioral & Brain Sciences, will feature program directors (to be announced later) from federal funding agencies relevant to behavior analysis (e.g., NIH, IES, NSF). Program directors will briefly discuss funding priorities of relevance to behavioral scientists, suggest ways to better align behavior analytic proposals with these priorities, and take questions from the audience.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify potential funding agencies for behavioral work.; (2) describe current federal funding priorities; (3) identify resources to better advocate their research in proposals; (4) identify resources to write more competitive grant proposals.
ALAN TOMKINS (National Science Foundation)
Dr. Tomkins is deputy division director, NSF Social and Economic Division, Directorate of Social, Behavioral, and Economic Sciences. He has served on the editorial boards of American Psychologist, Behavioral Sciences & the LawExpert Evidence: The International Digest of Human Behaviour Science and LawLaw and Human Behavior, and American Journal of Community Psychology.
EMILY DOOLITTLE (Institute of Education Sciences)
Dr. Doolittle is the National Center for Education Research Team Lead for Social Behavioral Research. She takes a lead role in writing NCER’s requests for applications and works closely with a wide-variety of researchers to provide technical assistance both individually and through webinars and workshops on IES grant writing and the application process. She received her Ph.D. in developmental psychology from the University of Chicago. 
 
 
Symposium #50
CE Offered: BACB
The Application of Concurrent-Operants Methodologies for Evaluating Stimulus Functions With Individuals With Problem Behavior
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Chelsea R. Fleck (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Chelsea R. Fleck, M.S.
Abstract:

Clinicians may implement a number of preliminary assessments (e.g., functional analyses, demand assessments, preference assessments, etc.) prior to developing behavioral programs for clients with autism. The researchers in this symposium will describe two applications of concurrent-operants preparations for evaluating stimulus functions prior to initiating treatment. Lindsay Lloveras and colleagues will describe a concurrent-operant demand assessment (CODA) to identify a hierarchy of preferred and nonpreferred demands. Allie Rader and colleagues will describe a concurrent-operants assessment for determining the relative reinforcing efficacy of events hypothesized to maintain problem behavior. Implications for practitioners and applied researchers will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): concurrent operants, demand assessment, functional analysis, reinforcement
Target Audience:

Graduate students in behavior analysis, clinicians working with individuals with problem behavior, applied researchers

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe the utility of concurrent-operant methodologies for evaluating relative stimulus functions (e.g., task preference and potential reinforcement for problem behavior). 2. Participants will describe the utility of a concurrent-operant demand assessment (CODA) for evaluating task preference, measuring relative responding during identified demands, and potential implications for individuals with problem behavior. 3. Participants will describe how to use a concurrent-operant assessment to evaluate the effects of potential reinforcing functions for problem behavior.
 
Evaluation of a Concurrent Operant Demand Assessment to Determine Task Preference
LINDSAY LLOVERAS (University of Florida), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract: We conducted a concurrent operant demand assessment (CODA) to identify a hierarchy of preference for demands in 17 individuals who exhibited problem behavior. We presented demands in pairs, with selection between demands serving as the primary dependent variable. The reinforcing efficacy of escape from the most- and least-selected demands from the CODA were evaluated for 7 participants using progressive ratio (PR) schedules. Outcomes from the PR analysis corresponded with the rank order of demands from the CODA. Four of these seven participants were subsequently exposed to a brief CODA with only two items, which consisted of successive presentations of the most- and least-selected demands from the CODA. Outcomes of the brief CODA corresponded with the PR analysis and CODA for 3 out of 4 participants. These results suggest that the CODA might be an effective technology to determine a hierarchy of preference of demands for assessment and treatment purposes.
 
A Concurrent Operants Assessment to Infer Function of Problem Behavior
ALLISON RADER (Endicott College), Cara L. Phillips (May Institute), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute)
Abstract: In some cases, a formal functional analysis (FA) of problem behavior may be contraindicated. A concurrent operants paradigm may provide an alternative procedure to evaluate response-contingent outcomes hypothesized to maintain challenging behavior. An adolescent diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder who displays severe challenging behavior participated in the current study following completion of an FA. When a clear function did not emerge, possibly due to frequently shifting motivating operation (MO), an attention preference assessment was conducted in order to identify the type of attention to provide in a concurrent operants assessment. The participant nearly exclusively selected physical attention in the form of blocking. In the concurrent operant assessment, the participant selected between four arbitrary stimuli, each associated with one of the following conditions: (a) attention (i.e., blocking), (b) tangibles (i.e., iPad), (c) attention and tangibles simultaneously, or (d) no reinforcement (i.e., control). Frequency of response allocation and challenging behavior may indicate preference for reinforcers that are hypothesized to maintain challenging behavior. This inference can then be used to inform the treatment of challenging behavior.
 
 
Symposium #51
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Teaching Safety Skills to Children With Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon H
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marissa A. Novotny (University of Texas at San Antonio)
CE Instructor: Marissa A. Novotny, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium includes three papers two of which evaluate interventions for efficiently teaching safety skills to children with developmental disabilities. Miltenberger, Novotny, Maxfield, and Baruni evaluated video self-modeling with children with autism and preliminary data show the procedure is effective. Orner, Miltenberger, and Maxfield evaluated small scale simulation training with kids with autism and found it effective for only one of three children. Lastly, Maxfield, Park, and Blair discuss the results of their meta-analysis on 26 single subject design studies on safety skills interventions for individuals with intellectual disabilities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Meta-Analysis, Safety Skills, Simulation Training, Video Self-Modeling
Target Audience:

BCBA and BCaBA

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe efficient ways to teach safety skills ; (2)discuss what training methods research supports for teaching safety skills; (3) explain how to use video self-modeling.
 
Evaluation of Video Self-Modeling to Teach Firearm Safety Skills
Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Marissa A. Novotny (University of Texas at San Antonio), Trevor Maxfield (University of South Florida), RASHA BARUNI (University of South Florida)
Abstract: We investigated a variation of video modeling, video self-modeling (VSM), for training firearm safety skills. The participants were prompted through the individual steps which was compiled to create the video where the participants would watch themselves engage in the appropriate safety skills. The participants were assessed following the creation of the video to ensure the skill was not learned from the creation of the video. Three children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder between the ages of 7 and 13-years-old were recruited for this study. The participants were required to not touch the firearm, leave the room, and tell an adult. The VSM was effective for two of the participants and the skill maintained at a 1 and a 2-month follow-up. One participant required in situ training before engaging in all the safety skills correctly. This study is the first demonstration of video self-modeling for firearm safety skills.
 

Evaluating Small Scale Simulation Training for Teaching Firearm Safety to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Margaret Orner (University of South Florida), RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida), Trevor Maxfield (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Every year children are unintentionally injured or killed due to finding an unattended firearm. Although research evaluating various approaches to teach safety skills shows that behavioral skills training and in situ training are effective, limited research exists evaluating small-scale simulation training in teaching safety skills to children. Furthermore, there is no research evaluating this approach with children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). This study evaluated the effectiveness of small-scale simulation training in teaching firearm safety to 5 to 6-year-old children with ASD. Simulation training was effective for one participant, in situ training was necessary for one participant, and an incentive was required for the third participant to demonstrate the safety skills.

 

A Meta-Analysis of Safety Skills Interventions for Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities

TREVOR MAXFIELD (University of South Florida), Eun-Young Park (Jeonju University), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This study provides the results of a meta-analysis of 26 single subject design studies on safety skills interventions for individuals with intellectual disabilities. Results indicate that individuals who have mild to moderate ID, particularly school-age children, have benefited most from the safety skills interventions, and that that the interventions have demonstrated low-to-large effect sizes across safety skills (e.g., abduction prevention, fire safety, first aids, daily living safety, pedestrian safety skills). The behavioral skills training (BST) with and without additional components was the most commonly used safety skills intervention for individuals with ID; however, BST alone demonstrated a larger effect than BST with additional components, and video modeling had the largest treatment effect of all intervention types. Outcomes for abduction prevention skills were larger than those of other safety skills. Implications for practice and future research are discussed in the following areas: implementer, dose of intervention, treatment fidelity, and social validity.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #52
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy for Post-Traumatic Problems in Living
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon C
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Amy Murrell, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: SONJA BATTEN (Flexible Edge Solutions)
Abstract:

Traumatic experiences can have significant, and long-lasting, effects on the individuals who survive them. Frequently, clients who live through trauma experience a host of behavioral, cognitive, emotional, and physical health problems. When these individuals come to therapy, most of them are hoping that they will be able to eliminate the nightmares, memories, anger, anxiety, and other posttraumatic symptoms that they experience. In fact, most of them have tried many things (such as isolation, substance abuse, even suicide attempts) to manage these symptoms. However, what many of these individuals fail to realize is that their heroic efforts to avoid the pain of their posttraumatic experiences may actually be making things worse - and may even be the heart of the problem. In many ways, despite their best efforts, trauma survivors frequently find themselves trapped in a life that is largely devoted to the avoidance of pain. Effective empirically supported treatments for posttraumatic symptoms have been developed to aid trauma survivors in improving traditional PTSD symptoms. However, they are not universally effective, and not all clients are willing to engage in exposure-based treatment. In addition, given the high levels of psychiatric comorbidity with PTSD, treatments are needed that can cut across diagnostic categories and begin to treat presenting problems based on functional dimensions. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, a contemporary behavior therapy, provides an alternative to the feel-good agenda and instead focuses on helping clients to reconnect with those ideals and principles for living that are deeply important to them and that dignify the difficult events that they have survived. This presentation will introduce clinicians to contextual behavioral tools to work with trauma survivors on identifying each person’s valued life directions and then help motivate experiential acceptance and behavior change in the service of those values.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Clinicians, supervisors, students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe an understanding of posttraumatic problems in living based on a framework of experiential avoidance; (2) adapt traditional exposure-based interventions for an acceptance-based model; (3) promote life changes by helping clients move toward their values, rather than away from their pain.
 
SONJA BATTEN (Flexible Edge Solutions)
Sonja V. Batten, Ph.D., is a clinical psychologist with a specialization in traumatic stress, who has worked in policy, clinical, and research leadership positions in the public and private sectors. Dr. Batten is a peer-reviewed ACT trainer, a Past-President and Fellow of the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science, the author of Essentials of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, and the co-author of Committed Action in Practice. Dr. Batten is an experienced leader with a demonstrated history of working in the management consulting and health care industries. She is also a certified Change Management Practitioner and an experienced Executive Coach and Mentor.
 
 
Panel #53
CE Offered: BACB
Call Me Crazy! Using Behavior Analysis in Inpatient Psychiatry: Understanding Serious Mental Illness From a Behavior Analyst's Point of View and the Importance of Interdisciplinary Collaboration
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon B
Area: CBM/OBM; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Jennifer Morrison-Diallo, Ph.D.
Chair: Jennifer Morrison-Diallo (NYC Health + Hospitals/Kings County)
SHYLA ROSHIN (NYC Health + Hospitals/Kings County)
PAULINA KACZMARCZYK (NYC Health+ Hospitals/Kings County)
TAMI GATTA (NYC Health + Hospitals/Kings County)
Abstract:

Providing behavior analytic services in an acute inpatient psychiatric setting can be very challenging, especially when working with individuals with serious mental illness, significant trauma history, co-morbid personality disorders, and limited intellectual functioning. A team of behavior analysts at NYC Health + Hospitals/Kings County in Brooklyn, NY work with an interdisciplinary team of clinicians to provide evidence-based behavior analytic treatment for people with varying serious mental illnesses. This panel will include an interdisciplinary team (behavior analyst, Doctor of Nursing, and Peer Specialist) which will discuss the trials and tribulations of providing behavior analytic services for individuals in an environment where people do not have experience with behavioral interventions. Some topics discussed among the panel will include: a) understanding serious mental health symptoms and behaviors from a function-based behavior analytic approach; b) the importance of “playing nicely in the sandbox” and receiving support to create effective service delivery models; and c) discussion of other treatment modalities and how behavior analysts can work with others to create effective behavior change. This panel will also provide a few case studies of challenging cases to provide other behavior analysts in attendance some creative ideas and solutions to very complex, challenging cases in mental health settings.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts in public health settings; Behavior analysts who work with individuals diagnosed with mental health diagnoses; Behavior analysts who are interested in systems change and collaboration

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn how to apply functional behavior assessments to psychiatric diagnoses 2. Participants will understand how to more effectively create partnerships with other disciplines and service areas. 3. Participants will participate in a discussion of high risk case examples and apply behavior analytic principles to interventions for people that are diagnosed with serious mental illness
Keyword(s): Behavior Assessment, Interdisciplinary Collaboration, Mental Health
 
 
Invited Paper Session #54
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
TRAUMA: Behavioral and Neurological Perspectives on Trauma
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty I-L
Chair: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
CE Instructor: Carla H. Lagorio, Ph.D.
Presenting Authors: PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Boys Town), K. MATTHEW LATTAL (Oregon Health)
Abstract: Non-scientifically oriented clinicians and counselors have coopted the concept of trauma, established a related dogma, and attempted with some success to keep behaviorally oriented professionals at bay. This is tricky territory. The concept has been used to label and/or describe so many different types of human experience that it has become almost meaningless. It has no operational definition, at least not one widely accepted. Yet on closer inspection, regardless of its definition, the concept would seem perfectly suited for a behavioral analysis. In the simplest of terms, trauma appears to refer to aversive events that dramatically increase the negative reinforcement associated with avoidance of events that are topographically and/or functionally related to those events. The amount of avoidance exhibited by afflicted individuals impairs their diurnal and nocturnal functioning. The most effective approach would almost certainly involve escape extinction. However, because of the highly politicized nature of the concept, language describing that approach would almost certainly have to have more colloquial features in order to recruit any acceptance outside the field of behavioral analysis. This presentation will discuss trauma from that perspective.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. 

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss approaches to PTSD and addiction; (2) discuss the persistent effects of trauma; (3) discuss ways to suppress fearful behaviors and drug-seeking behaviors; (4) discuss the neurobiological changes associated with trauma.
 
Trauma Drama: A Behavior Analytic Perspective on Trauma
PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Boys Town)
Abstract: A common finding from rodent studies of drug abuse is that acute or chronic stress can reinstate drug-seeking behavior after extinction. In most of these studies, the stressor occurs during the reinstatement test; very little is known about the effects on drug-seeking behaviors long after the stressor has occurred. We have developed a behavioral approach in which an acute stressor in one context causes persistent effects on drug-seeking behaviors in a different context. This approach models some of the persistent effects of trauma on relapse that often occur in patients with a diagnosis of comorbid post-traumatic stress disorder (PSTD) and substance use disorder. I will describe some of the basic characteristics of this approach, including applications to different drugs of abuse and natural rewards, some of the underlying neurobiology, and how we have used this approach to evaluate potential treatments. These treatments focus on promoting extinction by pairing nonreinforced presentations of a stimulus or response during extinction with delivery of a drug that promotes epigenetic mechanisms that are involved in long-term memory. This leads to a persistent suppression of behavior that appears to resist environmental manipulations that cause relapse (such as exposure to cues or contexts previously associated with drugs of abuse). Implications of this approach for animal models of PTSD and addiction will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. 

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss approaches to PTSD and addiction; (2) discuss the persistent effects of trauma; (3) discuss ways to suppress fearful behaviors and drug-seeking behaviors; (4) discuss the neurobiological changes associated with trauma.
 
Trauma, Extinction, and the Problem of Relapse
K. MATTHEW LATTAL (Oregon Health)
 
 
Invited Panel #55
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Computer Technology and the Future of Behavior Analysis: A Panel With Discussion
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 6
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University)
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D.
Panelists: CASEY J. CLAY (University of Missouri), DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University), AARON J. FISCHER (University of Utah)
Abstract:

This panel will be a discussion of Dr. Ellie Kazemi’s SQAB Tutorial on the utility of computer technologies in behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe contemporary applications of computer technologies in behavior analysis; (2) describe the research questions to be addressed by computer technologies; (3) describe resources to leverage computer technologies in behavior analysis.
CASEY J. CLAY (University of Missouri)
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University)
AARON J. FISCHER (University of Utah)
 
 
Symposium #56
CE Offered: BACB
Approaches to Assessment and Treatment of Unique Presenting Concerns in Clinical Settings
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202A
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Chathuri Illapperuma (University of Nebraska-Medical Center; Munroe Meyer Institute; Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders)
Discussant: Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
CE Instructor: Tracy L. Kettering, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In this symposium we provide a discussion of unique presenting concerns and clinical evaluations in clinic settings. The first two papers address schedule thinning considerations functional communication training (FCT). The study by Smith and colleagues evaluates a comparison of a compound schedules of reinforcement involving discriminative stimuli (e.g., multiple or chained schedules, Greer et al., 2016) or within the context of probabilistic, progressive-delay schedules (e.g., contingency-based progressive-delay schedule, Ghaemmaghami et al., 2016) and the relative efficacy of these two methods during schedule thinning for individuals with severe challenging behavior. Similarly, the study by Salvatore and colleagues investigates the efficiency and preference for alternative activities during schedule thinning within FCT. Garcia and Wunderlich extend the work of Edgerton and Wine (2017) by using a function-based treatment to increase appropriate voice volume responses. Last, another unique study by Weber and colleagues implemented an adaptation of the Good Behavior Game with a sibling dyad to decrease destructive behavior. Dr. Tracy Kettering will provide comments on navigating challenges presented by adaptations of assessment and treatment to address unique cases in a clinical setting.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Destructive Behavior, Functional Analysis, GBG, Schedule Thinning
Target Audience:

Behavioral specialists Graduate Students Practitioners

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to distinguish between chained, multiple, and probabilistic thinning schedules. 2. Attendees will be able to identify unique presenting functions and function- based treatment for voice-volume behaviors. 3. Attendees will be able to identify adaptations of the Good Behavior Game to decrease destructive behaviors in a sibling dyad.
 
A Comparative Analysis of Procedures to Teach Delay Tolerance
(Applied Research)
Katherine Brown (Utah State University), Reagan Gaynor (University of Nebraska Omaha), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), SEAN SMITH (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Reinforcement schedule thinning, or delay tolerance training, is necessary to make functional communication training (FCT) an effective treatment in naturalistic contexts (Hagopian, Boelter, & Jarmolowicz, 2011). Delay tolerance training is often implemented within the context of a compound schedule of reinforcement involving discriminative stimuli (e.g., multiple or chained schedules, Greer et al., 2016) or within the context of a probabilistic, progressive-delay schedule (e.g., contingency-based progressive-delay schedule, Ghaemmaghami et al., 2016). The purpose of this experiment was to evaluate the relative efficacy of these two methods of delay tolerance training procedures for three individuals referred to a clinic for the assessment and treatment of destructive behavior. First, we conducted a functional analysis and successfully implemented FCT. Next, we conducted a comparative analysis of compound schedules and probabilistic, progressive-delay schedules for teaching delay tolerance within an alternating treatments design. The results showed that the rates of destructive behavior did not differ significantly across the two delay tolerance strategies, however, maintenance of correct FCRs was better in the compound schedule condition for two participants. Results will be discussed in terms of the duration of exposure to establishing operations maintaining destructive behavior and the potential limiting conditions of each strategy.
 

Efficiency and Preference for Alternative Activities During Schedule Thinning With Functional Communication Training

(Applied Research)
GIOVANNA SALVATORE (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University), Kimberly Ford (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is an effective treatment for decreasing socially-reinforced destructive behavior (Carr & Durand, 1985). Multiple schedules are frequently used to thin the reinforcement schedule during FCT (Hanley et al., 2001). An extinction burst is possible with each schedule thinning step, contributing to slow treatment progress. In clinical practice, individuals are often expected to sit and wait during periods of restricted access to functional reinforcers; however, in the natural environment, they generally do not wait without alternative items/activities available. Ten children referred for treatment of destructive behavior participated in this study. Therapists conducted functional analyses and taught participants a functional communication response to access functional reinforcers. Therapists implemented a multiple schedule during schedule thinning, comparing a control condition (nothing available during S-delta intervals) to separate conditions with embedded items/activities during S-delta intervals (moderately preferred tangible items, attention, demands). After reaching the terminal schedule in at least one condition, therapists assessed participant preference across S-delta conditions. For 80% of participants, the terminal schedule was only reached with alternative items/activities. All participants demonstrated preference for alternative items/activities and therapists indicated preference for conducting these sessions. For 6 participants, we simultaneously targeted an escape function during the S-delta condition including demands.

 

An Experimental Analysis of Voice Volume for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
ARTURO GARCIA (Rollins College), Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College)
Abstract:

Inappropriate prosodic production is often observed, but rarely treated, communication skill deficit for individuals with autism. Few studies have evaluated the acoustic characteristics of prosody in children with ASD, and obtaining a pragmatic measurement of their conversational skills is typically limited to parent and teacher report measures. In one exception in the research, a previous study by Edgerton and Wine (2017) implemented an intervention for shaping the conversational speech volume of an intellectually disabled participant. Expanding on the previous literature, we conducted a functional analysis of the voice volume responses (VVR) of two children with ASD utilizing similar procedures to those from Edgerton and Wine. Further, we evaluated the efficacy of using a function-based treatment, in conjunction with the visual feedback from the app, to increase appropriate VVR. Results of the evaluation, as well as implications for the treatment of inappropriate voice volume and other prosodic behaviors, will be discussed.

 
Effects of the Good Behavior Game with Siblings
(Applied Research)
Katherine Brown (Utah State University), Reagan Gaynor (University of Nebraska Omaha), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), JESSIE WEBER (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: With the increased prevalence of developmental disorders, the genetic loading associated with many developmental disorders (e.g., autism spectrum disorder; Bertrand et al., 2001), and the comorbidity between developmental disorders and destructive behavior (Matson & Rivet, 2009), practitioners are likely to encounter families with multiple children who engage in destructive behavior. To date, few studies have examined the use of behavior-analytic treatments to simultaneously treat the destructive behavior of siblings. The present study evaluated the use of the good behavior game, a behavior group contingency intervention, to decrease destructive behavior engaged in by two siblings. Procedural integrity data was also collected in an outpatient and home setting to evaluate the feasibility of the treatment. Results showed a decrease in both participants’ rates of destructive behavior to near-zero levels.
 
 
Symposium #57
CE Offered: BACB
Extensions of Practical Functional Assessment and Skills-Based Treatment: Updates on Training, Implementation, and Overcoming Barriers
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kara LaCroix (The Autism Community Therapists, LLC)
Discussant: Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (TACT, LLC )
CE Instructor: Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer, M.Ed.
Abstract:

In 2012, Hanley provided guidance to mitigate and overcome the myths that functional analyses (FAs) are too complex, take too long, and are too risky for dangerous behavior. Despite Hanley’s recommendations and evidence suggesting that FA is the most informative tool in the assessment of problem behavior, many practitioners rely on indirect or descriptive methods. We will share extensions of the practical functional assessment (PFA) and skill-based treatment (SBT) model and describe how they can directly influence practitioners’ assessment and treatment practices. In Study 1, FA training was evaluated wherein participants of various backgrounds learned how to accurately conduct Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analyses (IISCAs) in ecologically relevant settings following a PFA workshop. IISCAs with 3-minute analysis sessions were conducted in Study 2, which led to meaningful treatment outcomes with nine clients in a consecutive case series. The remaining studies attempt to break down the myth that FAs are too risky when it comes to severe problem behavior. To evaluate risk, a group FA and treatment was conducted with clients who have severe problem behavior in a classroom with limited resources (Study 3) and IISCAs and treatment were developed for clients whom had been reported to have idiosyncratic problem behavior in a specialized school (Study 4).

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Autism, Functional Analysis, Treatment Analysis
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, BCaBAs, licensed psychologists, and other behavior analytic providers who wish to learn how to assess and treat problem behavior.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe effective ways to overcome barriers to staff training. 2. Participants will be able to describe how to conduct safe and efficient functional analyses. 3. Participants will be able to describe how to implement practical functional assessment and skills-based treatment with limited resources.
 
A Randomized Controlled Trial of Seminar-Based Training on Accurate and General Implementation of Practical Functional Assessments
CORY WHELAN (The Autism Community Therapists, LLC), Gregory P. Hanley (FTF Behavioral Consulting), Robin K. Landa (May Institute), Emily Sullivan (Western New England University), Rachel Metras (Western New England University), Kara LaCroix (The Autism Community Therapists, LLC)
Abstract: Despite evidence suggesting that functional analysis is the most informative tool in the assessment of problem behavior, practitioners rely on indirect or descriptive methods. Along with limited resources and training, behavior analysts cite concerns for safety of the client and clinician when problem behavior is evoked, preventing them from conducting FAs. Researchers have taught behavior analysts and caregivers to conduct FAs in a variety of settings, however no study has reported the long-term effects of such training programs (e.g., number of independent analyses conducted post-training, degree to which FAs yielded functional control). Our study focuses on training behavior analysts and school staff to design and conduct practical functional assessments that include an IISCA, an analysis which researchers and practitioners have used to safely and efficiently analyze problem behavior. Participants in the experimental group attended a workshop aimed at teaching the skills required to conduct a successful IISCA prior to conducting an analysis with a confederate client; participants in the control group experienced the workshop after conducting the IISCA with a confederate. Following training, several participants conducted an IISCA with a client who engaged in problem behavior and their skills and the extent to which they demonstrated functional control were evaluated.
 
Using Brief Session Durations During Functional Analysis to Inform Socially Sustainable Improvements in Problem Behavior
THERESA FIANI (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York), Joshua Jessel (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Functional analyses allow a clinician to identify causal relations between environmental stimuli and problem behavior. The interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) was developed as a practical functional analysis format intended to be safe and efficient. Jessel, Metras, Hanley, Jessel, and Ingvarsson (2019) found that analysis sessions can be conducted in as little as 3-min, creating an analysis that requires as little as 15 min; however, it is not clear whether the results from 3-min IISCA sessions will inform effective function-based treatment. We replicated and extended previous research by conducting 3-min IISCA sessions followed by functional communication training and reinforcement thinning. Nine individuals diagnosed with autism, aged 3 to 20 years, participated due to reports of problem behavior exhibited in the school or home settings. Results demonstrated near elimination of problem behavior by the terminal treatment goal for all participants. The entire assessment and treatment processes were socially validated by caregivers. The results suggests that functional analyses do not require extended amount of time and can be used by clinicians to improve treatment outcomes.
 
Small-Group Implementation of Functional Analyses and Skill-Based Treatment
ROBIN K. LANDA (May Institute), Amy Kate Rosenblum (May Institute)
Abstract: Treatments designed from a functional analysis and aimed at teaching skills such as functional communication, toleration of delays to reinforcement, and cooperation with adult expectations can reduce severe problem behavior when implemented in a 1:1 instructional format for children and adolescents with autism (e.g., Hanley et al., 2014; Jessel et al., 2018). Similar skill-based treatments can prevent or reduce problem behavior when implemented in a small-group or classwide format for typically developing preschoolers whose problem behavior is not yet severe enough to warrant a functional analysis (see Fahmie & Luczynski, 2018). We sought to merge these lines of research by conducting functional analyses and skill-based treatment in a small-group format for a classroom of six adolescents with autism and severe problem behavior. All sessions were conducted by teachers in the classroom, using an enhanced choice model (Rajaraman et al., 2019) and a response-to-intervention approach. Functional analyses were differentiated, and the intervention resulted in an increase in communication, toleration, and cooperation for all six participants. Effective outcomes were achieved without supplemental 1:1 instruction for four participants. These results illustrate that it is possible to effectively treat severe problem behavior for multiple individuals without 1:1 intervention.
 
Implementation of Trial-Based Functional Analysis and Functional Communication Training Within a School Setting
NICOLE CONNOR MOORE (Ivymount School), Megan B. Boucher (The Ivymount School)
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) is a widely accepted practice to decrease challenging behavior and increase appropriate alternative behavior. Although the effectiveness has been well established in literature, there has been limited research on the use of FCT within school settings and with individuals who engage in challenging behavior related to idiosyncratic variables (e.g., adults moving materials, being asked to use a specific marker). The current study extends previous research by utilizing a trial-based functional analysis (FA) to identify various establishing operations/reinforcers for challenging behavior. This informed teaching contexts for FCT. Two participants diagnosed with developmental disabilities, ages 12 and 14, were included in the study. Participants engaged in challenging behavior (e.g., disruptions, aggression, elopement) and attended a non-public school that served individuals with special needs. A multiple baseline across contexts design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of FCT. Preliminary results indicate clear differentiation between test and control conditions within the FA. FCT resulted in rapid skill acquisition for one participant, with maintenance and generalization effects observed at a 3 month follow up. This approach may allow for the application of FA and FCT across a variety of settings with fewer resources.
 
 
Symposium #58
CE Offered: BACB
Advances on the Sequence of Discrimination Training and Variables that Affect Acquisition
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 206
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Mary Halbur (Marquette University)
Discussant: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Mary Halbur, M.S.
Abstract:

The purpose of the present symposium is to provide an overview of research advances on varaibles that impact the efficiency of language acquisition interventions. Two presentations will discuss the role of stimulus disparity within conditional discrimination training and two presentations will evaluate the efficiency of instructional sequences on acquisition of targets. In the first study, Halbur and colleagues compared the acquisition of high-disparate sounds, low-disparate sounds, and words as sample stimuli during conditional discrimination training for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). In the second study, Wu and colleagues manipulated stimulus disparity of color saturation and conducted analyses to identify error patterns during conditional discrimination training. In the third study, Martin, Lechago, and Romo investigated acquisition of listener skills when the instructional sequences (i.e., English-Spanish, Spanish-English, mixed language) were varied for bilingual children with ASD. In the fourth study, Devine, Cox, and Petursdottir conducted multiple experiments that evaluated the impact of tact instruction on the establishment of bidirectional intraverbals and other relations. Following the four presentations, our discussant will summarize, provide clinical recommendations for efficient teaching procedures, and suggest areas for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): conditional discriminations, emergence, intructional sequencing, stimulus disparity
Target Audience:

behavior analysts, graduate students, researchers

Learning Objectives: Following the symposium attendees will be able to: 1. Describe recent research that evaluates the efficiency of behavioral interventions 2. Consider procedures to analyze error patterns during conditional discrimination training 3. Identify areas for future research on instructional sequences and stimulus disparity during discrimination training.
 
Comparison of Sounds and Words as Sample Stimuli for Discrimination Training
(Applied Research)
MARY HALBUR (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Xi'an Maya Williams (Marquette University), Devin Seth (Indiana University), Chris Halbur (University of Iowa)
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often have difficulty acquiring conditional discriminations. However, previous researchers have suggested that the discrimination of nonverbal auditory stimuli may be acquired more efficiently (Eikeseth & Hayward, 2009; Uwer, Albrecht, Suchodoletz, 2002). For example, a child may learn to touch a picture of a piano after hearing the musical instrument more quickly than the word, ‘piano’. The purpose of the present study was to extend previous research by assessing acquisition of automated spoken words to environmental sounds. We compared sets of stimuli comprised of words, high-disparity sounds, and low-disparity sounds for children with ASD in a multiple baseline design. In the first set, sounds and words that the children were likely to encounter in their natural environment were selected. Results suggested that sounds were acquired rather than words or more efficiently than words. However, the similarity and overlap between sounds should be considered. Clinical applications and suggestions for future research will be discussed.
 

Quantitative Analysis of Parametric Changes in Sample Disparity With Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Basic Research)
WEIZHI WU (Florida Institute of Technology), Tiara Putri (Florida Institute of Technology), Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Louisiana State University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Conditional discrimination skills are foundational in teaching many functional skills in children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Antecedent- and consequence-based intervention are commonly used without the understanding of patterns comprising these errors. A framework based in behavioral-choice and signal-detection theory can quantify error patterns due to (1) biases for certain stimuli or locations and (2) discriminability of stimuli within the conditional discrimination. Three children diagnosed with ASD responded in delayed matching-to-sample procedure. We manipulated sample disparity through changes in relative color saturation between samples on a touchscreen across four experimental conditions. Sample-disparity differences were high, low, zero, and a return to high disparity. Decreases in sample disparity primarily produced corresponding decreases in discriminability without systematic changes in stimulus or location biases. These findings demonstrate the use of these analyses to identify error patterns during conditional-discrimination performance in a clinically relevant population under laboratory conditions. Further development of this framework could result in the development of technologies for categorizing errors during clinically relevant conditional-discrimination performance with the goal of individualizing interventions to match learner-specific error patterns.

 
Effects of English-Spanish Instructional Sequences and Language Preference on the Acquisition of Conditional Discriminations
(Applied Research)
ARABELLE MARTIN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Christine Romo (Texana)
Abstract: There is limited research evaluating how teaching multiple languages and identifying preferred language of instruction affect acquisition of verbal behavior for bilingual children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Speaking both the familial native language and the language predominantly spoken in the community is socially, educationally, and culturally relevant. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of instructional sequences and language preference on the rate of acquisition of a receptive identification task targeting English and Spanish nouns with two Spanish-English bilingual children with ASD. An adapted alternating treatments design was employed to compare three instructional sequences: 1) English-Spanish, 2) Spanish-English, and 3) mixed language (both English and Spanish at same time). Results for one participant showed the mixed language training sequence to be the most efficient training sequence and the Spanish-English training sequence to be the most efficient for the other participant. Results suggest that language preference may not impact the rate of acquisition of receptive identification targets in both languages. The results of this study provide empirical support for teaching both the familial and the dominant culture to bilingual children with ASD. Data will be collected for a third participant.
 
Tact Instruction as a First Step Toward Establishing Intraverbals
(Applied Research)
BAILEY DEVINE (Waypoint Behavioral Health Solutions), Reagan Elaine Cox (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Abstract: Two experiments were conducted with typically developing children (5-9 years) as participants to evaluate the effects of tact instruction on the establishment of intraverbal relations between the names of U.S. states and their respective state birds and flowers. In Experiment 1 (4 participants) we compared the efficiency of two instructional sequences; tact-before-intraverbal and listener-before-intraverbal, using an adapted alternating-treatments design combined with a multiple-baseline design across participants. After tact instruction, all participants performed at mastery in probes for bidirectional intraverbals and other derived relations, so intraverbal instruction was not necessary. By contrast, only one participant demonstrated intraverbals at mastery after listener instruction. The remaining three went on to receive intraverbal instruction, but the listener-before-intraverbal sequence resulted in a greater number of trials before intraverbals were established than did tact instruction alone. In Experiment 2 (3 participants), tact-only instruction was compared with intraverbal-only instruction without a preliminary step. Tact instruction established bidirectional intraverbals for all participants, whereas unidirectional intraverbal instruction did so for 2 of 3 participants. Tact instruction took fewer trials than intraverbal instruction for 2 participants, whereas intraverbal instruction took fewer trials for 1 participant. The process of building intraverbal repertoires may be achieved most efficiently through tact instruction.
 
 
Symposium #59
CE Offered: BACB
Social Skills Groups: How to Support a Growing Need for Group Behavior Analytic Therapy
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 201
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Christina M. Countie (Simmons University; Child Communication and Behavior Specialists)
Discussant: Christina M. Countie (Simmons University; CCBS)
CE Instructor: Christina M. Countie, M.S.
Abstract:

How to structure social skills groups across ages and skill levels has been a challenge for many behavior analysts. There are limited evidence-based curriculums and assessments, so clinicians are often found creating curriculums, goals, assessments and data collection systems on their own. Doing so takes up a great deal of time for an already stretched thin behavior analyst. We aim to alleviate some of this burden by offering case studies shown to have had effective treatment to address social skills, resources regarding evidence-based curriculums as well as for individualized goals, assessments to verify the presence of pre-requisite skills, progress and caregiver stress prior to and after treatment, and finally logistical recommendations for the overall success of the group. We will then provide information on how to incorporate caregivers and support their skill development in the non-traditional applied behavior analysis social skills group structure and lastly will pose recommendations for future research and directions of social skills groups. Key Words: Social Skills, Group Therapy, Autism, Behavior Systems

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Behavior Systems, Social Skills
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, Graduate students

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will acquire and be able to implement various methods of group reinforcement systems as they relate to social skills groups 2) Participants will outline a process for initially implementing social skills groups as well as ongoing 3) Participants will outline necessary components of caregiver training as it relates to social skills groups 4) Participants will define evidence-based curriculums for social skills groups
 
Social Skills Groups: Where to Start and Where to go From There
ALEC JAMEES UNDERWOOD (National University; Child Communication and Behavior Specialists)
Abstract: So you want to start a social skills group? A common statement is, "...but I don't even know where to start!" There are several factors to consider before diving in. These include but certainly may not be limited to: An environment conducive for group therapy, the age groups that will be offered group therapy, assessments to analyze a potential participant's current skills and whether the necessary pre-requisites have been met, and the competency of the clinician(s) leading the group. This symposium will provide relevant logistical information for initial set up of a group or series of groups, assessment tools, methods for measurement, considerations for designation of placement and suggested areas of competence of the clinician(s). Audience members will have a start to finish guide and resources to set up their own groups across a variety of ages and skill levels. Key Words: Social Skills, Group Therapy
 
Social Skills Groups and Group Contingencies: What Works?
MIKAYA TULCHINSKY (Child Communication and Behavior Specialists)
Abstract: Social skills groups are becoming higher in demand. With that demand comes increased need for the development and implementation of group-based systems of reinforcement. Historically, applied behavior analysis (ABA) therapy is provided on a one to one basis and reinforcers are individualized to that one client. Now that there is an increase in need for children, adolescents, and adults to have an effective and evidence-based group therapy, how does one ensure that the individuals are still coming into contact with reinforcement and are motivated to come back to sessions? This symposium will outline several case studies spanning age groups and systems of reinforcement. Audience members will be provided with tools and resources to support their social skills groups and better ensure engagement and skill development. Key Words: Autism; Social Skills; Group Therapy
 
Evidence-Based Social Skills Group Curriculums and Client Outcomes
ABRAHAM SANCHEZ (Child Communication and Behavior Specialists)
Abstract: No need to reinvent the wheel, the fields of applied behavior analysis (ABA) and acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) offer evidence-based curriculums for social skills group. This symposium will provide an overview of two curriculums and case studies outlining the effects these curriculums had on achieving mastery of crucial skills. Since social skills groups can be effective for a wide range of ages, the presenter will discuss appropriate pre-requisite skills for each curriculum. Additionally, once a participant graduates, suggestions for generalization and maintenance of the skills will be provided. Have you ever heard, "Sure he/she does that with you, but not with me"? We offer strategies to promote caregiver involvement and skill development as it aligns with each curriculum, age group, and better ensuring generalization and maintenance of the client's skills.
 
Caregiver Stress: How Social Skills Groups in Hand With Caregiver Training Can Decrease Caregiver Stress
JENNA MARIE RABE (Capella University; Child Communication and Behavior Specialists)
Abstract: The stress of caregivers of those affected by autism and other developmental disabilities is often greater than those of caregivers of typically developing children. As behavior analysts, we strive to ensure we are addressing socially significant behaviors and ultimately increasing the family unit's quality of life. When clients are primarily serviced in a group format, caregivers may be an afterthought. Thus, unaware of what their child is learning as well as unable to support their child's skill development. This symposium aims to offer a process to acquire caregiver involvement, tools including those offered by applied behavior analysis (ABA) and acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) to ultimately reduce caregiver stress. As a result of this symposium, audience members will take away with them a process for caregiver training as it relates to social skills groups.
 
 
Symposium #60
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis and Crime: Smuggling, Killing, and Justice Systems
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty M
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational
Discussant: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
CE Instructor: James Nicholson Meindl, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Criminal behavior is a broad, socially significant problem that affects many individuals and wider communities across the world. For example, in America, mass shootings occur on average 334 times per year, and smuggling activities contribute towards acts of terrorism which cause devastation and costs countries billions to manage. A factor that can increase the likelihood of a person committing criminal activity is a previous learning history with crime, and operant behaviors with which it is associated. If conceptualized behaviorally, environmental factors and functional relations maintaining criminal repertoires could be addressed pragmatically and effectively. The possible applications of behavior analysis to criminal activity are broad-ranging, and we will present the application of the science in a port setting to analyze and explore behaviors of interest, explore behavioral skills training for active shooting scenarios, present a behavioral conceptualization of mass killings, and research the use of behavior analysis in criminal justice systems. Although the applications presented in this symposium are diverse, they represent an attempt to understand criminal behaviors, and how these can be manipulated or changed with behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, justice systems, mass killings, smuggling
Target Audience:

Any individual who wants to learn more on a new dissemination topic Those in behavior analysis with interest in expanding into their communities

Learning Objectives: Audience members will learn about another potential route of dissemination of behavior analysis. Audience members can describe potential steps to take if in an active shooter scenario. Audience members can discuss issues of social validity and how behavior analysis can have an impact.
 
Evaluating the Effect of Specialist Detection Dogs Presence in Ports
(Applied Research)
EMMA WILLIAMS (Bangor University), Rebecca A Sharp (Bangor University), Gareth Harvey (Bangor University, North Wales, UK)
Abstract: There is little research on the effectiveness of specialist dogs as a deterrent against smuggling in ports. Smuggling is a covert behavior, and therefore unlikely to be able to be observed or measured directly. Similarly, the use of dogs as a deterrent requires a measure of not current behavior, but future behavior, which means that the behavior and antecedent are temporally distant and the relationship between them difficult to determine. We used an alternating treatments design to measure a proxy behavior; how people respond to the presence of a dog. We observed passengers in a port when a police officer was present, a police officer with an unmarked specialist dog was present, and a police officer with specialist dog wearing a high visibility jacket was present. We found that when the salience of the dog was increased (i.e., it was wearing a coat) more people engaged in behaviors such as looking at the dog, talking to it, or changed direction when they saw it. Although these data do not measure smuggling behavior directly, our study represents a first attempt to evaluate empirically the possibility that dogs are discriminative stimuli for the punishment of smuggling behavior in ports.
 
Extending Behavior Analysis to Active Shootings: A Conceptual Analysis
(Theory)
JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (The University of Memphis), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Mason Baughmann (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Amanda Hammer (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Abstract: Active shooting events are unfortunately all too common in the United States. Statistics from the Federal Bureau of Investigation indicate that between 2000 and 2018 there were 277 active shooter incidents resulting in 884 deaths and 1,546 wounded casualties. Further, there appears to be an increasing trend across time in both number of incidents and casualties. When an active shooting event occurs the typical response is to either propose physically preventing future shootings (e.g., restrict access to guns; provide enhanced security) or to suggest the cause is a mental health disorder. Far less frequently discussed are accounts to explain how the shooter came to engage in the destructive behavior. This talk will describe the currently popular explanations of active shooters and identify the limitations of those traditional accounts. A more behavioral perspective of active shooters/mass killers will then be detailed. Finally, the advantages of this behavioral approach for both researchers and interventionists will be described, as will the inherent challenges to a behavioral account of active shootings.
 
The Application and Dissemination of ABA to the Civil and Criminal Justice Systems
(Basic Research)
TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (HABA)
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis is a field that has served many different areas and assisted many individuals and families in need. In addition, it has also been of benefit to businesses and organizations with Organizational Behavior Management programs. Many new areas from diet and fitness to industrial safety have sought solutions from a behavioral point of view. The criminal justice field has grappled with identification, management of incarceration, probation and parole, recidivism and numerous other problems directly related to behavior change. Among the areas where both fields (criminal justice and behavior analysis) converge are: domestic violence prevention, competency to stand trial programs, juvenile justice, preventing suicide in the correctional system, the stopping of mass violence and rehabilitation. Articles written on these subject matters have included the prevention of abduction for adults and children with disabilities (2010, 2013 and 2014), trial contingency management in a drug court (2008) and sex offender assessment (2006, 2014 and 2017), reducing prison misconduct (2006), and the elimination of domestic violence (1995 and 2008) as well as other pertinent topics. In this discussion, the different ways that behavior analysis could be of benefit to this very human area are examined, and suggestions are made regarding how to disseminate our knowledge to one of our most vexing social problems: crime and delinquency.
 
 
Symposium #61
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Functional Communication Training
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 103
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Margaret Rachel Gifford (Marquette University)
Discussant: Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Margaret Rachel Gifford, M.S.
Abstract:

Functional communication training is the most empirically supported intervention for the severe problem behavior exhibited by individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Despite this strong research base, the translation from the highly controlled clinical settings in which the process has been described to more normative environments has been imperfect. This group of researchers presents work addressing the challenges of this transition including the use of antecedent strategies, the programming of procedures to support delay tolerance, the transition from motor to vocal alternative responses, and in visual analysis strategies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Function-Based Intervention, Functional Assessment
Target Audience:

Practicing BCBA's who see individuals displaying severe problem behavior

Learning Objectives: Participants will identify antecedent strategies to reduce problem behavior during FCT Participants will describe fading steps to transition from motor to vocal functional communication responses Participants will identify strategies to promote delay tolerance given delayed reinforcement contingencies after FCT.
 
Sustaining Behavior Reduction by Transitioning the Topography of the Functional Communication Response During FCT
KAYLA RECHELLE RANDALL (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (Children's Specialized Hospital - Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services; Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Ryan Kimball (University of Saint Joseph), Sean Smith (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Research on functional communication training (FCT) has shown that when behavior analysts select a functional communication response (FCR) they can physically guide (e.g., card touch), rates of destructive behavior are generally lower than had they selected a vocal FCR because the former approach minimizes exposure to the establishing operation for destructive behavior (DeRosa, Fisher, & Steege, 2015; Fisher et al., 2018). However, interventions that include alternative response materials require the continued availability of those materials for the FCR. When intervention materials go missing, destructive behavior may recur more quickly or at higher rates than had those materials remained in place, yet become inoperative (e.g., Kimball, Kelley, Podlesnik, Forton, & Hinkle, 2018). Therefore, it may be ideal to initially train individuals to use an FCR that can be physically guided but later transition that communication response to a topography (e.g., vocal FCR) that cannot be lost. We evaluated this possibility in a translational study. In Experiment 1, we compared rates of target behavior during FCT when the card-based FCR was removed to rates during FCT when the vocal FCR was placed on extinction. In Experiment 2, we evaluated a potential solution by systematically transitioning a card-based FCR to a vocal FCR.
 
Incorporating Antecedent Strategies in Functional Communication Training for Problem Behavior Maintained by Social Avoidance
SARAH SLOCUM (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: We initially implemented standard functional communication training (FCT) to treat problem behavior maintained by social avoidance. After a reversal, we embedded a multiple schedule in which the subject had to tolerate periods of time in which requests to be left alone would not be reinforced. As we increased the s-delta interval in the multiple schedule, the intervention fell apart. We were not even able to re-capture therapeutic treatment effects under a fixed-ratio 1 schedule of reinforcement. Subsequently, we conducted the same intervention first evaluating FCT followed by an embedded multiple schedule; however, we also included some antecedent strategies such as pairing and fading the averseness of social intervention from the beginning of our treatment evaluation to increase tolerance. The implications of embedding additional antecedent strategies in the treatment of social-negative functions for problem behavior will be discussed.
 
Providing Noncontingent, Alternative, Functional Reinforcers during Delays following Functional Communication Training
MARGARET RACHEL GIFFORD (Marquette University), Meagan Sumter (Wester Psychological and Counseling Services PC), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Marquette University), Hannah Effertz (Marquette University), Caitlin Fulton (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) involves arranging extinction for problem behavior and reinforcement for a more desirable, functionally equivalent, communicative response (FCR). Although effective under ideal arrangements, the introduction of delays to reinforcement following the FCR can result in increased problem behavior. Austin and Tiger (2015) showed that for individuals whose problem behavior was sensitive to multiple sources of reinforcement, providing access to alternative, functional reinforcers during delays mitigated this increase in problem behavior during delay fading. The current study replicated the procedures of Austin and Tiger with two individuals displaying multiply controlled problem behavior. Providing alternative functional reinforcers reduced problem behavior during 10- min delays for both participants without requiring delay fading.
 
Using Dual-Criteria Methods to Supplement Visual Inspection: Replication and Extension
JOHN FALLIGANT (Kennedy Krieger Institute & Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Molly K McNulty (Kennedy Krieger), Michael Kranak (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The dual-criteria and conservative dual-criteria methods effectively supplement visual analysis with both simulated and published datasets. However, extant research evaluating the probability of observing false positive outcomes with published data may be affected by case selection bias and publication bias. Thus, the probability of obtaining false positive outcomes using these methods with data collected in the course of clinical care is unknown. We extracted baseline data from clinical datasets using a consecutive controlled case-series design and calculated the proportion of false positive outcomes for baseline phases of various lengths. Results replicated previous findings from Lanovaz, Huxley, and Dufour (2017), as the proportion of false positive outcomes generally decreased as the number of points in Phase B (but not Phase A) increased using both methods. Extending these findings, results also revealed differences in the rate of false positive outcomes across different types of baselines.
 
 
Paper Session #62
Strategies to Increase Adaptive and Appropriate Behaviors in Adolescents and Adults With Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 102
Area: DDA
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Federica Berardo (TICE Live and Learn)
 

Reducing Staff Support for Adults With Developmental Disabilities: Using Technology to Support Adaptive Living Skills

Domain: Applied Research
COURTNEY DENISE BISHOP (Brock University), Lisa Whittingham (Brock University), Rebecca Ensor (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Kimberly Maich (Atlantic Provinces Applied Behaviour Analysis), Priscilla Burnham Riosa (Brock University), Deanna Flagg (Community Living Haldimand)
 
Abstract:

Individuals with developmental disabilities are more likely to experience social exclusion as a result of impairments in individual functioning and adaptive living skills, and because of the presence of direct support workers (Hall, 2016). Technology can reduce staff support, increase skill development and improve independence (Owuor et al., 2018). This project introduced iPad or iPhone technology and specialized apps to 12 adults with intellectual disabilities living in a community setting. Target skills associated with improving independence (e.g., employment skills, budgeting and banking) were identified and matched to a specialized app (e.g., Stepbystep, Intellist, Monefy). Chaining and prompting were used to teach the independent use of technology and to fade direct staff supports. Four concurrent multiple-baseline across participants designs were used to track individual progress and to illustrate the effective introduction of technology and apps, as a tool to reduce direct staff support and to increase independence in community settings. Duration data on the amount of support provided and the total task time were collected, and a percentage of direct support was calculated and tracked using multiple probes across participants. Percentage of direct support ranged between 30-100% during baseline and was successfully reduced to 0% upon the introduction of technology.

 
Interventions to Improve the Conversational Skills of Adolescents with Developmental Disability in a Group Setting
Domain: Applied Research
FEDERICA BERARDO (TICE Live and Learn; University of Parma), Luca Vascelli (TICE Live and Learn), Silvia Iacomini (TICE Live and Learn), Antonino Ganci (TICE Live and Learn)
 
Abstract: Adolescents with developmental disability often struggle with developing social relationships. Learning appropriate conversational skills can be an important first step to promote interaction with peers. The purpose of this study was to investigate whether the teaching procedures could be used to teach conversational skills to three adolescents with autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disability ages 14–18 years old. The additional purpose of the paper was to describe the all process that leaded to define the skill components describing the conversational skills in order to identificate the most functional intervention to implement in a group setting. The first study evaluated the effects of modeling and contingent feedback on the acquisition of conversational skills (to initiate conversation and to respond to questions). A multiple probe design across participants was implemented. Results suggest the need to increment the numbers conversational skills for each participant in particular to initiate conversation. For this reason the second study evaluated the effects of video-based group instruction on extending conversation. Extending conversation was defined as: eyes oriented toward the peer, vocal acknowledged of the original statement within 3 s, emission of a question to learn more about event or item (Stauch, Plavnick, Sankar, & Gallagher, 2018). A multiple probe design across participants was implemented. Results revealed an increase of conversational skills for two out of three participants. In the third study we evaluated the effects of modeling and contingent feedback on conversational skills defined as: Initiation and Response (Follow-Up Question, Comment, Obligatory Response, Other-requests, Gestural feedback) (Bambara et. all., 2018). A multiple probe design across participants was implemented. Results revealed an increase in performance for all the participants in particular for the response skills. This study provides additional evidence related to the importance of defining a complex ability like the conversational skill and to design intervention that could better be implemented for adolescents with developmental disability in a group setting.
 

Token Economies Used for Adults With Intellectual Disabilities: A Review of the Literature

Domain: Service Delivery
MARREN MARIE LEON-BARAJAS (The University of Kansas)
 
Abstract:

Token economies are used in a variety of settings for a range of populations. For example, token economies have been used with patients in psychiatric treatment facilities (e.g., Baker, Hall, Hutchinson, & Bridge, 2018), children in educational settings (e.g., Shillingsburg, Lomas, & Bradley, 2012), delinquents in detention centers (e.g., Phillips, Phillips, Fixsen, & Wolf, 1971), incarcerated individuals in prisons (e.g., Milan, Wood, & McKee, 1979), and adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) in residential settings (e.g., Reese, Sherman, & Sheldon, 1998). Given that the broad aim of token economies is to decrease problem behavior and increase adaptive behavior, better client outcomes rely on the implementation of these token economies to be carried out with high fidelity (Bailey, Gross, & Cotton, 2011). Staff implementation of token economies is one of the most noted barriers in their effectiveness (e.g., Bailey, Gross, & Cotton, 2011; Bassett & Blanchard, 1977; Drabman & Tucker, 1974). Thus, the purpose of this talk is to review the literature using token economies with this population and the importance of reporting fidelity measures used with adults with IDD. Recommendations for future research to inform the implementation of token economies will be discussed.

 

Increasing Community Capacity to Address Problematic Behaviour in Adults with Developmental Disabilities

Domain: Service Delivery
LAURA E. MULLINS (Brock University), Pauline Le-Drew (Regional Support Associates), Gail Clark (Regional Support Associates)
 
Abstract:

Increased complexity of support needs of persons with developmental disabilities (DD) living in the community and improved governance for agencies supporting adults engaging in challenging behaviour has increased demand for clinical behavioural services in Ontario. Waitlists have increased as clinical providers are required to help those most in need. In response, Regional Support Associates, a Ministry funded clinical provider for adults with DD, developed the Community Capacity Development Initiative (CCDI). CCDI was designed to complement RSA services while simultaneously building capacity within Developmental Service Agencies (DSA). CCDI is a comprehensive training focused on increasing DSA staff's ability to address problematic behaviours through the completion of a Functional Behaviour Assessment and the development of a Behaviour Support Plan. Results for a scoping review drawing from Organizational Behaviour Management and Implementation Sciences, this presentation will review factors influencing DSA's ability to increase capacity (e.g., skill acquisition, treatment adherence, generalization and maintenance). Some relevant factors include environmental factors, organizational resources, leadership style, training approaches (e.g., BST and multiple exemplars), the complexity of interventions and relationship with change agents. An overview of the CCDI training model included the training approach and efforts incorporated to address factors influencing capacity development will also be reviewed.

 
 
 
Symposium #63
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Persistence Under Resistance to Change and Relapse Procedures
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 3/4
Area: EAB/AAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Discussant: Jemma E. Cook (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Jemma E. Cook, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The present studies assessed variables involved in behavioral persistence under resistance to change and relapse procedures. By using a four-component multiple schedule, Bai, Xue, Podlesnik and Elliffe established key pecking under different reinforcement frequencies (rich, lean and intermediate). Their results suggest a role for stimulus generalization as a determinant of resistance to change. Teixeira and Cançado assessed the effects of response-reinforcer dependency on resistance to change and choice in two experiments. Their results suggest that contingencies which generate high or low response rates affect resistance to change, but have not impacted choice. Madrigal, Craig and Flores reported similar results by isolating response-rate effects and training length on ABA-operant renewal. Rats responded at high or low rates and were exposed to either short or extended training. They found a relation between length of training and renewal, which was affected by differences in training response rates. Finally, Nist and Shahan explored the temporal dynamics of resurgence during alternative reinforcement thinning via within-session progressive-interval in two experiments. In both, resurgence occurred during thinning but not after alternative-response extinction. The present set of experiments extend previous findings and provide novel strategies for the assessment of the variables involved in behavioral persistence and relapse.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavioral persistence, Renewal, Resistance, Resurgence
Target Audience:

Practitioners, teachers, basic and applied researchers, and translational researchers

Learning Objectives: At the end of the presentation, participants will be able to identify some of the variables involved on behavioral persistence. Participants will be able to incorporate some of these findings to their daily practice.
 

Behavioral Momentum and Stimulus Generalization

JOHN Y. H. BAI (University of Auckland), Shijue Xue (The University of Auckland), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland)
Abstract:

Behavioral momentum theory suggests that the relation between a discriminative stimulus and reinforcement determines the persistence of responding in the presence of that discriminative stimulus. However, responding also generalizes across similar discriminative stimuli and it remains unclear how generalization may affect behavioral persistence. The present experiment arranged food reinforcement for pigeons’ key-peck responses in a four-component multiple schedule. Components were signalled by different wavelengths projected onto the response key. Two components arranged equal, Intermediate variable interval (VI) 60-s schedules in the presence of 510 nm and 580 nm, while the other two components arranged Rich VI 15-s and Lean VI 240-s schedules in the presence of 530 nm and 560 nm, respectively. Responding in the Intermediate component flanking the Rich Component was more persistent than responding in the Intermediate component flanking the Lean Component. Additionally, generalization tests and preference probes provided converging evidence that stimuli associated with Richer and Leaner reinforcement schedules impacted the value of the stimuli signalling the Intermediate components. These data suggest a role for generalization in establishing the stimulus-reinforcer relation that determines behavioral persistence.

 

Dependency and Response Rates: Effects on rResistance to Change and Choice

ITALO TEIXEIRA (Universidade de Brasília), Carlos Renato Xavier Cançado (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Two experiments assessed the effects of the response-reinforcer dependency on resistance to change and choice. In both, pigeons were first exposed to a two-component multiple schedule and then to a concurrent-chains schedule. Reinforcement rate was equated between components and alternatives. In Experiment 1, the dependency was low in one multiple-schedule component (concomitant variable interval, VI, variable time, VT), and high in the other (VI). Response rates were lower in the low than in the high-dependency component, and resistance to extinction and VT schedules were greater in the former. Also, pigeons preferred the terminal link associated with low rather than high dependency. In Experiment 2, the procedure was replicated but response rates were lower in the high-dependency than in the low-dependency multiple-schedule component and terminal link. Resistance to extinction and VT schedules were greater in the high than in the low-dependency component, but preference was greater for the terminal link associated with low dependency. These results extend previous studies on the relation between resistance to change and choice. In addition, they suggest that contingencies that generate high or low response rates are important determinants of resistance to change as a function of dependency in multiple and concurrent-chains schedules of reinforcement.

 

Separating the Effects of Response Rate and Acquisition Sessions on ABA Operant Renewal

KENNETH DAVID MADRIGAL ALCARAZ (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Abstract:

The duration of acquisition has been positively associated with ABA renewal. However, in studies that have showed this effect, response rates generally are higher for subjects that experience prolonged training than for subjects that experience shorter training. Thus, it is unclear if this differences can be explained by the duration of acquisition or by any difference on response rates. Therefore, the present experiment was developed with the purpose of further assessing this possibility. During the first condition, two groups of rats were exposed to either short or long training in Context A. Within each group, high and low response rates were established according to a VI30s (100% and 50% response-dependent food, respectively). Rats were then exposed to extinction sessions under Context B. Finally, we tested for renewal by returning the rats to Context A. The second condition occurred in the same manner as the first, with the exception that subjects’ response rates were reversed (i.e. High – Low; Low – High). Greater ABA renewal was observed after long training than short training. However, independently of the length of training, greater renewal was observed after low lever-pressing response rates. These results extend those of previous studies where renewal was greater after long training. Additionally, they provide evidence on the effects of response rates on ABA renewal.

 
Resurgence During Repeated Within-Session Thinning of Alternative Reinforcement
ANTHONY NATHAN NIST (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract: Thinning the reinforcement schedule for an alternative response in a differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) procedure has been shown to reduce the magnitude of resurgence when the alternative response is subsequently extinguished. During thinning procedures themselves, however, resurgence of problem behavior is common. The purpose of the present experiments was to begin to examine the temporal dynamics of resurgence during alternative reinforcement thinning via the use of within-session progressive-interval (PI) schedules. Phases I and II consisted of target response acquisition and DRA, respectively. In Phase III, the alternative schedule was made leaner using a PI schedule with a 20% step size. The final phase was extinction for both responses. Experiment 2 replicated this procedure but added 2 control groups: one that experienced a fixed-interval schedule with the same overall reinforcement rate as the PI group during phase III, and one that did not experience the thinning manipulation. In both experiments, resurgence of target responding occurred during thinning, but not after alternative response extinction. In Experiment 1, on average, resurgence began to occur after an alternative interval of about 60s. In Experiment 2, the PI group and rate control group showed similar patterns of responding.
 
 
Paper Session #64
Teaching Basic Principles and Terminology of Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2020
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence A-C
Area: TBA
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Aisling Collins (Jigsaw CABAS School)
 
Teaching Behaviour Analytic Terminology through Peer Tutoring: Comparing Acquisition Rates of the Tutor and Tutee
Domain: Service Delivery
AISLING COLLINS (Jigsaw CABAS® School), Katie Hyde (Jigsaw CABAS® School)
 
Abstract: The acquisition of scientific verbal behaviour is crucial for behaviour analysts to communicate both effectively and efficiently. This study sought to investigate peer-tutoring as a means to teach behaviour analytic tacts, whilst comparing rates of acquisition for the tutor and tutee. A multiple probe design across two dyads and two stimulus sets was employed. The participants were four Comprehensive Application of Behaviour Analysis to Schooling® teachers who were required to give an appropriate tact when vocally presented with the definition of a term. The results indicated that peer-tutoring was effective in teaching tacts, with a functional relation demonstrated for six out of eight phases. Whether tutors or tutees acquired the tacts quicker differed across individual participants. The maintenance and functional application of the acquired verbal behaviour is discussed. Future studies could compare current results to larger group conditions such as choral responding, with consideration also required in the domain of which instructional histories gave rise to differences in acquisition rates dependent on the tutor or tutee role.
 
The Development and Implementation of a Program to Teach the Operant Quadrant
Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA AUZENNE (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
 
Abstract: The operant quadrant (i.e., positive reinforcement, negative reinforcement, positive punishment, and negative punishment) is included in behavior analysis, education, psychology, and business courses. In the private sector, these concepts have been included when training human services professionals and animal trainers. However, students often have trouble classifying examples of these concepts. Behavior analysis has a rich history in programmed instruction (see Vargas & Vargas, 1991) and the use of single-subject methodologies to develop teaching programs. However, no published studies to date have employed these strategies in creating instruction to teach learners to categorize situations in terms of the operant quadrant. The purpose of this paper is to discuss the instructional design process employed to create an instructional program to teach the quadrant. This paper will also describe learner outcomes from a variety of learners following their completion of this instructional program. Implications for introducing future learners to behavior analytic concepts will be discussed.
 

Teaching New Definitions of the Motivating Operation, Discriminative Stimulus, and Stimulus Delta Using Equivalence Based Instruction:Rationale and Discussion of Revision of Definitions, the Need for Discrimination Training, and Some Unexpected Problems

Domain: Applied Research
SHANNON SHEA SHEA (Vinfen Corporation)
 
Abstract:

The terms Motivating Operation and Discriminative Stimulus are widespread and thought to be generally well understood in the field of ABA. However, there are significant issues with Interobserver Agreement among Behavior Analysts when attempting to discriminate between these stimuli in realistic situations. Jack Michael made a major contribution to the science of ABA with his development of the MO concept. However, further refinement of the concept, as well as the published definition of the discrimination stimulus need to be explored. This talk explores IOA in textual vignettes and video stimuli, uses Equivalence Based Instruction to teach revised definitions of these terms and evaluates whether IOA improves. It also evaluates the utility of Moodle as a platform to deliver equivalence based instruction to large groups without a proctor. Discussion and evaluation of the applied utility of current definitions for stimulus control are discussed as well.

 
Training Program Quality: Experiences and Perspectives of Current Behavior Analysts
Domain: Service Delivery
JUSTIN N COY (University of Pittsburgh), Olivia Grace Enders (University of Pittsburgh), Douglas E. Kostewicz (University of Pittsburgh)
 
Abstract: Recent empirical research and special issues have focused on determining appropriate training program ranking metrics, including faculty productivity and pass rates. Arguably, an important way to judge the quality of a training program is by talking with its graduates. Field leaders have recognized the critical importance of student voice in understanding program quality (Iwata, 2015). However, to date no research has focused on understanding the program or supervision experiences of our behavior professionals. A mixed-methods survey was send to over 1,200 behavior analysts across Pennsylvania to understand a variety of professional issues, including questions about the strengths and needs of their training program. The respondents (n = 98) identified strengths of program design or characteristics (e.g., providing supervision), quality faculty and instructors, and effective instructional activities. Common programmatic needs included real-life applications of skills, specific content(s) (e.g., verbal behavior), and program organization. Interestingly, reported strengths and needs differed by the programs’ method of instruction (on-campus, hybrid, and online). Results from this survey will add an important missing voice into our fields’ conversations regarding training program quality and can provide critically important information for those responsible for training and supervising the next generation of behavior analysts.
 
 
 
Symposium #65
CE Offered: BACB
Scent Detection in Dogs: Effects of Training, Handling, and Selection on Performance
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 5
Area: AAB/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
CE Instructor: Erica N. Feuerbacher, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Domestic dogs are routinely used for scent detection tasks in increasingly wide-ranging domains, from explosives, to disease, pest, and rare species. How training, handling, and selection of dogs and handlers influences performance are important questions for this expanding field. This symposium reports research into the effects of these dimensions on scent dog performance. First, detection threshold of dogs and dogs' ability to generalize to new odor concentrations will be explored as it relates to the odor concentration they were initially trained on. Such research provides insight into applied questions of what concentrations to train on, as well as basic questions of stimulus generalization. A second paper investigates the influence of handler knowledge of target locations, an essential question given that teams often test in situations where the handler knows target locations, but do not when they are in the field. Finally, a third paper investigates the feasibility of training owned dogs with their owners to serve as citizen-science teams detecting agricultural diseases and pests, and whether selection tests based on reinforcer efficacy and persistence can predict success. Given the ubiquitous nature of conservation and agricultural issues, training and deploying pet dogs could greatly increase communities' ability to protect their environment.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): detection dog, dog behavior, dog training, scent detection
Target Audience:

Practitioners interested in applied nonhuman research and how results might apply to human training issues Practitioners interested in basic research and how results might apply to human training issues Researchers interested in applications of basic and applied research to nonhuman domains

Learning Objectives: Be able to identify differences in stimulus generalization based on the trained stimulus Be able to identify the effects of handler knowledge on detection dog behavior Be able to identify the predictive value of reinforcer efficacy tests on detection dog performance
 
Odorant Concentration as a Dimension for Stimulus Generalization
NATHANIEL HALL (Texas Tech University), Mallory Tatum DeChant (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: Detection dogs are required to detect trace quantities of substances, many times in the parts per billion or parts per trillion range. Frequently, detection of trace quantities is not explicitly trained but rather assumed when dogs show proficiency at higher concentrations. The aim of this study was to evaluate the effect of the odor concentration of the training sample on the minimum concentration dogs will subsequently detect. We expected that dogs may not spontaneously generalize to trace odor concentrations when trained with higher concentrations, but when trained to a lower range of concentrations, dogs will show superior trace odor detection. Two groups of dogs (n=5 per group) were trained to alert to amyl acetate at 0.01% odor dilution (v/v with mineral oil) using a 3-alternative forced choice test. Once reaching proficiency, odor detection threshold was assessed using a descending staircase procedure. Next, experimental dogs received training to systematically lower concentrations of amyl acetate and threshold re-assessed. Control dogs were yoked to experimental dogs, but only received training to the 0.01% dilution between threshold assessments. Experimental dogs showed improved detection thresholds, outperforming control dogs that failed to alert at the lowest concentrations. Results suggest that explicitly training for low concentrations is critical for trace odor detection.
 
Effect of Handler Knowledge on Detection Dog Performance
MALLORY TATUM DECHANT (Texas Tech University), Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: Detection dogs are commonly trained and tested under conditions in which the handler or the evaluator know the true presence or absence of a target odor. Previous research has demonstrated that when handlers are deceived in regards to the presence of a target odor, more false alerts occur. However, many detection teams operate under unknown conditions, and it remains unclear how handler knowledge (or lack thereof) of odor presence/absence influences the dog’s behavior. The aim of this study was to evaluate if knowing the number of hides placed influenced detection dog performance in an applied search environment. Professional (n=12) and sport (n=39) detection handler-dog teams were asked to search three separate areas (area 1 had one hide, area 2 had one hide, area 3 was blank). Handlers in the Unknown Group were not told the number of hides whereas the Known Group was told there were a total of two hides in the three areas. The Unknown Group spent a longer duration (62.98sec) searching in area 3 compared to the Known Group (P = 0.008) (Figure 1). Further, dogs in the Unknown group looked back to the handler more frequently than dogs in the Known group (~6 more lookbacks on average). Critically, however, there was no difference in false alerts between the Known and Unknown groups. Overall, when handlers knew the number of hides, it led to significant changes in search behavior of the detection team, but did not influence the overall false alert rates.
 
Using Community Dogs and Owners to Create a Citizen-Science Agricultural Scent Dog Detection Program
HANNAH DECKER (Virginia Tech), Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: Currently, dogs are being used to detect agricultural diseases and pests. Traditionally, scent detection dogs are specifically selected, trained, and handled by professionals. However, given that conservation and agricultural issues are ubiquitous, having local detection dogs could protect the environment and produce sustainable agriculture. Owners have successfully trained pet dogs to compete in nosework competitions, suggesting they could be trained and deployed as local detection dogs. We recruited local dogs and owners to participate in a citizen-science program aimed at determining whether pet dogs could be trained to detect agricultural diseases and pests. Recruited dogs were tested for sensitivity to toy and food reinforcement. Dogs were randomly assigned to one of two scent targets (powdery mildew or spotted lanternfly) and completed weekly training with a scent trainer. After completing training, dogs were tested in the field. We assessed whether the reinforcer efficacy tests predicted dogs’ success in training and performance as measured by sensitivity and specificity on real-world detection tests and latency to indicate target odor. Dogs had varied performance on the reinforcer efficacy tests and performance during training and in field. We will discuss results in terms of likelihood that citizen-science projects can be help address local conservation issues.
 
 
Symposium #66
CE Offered: BACB
Overcoming Barriers to Parent Training
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon H
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Christopher Miyake (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
CE Instructor: Christopher Miyake, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Parent training can have many benefits for the families of individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), most notably in improving parent-child interactions. Furthermore, collaboration with parents is often used to generalize gains made during applied behavior analysis (ABA) sessions. In addition to aiding the child, parent training can also improve parental well-being. Given the potential benefits, strategies to increase parent involvement in their child’s ABA program are critical. Involving parents in formal parent training is an important method in gaining this involvement; however, this can be challenging in some situations. Addressing and analyzing the sources of these obstacles are valuable in increasing the amount and quality of parent training received by families. In the first talk, a literature review on the barriers to implementing parent training will be presented. Following this discussion, data will be shared on the effects of a parent training program on parents’ use of strategies and parental well-being. Lastly, strategies for training behavior analysts to implement parent training will be discussed. Across the talks, emphasis will be placed on practical strategies that practitioners can implement to improve delivery of parent training.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): BST, Naturalistic, Parent Training
 
A Review of Barriers to Parent Training
(Service Delivery)
CHRISTOPHER MIYAKE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Karen Nohelty (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
Abstract: Parent training is a critical component of programs for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). While the intensity, form, and function of parental involvement in ASD intervention varies greatly, research has shown that caregiver participation has many potential benefits. Understanding the factors that increase parent involvement and lessen the barriers to treatment is critical to maximizing outcomes. One potential barrier is a misunderstanding of what is included under the label of parent training as research has shown that one indication of dropping out before the first session was the type of content provided. Another barrier can arise from practitioners not focusing on the relationship building aspects of training such as empathy, warmth, and humor with research pointing to a link between the relationship of clinician and caregiver as a factor in parental compliance or resistance. Other barriers to treatment can be found in studies that have shown a link between elevated levels of depression, anxiety and higher levels of fatigue and greater physical health impairment. This combined with other research showing a link between parental stress and a lack of participation in services points to a need to address these factors if clinicians want to reduce barriers to treatment.
 
Randomized Controlled Trial (RCT) of a Naturalistic Parent Training Program
(Applied Research)
ESTHER HONG (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Christopher Miyake (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Nicholas Marks (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract: Parent training is a critical component of treatment programs for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, treatment gains noted in the research vary greatly. The current study expanded upon past research on the naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention, Project ImPACT, by modifying procedures to increase accessibility to parents (e.g., removing homework) and incorporate collaborative practitioner strategies (e.g., open-ended questions). Families were randomly assigned to the active treatment or the treatment as usual control group. For both groups, twelve weekly sessions (1.5 hours total per week) were implemented for children with ASD (2-8 years old) and their parents. For the active treatment group, each week the clinician reviewed the target skill(s) with the parent during a 1-hour session and then used behavior skills training (BST) to support the parent in demonstrating the target skill(s) with their child during a subsequent 30-minute session. Measures of parent’s use of strategies were scored from a video of interaction with their child at pre- and post-treatment sessions. Additionally, measures of parental adherence to the treatment, self-efficacy, and stress were collected, along with family demographic information. These results provide support for naturalistic parent training strategies and elucidate potential factors in the delivery of parent training.
 
Using Behavioral Skills Training (BST) to Teach Clinicians to Accurately Implement Naturalistic Parent Training Program
(Applied Research)
KAREN NOHELTY (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract: Parent training is a critical component of programs for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Especially as new behavior analysts are entering the field at greater rates, strategies to ensure they are sufficiently trained to provide this service can increase quality of services. Additionally, methods of training that can be used when the trainer and trainee are not in the same physical location are especially valuable. In the present study, clinicians with a BCaBA or BCBA, with varying years of experience, were recruited to implement a naturalistic parent training program. Prior to implementation with parents, clinicians were taught the study procedures using behavior skills training (BST) in a role play context via telehealth. In this case study, clinicians did not meet criteria during baseline. After implementation of BST, clinicians achieved criterion in program implementation in a role play setting. During sessions with the parent, clinicians also accurately implemented the program. Identifying procedures that improve training can help behavior analysts when supervising others; additionally, identifying procedures specifically related to implementing parent training can aid in increasing the provision of this valuable service.
 
 
Symposium #67
CE Offered: BACB
Competition Time! Current Research in the Role of Competing Stimuli and Matched Stimulation in the Treatment of Automatically Maintained Problem Behavior
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Cormac MacManus (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Cormac MacManus, M.S.
Abstract:

In this symposium, we will review strategies for utilizing competing stimuli and matched stimulation to reduce automatically maintained problem behavior in children with autism. The first presenter will explore procedural variations of delivering competing stimuli to treat automatically maintained stereotypy. This included presenting alternative stimuli when item contact is absent and in the absence of functional engagement providing manual prompting to engage appropriately. Data are presented on item contact and functional engagement along with stereotypy. Our second presenter will share data comparing the implementation of matched stimulation versus preferred stimulation on reducing stereotypy in children with autism during work sessions, a setting in which previous matched stimulation research has yet to target. Data will be presented on engagement in stereotypy and on-task behavior during sessions. The final presenter will review data evaluating the competing stimulus assessment (CSA) in identifying appropriate treatment for automatically and attention-maintained problem behavior. The CSA in this study was designed to match the function and topography of the target behaviors.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): automatic reinforcement, competing stimuli, matched stimulation, stereotypy
Target Audience:

BCBAs; clinicians working with individuals with automatically maintained problem behavior

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe methods of delivering competing items to treat automatically maintained problem behavior 2. Describe matched stimulation as a treatment for automatically maintained problem behavior 3. Describe the utility of the competing stimulus assessment to identify stimuli to treat automatically maintained problem behavior and behavior maintained by attention
 
Examining Procedural Variations of Delivering Competing Stimuli in the Treatment of Stereotypy
JULIA TOUHEY (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Catlyn LiVolsi (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Rooker et al. (2018) reviewed the literature for treating automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior. They found that NCR was a commonly effective procedure particularly when informed by a competing stimulus assessment. Jennett et al. (2011) examined the effects of representing stimuli and response blocking on competing with engagement in SIB and suggested that both techniques could enhance treatment outcomes. The present experiment sought to examine the effects of competing stimuli on two participants’ automatically reinforced stereotypy. A standard functional analysis of motor stereotypy was conducted. Next, three effective competing stimuli were identified via a competing stimulus assessment. Then two procedural variations were examined, presenting an alternative competing stimulus when item contact was absent and providing redirection to functional engagement with the stimulus. Both item contact and functional engagement with the stimulus were evaluated along with stereotypy. Interobserver agreement data were collected in at least 33% of sessions in each condition for all dependent measures and mean total agreement was above 85% for each measure. Results suggest that for one participant both procedural variations were associated with lower levels of stereotypy and higher levels of appropriate behavior, and for the other participant redirection to functional engagement was necessary to achieve desired outcomes.
 

Using Matched Stimulation to Decrease Motor Stereotypy of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder During Work Sessions

SABINE SCOTT (Pomona College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
Abstract:

The present study investigated the efficacy of matched stimulation (MS) on reducing frequency of stereotypic behavior for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) during their work sessions. Children with ASD engage in rigid, repetitive, stereotyped behavior (American Psychiatric Association, 2013), and this behavior is often targeted for reduction, because it can interfere with appropriate behavior and engagement with learning opportunities (Cunningham & Schreibman, 2008). Research has demonstrated matched stimulation’s efficacy in reducing motor stereotypy during periods of continuous, non-contingent access (Gunter et al., 1993; Lanovaz et al., 2009; Lanovaz et al., 2012; Lanovaz et al., 2011; Love et al., 2012; Luiseli et al., 2004; Rapp, 2006; Rapp, 2007), but no previous study has examined the implementation of matched stimulation in short intervals while the participant is engaged in a work session. Compared to baseline sessions and preferred stimulation sessions, four of five participants demonstrated a decrease in stereotypic behavior during matched stimulation sessions with no impact on measures of on-task behavior.

 
Evaluation of Competing Stimulus Assessment in Identifying Treatment for Automatically and Attention Maintained Challenging Behavior
JENNIFER GRABOYES CAMBLIN (The Faison Center, Inc.), Nicholas Vanderburg (The Faison Center Inc), Jody Liesfeld (The Faison School), Timothy Corallo (The Faison Center), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center)
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessment (CSA) has been widely used to identify stimuli that are associated with reduced rates of dangerous or disruptive behavior. Much of the research in this area has focused on automatically maintained behavior, though some recent iterations of the assessment have also addressed socially mediated functions. In this study, we evaluated the effectiveness of stimuli identified during assessment for three students with autism in a specialized education setting. For each participant, we conducted a functional analysis followed by a CSA, which was specifically designed to match the function and topography of the target behavior. Initial assessment results yielded multiple tangible and edible items that effectively competed with challenging behavior for two of three students. The third student required an additional modification to the traditional competing stimulus assessment, which included promoted use of alternative self-control equipment. Stimuli associated with lower rates of challenging behavior were used in combination with other interventions, to address each student’s target behavior.
 
 
Symposium #68
CE Offered: BACB
Early Identification and Treatment of Autism Symptomatology in Infant Siblings
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Jane S. Howard (Therapeutic Pathways/The Kendall Centers)
CE Instructor: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald, Ph.D.
Abstract:

While there is a growing body of research examining early symptoms of ASD, the point at which this pattern of atypical social responding begins to deviate in children who are later diagnosed with autism is unclear. Researchers are now identifying early behavioral markers in children 6-12 months of age (Zwaigenbaum et al., 2005), however, more recent data suggest emergence of symptoms before 3 months of age (Graupner & Sallows, 2017). The first paper in this session describes data obtained using a newly developed research tool, the Early Markers of Autism, on infants under 6 months of age. Assessment data using the EMA reveal the presence of five key early markers in infant siblings and the accurate assessment of each using this tool. The second paper in this session describes the use of telehealth technology to train parents to implement treatment protocols in their young children with autism. Caregiver fidelity of implementation of treatment techniques and changes in child specific behaviors showed the effectiveness of these training procedures. These findings have implications for the early identification and treatment of autism in infants, leading to long term positive outcomes for infants and families.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Researchers and BCBA clinicians

Learning Objectives: 1. The participant will be able to describe the research on early identification of symptomatology in infant siblings. 2. The participant will be able to describe the early social deficits in children with autism. 3. The participant will be able to describe how to provide telehealth parent training to treat infants with autism
 
Early Markers of Autism in Infant Siblings
REBECCA P. F. MACDONALD (New England Center for Children), Kathryn Couger (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: While a preponderance of evidence indicates that autism symptomatology emerges at 6 to 12 months of age (Zwaigenbaum et. al, 2005), a recent study by Graupner and Sallows (2017) suggests that symptoms of autism can emerge in infants as early as 3 months of age. The purpose of the current investigation is to document the early emergence of autism symptomatology in high-risk infant siblings younger than 6 months of age. The second purpose of this study is to pilot the Early Markers of Autism (EMA) assessment tool for young infants, developed by the authors. Currently 42 high-risk siblings and 10 low-risk babies under 6 months of age are participating in this study They receive bi-weekly developmental screenings in addition to the EMA. Data to date reveal that there are five key early markers of autism in infants, and each can be effectively assessed using the EMA. Interobserver agreement on the data obtained using the EMA averaged 94%. Data will be presented on the presence of these markers and the specific behavioral profile configuration of these infants. These findings have implications for the early identification of autism in infants, leading to long term positive outcomes for infants and families.
 

Component Analysis of a Parent-Mediated Telehealth Intervention Designed for Infants With Early Signs of Autism Spectrum Disorder

SARAH A. DUFEK (UC Davis), Meagan Talbott (University of California Davis), Sally Rogers (UC Davis M.I.N.D. Institute)
Abstract:

This project was designed to conduct a multiple-subject component analysis study of treatment to ascertain the “active ingredients” that lead to symptom improvement in infants with early signs of ASD. Six infants (6-12 months of age) exhibiting early signs of ASD and their primary caregivers participated in this study. A multiple-baseline-design across subjects was used with counterbalanced introduction of three treatment techniques (Step into the Spotlight, Imitation, Talking to Baby). Treatment sessions occurred three times per week for one month for a total of 12 sessions. Treatment techniques were introduced weekly to the caregiver and allowed for caregiver practice with immediate feedback. Caregiver fidelity of implementation (FI) of treatment techniques and child ASD-specific behaviors were coded from 10-minute caregiver-child dyad intervention video-recorded probes. Caregivers met FI requirements quickly, with interobserver agreement (IOA) of 88% overall. Since time is of the essence when presented with an infant with early signs of ASD, identifying which key treatment techniques to teach first that produce the most change quickly in infant behavior is ideal. In addition, learning more about the successes and challenges of using telehealth technology to coach caregivers will inform future clinical practice and research efforts in this area.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #69
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Recent Advances in Relational Frame Theory: Implications for Education and Clinical Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Yvonne Barnes-Holmes, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: YVONNE BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University)
Abstract:

The first book-length treatment of RFT was published almost 20 years ago in 2001. In recent years, a number of conceptual advances have been made in the theory that have implications for its application in both educational and clinical domains. The first of these is the emergence of a type of periodic table for conceptualizing derived relational responding, known as the multi-dimensional, multi-level framework (the MDML). The presentation will explain how this framework provides opportunities for conceptualizing and remediating the core skills required for basic and advanced language and cognition in educational contexts. The second of these is a recent extension to the MDML framework, called the hyper-dimensional, multi-level framework (the HDML), that incorporates the orienting and evoking functions of stimuli that participate in derived relations. The presentation will explore how this recent extension connects basic research in RFT to clinical behavior analysis. Overall, the case will be made that although RFT should be seen as a work in progress, the theory continues to offer insights that will potentially improve functional-analytic methods for assessing and treating behavioral problems.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts with an interest in development and clinical behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss recent developments in relational frame theory (RFT), including the MDML and the HDML frameworks; (2) discuss RFT’s implications for education and remediation; (3) discuss RFT’s implications for clinical behavior analysis.
 
YVONNE BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University)
Yvonne Barnes-Holmes is Associate Professor in Behavior Analysis and Senior Research Fellow at the Department of Clinical, Experimental, and Health Psychology at Ghent University, Belgium, although she is a native of Northern Ireland. She completed her Ph.D. at the National University of Ireland Maynooth in 2001 on developmental studies in Relational Frame Theory (RFT). She took up her first academic post at the same university in 2003 and worked there until 2015, when the research team she shares with her husband Dermot Barnes-Holmes moved to Belgium as part of a multi-million Euro research award to study the implications of RFT for psychotherapy. Professor Barnes-Holmes has published several books and over 150 scientific articles and book chapters. She has authored or given over 400 presentations and workshops. She is a World Trainer in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and has had a private clinical ACT practice for 22 years, providing global individual therapy and clinical supervision.
 
 
Symposium #70
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Laboratory Research on Components of Acceptance and Commitment Training
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon B
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Discussant: Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
CE Instructor: Jonathan J. Tarbox, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The effectiveness of Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) is supported by over 300 randomized controlled trials. ACT was developed on the basis of behavior analytic principles but most previous research has been in the context of psychotherapy interventions. More research is needed on the basic mechanisms responsible for behavior change within ACT. This symposium brings together two laboratory studies that examine components of ACT, from a relational frame theory perspective. The first presentation, by Barbara Gil-Luciano, consists of a study that evaluated the effects of two different defusion strategies on lab measures of rumination and memory. The second presentation, by Jorge Ruiz-Sanchez, examines the effects of a rule-governed behavior protocol on experimentally induced fear and avoidance.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ACT, fear, RFT, rumination
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to describe rule-governed behavior motivative procedures to for decreasing avoidance responding in the presence of feared stimuli. Attendees will be able to describe how relational frame theory can be used to analyze private verbal responses and stimuli and their role in rumination. Attendees will be able to describe the radical behavioral philosophical basis for addressing private events in the science of behavior analysis.
 

Promoting Rumination and Analyzing the Differential Effect of Defusion Protocols on a Memory Task

(Basic Research)
BARBARA GIL-LUCIANO (Universidad Nebrija & MICPSY, Madrid), Tatiana Calderon (Konrad Lorenz, Colombia), Daniel Tovar (Konrad Lorenz, Colombia), Beatriz Sebastian (Universidad Almería, Spain), Francisco Ruiz (Konrad Lorenz, Colombia)
Abstract:

Psychological inflexibility is made of distinct reactions that are oriented to lessen distress. In this sense, worry and rumination (RNT) are strategies that seem to be common denominators in many psychological disorders. Cutting-edge RFT approach suggests that both strategies are triggered by framing thoughts in hierarchical relations. This study had two parts. Firstly, we explored such a hierarchical organization of thoughts with two ruminative induction procedures, analyzing their impact on a memory task. Secondly, we examined the differential effect of two defusion protocols that aimed to alter the discriminative avoidant functions of triggers for RNTand a control condition.Results suggest that inducting RNT with stronger triggers (thoughts at the top of the hierarchy, or “big ones”, that symbolically contain or are inclusive of weaker thoughts or triggers) showed a more negative effect in the task performance than inducting RNT with less stronger triggers. Results also indicate that participants that were intervened with the defusion protocol that specifically containedhierarchical cues to reduce the discriminative avoidant functions of triggers for RNTshowed a better performance at post-test, in comparison with participants that received a defusion protocol that only contained deictic cues, and with a control condition. Results also informed that, when promoting a hierarchical relation between the individual (deictic I) and his or herstronger triggerfor RNT, the level of concentration was higher at post-test than when targeting an individual’s less stronger trigger – all triggers being related.Clinical implications of these findings are discussed.

 

Analyzing the Impact of a Higher-Order Motivative Protocol (Values) on Experimentally Induced Fear and Avoidance Responding

(Basic Research)
L. JORGE RUIZ-SANCHEZ (University of Almería), Carmen Luciano Soriano (University Almería, Spain)
Abstract:

Defusion and values-based protocols are built of interactions that involve responding under the overarching motivative functions, as higher-order establishing operations, while integrating rules-driven emotive functions present at the moment. The present study aims to analyze the impact of a higher-order motivate protocol (values) on experimentally induced fear responding. Firstly, 55 participants underwent an aversively conditioned task where non-avoidance was followed by shocks and noises, whereas a black screen followed avoidance responding. Next, participants randomly received one of three protocols: (a), conditional motivative protocol, which involved a conditional relation between non-avoidance and earning money; (b), as (a) plus adding a higher-order function for non-avoidance (conditional + higher-order motivative protocol). And (c), the same as previous but only a higher-order function was included (higher-order motivative protocol). Lastly, participants repeated the experimental task. Results show that the conditional motivative protocol has little impact on avoidance behavior, whereas higher-order motivative protocols suppress completely avoidance behavior, even in the presence of elicited fear responses.

 
 
Symposium #71
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission On the Frontiers of Social Justice in Applied Behavior Analysis: Emerging Discourses
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty N-P
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Malika Pritchett (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Natalia Baires, M.S.
Abstract:

Social justice can be defined as the distribution of wealth, opportunities, and privileges to promote fair and just relations. Although behavior analysts’ efforts towards social justice can be traced back to the late 1980s, analyses of the movements are still in their infancies. The current symposium will consist of three presentations directed at the promotion of social justice within the field. First, an analysis of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis will be provided to discuss inherent power imbalances between behavior-analytic researchers and human research subjects. Recommendations to diffuse such power will be approached from the perspectives of collaboration and cultural humility. Next, findings will be presented on the presence of Latina professors teaching in educational programs accredited through the Association for Behavior Analysis International. To date, researchers have not examined racial and ethnic identities of professors in the academy, which is necessary if diversity and equity is truly being targeted. Barriers to gathering such data will be discussed, in addition to the proposal of solutions to sustain diversity and equity within the field. Finally, an approach to increase social justice narratives will be described. The approach will discuss the importance of taking perspectives of others experiencing social injustice, which is foundational towards ensuring the distribution of wealth, opportunities, and privileges for all.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): latina professors, power imbalances, social justice, social-justice narratives
Target Audience:

Behavior-analytic researchers, behavior-analytic faculty, students in behavior analysis, behavior analysts

 
Diversity submission Coloniality of Power and the Science of Applied Behavior Analysis: A Conceptual and Descriptive Analysis of Human Subject Research Practices
(Theory)
MALIKA PRITCHETT (University of North Texas), Shahla Susan Ala'i (University of North Texas), Josef Harris (University of North Texas), Melody Jones (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Humans are research subjects in behavioral sciences. The researcher’s main responsibility is the protection of human research subjects. Power imbalances are inherent within the researcher-subject relationship which establishes the researcher as the dominant knowledge seeking authority and the subject as the subordinate target of research, often times in need of protection. The science of behavior analysis was born in a Western hegemonic context which sustains and perpetuates dichotomous research relationships. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is the scientific discipline dedicated to solving problems of utmost human significance. However, inherent tensions between the scientific agenda of the academy and the use of vulnerable human research subjects, establishes competing contingencies which threaten equality and collaboration. An analysis of publication trends in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis provides a platform to discuss the underlying motivating factors and trends through the decades. This analysis provides insight to the degree to which Applied Behavior Analytic research has been reflective of the status quo or a catalyst for social reform. Thoughtful recommendations on research methodologies are presented to promote the progression of the science through the neutralization of power imbalances and diffusion of power. These methods are rooted in collaboration and cultural humility.
 
Diversity submission 

Missing Identities: Who is Participating in Behavior Analytic Higher Education?

(Theory)
NATALIA BAIRES (Southern Illinois University), Sebastian Garcia-Zambrano (Southern Illinois University), Darwin S Koch (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Increasing diversity and equity has recently gained momentum in behavior analysis. In the previous five years, data have supported significant progress in the presence of women in our discipline (Nosik, Luke, & Carr, 2018; Li, Curiel, Pritchard, & Poling, 2018), including the creation of the Women in Behavior Analysis conference (Sundberg, Zoder-Martell, & Cox, 2019). Despite these accomplishments, there is a lack of information regarding the racial and ethnic identities of behavior analysts, which should be considered when promoting diversity and equity. With Latinxs (a gender-neutral term) growing in the U.S., the number of Latinx behavior analysts is likely to increase. Although there are more women than men at the ranks of assistant and associate professor in programs accredited through the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI; Li, Gravina, Pritchard, & Poling, 2019), it is unknown how many Latina professors there are, which has great implications for the training and mentoring of future behavior analysts who come from similar backgrounds. In addition to presenting data on Latina professors teaching in ABAI-accredited programs, the current presentation will also discuss the barriers encountered when identifying such individuals. Moreover, viable solutions that can create change will be proposed, including the development of networks to provide coherent support to Latinas interested in pursuing higher education and the establishment of outlets for research related to sustaining diversity and equity.

 
Diversity submission Shifting Perspectives: A Social Justice Program Description
(Theory)
GABRIELLE MORRIS (University of North Texas), Emily Perez (University of North Texas), Shahla Susan Ala'i (University of North Texas), April Bass (University of North Texas), Alicia Re Cruz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: We live in a world of increasingly apparent social disparities. Tensions around these issues can be confusing and uncomfortable. Humans are easily able to see things from their own perspective, but struggle with the perspective of the “other”. If they are able to expand and shift perspective, they may be better able to understand and witness different lived experiences. Media offers a platform for examining social justices and injustice with some degree of detachment and allows exposure to multiple situations and events. Groups that are composed of people with different perspectives and are able to view media together, may increase perspective taking of each individual in the group and build appreciation for the unique insights offered by the individual group members. Such groups can be directed to build narratives that are grounded in social justice. This presentation will describe an approach for increasing social justice narratives through the use of media and a collective shaping process. Two examples of this approach will be described with accompanying media. The first example will focus on equity based intimate partner relationships. Following, the second example will focus on solidarity within hegemonic societal relationships. Both examples will address the varying power dynamics, indicators of relation types, and self-reflective observations.
 
 
Symposium #72
CE Offered: BACB
Offering Clients Choice of Instructional Strategy and Behavior Reduction Parameters With Concurrent Operant and Concurrent Chain Procedures
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon G
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology )
Discussant: Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University)
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Kestner, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Presenting choices to nonvocal and early verbal learners is frequently achieved by arranging concurrent choices wherein two or more stimuli are put in front of the learner with the prompt “choose.” The paired-stimulus preference assessment is one example of a paired-choice arrangement. Some choices, such as the choice of intervention or choice of music to listen to, present challenges as they cannot be easily represented by an item or icon. The first presentation will describe a concurrent chain procedure for offering choice between errorless instruction and error correction within the Picture Exchange Communication System and a receptive identification task. We will report data on the relative efficiency of these instructional strategies and client preference for instructional strategy. The second presentation will report the effects of presenting choice of music via an iPad on vocal stereotypy. Data will be reported on the effects of music- and song-level interactions. Our discussant, who has in-depth experience in basic and applied research on choice and concurrent operants, will then provide her comments and considerations.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Concurrent operant, Error correction, Errorless, Vocal stereotypy
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Define concurrent operant and concurrent chain procedures and describe recent applied studies utilizing these procedures 2) Describe a procedure for assessing client preference between these errorless learning and error correction strategies 3) Describe a procedure for applying concurrent choice arrangements to reduce vocal stereotypy
 
Assessing Client Preference for Errorless or Error Correction Procedures Within the Picture Exchange Communication System
(Applied Research)
DAVID BRIAN FAIRCHILD (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Following food and color preference assessments, we taught three children with autism to select a picture icon, place the icon on a strip, and deliver the strip to the experimenter in exchange for the backup food item as an early step in the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). Following paired stimulus preference assessments, two food items were taught using errorless learning procedures and two food items were taught using error correction procedures. Prior to each trial, the participant touched a color card to initiate the trial. During preference evaluation, both color cards were presented and the color selected initiated trials of the corresponding instruction type and food items. We ran preference assessments followed by receptive identification trials with arbitrary stimuli to test whether the selection response was controlled by motivating operations related to the food items. Preference for instructional strategy emerged for one of three participants and remained stable during receptive identification training. For two participants the instructional strategies were equally effective and efficient and for one participant neither strategy was effective. This study demonstrates a simple procedure that can be used to assess participant choice for instructional strategy without increasing training time or effort, but more research is needed.
 

Evaluation of a Concurrent Choice Arrangement for Music on Vocal Stereotypy in Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
BECCA YURE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

We conducted a preference assessment that included musical stimuli and, for those that selected music, we examined the effects of presenting musical stimuli via an iPad on sensory-maintained vocal stereotypy in three children with autism. Pressing an icon resulted in the corresponding song playing through headphones and the participant could change the song by pressing a different button at any time. Data were analyzed across condition type (music vs. no music) and song type. This intervention produced a reduction of vocal stereotypic behavior three of three participants, with socially significant decreases for at least one participant. Future research will be discussed to include the assessment of specific stimulation maintaining vocal stereotypy, competing stimulation, and the role of concurrent choice for substitutable reinforcers to treat automatically-maintained behavior.

 
 
Symposium #73
CE Offered: BACB
Conditional Discrimination, Derived Relations, and Efficacy of Acceptance and Commitment Training on Recall in Older Adults
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon C
Area: DEV/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Cammarata (Northern Michigan University)
Discussant: Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Ashley Shayter, M.S.
Abstract:

As our population ages, age-related diseases, such as dementia and Alzheimer’s, become more prevalent. Therefore, treatments to increase quality of life and adaptive independence are in high demand. In this symposium, we will explore two ways in which research within behavioral gerontology are seeking to answer questions within this area. Both focus on ways behavior analysts can work to establish adaptive verbal repertoires in older adults. Our first presenter will explore how the establishment of conditional discriminations and the formation of emerged relations were influenced by simultaneous matching-to-sample (MTS) or delayed matching-to-sample using many-to-one or one-to-many training structures. The second presenter will share the data collected during a four-month study involving older adults with mild-cognitive impairment and dementia, which targeted immediate and delayed tacts (recall) and other memory-related measures before and after an intensive Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) procedure. Implications and future directions of these studies will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ACT, Neurocognitive disorder, Older adults, Stimulus equivalence
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts, behavioral gerontology practitioners, behavioral gerontology researchers

Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to (1) describe dementia and the current interventions utilized in service provision, (2) explain the utility of stimulus equivalence paradigms in order to establish relations with older adults, and (3) understand the utility of ACT to improve remembering behaviors of older adults with mild cognitive impairment.
 
Establishment of Conditional Discriminations and Formation of Emerged Relations in Older Adults and Younger Adults
ANETTE BROGAARD BROGÅRD ANTONSEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: In the present study, 60 older adults and 16 younger adults participated. The purpose was to investigate how the establishment of conditional discriminations and formation of emerged relations were influenced by simultaneous matching-to-sample (SMTS) or delayed matching- to-sample (DMTS 0 s) using the many-to-one (MTO) or one-to-many (OTM) training structures. The participants were divided into four groups: (1) SMTS-MTO, (2) SMTS-OTM, (3) DMTS 0s-MTO, and (4) DMTS 0s-OTM. All the younger adults established the baseline relations in the conditional discrimination training. However, among the older adults, only 35 out of 60 established the baseline relations. For the younger adults there were no differences between the groups. However, for the older adults, the OTM had the lowest number of trials used to meet the mastery criterion in training, and the SMTS-MTO group had the highest accuracy in the test for emerged relations. The analysis of the reaction time showed the older adults had considerable longer reaction time to the comparison stimuli than the younger adults.
 

The Effects of Acceptance and Commitment Training on Recall in Older Adults With Mild Cognitive Impairment and Early Stage Dementia

ASHLEY SHAYTER (Northern Michigan University), Jennifer Cammarata (Northern Michigan University)
Abstract:

As our population ages, age-related diseases, such as dementia, become more prevalent and treatments to increase quality of life in high demand. The present study utilized a crossover multiple baseline design across participants to examine the efficacy of an Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) intervention on the improvement of remembering behaviors (immediate and delayed tacts) and neurocognitive impairment and present moment awareness screening scores in older adults with mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and early-stage dementia. Results demonstrated some improvement on both immediate and delayed tacts across participants. Lower scores post-treatment and at follow-up on the Trail Making Test (TMT) were also observed for most participants. Additionally, those with the lowest initial St. Louis University Mental Status (SLUMS) assessment scores demonstrated the greatest increase following treatment and at a two-month follow-up. Implications of this study suggest that Acceptance and Commitment Training may be a beneficial to prolong remembering behaviors in individuals diagnosed with dementia, which may remain stable across time. Future directions will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #74
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Stimulus Preference Assessments: Evaluating Attention and Problem Behavior
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence D
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Elizabeth Joy Houck (University of Texas at Austin)
Discussant: Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento)
CE Instructor: Megan R. Heinicke, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Stimulus preference assessments (SPA) are commonly used to identify stimuli that can be used in both assessment and intervention. Much of the literature on preference assessments has focused on the design of the assessment, including stimulus presentation format, stimulus modality, and consequences for selection. Overall, single, two-item, and multiple item formats, with immediate access, can be effective methods to identify preferences. More recently, researchers have examined adaptations to SPAs, focusing on different modalities and consequences. For example, some items or activities may be difficult to present; therefore, it may only be possible to present a picture of the name of the item. Additionally, it may be difficult to repeatedly present an large item or activity. Likewise, some stimuli may have multiple parameters that could be presented as separate items during SPAs. The purpose of this symposium is to present two studies that address adaptations to SPAs, focusing on stimuli with multiple parameters and problem behavior during SPAs. In the first study, the authors evaluated preference for different types of attention and the relation between preference assessment results and reinforcer assessment results. In the second study, the authors evaluated problem behavior during different modalities and consequence arrangements of paired-stimulus preference assessments.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Attention, Preference Assessment, Problem Behavior
Target Audience:

Practitioners, Applied Researchers, Graduate Students

 
Further Evaluation of a Rapid Assessment of Attention Types
Cynthia P. Livingston (University of North Florida), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute), ASHLEY BORDELON (Oregon Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Interventions for attention-maintained problem behavior often incudes a departure from typical interventions for problem behavior maintained by other functional reinforcers. That is, the form of attention most frequently provided during a functional analysis is social disapproval. Conversely, the attention included in treatment most often comes in the form of praise. Some research suggests different forms of attention may function differently for both problem behavior and the alternative behavior. The rapid assessments of attention types (RAAT) was developed to identify a form of attention most likely to reinforce functionally equivalent alternatives to problem behavior, however, previous research has not included a reinforcement assessment to assess the effects of the preferred attention type as a reinforcer. In the current study, we further evaluated previously described procedures for the RAAT by replicating the results and including an evaluation of correspondence between the preference assessment and reinforcement assessment results. Participants included three children, ages 8-9 years old, all diagnosed with developmental disabilities. The results replicated and extended previous research by demonstrating a hierarchy of preference for different attention types, as well as a correspondence between the RAAT and reinforcement assessment for all three participants.
 
An Evaluation of Problem Behavior During Varied Modality and Consequence Preference Assessments
ASHTON CORINNE TINNEY (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), Ana Rodriguez (University of North Texas), Sara Baak (University of North Texas)
Abstract: There is a limited amount of research that has evaluated all three types of modalities and consequences during stimulus preference assessments (SPA) or examined problem behavior during preference assessments with individuals with problem behavior maintained by access to tangible items. Problem behavior with this function may be particularly problematic during SPAs because the EO for problem is repeatedly presented - after interaction, preferred items are removed and access is restricted for some period of time. Conducting SPA using different modalities or consequence arrangements may be an effective method to reduce the likelihood that problem behavior occurs during SPAs. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to extend this line of research in two ways: (a) compare results of SPAs across three modalities and three consequences, (b) evaluate problem behavior during these SPAs with individuals with problem behavior maintained by access to tangible items. The results indicated that for all participants, there was preference stability across modalities and conditions. Additionally, for all participants, problem behavior occurred during the no access consequence or removal consequence, regardless of modality.
 
 
Symposium #75
CE Offered: BACB
A Behavioral Approach to Teaching Writing Behaviors
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence E
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Cameron Mittelman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: Cameron Mittelman, M.A.
Abstract:

Effective writing ability is arguably one of the most important skills an individual must acquire. Despite the crucial role of effective writing skills in today’s society, many individuals do not possess strong writing ability and do not consider themselves good writers, as only 27% of 12th grade students met the criteria for “Proficient” writing, while 21% of 12th grade students met the criteria for “Below Basic” writing (National Center for Education Statistics, 2011). This distribution is even more concerning for black and Hispanic students. These findings suggested that many individuals leaving the public secondary education system lack the skills required to successfully meet the writing demands of the workplace and of higher education. With that in mind, this symposium will demonstrate several ways in which behavior analytic methods may be used shape different aspects of the writing process. The first presentation will review an intervention package consisting of programmed instruction and rate-building to develop revision skills. The second presentation will examine the use of lag schedules to increase variable fictional writing with children with autism. The final presentation will present an integration of precision measurement, pinpointing, and multiple learning channel practice with mechanics exercises.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Fluency, Precision Teaching, Programmed Instruction, Writing
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium are behavior analysts, teachers, supervisors, and anyone else who is required to either develop written products or to review written products as apart of their job.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) pinpoint specific writing behaviors that may need to be developed; (2) describe fluency-based procedures for developing the pinpointed behaviors; (3) describe schedules of reinforcement that may maintained continued occurrence of the developed writing behaviors.
 
The Effects of Programmed Instruction and Fluency-Building on Writing Error Detection and Correction
(Applied Research)
CAMERON MITTELMAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: The present study examined the effects of a three-component intervention package consisting of computer-delivered programmed instruction combined with fluency-based practice involving example and non-example discrimination along with non-example correction on participants’ ability to identify and correct to three different writing targets: passive voice, grammar errors, and inconcise writing. Using a multiple probe across writing targets experimental design, participants’ individually completed the three components of the intervention one at a time with revision probes occurring after each component. Results showed some variation across writing targets and across participants, but in general the intervention package resulted in improved revision ability as all four participants showed higher rates of correct revisions per minute after the three phases of the intervention when compared to baseline rates for all three of the writing targets. Furthermore, the achieved changes in revision accuracy showed clear maintenance over time for the majority of the writing targets for three of the four participants. However, the intervention package appeared to have mixed outcomes for the participants’ ability to revise their own writing, with only two of the four participants having fewer errors for all three writing targets on the generalization probe.
 
The Effects of LAG Schedules of Reinforcement on Fictional Writing
(Applied Research)
LAWRENCE PLATT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Writing is used in numerous contexts from filling out a job application to taking standardized exams. Writing can also be used as an outlet for creative and imaginative ideas. Individuals with autism experience difficulty engaging in imaginative ideas (American Psychological Association, 2013). The literature on creative writing and increasing sentence variability with individuals with autism is limited. Lag schedules of reinforcement have been used to increase vocal variability (Esch, Esch, Love 2009), mand variability (Brodhead, Higbee, Gerencser & Akers 2016), and intraverbal repertoires (Contreras & Betz 2016). Lag schedules were extended in this study to look at variable fictional sentences with two children with autism using a multiple baseline across participants design. For one participant the Lag schedule condition resulted in almost 100% increase in novel sentences compared to the continuous schedule of reinforcement condition. For the other participant a 50% increase in novel sentences in the Lag schedule condition compared to the continuous schedule of reinforcement. Implications are that Lag schedules of reinforcement can be used to increase the novelty of responding.
 
Shaping Technical Writing With Precision Measurement
(Service Delivery)
ADAM HOCKMAN (The Mechner Foundation)
Abstract:

Clear technical writing is critical for communicating complex information to professional and lay audiences. Due to a lack of instruction and practice, behavior analysts and researchers who venture beyond formulaic article writing are prone to structural and stylistic errors. Such writing patterns are noticeable and less desirable to some readers. In her technical writing course Writing Solutions for Behavior Analysts, Marilyn Gilbert introduced a series of Flags—stimuli that signal a particular situation in one’s writing that may need to be changed. The course helped students fluently identify and change Flags that make writing unclear, misleading, or unnecessary. When teaching stylistic writing, Gilbert employed an age-old copywork exercise or the rewriting of an exemplar text to shape an easy and approachable style that effectively communicates scientific information. Many successful writers, including Benjamin Franklin, have used the copywork exercise to improve overall and domain-specific writing (e.g., sales copy). This paper will present an integration of precision measurement, pinpointing, and multiple learning channel practice with Gilbert’s mechanics exercises (Flags) and an eyes/ears copywork approach to promote high-level writing among behavior analysts and other science writers.

 
 
Symposium #76
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Reinforcing Positive Peer Reports via Group Contingencies: Effects of Tootling on Mean Behaviors and Recently Taught Social Skills
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence F-H
Area: EDC/DEV; Domain: Translational
Chair: Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Christopher Skinner, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Tootling interventions involve using interdependent group-oriented rewards to enhances student reports of classmates’ student-helping-student behaviors. Tootling has been shown to decease typical inappropriate classroom behaviors including out of seat behavior and calling out, but not antisocial behaviors. In Study I, a withdrawal design showed that tooting caused immediate decreases in antisocial behaviors (e.g., mean behaviors like name-calling). Researchers have not evaluated the effect of tootling on the behaviors which students are reporting. In Study II, social skills training was used to teach compliment-giving behavior, and during the tootling intervention rewards were delivered contingent upon peer reports of classmates’ giving compliments. Visual analysis of our A-B-A-B figures showed that the tootling intervention enhanced students compliment giving behavior, not just reports of compliment giving behavior, in a generalized setting. This behavior-specific tootling intervention enhanced compliment-giving behavior in a generalized setting. In Study III, a multiple baseline design was used to sequentially enhance three recently-taught social skills in a generalized setting. Discussion focuses on using tootling to reduce antisocial behaviors and promote generalization and maintenance of recently-taught social skills.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): generalization, mean behaviors, social skills, tootling
Target Audience:

Those who work in educational settings

Learning Objectives: Attendees will acquire an understand of how tootling can be used to decrease mean behaviors. Attendees will acquire an understanding of how tootling can be used to increase a recently taught social skill. Attendees will acquire an understanding of how tootling can supplement sequential social skills training.
 

Reducing Mean and Disrespectful Social Behaviors in Third Grade Students: Extending Research on Tootling

(Applied Research)
BAILEIGH KIRKPATRICK (The University of Tennessee), Shelby Wright (The University of Tennessee), Stephanie Daniels (University of Tennessee), Kala Taylor (University of Tennessee), Christopher Skinner (The Univesity of Tennessee), Merilee McCurdy (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), tara moore (The University of Tennessee)
Abstract:

The current study was designed to extend research on tootling interventions. Tootling involves reinforcing students’ reporting of their peers' incidental prosocial behaviors, specifically student-helping-student behaviors. Reinforcement is provided via the application interdependent group-oriented bonus rewards. While previous researchers reinforced the class contingent upon the number of tootles (i.e., peer reports of classmates’ student-helping-student behaviors), during the current study group rewards were delivered contingent upon the number of different students who received tootles. A withdrawal (A-B-A-B) design was used to determine if a tootling intervention decreased antisocial/disrespectful interactions of four, teacher-nominated students in an after-school, third-grade classroom. Visual analysis of a repeated measures graph and effect size estimates suggest that the tootling intervention decreased these interactions. Discussion focuses on the failure to maintain gains during the withdraw phase and future research designed to enhance and evaluate the generalizability of tootling interventions and the effects of similar interventions over time and across dependent variables.

 
Behavior Specific Tootling: Enhancing First-Grade Students’ Use of a Recently- Instructed Social Skill a Natural Social Setting
(Applied Research)
SHELBY WRIGHT (The Unviersity of Tennessee), Baileigh Kirkpatrick (The University of Tennessee), Stephanie Daniels (University of Tennessee), Christopher Skinner (The Univesity of Tennessee), Tara moore (the University of Tennessee), Merilee McCurdy (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
Abstract: Tootling interventions involve teaching students to report their classmates’ student-helping-student behaviors and reinforcing these reports, not the actual behavior, via interdependent group contingencies. Tootling has been shown to decrease disruptive classroom behaviors and enhance on-task behavior. The current study was designed to extend this research by teaching students to report classmates’ engagement in a recently taught social skill (giving compliments) and providing rewards contingent upon the number of peer reports of classmates giving compliments. The dependent variable was actual student compliment giving behavior. Thus, this was the first study where researchers measured the effect of tootling on the actual behavior that students reported. Results from our withdrawal design showed that the modified tootling intervention enhanced compliment giving in first-grade students in a setting and context that differed from the social skills training environment (i.e., while they were engaged in a small group math activity). Specifically, visual analysis of a repeated measures graph and effect size estimates suggest the intervention caused immediate, consistent, and meaningful increases in compliment-giving behavior while students engaged in small-group math activities. Discussion focuses on study limitations, future research, and the applied implications associated with supplementing social skills training with positive peer reporting.
 
Using Tootling to Sequentially Enhance and Maintain Multiple Social Skills in Natural Social Environments
(Applied Research)
CHRISTOPHER SKINNER (The Univesity of Tennessee), Shelby Wright (The University of Tennessee), Margaret Crewdson (the University of Tennessee)
Abstract: The current study was designed to extend research on combining social skills training with tootling to enhance student engagement in social skills in their natural social context. The intervention included an interdependent group contingency with randomly selected criteria which involved the class receiving rewards contingent upon students reporting classmates’ desired social behaviors. First reinforcement was delivered contingent upon reports of classmates’ compliment-giving. In subsequent phases peer reports classmates’ providing encouragement and saying thank you were added to the contingency but students did not know which of the peer-reporting target behaviors would be selected as criteria for reinforcement. Results from our multiple-baseline across-behavior design provide three demonstrations of a treatments effect. When peer-reports of each social skill were added to the contingency, the targeted social behavior increased. Discussion focuses on supplementing social skills training with tootling in order to enhance the probability of students engaging in social skills outside the social skills training context.
 
 
Symposium #77
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding Behavioral Safety to New Areas
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Archives
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Christoph F. Bördlein (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt)
CE Instructor: Christoph F. Bördlein, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral Safety is not only relevant to “classical” physical work in plants. It’s also important in social service organizations and other environments that are not typically in focus, when thinking about workplace safety. This symposium highlights several developments in behavioral safety. One is the application of the well-established procedures to work environments previously not being targeted much by behavior analysis. The first talk is about the use of the Performance-Diagnostic Checklist – Safety (PDC-S) to enhance safety in two social service institutions. The other presentations in this symposium describe the collaborative effort of machinery safety experts and behavior analysts to include the knowledge of behavior analysis into international standards of workplace safety like the International Standard Organization (ISO) and the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC). Behavior analysis introduces it’s measurement and assessment strategies to machinery safety, to make the human factor – once thought of as a “soft” factor – more controllable and manageable. Perspecitves for future developments are discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral saftey, international standards, machinery safety, PDC
 
Using the PDC-Safety and the PDC-Human Services to facilitate safety in social service institutions
(Service Delivery)
CHRISTOPH F. BÖRDLEIN (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt)
Abstract: Employees in social service institutions, e.g. those providing day care for mentally and / or physically impaired adults or social work assistance for endangered youths face a variety of safety hazards. Those hazards origin not only from the physical environment but also from the behavior of the people taken care of. To analyze the contingencies influencing the safety of employees in organizations, Martinez-Onstott, Wilder, and Sigurdsson (2016) developed the Performance Diagnosis Checklist Safety (PDC-S). The PDC-HS (Human Services; Carr, Wilder, Majdalany, Mathisen & Strain, 2013) addresses performance problems including safety issues in human service organizations. We present two applications of these checklists to analyze the contingencies underlying safety issues in an intermediate home for children with various behavior problems and in a sheltered workshop for adults with multiple mental and physical disabilities. Results were used to develop safety checklists for behavioral self-monitoring of employees and safety observations of the work environment and the behavior of the people looked after.
 
Experiments in Behavioral Safety in Machinery Safety in Japan
(Applied Research)
RIEKO HOJO (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health), Shoken Shimizu (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, Japan), Kyoko Hamajima (National Institute of Occupational Health, Japan), Shigeo Umezaki (National Institute of Occupational Health, Japan), Koichi Ono (Komazawa University)
Abstract: The author reports about her attempts to introduce behavior analysis to the machinery safety field in Japan. Behavior analysts and machinery safety experts sometimes work together for experiments and in the applied setting, and the results are applied to safety measure at industrial worksite. Among these activities in the machinery safety field, the most characteristic one is participation to international standards, such as International Standard Organization (ISO) and/or International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC). ISO develops and publishes International Standards. It creates documents that provide requirements, specifications, guidelines or characteristics that can be used consistently to ensure that materials, products, processes and services are fit for their purpose. On the other hand, the IEC is the world’s leading organization that prepares and publishes International Standards for all electrical, electronic and related technologies. The principles of human behavior are an element of the current collaborative safety, required by machinery safety and it contributes to establish these standards. We show several examples of this new approach and discuss the new development intiated by this collaboration.
 
The Safety Management System as a New Achievement Place for Behavior Analysis
(Service Delivery)
SHOKEN SHIMIZU (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, Japan), Rieko Hojo (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health), Kyoko Hamajima (National Institute of Occupational Health, Japan), Shigeo Umezaki (National Institute of Occupational Health, Japan), Koichi Ono (Komazawa University)
Abstract: These days an enormous change in the society system, called the Industrial Revolution has been appeared all over the world, such as Industry 4.0, and Connected Industries and/or Society 5.0 in Japan. In such situation, man-machine collaboration is quite important because machines and humans at workplace are connected by Internet of Things (IoT) or/and Information and Communications Technology (ICT) devices. All these industrial revolutions refer to productivity. A way of thinking and measures about safety which is adopted to such society should be established now. So far, safety at workplace has been protected and maintained by specialists from the machinery safety field, mainly focusing on the hardware side. On the other hand, human factors have not been sufficiently considered in the machinery safety field so far. Therefore, rational measurements, analysis and evaluation of human behavior is now important for collaborative safety. Specialists in machinery safety found that behavior analysis is one of the most applicable sciences for the novel safety measure, because it measures human behavior objectively, quantitatively and directly. In this presentation, we propose some approaches for collaborative activity with specialists from the field of behavior analysis to manage safety in machinery safety field together. Those are participating to international standards, quantitative evaluation of machinery systems and analysis of risk assessment.
 
 
Symposium #78
CE Offered: BACB
Key Dimensions of Performance Feedback: From Literature to the Lab
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Capitol/Congress
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Andressa Sleiman (Univeristy of Florida )
CE Instructor: Andressa Sleiman, M.A.
Abstract:

Performance feedback is one of the most common strategies employed in interventions within the field of organizational behavior management (OBM) and has been demonstrated to improve performance across a variety of settings and behaviors when used effectively. Despite its accumulation of empirical support overall, the key variables influencing feedback efficacy, maintenance, and treatment implementation require further evaluation. The presentations in this symposium seeks to further this evaluation by 1) providing an updated review on the existing evidence regarding the use of feedback in 75 articles published in the Journal of Organization Behavior Management from 1998 to 2018, 2) assess performer preference for feedback timing relative to task completion (e.g., after step, after trial, and after session), 3) and evaluate the effects of performer reactions to feedback on subsequent feedback delivery and observation accuracy. Each presentation will highlight the importance of identifying various feedback components as they relate to treatment efficacy and implementation. Implications for future research and the utilization of performance feedback in applied settings will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): OBM, Performance Feedback
Target Audience:

Open to all audiences.

Learning Objectives: After attending this symposium, attendees should be able accomplish the following: 1) outline the essential characteristics influencing feedback effectiveness identified in previous research 2) describe the relation between task completion and performer preference for feedback timing 3) explain the effects of performer reactions to feedback on observation and feedback accuracy.
 

An Objective Review of the Effectiveness and Essential Characteristics of Performance Feedback in Organizational Settings (1998-2018): An Update and Extension

(Applied Research)
ANDRESSA SLEIMAN (Univeristy of Florida), Sigridur Soffia Sigurjonsdottir (Oslo Metropolitan University), Aud Kielland Elnes (Oslo Metropolitan University), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
Abstract:

In organizational behavior management (OBM), feedback can effectively increase and maintain performance across settings and target behaviors. Feedback has been extensively studied, being one of the most studied independent variables in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM). Alvero, Bucklin, and Austin (2001) conducted an objective review of the effectiveness and essential characteristics of performance feedback in organizational settings between 1985-1998. This talk will present an update and extension of the Alvero et al. (2001) review by summarizing the effective characteristics of feedback based on 75 articles that implemented feedback as an intervention in an applied setting that were published in JOBM, and in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) between 1998 and 2018. Feedback effectiveness will be presented for the following characteristics: feedback source, feedback medium, feedback privacy, feedback participants, feedback frequency, the immediacy of feedback, feedback combinations (e.g., feedback + goal setting or feedback + incentives), and feedback nature (increase or decrease behavior).

 
Identifying the Relation Between Feedback Preferences and Performance
(Applied Research)
JANELLE KIRSTIE BACOTTI (University of Florida), Emma Grauerholz-Fisher (University of Florida), Samuel L. Morris (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Performance feedback is a commonly used organizational behavior management (OBM) intervention (Gravina et al., 2018) that typically yields consistent effects (Alvero et al., 2001). Although feedback applications have varied, a noteworthy characteristic that might affect feedback effectiveness is timing (Lechermeier & Fassnacht, 2018). Prior research has used verbal report as an indicator of preference across immediate and delayed feedback (Reid & Parsons, 1996). Given the frequent use and practical utility of feedback, we assessed feedback preference across three feedback timing options: after step, after trial, and after session. We used a direct-selection paradigm to assess feedback timing preferences with undergraduate students completing two multistep computerized tasks. The data obtained suggest that most subjects shifted their preference from relatively proximal (e.g., after step) to distal feedback (e.g., after session) as they acquired the tasks. A few subjects’ preferences seemed unrelated to increases in performance. We discuss implications based on the current findings and future directions for research.
 

You Talking to Me?Effects of Performer Reactions on Observation and Feedback Accuracy

(Applied Research)
JESSICA A. NASTASI (University of Florida), Nicholas Matey (University of Florida), Andressa Sleiman (University of Florida), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Performance feedback can be a valuable tool for behavior change when used effectively. Despite its utility, delivering feedback may be aversive to the observer, affecting the accuracy of subsequent observations and feedback. A study conducted by Matey et al. (2019) evaluated the effects of required feedback delivery on observer accuracy and found that accuracy was lower when performance feedback was required compared to observation-alone, suggesting the performer’s reaction to feedback may be one variable influencing subsequent accuracy. The current study sought to evaluate the effects of feedback reaction-type on observer accuracy and feedback delivery. First, undergraduate students were randomly assigned to either positive, neutral, or negative reaction groups. Then, in phase one, participants were trained to score a confederate’s posture as either “safe” or “at-risk”. During phase two, participants were instructed to deliver feedback to the confederate after each session. The confederate reacted to this feedback differently depending on group assignment (i.e., positive, negative, or neutral). Preliminary results indicate observation accuracy in the negative-reaction group may be lower after feedback delivery compared to accuracy in the neutral-reaction and positive-reaction groups. Implications for these findings and suggestions for future research will be discussed.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #79
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
TRAUMA: Effects of Trauma on Risk and Protective Factors
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty I-L
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Jessica Singer-Dudek, Ph.D.
Presenting Authors: JEANNIE GOLDEN (East Carolina University), MARLA BRASSARD (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Trauma in the form of child abuse and neglect at the hands of parents or caregivers has devastating psychosocial and neurological effects on children that may last throughout their lifespan. Children who have experienced maltreatment often fail to learn attachment to their parents or caregivers and this impairs their ability to form healthy attachments and experience reciprocal and caring relationships with others. Lack of attachment is associated with a lack of moral behavior, heightened processing of threat-related information, emotional dysregulation, depression, anxiety, dissociation, maladaptive coping strategies, risky sexual behaviors and increased risk for substance abuse. This presentation will provide a behavioral explanation of why maltreated children often do not learn attachment behaviors and receive negative reinforcement in the form of avoiding or escaping negative emotions. This explanation has several implications for treatment including why and how attachment behaviors can be learned.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state several examples of behaviors related to lack of attachment; (2) state several of the devastating effects of maltreatment and lack of attachment; (3) explain why maltreated children often do not learn attachment behaviors; (4) describe how maltreated children receive negative reinforcement in the form of avoiding or escaping negative emotions; (5) describe how attachment behaviors can be learned; (6) identify which of the following are causally affected by maltreatment in childhood and which are not, using data from genetically sensitive studies: cognitive deficits, psychopathology, educational outcomes, personality disorders, hearing impairments, and adult height; (7) list five areas where PM is more harmful that other forms of maltreatment and three mechanisms that likely account for its harmful effects; (8) identify behavioral parenting programs that are effective in improving the quality of observed parenting of children in preschool to adolescence but harmful for infants and toddlers; (9) describe the developmental context that likely accounts for the difference and the characteristics of programs that are effective with parents of very young children; (10) describe three research-supported prevention programs for PM and describe a public health approach for addressing PM and other forms of child maltreatment.
 
The Effects of Trauma on Attachment: A Behavioral Perspective
JEANNIE GOLDEN (East Carolina University)
Dr. Jeannie A. Golden is a licensed psychologist who received her Ph.D. in school psychology from Florida State University in 1981. Dr. Golden has taught in the psychology department at East Carolina University for 38 years and became the first national board certified behavior analyst in North Carolina in 2000. Dr. Golden received ECU teaching awards in 2001 and 2009, the FABA Honorary Lifetime Membership Award in 1994, the NCABA Fred S. Keller Excellence in Behavior Analysis Award in 2005, the ECU Scholarship of Engagement Award in 2012, the NCABA Do Things Award for Outstanding and Sustained Contributions in 2013, the ECU Psychology Department Award for Distinguished Service in 2015, and the ECU Psychology Department Faculty Appreciation Award for Mentoring in 2017. Dr. Golden and colleagues received grants from Kate B. Reynolds Charitable Trust (2008-2011) and the Department of Health and Human Services (2011-2016) to provide school-based mental health services in two rural, impoverished counties in North Carolina. In March of 2018, Dr. Golden and colleagues were awarded the Creating New Economies Fund Grant by Resourceful Communities for the Greene County Community Advancement Project.
Abstract: United States state statutes demonstrate a clear hierarchy in how harmful the different forms of child maltreatment are perceived (Baker & Brassard, 2019), but research does not support prioritizing of one form of child maltreatment over another. This presentation presents the evidence (briefly) for considering psychological maltreatment (PM) the equal of child sexual abuse, physical abuse, and physical neglect in contributing to adverse outcomes across the lifespan. Because PM, like corporal punishment, is so common, it challenges traditional short-term, narrowly focused, post-trauma reactive intervention practices, toward more sensitive and effective child protection and increased emphasis on primary prevention and good caregiving to achieve child well-being. Interventions with the greatest likelihood of success are presented – those consistent with ABA practice and those that may require shift in thinking.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state several examples of behaviors related to lack of attachment; (2) state several of the devastating effects of maltreatment and lack of attachment; (3) explain why maltreated children often do not learn attachment behaviors; (4) describe how maltreated children receive negative reinforcement in the form of avoiding or escaping negative emotions; (5) describe how attachment behaviors can be learned; (6) identify which of the following are causally affected by maltreatment in childhood and which are not, using data from genetically sensitive studies: cognitive deficits, psychopathology, educational outcomes, personality disorders, hearing impairments, and adult height; (7) list five areas where PM is more harmful that other forms of maltreatment and three mechanisms that likely account for its harmful effects; (8) identify behavioral parenting programs that are effective in improving the quality of observed parenting of children in preschool to adolescence but harmful for infants and toddlers; (9) describe the developmental context that likely accounts for the difference and the characteristics of programs that are effective with parents of very young children; (10) describe three research-supported prevention programs for PM and describe a public health approach for addressing PM and other forms of child maltreatment.
 
Interventions to Address Psychological Maltreatment, a Common and Harmful Form of Childhood Trauma
MARLA BRASSARD (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Marla R. Brassard, Ph.D., is a Professor in the School Psychology Program at Teachers College, Columbia University. For 37 years her research has focused on parenting, especially psychological maltreatment (PM) of children by parents, a non-physical form of abuse and neglect, that research shows is the equivalent in adverse causal impact to other forms of maltreatment and the most related to depression and suicidal behavior. Recently her work has expanded to include parenting in other high stress contexts, specifically parenting a young child with autistic spectrum disorder, with a focus on interventions that enhance parental well-being and increase quality of parenting. She is a fellow of the American Psychological Association and past president of the Council of Directors of School Psychology Programs.
 
 
Panel #80
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP — 
Ethics
The State of Our Union: Current Issues and Future Directions of Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, University of D.C. / Catholic University
Area: PCH/DDA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Justin B. Leaf, Ph.D.
Chair: Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
JUSTIN B. LEAF (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services)
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Applied Behavioral Strategies LLC)
Abstract:

The field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has grown faster than many of us have ever imagined. Current projections estimate there will be over 120,000 Behavior Analysts worldwide within the next 5 years. The panelists will provide the audience with their perspective about the current state of the field. In doing so the panelists will discuss areas in which ABA has excelled (e.g., functional analysis, certifying individuals, single subject designs) as well as areas requiring additional growth (e.g., marketing, collaborating with other fields, large scale outcomes). Additionally, the panelists will provide their perspective on the future directions of ABA (e.g., private equity, increasing number of technicians, licensure laws) and how behavior analysts can continue to promote quality behavioral intervention with the new challenges. All Board Certified Behavior Analysts have an ethical responsibility to our profession to “uphold and advance the values, ethics and principles of the profession of behavior analysis” (BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts, Section 6.01). As such, the panelists will also discuss current and future ethical responsibilities to the field. Questions and comments from the audience will be encouraged throughout.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Graduate students, practitioners, researchers, and professors.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will identify the difference between certification and scope of competence. 2. Attendees will identify how they can comply with the BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code, Sections 6.01 & 6.02. 3. Attendees will identify 5 strategies they can use in their everyday practice that will support ethical practice in Behavior Analysis.
Keyword(s): certification, ethics, Growth, quality intervention
 
 
Paper Session #81
On the Dimensions of Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, Georgetown
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
 
The Dimensions of the Dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis
Domain: Theory
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Deborah E. Altus (Washburn University), Matthew Novak (University of Kansas)
 
Abstract: In 1968, Baer, Wolf, and Risley described “some current dimensions of applied behavior analysis” (ABA). Since then, their article and its dimensions have been fundamental in identifying ABA research: “Obviously, the study must be applied, behavioral, and analytic; in addition, it should be technological, conceptually systematic, and effective, and it should display some generality” (p. 92). Occasionally, the dimensions have been used to describe and critique applied research (e.g., in gerontology). More recently, they have been used to rate the quality of ABA research in individual articles and research programs. For this, rubrics have been developed for the seven dimensions. This presentation brings one of these rubrics to bear on the issue of whether articles published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis must meet Baer, Wolf, and Risley’s criteria for the dimensions. It suggests that this requirement may prove onerous because none of the dimensions has unequivocal criteria. They vary in ther own dimensions. That is, the dimensions of the applied behavior analysis have dimensions. This presentation describes the dimensions of each of these dimensions (i.e., the rubric for scoring each dimension) and discusses their relevance for deciding what research to publish in the journal.
 

Chain Analyses of Behavior, Behavioral Products, and Ecological Situations as a Method in the DiagnosticDecimal System of Behavior Assets and Problems

Domain: Theory
MARTTI T. TUOMISTO (Faculty of Social Sciences, Tampere University)
 
Abstract:

The Decimal Systemof Behavior (DSB)—a principle and function based system—was initiated in 2010 as a behavior-analytic alternative to diagnostic systems for the classification of behavior assets and problems. The DSB is a behavior process -based system for the identification of behaviors that may be described and analyzed in behavior chains. These chains include separate behaviors plus behavioral products or ecological situations that may follow each other in sequences. Two behavior chains may occur simultaneously. The behaviors in the chains have their own developmental and reinforcement histories that may be investigated after the formulation of the chains. These investigations may be paradigmatic and lead to experimental analysis, goal-setting, and interventions for the asset or problem behaviors. The basic aim of the DSB is to lead to goal-setting and intervention that is relevant and specific for each of the ten main classes of behaviors included in the DSB (e.g., motivating operations or reinforcement problems). Through the DSB classification adequate goals and interventions may be formulated and implemented for behavior analysts to be able to achieve a comprehensive and effective outcome of the analyses. The DSB has been tested in behavioral supervision. Examples of chain analyses highlight the method.

 
 
 
Invited Tutorial #82
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA — 
Ethics
SQAB Tutorial: Back to the Lab: Human Behavioral Pharmacology Methods, Outcomes and Meanings
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 6
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
BACB/PSY/QABA CE Offered. CE Instructor: William Stoops, Ph.D.
Chair: Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Presenting Authors: : WILLIAM STOOPS (University of Kentucky)
Abstract:

Human behavioral pharmacology methods have been used to rigorously evaluate the effects of a range of centrally acting drugs in human beings under controlled conditions. Methods like drug self-administration and drug-discrimination have been adapted from non-human laboratory animal models. Because humans have the capacity to communicate verbally, self-report methods are also commonly used to understand drug effects. This presentation will provide an overview of these traditional human behavioral pharmacology methods, as well as more novel measures that have been introduced to the field. Representative data will be shared and the benefits, challenges and translational relevance of each method will be discussed. This session will cover guiding principles in the design of human behavioral pharmacology studies (e.g., using placebo controls, testing multiple doses) along with ethical (e.g., avoiding enrollment of individuals seeking treatment, determining capacity to consent) and safety (e.g., dose selection, pre-screening of participants for exclusionary health problems) that must be addressed when conducting these types of studies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand basic methods used in human behavioral pharmacology research; (2) know how ethical and safety issues are addressed in human behavioral pharmacology studies; (3) appreciate the clinical relevance of human behavioral pharmacology findings.
 
WILLIAM STOOPS (University of Kentucky)
Dr. William W. Stoops, a Professor in the Departments of Behavioral Science, Psychiatry and Psychology at the University of Kentucky, earned his Bachelor’s degree in Psychology from Davidson College in Davidson, NC and his Master’s degree and Ph.D. in Psychology from the University of Kentucky. His research evaluates the behavioral and pharmacological factors that contribute to drug use disorders, focusing primarily on stimulant drugs. Dr. Stoops’ research contributions resulted in receipt of the 2016 Psychologist of the Year Award from the Kentucky Psychological Association, the 2013 Joseph Cochin Young Investigator Award from the College on Problems of Drug Dependence and the 2008 Wyeth Young Psychopharmacologist Award from Division 28 (Psychopharmacology and Substance Abuse) of the American Psychological Association (APA). Dr. Stoops currently serves on the College on Problems of Drug Dependence Board of Directors and is Editor of Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology.
 
 
Symposium #83
CE Offered: BACB
Topics in Verbal Behavior: Winners of the VBSIG Research Competitions Present Their Findings
Saturday, May 23, 2020
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon I
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Caitlin H. Delfs (Village Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Caitlin H. Delfs, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will include three recently completed projects by the 2019 Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VBSIG) research and student grant competition winners. The VBSIG aims to support the advancement of verbal behavior research and to disseminate theoretical, empirical, and practical information about verbal behavior. These papers exemplify that aim. The first paper by Frampton, Axe, Covall, and Padmanabhan will describe procedures for teaching problem solving skills to answer novel intraverbal questions utilizing a mobile application. The next two papers focus on the emergence of untrained skills. Zaltzman, Parry-Cruwys, MacDonald, and Sweeney-Kerwin examined the use of observational learning in a young child with autism who was taught to engage in echoic, tact, and intraverbal behaviors following exposure to a model. The final paper, presented by Aragon, Rodriguez, McKeown, and Luczynski, describes procedures to facilitate the emergence of verbal behavior in the form of Intraverbal-tacts. The studies present results that may inform verbal behavior researchers and practitioners alike.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): emergent responding, observational learning, problem solving, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

graduate students, researchers, clinicians interested in verbal behavior

 
Teaching Problem Solving Skills: Use of Mobile Applications to Answer Novel Questions
SARAH FRAMPTON (May Institute, Inc.), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University), Karly Covall (Simmons University; May Institute, Inc.), Sarayu Padmanabhan (Simmons University; May Institute, Inc.)
Abstract: In educational settings, mobile apps may help students with autism solve the problem of answering novel questions. We evaluated this hypothesis with a concurrent multiple probe design across behaviors embedded in a nonconcurrent multiple probe design across participants with two adolescents with autism. The novel questions pertained to time, distance, and temperature for different cities (e.g., “What time is it in Cairo?”). In each session, the participants were given an iPad and a worksheet with novel questions. In Treatment 1, we trained app use and an intraverbal (e.g., “Distance, use the map app”). In Treatment 2, we trained underlining the keyword (e.g., distance) on the worksheet and emitting the intraverbal under control of the keyword. For one participant, Treatments 1 and 2 resulted in correct app use, generalization across apps, and correct responding in a vocal verbal generalization probe. The other participant needed Treatment 3, which involved training app use in the worksheet context. Reliability and procedural fidelity data were collected. The results have implications for the analysis of problem solving in developing complex verbal and academic repertoires and the inclusion of technology in educational settings.
 

An Examination of Observational Learning Using Skinner’s Analysis of Verbal Behavior

TALI RUDY ZALTZMAN (Regis College; All Points Licensed Applied Behavior Analysts), Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College), Emily Kerwin (All Points Licensed Applied Behavior Analysts)
Abstract:

Learning by observing others has great benefits as it allows an individual to learn new skills without directly contacting the contingencies. Results from previous research on teaching skills necessary to emit OL responses are promising but an analysis of OL using Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior (1957) is lacking. The purpose of the present study was to address the limitations of previous research by conceptualizing OL using Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior (1957) in the context of a replication and extension of DeQuinzio and Taylor (2015). After teaching one child diagnosed with an ASD to emit a chain of vocal verbal responses including an echoic, the statement of a rule, and either the same response as the echoic or the correction statement "I don't know" she was observed to correctly tact previously unknown pictures after observing a model. Interobserver agreement was collected for 35% of OL and tacting responses and for 34% of vocal response chain (VRC) responses and was 79% and 100% respectively. Future research should continue to analyze OL using Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior (1957) as it might lead to a more parsimonious and conceptually systematic analysis.

 

Facilitating the Emergence of Intraverbal Tacts in Children With Autism

MICHAEL ARAGON (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Monroe Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ciobha Anne McKeown (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Failing to teach children with autism to leverage multiple control when making conditional discriminations may contribute to erring when required to emit intraverbal-tacts (i.e., answering different questions about a picture). For example, when shown the picture of a red square and asked, “What shape?” a child may answer, “red.” This study evaluated if a curriculum sequence inspired by a conceptual analysis of multiple control (Michael, Palmer, & Sundberg, 2011) would facilitate the emergence of intraverbal-tacts in children with autism. More specifically, children learned to tact the various elements in pictures (e.g., the shapes triangle, square, and circle), tact the categories the elements belong to (e.g., square is a shape), and list members of a category (e.g., triangle, square, and circle in response to, “What are some shapes?”). In the case that intraverbal-tacts did not emerge following mastery of these skills, the children learned a selection response in which they would attend to a picture (e.g., a red square) and a vocal stimulus (e.g., “Show me shape.”) and then select the correct element from an array of the various elements (i.e., different colors and shapes). We discuss the efficacy of this curriculum sequence in facilitating the emergence of intraverbal-tacts.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #84
Presenter Meet and Greet
Saturday, May 23, 2020
1:00 PM–1:30 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi." Check back to see who will be participating.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #85
Author Signing
Saturday, May 23, 2020
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D

Purchase one of the many titlesavailable at the bookstore and stop by to have it signed by the author! Check back to see who will be participating.

 
 
Poster Session #86
AAB Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 23, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell)
1. Impact of Training Method on Behavioral, Physiological, and Relationship Measures in Horses
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
LINDSAY TAYLOR ISERNIA (Virginia Tech), Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell)
Abstract: Traditionally, horse training has relied on negative reinforcement. With a rise in concern for animal welfare, many trainers and riders have started using positive reinforcement. We compared effects of negative reinforcement (N) to a combination of both positive and negative reinforcement (P+N) on behavioral, physiological, human-horse interaction, and preference measures. We trained 20 horses to walk across the long axis of a visually discriminable (either horizontally- or vertically-striped) liverpool. One liverpool was associated with P+N and the other with just N training, counterbalanced across horses. Horses alternated between the two training modes. We investigated number of steps required before a horse successfully walked across each liverpool and any undesirable behaviors for each training method. We collected saliva for cortisol analysis before and after each training. We also conducted a motionless human test with their trainer before and after training sessions. Finally, after training ended, we tested horses’ preference for the two tasks using a concurrent choice test using both liverpools and measuring time spent with each. Results will be discussed in terms of mode of training’s impact on training efficacy, welfare, human-horse interaction, and preference for stimuli associated with each training method.
 
2. Managing the Key Behaviors in Training a New Dog: Most of Them are NOT the Dog's
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
MATTHEW GROSS (Shippensburg University), Richard Cook (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey)
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell)
Abstract:

Successfully "training" a new dog is a function of mindfulness of their own behaviors by the dog's "people," and their ability to manage those behaviors in the context of the interactions with the dog, and in their interactions with other humans regarding the dog's behavior. Multiple behaviors, overt and private, must be emitted in the process of adopting a dog. Once adopted, the rituals begin of training the dog to emit or not emit targeted behaviors. Interactions with other humans can be a threat to consistency needed in the early phases of treatment Once the owner(s) has developed a postion regarding a behavior in various situations, it behooves the training process consistency to have a concise and clear plan to comminucate the desired behavior plan to those who might interact with the dog, and teach it to those humans. For example, if the owner prefers that the dog not be allowed to jump up onto a person when greeting, or not be given table food, those predeeences should be made clear to any human interacting with the dog. Other domains of human behaviors include interactions of persons with the dog regarding tricks, treats, greeting and petting, preferences for walking or holding the dog, and the essentials of communication between humans regarding dog behaviors. Interactions with other animals, and with owners of other animals, as well as the intersection of the dog and the enviormment...either at home or out in the world encountered when going for a walk become the real world of maintanance, generalization, and discrimintation of dog behavior, such as the interaction of the new dog with other dogs, other house pets, other humans, and wild animals. It is the owner to other human behaviors that lay the foundation of the dog's behavior. If the "owner" is a couple, there is an expotential inceease in behaviors human behaviors emitted, including "private" behaviors such as attitudes toward and understanding of basic behavior principles such as reinforcement and punishment, all of which which need to be defined and shaped. To the extent the owner understands principles of behavior, and can explain them to others in the context of increasing or decreasing specific dog behaviors, such as barking, chasing, marking, etc., it can help make for more consistent training for the dog, and less arguments for the people. This presentation will highlight domains of human behaviors which need to be shaped when adopting and training a new dog.

 
3. Discrete Trial Training Paired With Behavior Skills Training to Increase Attention With Killer Whales in a Zoological Facility
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN ELISE MACKELLAR (SeaWorld Orlando; Purdue Global University)
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell)
Abstract: Researchers have documented cetaceans visually attending to one another learning novel behaviors, discriminating kin, hunting, and riding in the wake of boats; supporting attending as a socially significant behavior (Bender et al., 2009; Yeater & Kucczaj, 2010; Wright et al., 2016). When humans and animals interact reciprocal attending is required for communication (Carlstead, Paris, & Brown, 2019; Greco et al., 2016; Hasegawa, Ohtani, & Ohta, 2014; Lukas, Marr, & Maple, 1998). At SeaWorld Orlando, a functional analysis was performed on two whales (WH1 and 2) emitting a perceived lower attentive rate during interactions. Results suggested the function of the behavior was attention. The goal of the study was to determine if using Behavior Skills Training (BST) to train two trainers (RA1 and 2) on Discrete Trial Training (DTT) would increase whale attention. Pre-intervention suggested combined whale attentive rate was 0.62 with combined RA treatment fidelity rate at 0.38. Post-BST treatment fidelity increased to 0.98, whale attending rate at 0.96, with an IOA rate of 0.95. During Intervention attentive behavior was reinforced with 30s of attention, food was not used. Results suggest a positive correlation between treatment fidelity and behavior outcome, supporting the importance of training prior to implementing behavioral interventions.
 
4. Effects of Starch Content on Reinforcer Efficacy in Horses
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
JOANNA PLATZER (Virginia Tech), Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell)
Abstract: Reinforcer efficacy is an essential issue for training and maintaining desirable behavior in animals. Horses are often required to perform long sequences of behavior such that identifying reinforcers that can maintain long bouts of behavior or high effort behaviors would be useful. One way of testing reinforcer efficacy is using a progressive ratio schedule and measuring break points. Higher break points correspond to more effective reinforcers. We trained horses to touch a target stick with their noses. After horses reached criterion levels of responding, they entered the testing phase in which we used six different grains with varying starch content as reinforcers to determine if starch content affected reinforcer value. Horses were tested on one grain per day and we tested each horse on each grain multiple times. We measured trials to criterion during training and break points during testing. We will discuss our results in terms of individual differences and sensitivity to different levels of starch using concepts of unit price, demand, and work. We are confident in our results given that we used a single-subject design and tested each horse multiple times on each grain type.
 
5. Maternal Western Style Diet Perturbs Fetal Neurodevelopment and Alters Postnatal Outcomes
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research
AJ MITCHELL (Behavioral Neuroscience, Oregon Health and Science University; Oregon National Primate Research Center), Eric Feczko (Department of Behavioral Neuroscience; Oregon Health and Science University; Department of Medical Informatics and Clinical Epidemiology), Jacqueline Thompson (Oregon Health and Science University; Oregon National Primate Research Center), Madison DeCapo (Oregon Health and Science University; Oregon National Primate Research Center), Jennifer Bagley (Oregon Health and Science University; Oregon National Primate Research Center), Damien Fair (Oregon Health and Science University; Department of Behavioral Neuroscience; Department of Psychiatry; Advanced Imaging Research Center ), Elinor Sullivan (Oregon Health & Science University; Department of Psychiatry; Division of Neuroscience )
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell)
Abstract:

The WSD increases risk of developing chronic disorders including obesity and its associated metabolic diseases, and global consumption is increasing. This is particularly concerning in the context of early brain development as preclinical studies are accumulating evidence that maternal WSD (mWSD) perturbs fetal neurodevelopment. Using the Japanese macaque (n=36), we introduce a novel computational approach to assess temperament at three years of age in offspring exposed to a mWSD compared to controls. First, we clustered 37 individual measures of behavior using community detection. From the five communities (or groups) of behavior that were formed, temperament composite scores were created by summating individual behaviors within each community. Scores were used to investigate differences in temperament between offspring diet groups. These temperament composites encompassed individual behavioral profiles such as anxious, obsessive, and balanced and represent distinct temperamental characteristics. The anxious temperament composite was expressed highest in the HFD offspring, and also was significantly different between diet groups (p = .029). Results are consistent with the literature, showing that mWSD programs perturbations in fetal neurodevelopment resulting in offspring displaying increased anxiety-like behavior. This novel approach toward behavioral clustering provides a unique and empirical method for identifying behavioral classifications in high dimensional data.

 
6. Clinical Trial: Effects of Integrating a Therapy Dog into Social Skills Classes for Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
PAIGE DOTSON (Texas Tech University), Wesley H. Dotson (Texas Tech University), Alexandra Protopopova (Texas Tech University; The University of British Columbia)
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell)
Abstract:

Animal-Assisted Interventions (AAI) have been shown to increase social behavior in people with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The purpose of this project has been to identify the mechanisms involved in the social-enhancing effect of dogs on adolescents with ASD. Participants are part of small groups in which either (a) the first 5 weeks will involve a therapy dog, (b) the last 5 weeks will involve the therapy dog, or (c) the class will not involve a therapy dog. We hypothesized (1) an integration of therapy dogs into group social skills instruction will result in reduced stress and improved social behavior compare to traditional group instruction; and (2) therapists will experience less stress, engage in more social and affiliative behavior towards the children, and deliver higher quality instruction during sessions that include dogs. Social behavior, stress behavior, heart rate, electrodermal activity, and salivary cortisol concentrations of adolescents and therapists have been assessed and compared across conditions. Preliminary data has shown a decrease in the student’s cortisol levels during classes when the therapy dog is present, and a maintenance in cortisol levels for the teachers, regardless of if the therapy dog is present.

 
 
 
Poster Session #87
BPN Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 23, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Mikhail Koffarnus (University of Kentucky College of Medicine)
7. Using Environmental Place Conditioning With Planaria to Compare Ethanol With the Novel Psychoactive Compound MEAI
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University), May Dang (South Dakota State University), Jennifer Palmer (South Dakota State University), Malloree Siver (South Dakota State University), Elizabeth Stromquist (South Dakota State University), Linda Muckey (Southern Illinois University), Shafiqur Rahman (South Dakota State University)
Discussant: Mikhail Koffarnus (University of Kentucky College of Medicine)
Abstract:

We will present data pertaining to the properties of ethanol and with a purported “binge-mitigating agent” that being the compound known as MEAI, or more properly, 5-methoxy-2-aminoindane, using the invertebrate planaria as an animal model. The reinforcement and or aversive effects will be assessed using the environmental place conditioning procedure. Since planaria typically show behavior described as being light phobic, the ability to reverse this light-avoidance behavior after an illuminated environment is paired with a reinforcer makes environmental place conditioning fairly straightforward using this animal model. While ethanol has been shown, in one study to reverse light phobic behavior in planaria, MEAI has never been assessed for its behavioral effects in any animal model. There are only two peer-reviewed papers on the effects of MEAI, assessing it for toxicological effects, using a rodent model. These publications both refer to the anecdotal effects that MEAI consumption results in human’s reporting euphoric effects similar to ethanol but without the typical desire to continue consumption, hence, MEAI is a purported binge- mitigating agent.

 
8. Effects of Gonadectomy on Impulsive Action in Male Rats
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Henrique Reis (Universidade Estadual Paulista), FABIO LEYSER GONCALVES (Universidade Estadual Paulista)
Discussant: Mikhail Koffarnus (University of Kentucky College of Medicine)
Abstract:

Impulsive behavior has been understood in two distinct ways: impulsive action and impulsive choice. Beyond their conceptual differentiation, several studies have shown a differential role of endogenous variables on this kind of behavior, corroborating its distinction. Among such variables one which stand out is the influence of sexual hormones. Several studies point to direct association between testosterone levels and impulsive action, but not impulsive choice. The influence of gonadectomy procedure on impulsive action has been analyzed in 8 wistar rats in comparison to 8 non-gonadectomized rats. Impulsive action was evaluated through a differential reinforcement of low rates schedule (DRL- 72s). Initially, subjects were submitted to DRL 18s for 10 sessions of 40 minutes, after that, the interval was increased to 72s, until 40th session or stability achievement. Response rate, reinforcement density and frequency of inter-response times distribution between groups were analysed. Preliminary data, first half of the sample, until the 20th session of DRL 72S suggests that gonadectomized rats responded less (Mean=42,0; SE=8,22 X Mean=95,0; SE=22,92) and had a higher reinforcement density (Mean=0,37; SE= 0,008 X Mean=0,15; SE: 0,002). Together data implicate testosterone hormone on the modulation of impulsive action.

 
9. Technological Innovation Enhances Operant Measures for Post-Stroke Pathologies
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
JARED T ARMSHAW (University of North Texas), April M. Becker (University of North Texas and University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Discussant: Mikhail Koffarnus (University of Kentucky College of Medicine)
Abstract: Approximately 800,000 strokes occur annually in the United States (U.S.), and about 80% of individuals experience hemiparesis of the contralateral upper limb. Therefore, there is a need for stoke models to both effectively and efficiently capture behavioral measures of hemiparesis in animals so that potential treatments can be evaluated. Our laboratory developed one such automated system based on the Cylinder Test, which evaluates laterality of paw usage in rearing rodents. Our approach captures forelimb paw counts, sequences, and durations using the onset and offset for each paw placement. The chamber collects data with touch screen walls and a series of cameras that captures each paw placement. The data is analyzed using an object identification algorithm. We have constructed this new apparatus and are currently evaluating its performance in a rodent stroke model. To evaluate the feasibility and utility of this approach, we will compare these new measures with the traditional Cylinder Test method in terms of both sensitivity and analysis efficiency. Apparatus design and preliminary validation data are presented.
 
10. Effects of Adolescent Methylmercury Exposure on Sustained Attention in a Visual Signal Detection Task
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
DALISA KENDRICKS (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Discussant: Mikhail Koffarnus (University of Kentucky College of Medicine)
Abstract: The contaminant, methylmercury (MeHg), disrupts reinforcement processes and dopamine-mediated behavior. Early developmental exposure has recently been associated with symptoms of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, especially with sustained attention in children and adolescents. Adolescence is a key period for dopamine development prior to adulthood with both inattention and short term remembering mediated, in part, by dopamine neurotransmission. In our experimental model, mice were exposed to 0, 0.3, or 3ppm MeHg in drinking water throughout rodent adolescence and trained in a hybrid visual signal detection/remembering task in adulthood. There were no MeHg-related deficits in sustained attention or short term remembering. Accuracy peaked for all animals at the training signal duration, confirming Sargisson and White’s memory model, and dropped off steadily at the shortest delay as the duration of the visual signal decreased affirming the role of the signal duration in attenuating attention to the visual signal. Previously-reported MeHg-related behavior deficits may not be linked to attention or remembering.
 
11. Adolescent Methylmercury Exposure Produces Differential Sensitivity to Novel Distraction
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
DALISA KENDRICKS (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Discussant: Mikhail Koffarnus (University of Kentucky College of Medicine)
Abstract: Methylmercury (MeHg), an environmental contaminant, alters both reinforcement processes and dopamine-mediated behavior. Impaired dopamine function during development is linked to attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, sustained attention, and short-term memory. We provoked MeHg-related alterations in our mouse model of sustained attention and remembering. Mice consumed 0, 0.3, or 3ppm MeHg in drinking water throughout adolescence and performed in a visual signal detection task in adulthood. Sustained attention and memory were probed with toy and light distractors. The toy disrupted behavior for all exposure groups similarly while the light distraction only disrupted the 0 and 0.3ppm groups, suggesting impaired behavioral plasticity in the 3 ppm group. Mice were re-tested under the visual distraction after 0.3 mg/kg d-amphetamine, injected i.p. Behavior for the 3ppm group was mildly improved by d-amphetamine. The differential sensitivity in the 3ppm group suggests disrupted dopamine neurotransmission following developmental MeHg exposure, supporting previous observations of behavioral rigidity following adolescent exposure to MeHg.
 
12. NMDA Antagonist Effects on Incremental Matching-to-Sample in Rats
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
CALISTA HOLT (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Genevieve Guidone (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Mikhail Koffarnus (University of Kentucky College of Medicine)
Abstract: N-methyl-D-Aspartate (NMDA) antagonists such as ketamine and phencyclidine have been shown to impair non-matching-to-sample odor span performance in rats. To broaden the understanding of these effects, the present study assed performance on an incrementing matching-to-sample task under the influence of NMDA antagonists memantine and dizocilpine. Six Sprague-Dawley were trained to make nose-poke responses to session-familiar odor stimuli to produce reinforcement on an FI 5-s schedule. No reinforcement was available for session-novel odors. Rats were also trained on a simple odor discrimination to control for drug effects not specific to within session remembering. When stability criteria were met, dose-response functions were determined for memantine and dizocilpine in counterbalanced order. Some evidence of selective impairment on the match-to-sample task was found for both memantine and dizocilpine, but in most cases dose-dependent impairment was non-selective (see Figure 1). These results have implication for understanding the NMDA hypothesis of schizophrenic deficits and the role of NMDA receptor activity in remembering.
 
13. Chlordiazepoxide Increases Risky Choice
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
DEVIN GALDIERI (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Mikhail Koffarnus (University of Kentucky College of Medicine)
Abstract: Risky choice is a category of maladaptive decision-making that can be conceptualized as choice for a larger, riskier reward over a smaller, certain reward that results in failure to maximize reinforcement. Risky choice can be measured using probability-discounting procedures. These procedures can provide multiple measures that illustrate how risky choice changes as a function of environmental influences. Pharmacological manipulations have been shown to influence risky choice in human and non-human animals in probability-discounting procedures. Benzodiazepines are a class of anxiolytic drugs that increase some forms risky choice in humans and non-human animals, but little is known about how benzodiazepines affect probability discounting. In the present study, eight male Sprague-Dawley rats were trained on a probability-discounting procedure and given acute doses of chlordiazepoxide (CDP) ranging from 1.0 mg/kg to 30.0 mg/kg. A dose-dependent increase in risky choice was observed (see panel A in the Figure), with higher doses suppressing responding entirely. CDP will also be administered chronically, and tolerance will be assessed by comparing acute and post-chronic dose-response functions. Effects of acute and chronic CDP exposure on percent larger-reinforce choice, indifference points, area-under-the curve, and win-stay ratios/lose-shift ratios will also be examined.
 
14. Effects of Acute and Chronic Nicotine Administration on Choice of Probabilistic Outcomes
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
KATYA NOLDER (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Mikhail Koffarnus (University of Kentucky College of Medicine)
Abstract: Risky decision-making is characteristic of substance abuse and multiple other behavioral disorders such as schizophrenia, pathological gambling, and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Compared to other neurotransmitter systems, there is less research investigating cholinergic effects on risky choice. Due to the regular use of nicotine products such as e-cigarettes, tobacco cigarettes, and smokeless tobacco, research on chronic nicotine administration is warranted and would then allow for assessment of tolerance or sensitization. The current project is focused on effects of acute and chronic nicotine administration on risky decision-making using eight Sprague-Dawley rats as subjects. Risky decision-making is measured through a probability-discounting task which involves discrete-trial choices between a small, certain reinforcer and a larger, uncertain reinforcer. The larger reinforcer is associated with varying probabilities of omission, and odds against larger-reinforcer delivery are manipulated across a session. Acute (subcutaneous) nicotine administration of 0.1, 0.3, and 1.0 mg/kg doses before daily experimental sessions is currently underway. Based on preliminary data, the highest dose of 1.0 mg/kg increases choice for the larger, uncertain reinforcer (see attached figure). Effects of both acute and chronic nicotine administrations will be presented.
 
15. Discriminative Stimulus Effects of Cannabidiol Oil
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
REBECCA CHALMÉ (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Mikhail Koffarnus (University of Kentucky College of Medicine)
Abstract: Cannabidiol (CBD) is a phytocannabinoid component of the Cannabis sativa plant. The evidence for CBD’s potential as an anxiety treatment is mixed, but CBD products like oils, lotions, and candies have become popular for their purported anxiolytic effects. The extent to which CBD could substitute for more traditional anxiety medications (e.g., benzodiazepines) is yet unknown. The current study was designed to evaluate whether commercially available CBD oil shares discriminative-stimulus properties with the benzodiazepine drug chlordiazepoxide (CDP), using a two-lever drug-discrimination procedure. Effects of a range of doses of CBD will be evaluated in eight Long-Evans rats trained to discriminate 5.6 mg/kg CDP (i.p.) from saline. In order to assess time-course effects, two tests will be conducted per session at 90 (Test One) and 120 (Test Two) minutes following oral administration of CBD. The training drug (CDP) has been tested for substitution (i.p.), and will be tested orally. It is anticipated with a high degree of confidence that some substitution of CBD for CDP will be observed, but that CBD will be less potent than CDP.
 
16. Oxycodone Differentially Affects the Impulsive Choice Dimensions of Reinforcer Magnitude and Delay in Rats
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
THOMAS WAGNER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jeremy Langford (West Virginia University), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Impulsive choice in animal models has been shown to increase with acute administration of opiate agonists. This effect has been hypothesized to involve hyposensitivity to reinforcement magnitude, hypersensitivity to reinforcement delay, or some combination of the two, such that subjects will choose a smaller, sooner over a larger, later reinforcer more frequently upon opiate agonist administration. The current study investigated effects of oxycodone on sensitivity to magnitude and delay in order to identify the relative contribution of each dimension to impulsive choice. Two groups of rats (n = 8) were tested in a concurrent-chains procedure. One group chose between a standard magnitude and one that varied within-session, such that it was either less than, equal to, or greater than the magnitude of the standard. Likewise, the other group chose between standard and variable delays. Subcutaneous injections of oxycodone led to dose-dependent decreases in sensitivity to both magnitude and delay, although the function for delay was flatter, and there was more variability relative to the function for magnitude. These preliminary findings indicate that hyposensitivity to magnitude may have a greater relative impact on impulsive choice compared to hypersensitivity to delay.
 
17. Oxycodone Impacts Sensitivity to Reinforcement Magnitude in Male and Female Rats: Implications for Impulsive/Risky Choice
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
JUSTIN T VAN HEUKELOM (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Thomas Wagner (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Isabelle R Rinkert (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jeremy Langford (West Virginia University), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Acute administration of opioid agonists has been shown to increase impulsive choice. Behavioral mechanisms of this effect may include an increased sensitivity to delay and/or a decreased sensitivity to reinforcement magnitude. Furthermore, there is current interest in characterizing differences in drug effects on impulsive and risky choice for males and females. The purpose of this study was to evaluate acute effects of the prescription opioid oxycodone on sensitivity to reinforcement magnitude in male and female rats. Rats chose between different reinforcer magnitudes in a within-session, concurrent-chains procedure in which the magnitude for one option varied across blocks of choice trials (i.e., 1, 3, and 6 dipper presentations of a sucrose solution), while the other option remained constant (i.e., 3 presentations). Baseline sensitivity to reinforcement magnitude tended to be higher in females (M=0.60; n=6) than in males (M=0.52; n=8). On average, oxycodone (0.3, 0.56, and 1.0 mg/kg) tends to decrease sensitivity to reinforcement magnitude in males and females. Based upon these findings, we tentatively conclude that male rats would be more likely to make an impulsive choice, and that oxycodone would likely induce impulsive choice in both male and female rats.
 
18. Oxycodone and Sensitivity to Reinforcement Delay in Male and Female Rats: Implications for Impulsive Choice
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
ISABELLE R RINKERT (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Thomas Wagner (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Justin T Van Heukelom (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jeremy Langford (West Virginia University), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Impulsive choice has been shown to increase as an effect of acute administration of opioid agonists. Increased sensitivity to reinforcement delay and/or a decreased sensitivity to reinforcement magnitude are potential behavioral mechanisms of this effect. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate acute effects of the prescription opioid oxycodone on sensitivity to reinforcement delay in male and female rats. In a concurrent-chains procedure, rats chose between different terminal-links in which the delays (3 s, 9 s, 27 s) for one option varied randomly across blocks within session while the delay for the other option remained constant (at 9 s). Reward magnitude was equivalent for both options. Baseline sensitivity for males and females was comparable (approximately 0.6). Intermediate doses of oxycodone either did not affect (0.3 mg/kg) or only slightly decreased (0.56 mg/kg) sensitivity to reinforcement delay. Effects of 0.56 mg/kg and of higher doses on sensitivity were accompanied by decreases in overall response rates. These data suggest the possibility that effects of opioids on impulsive choice may be related to other behavioral mechanisms (e.g., reinforcement magnitude).
 
19. RY-023 but Not D-Cycloserine Facilitates the Elimination of Alcohol-Maintained Behavior and Prevents Its Resurgence in Rats
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
JEMMA E. COOK (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Daniela Rüedi-Bettschen (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Donna Platt (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Discussant: Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Resurgence may be a mechanism of relapse for those diagnosed with alcohol-use disorder (AUD) following successful treatment. D-cycloserine (DCS), a partial NDMA agonist, and RY-023, an α5GABAA receptor subtype inverse agonist, were evaluated as potential adjunctive pharmacotherapies in a rodent resurgence model of alcohol self-administration. In Phase 1, the lever-pressing of 12 rats was maintained by alcohol on a fixed-ratio schedule. In Phase 2, rats received either saline or DCS (15 or 30 mg/kg, i.p.) presession. In Phase 2 sessions, alcohol delivery ceased and sweetened condensed milk was delivered on a differential-reinforcement-of-other-behavior (DRO) schedule. In Phase 3A, presession doses continued but the DRO schedule was eliminated. In Phase 3B, all rats received only presession saline. Rats were then returned to Phase 1. A second experiment was conducted in the same manner evaluating the effects of presession RY-023 (1.0 mg/kg, i.p.). So far, RY-023 but not DCS was effective in facilitating the elimination of alcohol-maintained behavior and blocking its resurgence after alternative reinforcement ceased, but the subsequent removal of RY-023 may set the occasion for resurgence. α5GABAA receptor subtype inverse agonists may be potentially effective adjunctive pharmacotherapies in treating and preventing relapse in people with AUD.
 
20. A Nonhuman Primate Model of Resurgence of Alcohol-Maintained Behavior and the Effects of Naltrexone
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
JEMMA E. COOK (University of Mississippi Medical Center), John Overton (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Donna Platt (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Discussant: Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Resurgence may be a mechanism of relapse for those diagnosed with alcohol-use disorder (AUD) following successful treatment. Naltrexone is a µ-opioid antagonist effective in treating AUD, but single-nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in the genes that code for the µ-opioid receptor may influence its effectiveness. A nonhuman primate (NHP) resurgence model was developed to 1.) Demonstrate the feasibility of using NHPs in the study of the resurgence of alcohol-maintained behavior, 2.) Evaluate the effects of naltrexone on the elimination and resurgence of alcohol-maintained behavior in NHPs, and 3.) Evaluate the influence of SNPs in the µ-opioid receptor on these effects of naltrexone. In Phase 1, the lever-pressing of NHPs (rhesus macaques) was maintained by alcohol on a fixed-ratio schedule. In Phase 2, NHPs received either saline or naltrexone (0.03 or 0.10 mg/kg, i.m.) presession. In Phase 2 sessions, alcohol delivery ceased and food pellets were delivered on a differential-reinforcement-of-other-behavior (DRO) schedule. In Phase 3, presession doses continued but the DRO schedule was eliminated. So far, resurgence of alcohol-maintained behavior was repeatedly demonstrated in NHPs and this was reduced by naltrexone. NHPs are useful in evaluating potential pharmacotherapies and genetic factors relevant in the treatment and resurgence of alcohol-maintained behavior.
 
21. Uncertainty as a Factor Contributing to Drug vs. Non-Drug Choice
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Kandace Farmer (University of Mississippi Medical Center), James K. Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Kevin B. Freeman (University of Mississippi Medical Center), SALLY L. HUSKINSON (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Discussant: Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Relative to non-drug reinforcers, illicit drugs may be more uncertain in terms of their availability, quality, and time and effort to obtain, and this may be an important component of drug taking that occurs at the expense of engaging in nondrug-related activities. We have shown that variable cocaine is chosen over fixed cocaine. However, drug vs. nondrug choice is more translational. Adult male and female rhesus monkeys chose between cocaine (0.01-0.1 mg/kg/injection) and food (4 pellets/delivery). In control conditions, both schedules were predictable, fixed ratios (FR). In variable cocaine or food conditions, the schedule on the cocaine or food lever was a mixed ratio (MR), respectively, while the other lever remained fixed. Thus far, at relatively large requirements, cocaine choice is greater under an MR than under an FR, resulting in a leftward shift in the cocaine dose-response function. With food, results have been somewhat mixed. On average, cocaine choice is reduced when food is available under an MR, and average cocaine dose-response functions are shifted to the right. Our findings suggest that variable cost could contribute to excessive allocation of behavior toward procuring drugs at the expense of more predictable, nondrug alternatives. In addition, variable nondrug availability may more effectively compete with cocaine compared with fixed nondrug availability, perhaps having implications for contingency management.

 
22. Procrastination, Impulsiveness, Discounting and the Brain: Development of a Methodology to Enable Multi-Level Investigation of Behavioural Phenomena
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Sally Youdale (Southern Cross University), STEPHEN PROVOST (Southern Cross University)
Discussant: Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Wu et al. (2016) described an intertemporal choice (delay discounting) task employed to investigate the relation between procrastination, impulsivity, and brain activity. The current study was designed to provide a replication of Wu et al.’s experiment, to investigate the relation between performance in this task and other measures of impulsivity, and to extend this investigation to probability discounting. Forty university students completed the Irrational Procrastination Scale, Barratt’s Impulsiveness Scale, the delay discounting task, and a probability discounting task modelled closely on this. Electro-encephalographic recordings were made during the course of the discounting tasks, and event related potentials (ERPs) were extracted. Procrastination correlated positively with impulsiveness and negatively with the effect of delayed reward magnitude. No other correlations were found between procrastination, impulsivity, and delay or probability discounting. There were no differences in the ERPs recorded during delay and probability discounting tasks, and level of procrastination was not correlated with the amplitude of relevant components of the ERPs (P2 and P3). Although the intertemporal choice task employed here appears to hold promise for the examination of behaviour-brain relations, its implementation across different cultural and economic environments may present some difficulties for comparison of outcomes.

 
23. Discussion of the Behavioral Components of a Comprehensive Popular Psychology Philosophy
Area: BPN; Domain: Service Delivery
MATTHEW GROSS (Shippensburg University), Richard Cook (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey)
Discussant: Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: For many people, popular psychologists are their main or only exposure to the principles of psychology. Sadly many popular psychologists are far more popular than they are impactful psychologists. Popular psychology books rarely include references to the to the literature. A departure from this trend is noted in the works of Canadian psychologist Jordan Peterson. Peterson's general philosophy emphasizes individual behavior change and accountability and is heavily grounded in principles of behavior and neuroscience. This presentation reviews the behavioral principles that are at the heart of the points of his framework for self-improvement, allowing the discriminate reader the opportunity to better judge for him or her self the degree to which the psychologist's advice would be applicable to the modification of the targeted behaviors of interest to them. When applicable, the presentation notes the connection of the neuroscience, the "behaviors" occurring in the neurons and synapses of the neural pathways of the brain that "guide" the manifested overt and private behaviors, to the emission or inhibition of those behaviors. This translation of neuroscience through behavior emission or inhibition, through to the impact on the situation of the behavior affords the clinician a more robust toolbox with which to manage targeted behaviors. The 12 points of the Peterson "Rules for Life" when deconstructed to behavior and sometimes neurophysiological compnents, indeed demonstrate consistency with principals of behavior commonly, and not so commonly, employed by behavior analysts, and can be a helpful resource in designing a program of behavior modification, as well as a good read for the helping the patient attempting to better understand and effect behavior change. Often, as with any psychological therapy, characteristics of the therapist and setting can be a component of the impact of effective behavior change, and/or obfuscate the actual balderdash that comprises the (often glitzy and finacially lucrative) "show." Critical review of the degree of consistency of a popular psychology philosophy with the principles of behavior and neuroscience gives the clinician, or any reader, a more objective basis by which to evaluate it.
 
24. Why Do I Need to Take Physics (or Biology or Math)? So You Can Learn Behavioral Tools and Fix Complext Issues Others Can't!
Area: BPN; Domain: Service Delivery
RICHARD COOK (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey)
Discussant: Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

When faced with solving a complex, novel problem, understanding how the process works and being able to emit the skill of deconstructing it into components that can be adjusted allows one to solve such problems that others lacking such insight are not able to do. (Think of the person in the group who happens to know the basics of how some car systems work when yours wont start, or knows the basics of a computer app and answers your question, or how to figure out how many devices can be safely hooked up on one outlet. If you are old enough, think of "Maguiver." ) Many of the fundemental behavioral concepts and terms were derived from the natural sciences of biology, chemistry, physics, and mathematics. (Think "reinFORCEment, behavioral MOMENTUM). Think about resistance at synapses in a neural network. Understanding them in the context of their native disciplines affords those attempting to understand and adjust behavior a more complete tool box. The same natural science roots from which applied behavior analysis evolved have also lead to the disciplne of neuroscience, which is exponentially unlocking the "mysteries" of how the principles of behavior are manifest in the workings inside the brain which until recently, we could not observe directly, just as predicted by Skinner himself. Clinicians, and bench researchers, in "non psychology" disciplines such as radiology, biochemistry, neurology, and economics among others understanding snd applying neuroscience are already today solving complex, and basic, behavioral issues in recovery from addiction, developmental delay, stroke rehabilitaion, language aquisition, cognitive imparment and other areas in which the applied behavior analyst has, and still can, and shoud have an active participatory role, to the extent that the behavior analyst can understand and apply some of the old natural science concepts and their new neuroscience applications. Take the basic physics and biology courses. Classes teaching the fundemental natural science principles give those attempting solve issues in behavior additional tools with which to deconstuct the situation into components which can be adjusted to solve them. They can be the fodder for that "Ah hal!" moment, that epiphany! They can let those who understand the principles be the clinician who "fixes it," who sees the basic issue, can perform the needed adjustment, and makes that part of life a little bit better for the patient.

 
 
 
Poster Session #88
EAB Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 23, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts)
25. Evaluation of the Accuracy, Reliability, and Efficiency of Total Duration to Score Novel Object Interactions With Mice
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ABIGAIL LEIGH MARTINEZ (University of Alaska Anchorage), Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage), Paige Dingess (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Discussant: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts)
Abstract:

Novel object recognition (NOR) tasks are commonly used with rodents to assess aspects of learning and memory, and these tasks involve measuring the cumulative amount of time a rodent interacts with two presented objects. Many researchers use digital timers to score the total duration of interactions from recorded videos, but such an approach requires an assessment of reliability to determine the accuracy with which these data are collected, and reliability scores have rarely been reported. In the current study, we evaluated the accuracy, reliability, and efficiency of total duration when used by five human observers to score object interactions using a repeated-measures design. During each session, participants watched a recorded NOR task and scored the cumulative amount of time a rodent interacted with two objects using two digital timers. We compared the exact number of seconds scored to criterion records and measured the total duration of scoring time to determine the participants’ accuracy and efficiency, respectively. Interobserver agreement was also calculated across all permutations of participants. Results supported the efficiency of total duration measures, but total duration measures produced low accuracy (M = 60%, range, 6%-100%) and reliability (M = 38%; range, 11%-82%) scores across participants.

 
26. Active Language Modes use as a Learning Strategy
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
AGUSTIN DANIEL GOMEZ FUENTES (Universidad Veracruzana), Esteban Aguilar (Universidad Veracruzana Mexico), Minerva Perez Juarez (University of Veracruz, Mexico)
Discussant: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts)
Abstract:

The episodes that in ordinary language practices are identified as "comprehension" constitute functional contacts in which the person uses psychological reactive systems of a linguistic type, such as observing, listening or reading, and afterward acts in functional correspondence with what he has observed, listened or read. When these types of episodes are part of an educational practice, they are called habilitation. The analysis of the didactic discourse in its textual modality is related to what is traditionally known as “learning strategies” for reading comprehension. The purpose of this study was to identify the differential effect on learning that could be exerted by the use and variation of active linguistic modes such as student performance against textual study material. Eight randomly selected university students participated in fourth pairs. A design between subjects with three phases was used: pre-test, intervention and post-test. The results suggest that the active speaking mode acquires functional relevance when it constitutes a complex response pattern that includes the production of an educational discourse from contact with the text.

 
27. Self-Recording of Productivity: How Intermittent and Summative Measures Affect Reactivity
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH DILLON (Full Spectrum Behavior Analysis; University of Virginia)
Discussant: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts)
Abstract: Researchers examined the effects of self-recording on student academic performance and behavior. Self-recording is a self-management procedure that capitalizes on reactivity to modify performance. Scores of studies show that self-recording affects behaviors across settings and contexts. This study compared the effects of two separate self-recording procedures, intermittent and summative self-recording, on individuals’ productivity. The current study employed a multiple-baseline, alternating treatment design, developed to isolate the effects of student self-recording within a controlled setting. Through analysis of the data, researchers concluded that the addition of the self-recording procedure had a positive effect on rate of responding. Additionally, the results show that summative self-recording may have a larger effect on productivity than intermittent recording.
 
28. Data Interpretation Using the RD Effect Size Compared With a Non-Overlap Measure and Visual Analysis
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MACK S. COSTELLO (Rider University), Michael T. Carlin (Rider University), Raymond Bagley II (Rider University), Laura Fernández (Rider University), Neil Deochand (University of Cincinnati)
Discussant: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts)
Abstract:

Effective quantification of behavioral data has been a goal of behavior analysts for decades. Carlin and Costello (2018) proposed a statistical effect size (RD) for single case designs that is similar to effect sizes used in between group research. The purpose of this study was to determine the extent to which RD’s proposed critical value (1.2) agrees with visual analysis from experts regarding a pairwise comparison. Visual analysis is the primary method of analysis in SCEDs, and quantitative analysis is a useful complement. Similar studies have been undertaken with overlap measures and found useful information regarding the limits of such measures.

 
29. Treatment of Chronic Hand Mouthing
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
ELVIN ALVAREZ (ALOS Integrated Therapy, Inc.), Juan Sastoque (ABA Peace of Mind, Inc)
Discussant: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts)
Abstract: Hand Mouthing (HM) behavior is especially present in individuals who lack discrimination skills. Single Stimulus Engagement (SSE) preference assessments have been used to identify preferred items by recording duration of engagement. However, the research has not evaluated two dependent variables simultaneously, the behavior targeted for increase, Item Engagement (IE), and the behavior targeted to decrease, HM. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate a progression of treatments that, when presented systematically, demonstrate a functional relation with reduction of HM behavior. A Single Stimulus Engagement (SSE) preference assessment was conducted as a pre-experimental procedure prior to the implementation of the Item Engagement (I.E.) and Differential Reinforcement of Other behavior (DRO) interventions. The findings suggest that the SSE preference assessment is efficient at identifying preferred items for individuals that lack discrimination skills. However, the SSE alone did not show a functional relation with the reduction of duration of HM. The duration of HM was similar to the baseline levels when the IE condition was in effect. A DRO contingency was introduced and systematically evaluated obtaining social significantly low levels of HM.
 
30. Function-Based Teacher Support
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTIN ROBERTSON (University of Arizona), Carl Liaupsin (University of Arizona)
Discussant: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts)
Abstract: This preliminary study investigated adjusting function-based intervention practices using a Function-Based Teacher Support Plan (Liaupsin, 2015) to improve teacher treatment integrity (TI). The participants were a general education teacher and an elementary-age student receiving special education services for an emotional disturbance (ED) who engaged in chronic disruptive off-task behavior. An A-B-C-B-C reversal design was used to determine whether there was a functional relationship between the function-based support plan (independent variable) and teacher TI (dependent variable). The student participant’s on-task behavior was also collected to determine whether there was a functional relationship between TI and his behavior. During the A condition, student on-task behavior was collected prior to implementing any intervention components. During the B conditions, a FBIP was implemented with the addition of teacher preference information from the Pre-Intervention Development Survey (Liaupsin, 2015). During the C conditions, a FBIP was implemented with additional adaptations derived from information collected using the Post-Intervention Development Survey (Liaupsin, 2015). Results demonstrated adding a function-based teacher support plan to the FBIP resulted in higher levels of treatment integrity and improved student behavior outcomes. Implications, limitations, and future directions for research are discussed.
 
31. Use of a Card-Sorting Task to Teach Prompting Levels for Three Types of Discrete Trial Teaching Sessions
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption College), David A Eckerman (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill), Roger D. Ray ((AI)2, Inc. / Rollins College), Taylor O'Rourke (Assumption College)
Discussant: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts)
Abstract:

In special education settings, prompts are often used in discrete trial (DT) programs. The efficacy of a card-sorting procedure to teach prompt definitions for 3 DT programs (receptive labeling, social questions, and motor imitation) was tested. Stimuli were cards with correct and incorrect definitions and graphics of prompts from the DT programs. Examples included more and less restrictive examples of gestural, vocal, and motor prompts for both initial trials and correction trials. In a pretest, undergraduate participants sorted cards from all programs based on examples of correct versus incorrect definitions for both trial types. Then, they studied a handout containing correct definitions from one program, followed by repeated card sorts for that program to 90% accuracy. A posttest with all the cards, training on second program, and a final posttest followed. Figure 1 depicts results from 8 participants, including 4 who did not complete the entire sequence. The number of training/sort cycles to reach criterion ranged from 1–6. Generalization to untrained programs in the posttest was variable, but suggests positive transfer. Although this procedure may effectively teach prompt definitions, refinements are needed to reduce training time and increase posttest accuracy. Maintenance of learning over time should also be assessed.

 
32. Instructional Control Derived from Equivalence Between English Spoken Sentences and Videotaped Actions in Brazilian-Portuguese Speaking Children
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
PAULA CUEVAS LÓPEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara, CEIC), Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Lidia Maria Marson Postalli (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Gerardo A Ortiz Rueda Rueda (Universidad de Guadalajara-Mexico)
Discussant: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts)
Abstract:

Understanding and following verbal commands or instructions is an important and adaptive behavioral function. Comprehension is related to the ability to arbitrarily group stimuli in classes, a prominent feature of symbolic behavior. The stimulus equivalence paradigm, as a model of symbolic behavior, may explain the origins of the comprehension of instructions. The present research aimed to evaluate whether vocal English instructions (verb and object) included as members of a class of equivalent stimuli acquire the same meaning as the other stimuli in the class (videos and abstract pictures), and whether participants would follow instructions using the same sentences and recombined sentences. The procedure, conducted with three children, included: 1) teaching conditional discriminations between dictated English phrases and actions filmed on videotape; and teaching conditional discriminations between spoken sentences and abstract pictures, 2) probing for class formation, and 3) testing for instructional control. All children comprehended the English phrases, relating, through equivalence, the actions and abstract pictures. Two children followed the spoken instructions, but none did so for the abstract pictures and neither followed new instructions (spoken or pictorial). Results replicated previous findings indicating that class formation could promote instruction-following behavior, but that recombinative performances may depend on other teaching conditions.

 
33. Overtraining Effects on Responding Speed in Formation and Reorganization of Equivalence Classes
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
GIOVAN WILLIAN RIBEIRO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Discussant: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts)
Abstract: Equivalence classes can be modified by reversing the conditional discriminations that established them. We aimed to test whether the overtraining of baseline (before tests of class formation) or of reversed relations influences the reorganization of classes. We used the speed of choice responding as a measure of the degree of relatedness between stimuli. 19 college students divided in two groups learned the conditional discriminations AB (A1B1, A2B2, A3B3), AC (A1C1, A2C2, A3C3), and AD (A1D2, A2D2, A3D3). Formation Overtraining Group (FOt) overtrained these conditional discriminations. For both groups, equivalence tests involving the relations between B, C and D attested the formation of three classes: A1B1C1D1, A2B2C2D2, and A3B3C3D3. Following the tests, contingencies for the AD conditional discriminations were reversed (A1D2, A2D3, A3D1). Reorganization Overtraining Group (ROt) overtrained the reversed AD along with baseline AB and AC. A reorganization test verified, for both groups, the emergence of three new classes: A1B1C1D2, A2B2C2D3, A3B3C3D1. An ANOVA showed that ROt Group responded significantly faster than FOt Group on the first block of the reorganization tests. Differences were not significant when the speed was compared on the equivalence tests. These results suggest that overtraining reversed conditional discriminations enhances the classes' reorganization.
 
34. The Formation of Stimulus Equivalence Concepts Through Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
HANNA STEINUNN STEINGRIMSDOTTIR (Oslo Metropolitan University), Felix Hognason (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Thomas P. Byrne (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts)
Abstract:

Experiments have shown that equivalence-based instructions may be used to teach academic skills. Fienup et al. (2010) exposed university students to 16 conditional discriminations with stimuli showing different areas of the brain, its function and the effect a damage to the respective area would have. Then, they tested for emergence of four 5-member stimulus classes. Training of the baseline relations took only about 15 minutes and all participants formed the experimenter-defined classes. Current study replicates the procedure by Fienup et al. Furthermore, two sets of stimuli were used to study the effect of the complexity of the stimuli on class formation. The results from the first 10 participants showed rapid acquisition of the baseline conditional discrimination with seven participants responding in accordance with equivalence. The preliminary results showed minimal effect of the different stimulus sets on stimulus equivalence class formation.

 
35. The Nodal Number Effect Produced by Different Matching-to-Sample Protocols, Measured by Sorting Tests, and Post-Class Equivalence Tests
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
NIKOLA LJUSIC (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract:

The nodal distance hypothesis suggests that responding in accordance with emergent conditional discrimination decreases as a function of an increasing nodal number. This present study investigated (a) the nodal number effect as a function of a simultaneous matching-to-sample (MTS) protocol or a simple-to-complex protocol, (b) the concordance of the nodal number effect during MTS tests and responses in accordance with nodal structure during a sorting test, and (c) the concordance of the nodal number effect during a post-class equivalence test and responses during sorting tests. Twenty participants were exposed for an MTS procedure to establish 3-class 5-member stimulus equivalence classes. Ten participants were assigned to an MTS simultaneous protocol, a sorting test, a post-class equivalence test, and a second sorting test. Ten other participants were assigned to an MTS simple-to-complex protocol, a sorting test, a post-class equivalence test, and a second sorting test. The results show that more individuals which were exposed for the simple-to-complex protocol produced the nodal number effect. However, the results show a greater nodal number effect for participants which were exposed for the simultaneous condition, when that the sum of participants responding which were exposed for the same sequence of conditions was measured.

 
36. Compound Class-Specific Consequences and Equivalence-Class Formation: Does the Composition of the Compound Matter?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RICHELLE ELIZABETH HURTADO (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract: Instructive feedback (IF) (e.g., Werts, Wolery, Holcombe, & Gast, 1995) and stimulus equivalence (e.g., Sidman, 2000) share the goal of increasing instructional efficiency. From an equivalence perspective, the IF procedure might be viewed as arranging a compound consequence, consisting of a common element (e.g., praise for correct responses to the primary target) and a class-specific element (e.g., the secondary target). This study examined how presenting a compound consequence with one common element and one class-specific element affects equivalence-class formation. Three conditions compared A and B simple-discrimination training with an entirely class-specific compound consequence (i.e., A/B1→R1r1, A/B2→R2r2, and A/B3→R3r3); A and B discrimination training with mixed compound consequences; (i.e., A/B4→R0r4, A/B5→R0r5, and A/B6→R0r6); and A and B discrimination training with a common compound consequence for all discriminations (i.e., A/B7→R0R0, A/B8→R0R0, and A/B9→R0R0). Conditional discrimination probe sessions measured emergent relations between A, B, R, and r stimuli. In recent results, two of three children who began training with the mixed consequences did not demonstrate equivalence relations between A, B, R, and r stimuli, while three children in the first condition and none in the third condition demonstrated these relations.
 
38. Discrimination Training Establishing Neutral Stimuli as Conditioned Reinforcers
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MAKENZIE HOUGH (The New England Center for Children), Joshua Jackson (Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract: In applied settings, conditioned reinforcers (e.g., tokens, praise, etc.) are commonly used for skill acquisition and problem behavior reduction (Dozier et al., 2012). Although several applied studies have analyzed the effects of conditioned reinforcers on behavior, there is a paucity of research on the processes by which they are established. The purpose of the present study is to assess the effect of discrimination training on the establishment of conditioned reinforcers. Discrimination training for the present study consisted of procedures adapted from those by Holth et al. (2009) which were found to be effective in establishing social stimuli (e.g. head nods) as conditioned reinforcers for five of seven participants in their study. Preliminary results show these methods were effective in establishing reinforcing functions in neutral stimuli for two individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. Results show that during the initial conditioned reinforcement assessment, there was a lack of discrimination between the conditions and following the discrimination training procedure described by Holth et al. (2009) there was differentiation in responding across conditions (e.g. brief, continuous, and tandem). Interobserver agreement was collected for a minimum of 30% of sessions with 96% agreement.
 
39. An Evaluation of the Consistency and Accuracy of Children Preferences for and Reinforcing Efficacy of Different Types of Attention Across Different Adults
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Julie Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Dorothy Zhang (The Chicago School), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), TIVA PIERCE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract:

Attention has been used as a sort-of “catch-all” term often in behavior-analytic research to describe social interactions between two individuals (Allen, Hart, Buell, Harris & Wolf, 1964; Barton, 1981; DiCarlo & Reid, 2004; Duffy & Nietupski, 1985; Gable & Shores, 1980; McLaughlin, 1982; Poulson, 1983; Rheingold, 1956; Schutte & Hopkins, 1970; Thomas et al, 1968). When authors write about “attention,” they may be referencing vocal-verbal interactions (e.g., praise, conversations, reprimands), physical contact between two individuals (e.g., hugs, pats on the back), or even changes in facial expressions (e.g., smiles, winks, frowns). There has been much previous research demonstrating the reinforcing effects of attention for increasing desirable behavior (e.g., Gable & Shores, 1980; McLaughlin, 1982), as well as undesirable behavior (e.g., Fisher, Ninness, Piazza, Owen-DeSchryver, 1996; Kodak, Northup, & Kelly, 2007; Lovaas & Simmons, 1969; Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1982/1994) in many populations across settings. Previous researchers have also demonstrated that different topographies of attention (i.e., eye contact, praise, physical, conversation, and reprimands) affect an individual's responding differentially (e.g., Fisher et al., 1996; Kodak et al., 2007), and some types of attention (i.e., praise, physical attention, and conversation) are more preferred and/or reinforcing than other types of attention (e.g., Clay, Samaha, Bloom, Bogoev, & Boyle, 2013; Harper, 2014; Nuernberger, Smith, Czapar, and Klatt, 2012). However, in the current literature, the therapist or researcher has remained constant, and it is possible that the different ways in which attention is delivered may affect preference hierarchies and reinforcing efficacies. Therefore, the purpose of the current study is to determine if different types of attention are consistently preferred across different adults and if those preferences are consistent with the reinforcing efficacies both within and across adults.

 
40. An Evaluation of Within-Session Motivation Effects on the Value of Choice in Children
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Julie Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), TIVA PIERCE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract:

The ability to make choices between various items throughout a session may allow children to access items based on moment-to-moment – or trial-to-trial – changes in motivating operations (MO), particularly when edible reinforcers are being used. Changes in MOs have been shown to affect the amount of responding allocated to reinforcer (Vollmer & Iwata, 1991); therefore, preferences for choice opportunities may be the result of participants accessing reinforcers based on momentary fluctuations in preference (i.e., momentary fluctuations in satiation and deprivation; Ackerlund Brandt et al., 2015). Therefore, it is possible that choice may be less preferred in situations in which immediate access to reinforcers is not available (e.g., token economies) and therefore, changes in MOs based on satiation and deprivation would be less likely to occur. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to evaluate whether children’s preference for choice-making opportunities would be affected by the immediate provision of edible reinforcers vs. token reinforcers during a session.

 
41. Behavioral Sensitivity to Reinforcer Amount in Zebrafish (Danio rerio) Under Operant Choice Paradigm
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KAZUCHIKA MANABE (Nihon University)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract:

In order to examine flexible decision making, operant manipulations of reinforcer amount, delay, and probability have been used for animals such as rodents. Zebrafish are becoming a popular vertebrate animal model for many biomedical and behavioral investigations. However, equivalent procedures have not been developed for zebrafish. We have developed a procedure capable of measuring behavioral sensitivity to reinforcer amount in adult zebrafish, based on an appetitive automated Go / No-Go task. The test session consisted of 16 forced-choice trials and 16 free-choice trials. In the forced-choice trials, a trial was initiated when fish passed through an observing gate and only one of two choice windows was illuminated. If fish entered through the illuminated window, either a large or small amount of reinforcer was presented based on the assignment; otherwise timeout was implemented. In free-choice trials, both windows were illuminated, and entering the first side of the windows was reinforced by either a large or small amount of reinforcer assigned to the window. Choice rate to a window increased when the reinforcer amount increased (p < .04). The present result indicates that zebrafish are sensitive to reinforcer amount.

 
42. Anxiety, Impulsivity, and Intolerance of Uncertainty
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MICHAEL FENSKEN (The College at Brockport, State University of New York), Lori-Ann B. Forzano (The College at Brockport, State University of New York), Geoff Becker (The College at Brockport, State University of New York), Cara Bakalik (The College at Brockport, State University of New York)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract:

Anxiety disorders represent the most frequently diagnosed mental health problem among American college students. Impulsivity has been linked with an anxiety as a potential risk factor. Impulsivity is defined as choosing smaller, sooner rewards, over larger, later rewards and is commonly measured with delay discounting tasks. It has been suggested that the delay discounting e?ect, i.e., the tendency to value less delayed rewards, in anxious individuals is driven by their intolerance of uncertainty. Intolerance of uncertainty (IU) is defined as how acceptable uncertain situations are. In the current study, it is hypothesized that those with higher levels of anxiety will exhibit more delay discounting and higher intolerance of uncertainty than those with lower levels of anxiety. Preliminary analyses of 29 participants currently reveals no significant relationships between anxiety, intolerance of uncertainty and impulsivity measures (i.e.. computerized delay discounting and impulsivity tasks). Data collection is ongoing. This study will increase our understanding of anxiety which could lead to an improvement in the treatment and prevention of anxiety.

 
43. Marijuana, Cigarette, and E-Cigarette Use and Delay Discounting in College Students
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MICHAEL FENSKEN (The College at Brockport, State University of New York), Sarah Hoefer (The College at Brockport, State University of New York), Lori-Ann B. Forzano (The College at Brockport, State University of New York)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract: Substance use is a dangerous public health issue. Impulsivity is implicated in substance use. Impulsivity has been defined as choosing smaller, less delayed reinforcers over larger, more delayed reinforcers, and is commonly measured with delay discounting tasks. Marijuana is one of the only major drugs that researchers have been unable to find a consistent link between use and increased discounting. This discrepancy from other drugs may be due to the large reinforcer amounts previously used in delay discounting tasks, that do not reflect realistic consumable amounts of the less expensive drug, marijuana. Hence, the current investigation of whether substance use, i.e., marijuana, cigarette, and e-cigarette use, was associated with delay discounting, was conducted with lower amount values. The 51 college students completed computerized delay discounting tasks for small amounts of hypothetical food and money, and comparisons were made between self-reported lifetime users and nonusers of marijuana, cigarettes, and e-cigarettes. The lifetime user groups were also sub-divided based on the amount of times the substance was used within the past 30 days. The study found significant relationships between delay discounting and past 30-day marijuana use and e-cigarette lifetime use. Implications for risk of substance abuse and substance use treatment are considered.
 
44. Intermittent Reinforcement of Reversion Responses in Delay Discounting and Delay of Gratification Procedures
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RAUL AVILA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Violeta Olguin (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University)
Abstract:

The effects of varying the probability of reinforcement of reversion responses on choices in a delay-discounting and in a delay-of-gratification procedures were assessed. Reversion responses were defined as the first response to the smaller immediate reinforcer during the delay period to obtain the larger later one. Both procedures consisted of series of choices between the delivery of a relatively large amount of water after a delay or a smaller amount of water delivered immediately; the delay of delivery of the larger reinforcer varied between 0 and 32 s. In Experi-ment 1, five rats were exposed to each of the procedures in three blocks of 25 ses-sions each. In Experiment 2, ten rats were exposed to six consecutive experimental conditions, in which the probability of reinforcement of a reversion response varied from 0.00 to 1.00. In all delays tested, the proportion of reversion responses decreased as the probability of reinforcement of these responses increased. This finding suggests that delay-discounting and delay-of-gratification procedures are part of a continuum of the probability of reinforcement of reversion responses.

 
45. Self-Control, Impulsiveness, and Delay Discounting in Elementary School Children
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MICHIKO SORAMA (Kyoto Notre Dame University), Masato Ito (Osaka City University), Daisuke Saeki (Osaka City University)
Discussant: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

The present study investigated the self-control and impulsiveness in elementary school children with the delay discounting and self-control tasks. In the delay discounting task, children were presented with a series of choices between an immediate smaller reward and a delayed larger reward in a booklet. The immediate smaller reward was consistently “200 yen now”. The delay time to the larger reward was different ranging from 30 minutes to one year in each question, but the amount of reward was consistently “500 yen”. In the self-control task, each participant was presented with a comic illustrating a parent and child’ conversation regarding children’s self-control in daily life. Participants were presented with a choice between one toy now and two toys ten months later. Choosing the one toy now is regarded as impulsiveness, whereas choosing the two toys later is regarded as self-control. Preliminary analysis of 647 children, ages 6-12 years, suggests that children’s impulsiveness in the delay discounting task decreased as a function of age. In the self-control task children’s impulsiveness decreased from 6 to 7 years-old, but increased from 7 to 12 years-old. The relationship between children's choice and their teachers’ ratings will be also discussed.

 
46. Resurgence of a Vigilance Response in Humans
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KATYA QUIÑONES-OROZCO (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

A recurring issue in the literature on resurgence of operant responding in humans is lack of sensitivity to reinforcement contingencies and extinction. In the 1950s, Holland demonstrated that vigilance tasks could be useful to show systematic effects of reinforcement schedules on human operant responding. Participants pressed a button to observe the state of a pointer on a dial (vigilance response). The pointer deflected on a variable interval (VI) schedule and served as reinforcement for the vigilance response. When a deflection was detected, pressing another button produced points exchangeable for money. In the present experiment, Holland’s procedure was used in a resurgence three-phase procedure using a console with four buttons. During Phase 1, presses on a target vigilance button were reinforced. During Phase 2, presses on an alternative vigilance button were reinforced and presses on the target button were extinguished. In Phase 3, presses on both buttons were extinguished. During all phases presses on a control button showed the state of the pointer but were not reinforced. Resurgence of the target-vigilance response was observed in the four participants. Additionally, responses apparently induced by responding on the target button were observed on the control button only during the resurgence phase.

 
47. Differences in resurgence between previously reinforced behavior and previously reinforced and extinguished behavior
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SARAH SUMNER (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: The term “resurgence” generally refers to the reappearance of certain behaviors during extinction. Different definitions describe these behaviors as previously reinforced, previously extinguished, or simply previously learned (see Catania, 1998; Epstein, 1984; and Lieving & Lattal, 2003). At first glance, these definitions seem the same. And, researchers have not given much thought to the differences between them. However, these definitions could refer to different initial teaching procedures, and these differences may produce different results during extinction. The present study used the Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab (PORTL) to examine how differences in the initial teaching procedure affected the behavior of college students during extinction. In the first condition, participants learned four behaviors. Each behavior was extinguished before the next behavior was taught. When all four behaviors were put on extinction, they resurged in the reverse order from how they were taught. A second condition followed the same procedure as the first with one difference. Each behavior was not extinguished before the next behavior was taught. When these four behaviors were put on extinction, they resurged in the order they were learned. These results indicate that the initial training procedure can influence the order in which behaviors appear during extinction.
 
48. Effects of Differential Reinforcer Magnitude of an Alternative Response on the Resurgence of Academic Responding
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY L. BAXTER (Syracuse University), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University), Taysha Cerisier (Syracuse University), Samantha Sallade (Syracuse University), Joshua Circe (Syracuse University)
Discussant: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Several studies have looked at ways to mitigate resurgence of a target behavior by manipulating dimensions of reinforcement for an alternative behavior. To date, only one study has examined differences in resurgence following different magnitudes of reinforcement for the alternative behavior, and only one study has addressed resurgence in an academic setting. The current study evaluated resurgence of a target academic response when all responses were placed on extinction subsequent to a phase of high- or low-magnitude reinforcement for an alternative response. Four neuro-typical fourth-grade students participated and their rate of problem completion was measured across sessions. In Phase 1, students were reinforced for completing addition problems. In Phase 2, students were reinforced for completing subtraction problems, but not addition problems. Finally in Phase 3A/3B, reinforcement was not provided for any response (i.e., extinction). In Phase 3A, extinction was not signaled and resurgence was only observed in 3 of the 4 students. In Phase 3B, extinction was signaled and resurgence of the target response occurred for all four participants, with variable levels across the high- and low-magnitude conditions. Implications and directions for future research will be discussed.
 
49. Primacy Effects in Operant Renewal Procedures
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RODRIGO BENAVIDES (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: The order in which responses are trained in different contexts can determine the recurrence of behavior after extinction. While some authors suggest that greater renewal occurs with the first trained stimulus (primacy), other authors inspired by the behavioral momentum model suggest that renewal should be greater with the stimulus closest to extinction (recency). To study this inconsistency, the renewal of lever pressing in rats with training in multiple contexts was studied. In Experiment 1, lever pressing was trained on three levers in three successive phases. Each response was trained in a different context. Subsequently, after extinguishing responses in a fourth context, each of the three original contexts was presented semi-randomly. In Experiment 2, the lever press response was similarly trained and extinguished, but exposure to the contexts during the test phase was done in ascending or descending order. Data indicated that the first contextual stimulus in which the response was trained produced greater renewal than the stimuli closest to extinction. The inconsistency between the predictions derived from the behavioral moment model and renewal findings is discussed.
 
50. Inexpensive Muscle Sensor as an Aid for Recording Bruxism-Related Behavior
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
BRISSA GUTIÉRREZ (Universidad Nacional Autonóma de México), Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Diurnal bruxism is self-injurious behavior that involves clenching or grinding of teeth that could cause oral-facial pain and physic damage in bone and gum structures. Usual recording methods consist of marking a sheet of paper whenever audible teeth grinding occurs. While muscular-tension sensors could produce a more accurate record, this equipment is generally expensive and difficult to use in applied settings. Recent developments in electronics have produced sensors that have solved some of these issues. This poster describes an electronic device designed to record the occurrence of bruxism-related behavior. The device includes a muscle sensor calibrated to record movements of the jaw associated with teeth clenching and grinding. The device was tested with two participants, one of them diagnosed with bruxism. Participants performed two tasks during 5 minutes each. The first consisted on watching a “relaxing” video and the second, solving a modified Stroop test in a computer that served as an “stressing” situation. As in previous studies, bruxism-related behavior increased during the stressing situation relative to the relaxing condition. The results suggest that the device can be used effectively as an aid for recording bruxism-related behavior. The component list, electronic diagrams, and the programs used are provided for free.
 
51. Identifying the Functional Reinforcers for Self-Injurious Behavior Maintained by Both Automatic and Social Reinforcers in the Presence of Self-Restraint
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
KELLER OLIVER STREET (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Automatically-maintained self-injurious behavior (SIB) is often difficult to assess and treat due to several variables. Two of these evaluated in past research include difficulties associated with SIB that is multiply maintained by both automatic and social reinforcement and SIB that is associated with self-restraint. In the current study, we evaluated these variables with a child with autism spectrum disorder who was exhibiting severe automatically-maintained SIB. First, we present data on multiple functional analyses conducted to determine the relationship between self-restraint and self-injury. We found evidence of no functional relationship between self-restraint and SIB (i.e., self-restraint was not negatively reinforced by the removal of SIB, self-restraint was not maintained by access to SIB, and SIB was not maintained by access to self-restraint). Next, SIB was further evaluated to determine if social reinforcers also played a role in maintaining the behavior. Through a series of functional analyses including conditions with and without sensory extinction, we identified that SIB was multiply maintained by attention in addition to automatic reinforcement. The results from this participant are discussed in relation to the past research on these topics and recommendations for clinicians.

 
52. Will Walk for Food: Assessing Variables That Affect Token Accumulation
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Sean Regnier (Western Michigan University), NICHOLAS VAN ZANDT (Western Michigan University), Anthony DeFulio (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Token reinforcement procedures are robust interventions for producing positive behavior change. Token reinforcement is especially amenable to investigating the conditions under which an organism will accumulate reinforcers prior to using them. The purpose of this experiment was to examine the effects of the token production schedule, exchange production schedule, and token generality, on accumulation. Five participants completed up to nine experimental conditions over approximately 30 days. Participants worked on a computerized paint by number task and earned one token for between 100 and 300 responses and could exchange their tokens at any time during the experiment. The travel distance required to make the exchange, effort required to earn a token, and the generality of the token was manipulated across conditions. The primary dependent variable in this study was the number of tokens accumulated at each exchange period. Overall, as the token production schedule increased, accumulation decreased, and as the exchange production schedule increased, accumulation increased. Both findings were consistent with previous research. For three of the five participants, accumulation increased as generality increased. Future research should investigate the extent that token generality disrupts the relationship between token production, exchange production, and accumulation.

 
53. Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches Will Work for But Not Always Consume Sucrose
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
NAOMI ROSE ZIEGLER (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Discussant: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Previous research indicates cockroaches will press a lever to access reinforcement; however, laboratory observations suggested the reinforcer is not always consumed, bringing into question the function of such lever-pressing behavior. Subjects in this study were male Madagascar hissing cockroaches (MHC). Methods were based on a reinforcer assessment by Dixon et al. (2016). Frequency of lever-pressing, and consuming sucrose solution were recorded. During the experimental phase, two MHC received access to sucrose solution contingent on lever-pressing on a fixed ratio one (FR1) schedule. An ABAB withdrawal design was used for two MHC, with A being baseline, and B being FR1 schedule. Another subject’s access to sucrose solution was yoked to a different subject’s sucrose consumption. That subject was then placed on an FR1 schedule. Data on cumulative records indicate MHC increased lever-pressing during the FR1 schedule, but consumed solution less than half of the times it was presented. Responding ceased after an extinction burst during the return to baseline conditions. Responding ceased completely on the FR1 schedule when directly following the yoking procedure. These results not likely explainable via place preference, higher ground preference, or satiation accounts of responding. Observing response, foraging, sign tracking, and induction are discussed as possible explanations.

 
54. Traditional Conditioned Place Preference Might be Aversive to the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DANIELLE VESEL (Saint Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Discussant: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

The literature pertaining to the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach is lacking in several areas. One such area fit for study involves the conditioned place preference regarding floor texture and preferred versus nonpreferred solutions. The purpose of this study was to investigate the association between these stimuli to determine if a conditioned place preference should occur when a Madagascar Hissing Cockroach is in a state of deprivation. Four male cockroaches were used to investigate this association. Cockroaches experiencing exposure to the solutions displayed an inclination towards inactivity. Preferences shifted from one of the available floor textures to the center area in which the cockroaches were initially placed, the preference change displayed through their lack of movement. Although this inactivity provided a change in place preference, data were inconclusive as to why this change occurred. Potential factors leading to this change are discussed. Future research has many areas that could provide evidence as to which components may be more important the change displayed.

 
55. Assessing Conditioned Place Preference/Aversion With Scent and Texture in the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (Gromphadorhina portentosa)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ZOE ALEXANDRA COSATO (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Discussant: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Conditioned Place Preference (CPP) or Aversion (CPA) were assessed in the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (Gromphadorhina portentosa). The scent of .1 ml of 91% Isopropyl Alcohol was paired twice with 60 grit sandpaper or AstroTurf after texture preference and smell preference were determined. Single trial learning was potentially demonstrated, although evidence does not support CPP or CPA taking place under these specific conditions.

 
 
 
Poster Session #89
PCH Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 23, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Genevieve M DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno)
57. Classifications of Lying: Conceptual Development for Experimental Research
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
JAMIIKA THOMAS (University of Nevada, Reno), Will Fleming (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Genevieve M DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Lying, as in deception, has recently received increased attention as a behavioral subject matter, particularly in relation to child development, gambling, and cultural practices. Most experimental analyses of lying seem to refer to it as a distorted tact (Skinner, 1957), but few explicitly offer an operational definition. When lying is defined, procedures are often insufficient to isolate lying and differentiate it from other classes of behavior. Furthermore, not all instances of lying are under control by the same variables; when lying is not defined, many various classes of events may be referenced. The purpose of this project is to both clarify general properties of lying and classify its variations to foster experimental research. Definitions of lying identified through historiographical analyses of behavior analytic literature are outlined and expanded (1) to sub-classify variations in lying and (2) to guide experimental procedures. Classifications specific to different scientific systems—behavior analysis, contextual behavior science, and interbehavioral psychology—are juxtaposed to highlight differences and similarities in procedures required to demonstrate experimental control of lying across systems. Avenues of experimental research are offered that are most inclusive to and compatible with interpretations across behavioral systems.
 
58. Are Behavior Analysts Behaviorists?
Area: PCH; Domain: Basic Research
MEGAN AVERY (Eastern Connecticut State University), James W. Diller (Eastern Connecticut State University), Olivia Hammond (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Discussant: Genevieve M DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The field of applied behavior analysis grew out of Skinner’s philosophy of radical behaviorism. To evaluate if behavior analysts espoused this philosophy, a survey was administered to 245 individuals (87 undergraduate students, 9 with bachelor’s degrees, 94 with master’s degrees, 50 with doctorates, and 5 with other degrees). Questions asked about agreement (as measured on a 5-point scale, from strongly disagree to strongly agree) with key components of behaviorism (e.g., behavior as a natural event, possessing free will, influence of the environment on behavior). Differences were observed as a function of the level of training an individual has received. Master’s and doctorate holders were more likely to identify as a behaviorist than others, and were more likely to indicate interest in behaviorism than others. Also, people with more training were more likely to indicate that radical in radical behaviorism did not mean extreme, and were less likely to indicate that they possessed free will. While there was some variability in responding to most items, the overall picture of the data indicates that many behavior analysts are behaviorists.
 
59. On the Use of “Unbreakable” Resolutions to Enhance Self-Control: A Behavioral Analysis
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
RUSSELL A. POWELL (MacEwan University), Rodney Schmaltz (MacEwan University), Jade Radke (MacEwan University)
Discussant: Genevieve M DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Although people often use personal resolutions when trying to change their behavior, this tactic is frequently ineffective. Skinner regarded resolutions as a type of mand, the efficacy of which depends on past experiences in which failure to do what was promised resulted in aversive social consequences and feelings of guilt. Thus, a common recommendation is to inform others about one’s resolutions to enhance their effectiveness. In this study, we examined two individuals, Mahatma Gandhi and Prince Pückler-Muskau, who seemed capable of using personal resolutions, even those that were private, to reliably accomplish difficult tasks. An examination of their writings suggest that they regarded these “unbreakable” resolutions as a tool that, if carefully maintained, could be employed to attain a variety of highly valued outcomes. Hence, in terms of Rachlin’s teleological approach to self-control, such resolutions could be construed as a type of commitment device, the efficacy of which is largely dependent on its association with temporally extended contingencies of reinforcement, or what Ainslie refers to as “choice bundling." Based especially on Gandhi’s writings, we also derived a set of guidelines for the effective use of unbreakable resolutions, which preliminary evidence suggests may be highly effective for some individuals.
 
60. An Evaluation of Trends of Adherence to the Seven Dimensions Within Research Published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,1968-2018
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
DANIELLE WATSON (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Lyret Carrasquillo (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology and Florida Institute Of Technology), dimitrios V. makridis (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kozue Matsuda (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Children Center Inc), Tanya Hough (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Bellotti (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Genevieve M DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) identified and described seven dimensions of applied behavior analysis (ABA): applied, behavioral, analytic, technological, conceptual systems, effective, and generality. These dimensions are what separates applied behavior analysis from the experimental analysis of behavior, and provides practitioners with the information necessary to deliver effective and ethical treatments and services to their clients. Using specific definitions of the seven dimensions and a coding tool, we evaluated and assessed various elements of these seven dimensions across 47 volumes of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), from 1968 to 2014. The data suggest that research articles generally satisfy the requirements for being behavioral, analytic, and conceptually systematic. In recent years, research in JABA has been gradually improving in the technological dimension. The data also suggest that the research articles in JABA could improve in the applied, effective, and generality dimensions. The trends in the use of the seven dimensions of ABA should be taken into consideration when planning future applied research and future directions in the field. Are the seven dimensions still current and relevant to applied research? If so, researchers would benefit from building their research methodologies with generalization, technology, and efficacy in mind.

 
 
 
Poster Session #90
EDC Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 23, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Ronnie Detrich (Detrich and Associates)
61. Emergence of Personalized Inclusive Practices in a Mainstream Classroom: A Single-Subject Design
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
EUNICE PUI YU YIM (The Open University of Hong Kong)
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (Detrich and Associates)
Abstract:

The guiding principle of inclusive education is all children, regardless of perceived differences, have equal opportunities to quality education. Closing the gap between the guiding principle and practices at school has been widely researched and still no optimal inclusive approach has been found to address diversities. While studies on inclusive education indicating that successful inclusive practice must consider personal traits of both students and teachers, there is a dire need to equip mainstream classroom teachers with the knowledge and skills in developing personalized inclusive education practice that cater the needs of both teacher and students in their classrooms. This study presented a A-B single subject design study to investigate 1) how would applied behavior analysis (ABA) and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) contributes to professional development in mainstream teacher in developing effective inclusive practices, and 2) the conducive factors in facilitating the emergence of personalized inclusive practices in a mainstream classroom. The findings revealed that ABA and DRO training in teachers that enable them to identify and manipulate IV are needed in developing effective inclusive practices. Support by professionals leads to empowerment in teachers in integrating the newly constructed knowledge and skills into existing repertoire into a cohesive whole.

 
62. A Behavior Analytic Prospective on Increasing the Enrollment, Retention, and Graduation of Minority Students at a Regional University Campus
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ALI A MAHAMAT (Indiana University South Bend)
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (Detrich and Associates)
Abstract:

Previous Studies examined factors that lead to division among minority college students that resulted in bias and discrimination in the acceptance and retention of students of color. Hagedorn et.al (1996) looked at achievement outcome among diverse demographics of students at a four year university. Furthermore, dropout behavior in minority students was largely attributed to lack of social interactions and mentoring opportunities. In the current study we examine the enrollment of students at Indiana University-South Bend is 72.8% White, 9.73% Hispanic or Latino, 6.68% Black or African American, 3.02% two or more races. There is a decreasing trend over the last 5 years in the enrollment and graduation of African American students. The total degrees awarded recently White Female 470 degrees awarded, White Male, 243 degrees awarded, Black or African American Female 41 degrees awarded and 31 degrees African American males. There is a need to increase the enrollment of minority students across regional colleges as they struggle with outreach to underrepresented students, retention and graduation efforts. Cipani (2017) offers behavior analytic methods to examine problems and present them in a scientific way that can then be utilized to offer real life applications.

 
63. A Systematic Review of Mand Training Parameters for Students With Developmental Disabilities in School Settings
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
ROBERT C. PENNINGTON (University of North Carolina-Charlotte), Melissa Tapp (University of North Carolina- Charlotte), Amy Clausen (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Megan Carpenter (University of North Carolina Charlotte)
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (Detrich and Associates)
Abstract:

Many individuals with developmental disabilities (DD) fail to acquire manding repertoires sufficient for success in a range of environments. Further, those without this essential repertoire may exhibit increased levels of problem behaviors to access reinforcers or escape aversive stimuli. Since school plays a critical role in the lives of most children with DD, educators are responsible for ensuring all students receive adequate instruction in the effective use of mands. Unfortunately, many educators may be unfamiliar with procedures for implementing mand training and may not see themselves as responsible for communication instruction. To more strongly advocate for the inclusion of mand training procedures in schools and in teacher preparation programs it is important to better understand the literature related to mand training in schools. In the current poster, the presenters will provide data related to mand training for students with DD in school settings across a range of variables including school demographics, change agent characteristics, staff training procedures, intervention procedures, technology, dosage, and range of instructional targets. The presenters will discuss implications for research and practice.

 
64. Behavioral Staff Training and Program Evaluation for Teachers and other Professionals in Alabama
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
DORIS ADAMS HILL (Auburn University College of Education), Heather Jones (The Learning Tree Inc.), Jessica Merkle (Auburn University)
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (Detrich and Associates)
Abstract: Training education professionals to implement interventions for students with autism and developmental disabilities is a common practice designed to develop capacity in schools. Understanding evidence-based strategies and methodologies to conduct these trainings can make them more effective and can result in developing professionals who can train others within their classrooms and schools. The authors examined five years of training evaluation data to determine trends in training and to examine the social validity of the trainings conducted. Results indicated that the trainings were well received (relevant to the teachers who attended) resulting in an increase in requests and an increase in the quality of trainings conducted based on feedback utilized by the organization conducting the training.
 
65. Using Examples of Behavioral Phenomena with Which Elementary School Students and Teachers are Already Familiar to Teach Them About Behavioral Promciples and Terminology
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Richard Cook (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey Ruth Pauline Cook Foundation East Shore Psychiatric Associates, Harrisburg, PA), EMILY COOK (Londonderry School Harrisburg, PA )
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (Detrich and Associates)
Abstract:

The typical elementary schooldays are filled with examples of behavioral concepts, terminology, and phenomena. Students, teachers, and parents (indeed, all of us) are constantly living a breath and depth of behavior more robust than any textbook can capture, but rarely are those experiences captured, labeled, defined, or described in behavioral terms. This presentation highlights various domains in which one could classify these behavioral phenomena and terms. These categories overlap and include but are not limited to those involving interactions between students and staff, students and other students, and students and other aspects of their antecedent state milieu. Among them are behavioral momentum, successive approximations, shaping, chains of behaviors, reinforcement, things that decrease likelihood of future behavior emission (punishment), token economies, latency, and over correction, among many others. Elementary school students and staff engage in behaviors throughout the day but are unlikely to capture them, label them, or understand them in behavioral terms. Yet any time behavior changes, by definition, those involved have followed the principles of behavior even without realizing it. Particularly with terms and concepts deemed to be societally sensitive, such as punishment, the greater exposure, done well, might lead to less misunderstanding, and greater acceptance of behaviorally based approaches. Highlighting the most clear cut examples of such could be used to help understand and modify behavior, and done well, could serve to increase awareness of Applied Behavior Analytic practices, and perhaps contribute to a greater acceptance of, and less resistance to, the discipline and its approaches.

 
66. Teaching Pre-Service Teachers to Conduct and Write Functional Behavior Assessment Reports
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ALICIA MRACHKO (Bowling Green State University), Brooks Vostal (Bowling Green State University)
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (Detrich and Associates)
Abstract: One of the High Leverage Practices for special education teachers identified by the Council for Exceptional Children (2017) is to conduct functional behavior assessments (FBA) and develop individual student behavior intervention plans (BIP). Yet, educators are not adequately trained to effectively conduct an FBA and write a function-based behavior plan (Youngblom, 2013). This study examines pre-service teachers' ability to conduct an FBA, and use appropriate terminology when writing and implementing the FBA/BIP report. Sixty-seven pre-service inclusive early childhood student teachers were taught to implement an FBA and write, implement, and evaluate a function-based BIP as part of a course on positive behavior intervention and support. Using Behavior Skills Training (BST), the researcher presented information via PowerPoint and lecture, showed video models, provided practice on data collection, evaluation, and writing, and provided ongoing feedback. The final report included the write-up of the FBA, BIP, a graph, and evaluation of effectiveness. Data collected includes appropriate use of terminology in the report, scored by two readers. Ongoing data analysis that will be included is pre-service teacher-reported intervention effectiveness and social validity of BST.
 
67. The Effects of Pyramidal Training Model on Teacher and Student Engagement
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
DAPHNE SNYDER (Western Michigan University), Nicole Hollins (Western Michigan University), Jaysen King (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (Detrich and Associates)
Abstract: The pyramid training model (PTM) is an efficient training system where multiple tiers of training are utilized to effectively disseminate instruction from one tier to the next. The PTM is particularly beneficial in a school setting due to its sustainability following consultative services and its cost effectiveness (i.e., time and financial) (Jones, Fremouw, & Carples, 1977). One early childhood special education teacher was trained in the use of baseline classroom management procedures (Kestner, Peterson, Eldridge, & Peterson, 2018). Following mastery, the teacher (tier 1) trained three more of their staff (tier 2) to increase both student and staff engagement in the classroom. The results of this study indicate that PTM was effective for staff (tier 2) in the implementation of proactive classroom management procedures. Additionally, students demonstrated an increase in appropriate transition behavior, on-task behavior, and a decrease in the duration of time spent in transitions. Concluding consultative services, the teacher and their staff reported the procedures being appropriate for the classroom and they were willing to carry out the procedures long-term.
 
68. School Based-Consultation: An Inside Look
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
MIKAYLA CAMACHO (Berry College)
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (Detrich and Associates)
Abstract: Behavior analytic consultation to schools is a growing application of applied behavior analysis that is still a rather new concept to some educators and administrators. Of the schools and school districts hiring behavior analysts to work within their classrooms, the demands placed on the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) and supporting personnel are quite varied based on location. Some behavior analysts have begun to recruit the help of college students in order to handle their caseloads and to introduce those entering the field of behavior analysis to applications extending beyond clinical settings. During my undergraduate experience, I was able to work alongside a BCBA responsible for the oversight of behavioral assessment and interventions in a rural school district. In this poster, I will be reporting my experiences in the school district and will present some considerations for future research studies regarding effective approaches to consultation and education.
 
69. Evaluating the Effects of Parent Training in Musical Instruction
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
JASMINE C. LAU (University of Southern California), Michael J. James Cameron (University of Southern California)
Discussant: Kathryn Glodowski (Penn State - Harrisburg)
Abstract: Engaging in the arts is a socially relevant behavior that can have positive social, career, and quality of life benefits. Previous research has shown that practicing is the key to successful classical music performance but practicing can be effortful and young musicians may resist practice and parents can have difficulty with inducing their children to practice. Little to no previous research has addressed parent training for young musicians. The purpose of this project was to expand the scope of behavioral skills training for parents to help engage their children through musical instruction and practice. Results are discussed in terms of future research in behavior analysis in classical music and an extension of behavior analysis outside of developmental disabilities and into the arts, in particular. This research is still underway but the initial results demonstrate a potentially promising extension of behavior analytic principles and procedures.
 
70. Functional Analysis of Successful Task Adaptations as a Function of Content Knowledge
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
PETER ISERBYT (KU Leuven)
Discussant: Kathryn Glodowski (Penn State - Harrisburg)
Abstract: A teacher's ability to adapt instructional tasks is critical when teaching children with varying skill levels. In this study we used a functional analysis to investigate successful task adaptations as a function of content knowledge when teaching front crawl. A successful adaptation is developmentally appropriate and leads to correct student performance. Participants were three (two female and one male) elementary physical education teachers and their children (n=66, 9-10 years). Before and after a professional development content knowledge workshop, teachers taught a crawl unit (five to seven lessons) to their classes. A functional analysis of the instructional events consisting of an antecedent (i.e., student performance), behavior (i.e., the teachers' task adaptation), and consequence (i.e., student performance) was conducted to investigate teachers' responses to correct and incorrect student performance. Task adaptations were defined in terms of their goal: extending, refining, applying, restating, or other. Results showed that total and successful task adaptations increased meaningfully in two out of three teachers as a function of the content knowledge intervention. Antecedents were primarily incorrect student performance. Increased content knowledge led to better teacher discrimination and a higher and more successful provision of succesful task adaptations.
 
71. Behavior Analysts in Educational Settings: Provision of School-Based Services
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
KRISTEN LENAE PADILLA-MAINOR (Baylor University), Bailey Mungiguerra (Baylor University TX, US Citizen of US)
Discussant: Kathryn Glodowski (Penn State - Harrisburg)
Abstract: Behavior analysts are qualified to provide a variety of evidence-based interventions in educational settings; however there is minimal research regarding the provision of services. Over 90,000 registrants of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board were contacted to participate in a survey evaluating the common services provided by behavior analysts in educational settings; 431 responded. The survey entailed items regarding credentials, demographics, geographic location, direct and indirect services provided, student population served, and types of educational settings. Respondents included those with the following credentials: BCBA (46%), BCBA-D (7%), BCaBA (3%), RBT (13%), licensed behavior analyst (16%), not yet credentialed (10%), and other (15%). Thirty-four percent of respondents worked in suburban schools while 10% worked in rural and 20% in urban schools. The majority of respondents worked with elementary students (53%) followed by pre-school (40%), middle school (36%), high school (28%), and early childhood (13%). Respondents provided direct therapy, behavior consultation and support, staff development, and crisis management. They served individuals with various disabilities in several types of educational environments within the school setting. Associations between the distributions of responses were also examined in order to identify patterns and relationships between variables.
 
72. Collaboration Between School Personnel and Behavior Analysts
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CLINTON SMITH (University of Tennessee at Martin), Annette Little (Lipscomb University), Beth Urbanczyk (Metro Nashville Public Schools), Laura Plunk (University of Tennessee at Martin)
Discussant: Kathryn Glodowski (Penn State - Harrisburg)
Abstract: In school settings, behavior analysts are increasingly participating as interdisciplinary team members in developing instructional plans through individual education plans (IEPs). It is essential that behavior analysts take the time to build a collaborative and supportive relationship among members of the team, especially with personnel in school settings. This study surveyed 133 school personnel (special education teachers, school psychologists, general education teachers, special education administrators, and related service providers) regarding their interactions and collaboration with behavior analysts. Results showed that school personnel agreed that behavior analysts can play an important role with the interdisciplinary team, but there are areas to improve such as communication, training of school personnel with interventions, and implementation of interventions and treatment integrity issues. Issues such as behavior analysts using too much technical lingo, lack of a willingness by the behavior analyst to accept input or provide feedback on current interventions used in the classroom were main concerns raised by school personnel as being a reason that they did not satisfied with the quality of the recommendations from a behavior analyst. The survey results also showed that school personnel benefit from face to face interactions with behavior analysts, but time restraints on the schedules of both school personnel and behavior analysts or a lack of available behavior analysts in the area may prohibit effective communication and treatment options for students.
 
73. Evaluation of Training Methods to Increase the Curricular Treatment Integrity for Reading Comprehension Teachers During Small Group Instruction With Students With Developmental Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Jessica Boyle (The Ivymount School), LAUREN J LESTREMAU (Ivymount School)
Discussant: Kathryn Glodowski (Penn State - Harrisburg)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analytic methods have been used to effectively train individuals to utilize a variety of individualized instructional approaches (e.g., Discrete Trial Training) with learners with developmental disabilities. However, limited research exists that has evaluated the effectiveness of training methods for use with special educators to utilize complex instructional practices aligned to grade level content for learners pursuing a diploma in a small group instructional setting. The current study included an evaluation of various training components (e.g., bug in the ear, guided lesson planning, behavioral skills training) to increase the curricular treatment integrity across two curricula as delivered by career English/Language Arts teachers. Curricular treatment integrity included a complex instructional repertoire that included components such as teacher think alouds, use of explicit instruction model, use of scaffolds during independent practice opportunities. Results will be evaluated at the conclusion of the studies. Early findings highlight the need for additional research for this population of students pursuing a diploma in a group instructional environment.

 
74. Evaluation of Training Package to Increase Complexity of Teacher-Delivered Instructional Demands During Small Group Science Instruction With Students With Developmental Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BROOKE HESS (Ivymount School), Lauren J Lestremau (Ivymount School)
Discussant: Kathryn Glodowski (Penn State - Harrisburg)
Abstract:

Despite the need for effective approaches to training new teachers given the current teacher shortages, few researchers have evaluated training approaches for instructional practices to be used in a small group instructional setting for learners pursuing a diploma. The current study included an evaluation of a training package to increase the complexity of instructional demands delivered by early career teachers during small group science instruction. Instructional demands were evaluated across the following domains: demand complexity (e.g., know vs. application), type of response (e.g., recall, fill in the blank, open ended), and active student method (e.g., choral, Turn and Talk). Training included pre-requisite instruction on the domains described above, supported lesson planning, development of scripts to be used during instruction, and en vivo coaching. Results will be evaluated via single subject design at the conclusion of the study. Expected findings highlight the need for ongoing research in this area to inform efficient training practices for early career teachers who will be delivering group instruction to learners with developmental disabilities.

 
75. Training Teachers to Use Data: Effects of the Academic Team-Initiated Problem Solving Professional Development
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
PAUL MICHAEL MENG (University of Hawai'i at Mānoa), Rebecca Crowe (University of Oregon), Sean Austin (University of Oregon), Robert H. Horner (University of Oregon)
Discussant: Kathryn Glodowski (Penn State - Harrisburg)
Abstract:

Effectively using data to guide decision making has been identified as the most powerful educational strategy at educators' disposal (Hattie, 2008). Recent data from large scale studies and program evaluations reveals three key findings about the state of data within K-12 education: 1) educators have access to more data now than ever before, 2) effective decision-making models exist to guide educators' use of these data, and 3) data are not typically being used effectively in schools. This study experimentally tests the effects of a newly developed professional development package targeting Academic Team-initiated Problem Solving (AcTIPS), on the decision making process used by the reading supports team (consisting of 5 members) in one elementary school. The primary dependent variables were the team’s use of effective problem solving procedures as indicated by the percent of points earned on subscales of the Decision, Observation, Recording and Analysis (DORA-II) tool. Data from a concurrent multiple baseline across skills design indicate that the professional development package was successful in changing the decision making behavior of data team members across the three fundamental domains of team-initiated problem solving performance: Meeting Foundations, Problem Solving, and Implementation & Adaptation. At each stage of the multiple baseline design the team documented immediate and sustained improvement in functioning following delivery of the AcTIPS package. Data were analyzed using visual analysis and non-overlap of all pairs (NAP). Both analyses indicated clear and compelling effects of the training package on team members' decision-making behavior.

 
76. Increasing Caregivers’ Access to Behavioral Practices in Israel: Exploring Acceptability of Culturally Adapted Online Modules
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
HEDDA MEADAN (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Shiri Ayvazo (David Yellin Academic College; Kinneret College;), Hagit Inbar-Furst (David Yellin Academic College)
Discussant: Kathryn Glodowski (Penn State - Harrisburg)
Abstract:

Social-communication skills impact academic achievement, social-emotional development, and relationships with others. Therefore, early interventions that support and promote the development of these skills are needed for young children with disabilities who have delays or deficits in their communication skills. To date, in Israel, there are limited training materials in the native language for caregivers related to practices that support social-communication skills of young children with disabilities. Access to quality training is very restricted due to a shortage in native-speaking qualified experts in this area and the cost of such training. Online self-paced, self-directed training modules, developed in the US, which include information on evidence-based behavioral practices for promoting children's' social-communication skills were translated and culturally adapted to address the needs of caregivers in Israel. The purpose of this project was to assess the feasibility and acceptability of the online training modules, based on the ecological validity framework. Satisfaction questionnaires and focus groups with caregivers and professionals were conducted and are currently being analyzed using qualitative methodology. The poster will include a description of the process and framework used to inform the ecological validity of the culturally and linguistically adapted modules and the data collected from different stakeholders during the process.

 
77. Repeated programmatic assessments: Performance feedback to improve preservice teachers' outcomes in teacher training program
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
GAIL COULTER (Western Washington University), Michael Charles C. Lambert (Western Washington University)
Discussant: Kathryn Glodowski (Penn State - Harrisburg)
Abstract: Prior research focused upon the development and the implementation of a repeated vocabulary assessment across all 10 quarters of a special education teacher preparation program. The curriculum based evaluation (CBE) assessment system was used to identify students having difficulty advancing through the program and/or having difficulty maintaining professional core knowledge. Research supports that CBE can be effectively utilized as part of a comprehensive programmatic assessment system for supporting teacher candidates. The prior research discussed the following: (a) rationale for the use of a curriculum-based assessment system to measure on-going acquisition of specific content knowledge, (b) development of the instrument, and (c) discussion of the use of the system for candidate support. The authors’ current study advances this research and focuses upon the performance feedback provided to individual students on results of this assessment. Students who were below the mean were provided with graphic representation of their attainment related to peer achievement. Behavioral coaching was initiated in order to change the trajectory of student behavior and program outcomes. Results indicated the efficacy of planned feedback and on-going coaching through individual advisement to increase the likelihood of continuous growth towards mastery of concepts and towards adequate program completion.
 
 
 
Poster Session #91
TBA Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 23, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Ashley Andersen (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
78. Using Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Front Line Staff to Conduct a Vocational Preference Assessment
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN ALICIA GOODWYN (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC); Caldwell University), Anya K. Silver (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC)), Sarah Dawson (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC)), Richard Ramos (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC)), Jenna Berenson (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC)), Christina Garcia (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC)), Anthoulla Themistocleous (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC))
Discussant: Ashley Andersen (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Training frontline staff from large human service delivery organizations can be time and resource intensive; these staff who work directly with the individuals served, often do so with minimal prior experience or skills implementing behavior analytic protocols (Hahs & Jarynowski, 2019). Behavioral skills training (BST) has been used to teach a wide variety of skills (e.g., Parsons & Reid, 1995; Sarokoff & Sturmey, 2004) including paired-stimulus preference assessments (e.g., Higgins, Luczynski, Carroll, Fisher, & Mudford, 2017; Lavie & Sturmey, 2002). In this study, we evaluated the effects of a BST package containing written protocol, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback to train staff to conduct a paired-stimulus vocational preference assessment. Generalization probes with adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) were also conducted. Results indicated that BST was effective at teaching front line staff to implement a vocational preference assessment. These results are discussed in terms of efficiency of staff training. Implications for future research on expanding this BST package for training vocational preference assessments across multiple staff and correspondence between preference and actual work engagement and performance are also discussed.
 
79. Improving Practice Through Video Analysis
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
KRISTI MORIN (Lehigh University), April N. Haas (Texas A&M University)
Discussant: Ashley Andersen (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Although the number of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) is increasing, there is still a critical shortage of BCBAs in many areas. As a result, individuals may be employed as behavior therapists despite a lack of training in applied behavior analysis (ABA). Without additional training, the services provided by these therapists might not be ideal. This presentation reports the results of a study conducted with behavior therapists enrolled in a Master of Special Education program in the southern United States. The course was part of a Verified Course Sequence, and all participants provided ABA services to clients with autism. The purpose of this research was to improve the skills of the behavior therapists through video analysis, an intervention which requires the participants to record and view videos of themselves delivering ABA services to clients for the purpose of self-improvement. To improve the social validity and generalizability of the study, the participants self-selected target behaviors to improve and implemented all steps of the single-case study independently. The results of the study were positive and indicated that all participants were not only able to improve their skills in ABA but also maintain these skills and generalize them to a second target behavior.

 
80. Superfluous Results Reporting in Applied Behavior Analytic Journals
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
BENJAMIN N. WITTS (St. Cloud State University), Erin Wylie (St. Cloud State University; The Arc of the Ozarks), Kyle Pollard (St. Cloud State University)
Discussant: Ashley Andersen (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

To the extent possible, research results should be clear and free from bias. Bias is introduced when superfluous wording exaggerates anticipated or attractive results and hides or minimizes unanticipated or unattractive results. This study was conducted in two phases. In Phase 1, pilot work was conducted to determine 19 superfluous words suspected to be common in overselling results. In Phase 2, we analyzed the results reporting practices of every experimental article in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis for 2018. The analysis was conducted by 3 behavior analysts (one BCBA-D, two master’s-level students) and agreements are reported. Our results suggest that superfluous results reporting occurs in JABA.

 
82. Voices from the Field: How do BCBAs Address and Combat Misconceptions About ABA
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
JUSTIN N COY (University of Pittsburgh), Olivia Grace Enders (University of Pittsburgh)
Discussant: Ashley Andersen (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Recently, applied behavior analysis (ABA) has seen dramatic increases in university training programs, experimental and applied research studies, and certified practitioners (Burning Glass, 2015; Carr & Nosik, 2017; Deochand & Fuqua, 2016), mirroring increasing nation-wide demand for credentialed behavior analysts (BACB, 2018). Yet the field of applied behavior analysis has a long-standing “image problem” (Doughty et al., 2012). Misconceptions and misunderstandings of the field propagate through academic textbooks and lectures, popular-press authors, and social media (e.g., Doughty et al., 2012; Kestner & Flora, 1995; Morris, 2009). In order to overcome these misconceptions, members of professional sciences can engage in a spectrum of dissemination behaviors, from one-on-one interactions to advocating for political or legislative changes. A pilot, state-wide survey of certified behavior professionals (n = 98) collected closed- and open-ended responses focused on a variety of professional experiences and issues. Responding analysts identified wide-ranging misconceptions about every aspect of our field, including service delivery, foundational science, typical clients, and its effectiveness. Analysts commonly reported using jargon-free terminology in their explanations and applicable real-life examples when discussing ABA with non-practitioners. Results from this exploratory study provide important preliminary information about our workforce and the professional and personal experiences of our dedicated professionals.
 
83. Coach Training Evaluation of the Online and Applied System for Intervention Skills Parent Training Program
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
E. ZHANG ( University of Kansas Medical Center), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (The University of Kansas Medical Center), Jay Furman Buzhardt (University of Kansas - Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Jessica M. Barr (University of Kansas Medical Center), Vanessa Snyder (University of Kansas Medical Center)
Discussant: Ashley Andersen (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

The Online and Applied System for Intervention Skills (OASIS) Training is a manualized training program using a combination of web-based instructional tutorials and live coaching. Previous studies (e.g., Heitzman-Powell, Buzhardt, Rusinko, & Miller, 2013) from the authors have demonstrated the effectiveness of the OASIS program in teaching skills and strategies based on applied behavior analysis to parents of children with autism. An effort has been made to increase the availability of certified OASIS coaches while ensuring their training fidelity. The current study seeks to describe the criterion-referenced OASIS coach training conducted both through in-person and via telehealth and the coach training evaluation. OASIS coach trainees are required to meet the criteria for both knowledge on ABA and coaching skills, and to provide OASIS training to a family. Five cohorts composed of 17 people completed the OASIS coach training, 13 (76%) of which were master-level therapists. Results indicated that all coach trainees were able to demonstrate a high level of coaching competency and implementation fidelity.

 
84. Effects of Auditory Feedback During Safety Care Training
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
AZARIA BERMUDEZ (TCSPP), Genevieve Marshall (The SPARKS Group, LLC), Mary Caruso-Anderson (Ally Behavioral Services)
Discussant: Ashley Andersen (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Staff performance on safety habits have been studied in an organizational manner for many years. When working with individuals who exhibit challenging or dangerous behavior, including specialists who work with individuals diagnosed with autism, training must be provided to ensure safety for all involved. Amongst the variations of this type of training Safety-Care ™ training has been one that focuses on prevention and evidence-based intervention when disruptive or dangerous behavior arises (QBS, Inc). In order to train the staff on these procedures Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is presented as a technique to introduce new skills. These techniques used in BST have been studied and have found to improve staff performance. The procedures consist of instruction, model, practice, and feedback till mastery (Parsons, Rollyson, & Reid, 2012; Nigro-Bruzzi & Sturmey, 2010; Sarokoff & Sturmey, 2004). Even though BST is the primary way to teach when introducing new skills, it is not the only option. Clicker training is another form of feedback that has been presented when teaching novel responses. This type of training provides an auditory feedback as a conditioned reinforcer to determine a targeted goal when learning a new skill. This was first introduced to train new responses with porpoises (Pryor, Haag, & O’Reilly, 1969). Since then, more researched has surfaced using clicker training on a variety of animals like goats, horses, and dogs (Ferguson & Rosales-Ruiz, 2001; Langbein et al., 2007; Pryor, 1999); it has been used to facilitate physical performance in sports like golf, football, and track (Fogel et al, 2010; Harrison & Pyles, 2013; Scott et al., 1997); also has been used in reducing toe-walking in a child diagnosed with autism (Persicke et al., 2014; Hodges et al., 2019); and has been used to improve performance on using surgical techniques for medical students (Levy, Pryor, & McKeon, 2016). Types of clicker training have evolved to introduce a curriculum. For example, TAGteach uses the WOOF criteria (what you want, one thing, observable, five words or less) to establish an auditory stimulus known as a “Tag” to reinforce the targeted behavior (TAGteach International, 2004). This auditory feedback is used as a conditioned reinforcer to establish when a correct response was emitted. It has been shown to improve golf swings (Fogel et al., 2010) dance movements (Quin et al., 2015) and beginner yoga poses (Ennett, Zonneveld, Thomson, Vause, & Ditor, 2019). One study showed the use of clicker training to improve behavior-skills change in practitioners who work with children diagnosed with autism (Herron, Lotfizadeh, & Poling 2018). These results indicated that the clicker training showed an increase in opportunities in which practitioners correctly engaged in selected ABA strategies used in the study. Even though there are many published articles on using clicker training to improve sports performance and animal training, not much has been studied on human services. The purpose of the study is to utilize clicker training during Safety Care ™ to gather a percentage of correct responding for movements utilized during the training. If practitioners on average are mastering the skill at a faster rate and obtain fluency by the end of the training, then they are more likely to utilize these skills with their clients during a crisis situation.

 
85. Interobserver Agreement and Treatment Fidelity in Brazilian Behavior-Analytic Journals: Review and Implications for Practice
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
ANA CAROLINA CAROLINA SELLA (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil), Rebeca Cavalcante (Universidade Federal de Alagoas), Jackeline Santos (Universidade Federal de Alagoas)
Discussant: Ashley Andersen (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Defining features of evidence-based practices (EBPs) include using the best available evidence and designing a system that allows practitioners to collect their own data on procedure efficacy and efficiency in their own contexts. Among the features that might contribute to EBPs are interobserver agreement (IOA) and treatment fidelity (TF), since they increase data reliability. This study analyzed the presence of IOA and TF in studies published in behavior analytic Brazilian journals and was conducted in two phases. In Phase 1, 290 studies were analyzed according to 6 categories (i.e., published between 2013 and 2017, accessible online, written in Portuguese, human beings were the only participants in the study, the study was experimental, and there were pre-intervention measures). Thirty-five articles were approved for Phase 2, which analyzed the presence of IOA and TF. Among these 35 articles, 10 described IOA and 2, TF measures. We discuss possible implications of these results for practitioners looking for EBPs and how they might, on their own, start using IOA and FT measures to start transforming their practice into a data-based process.

 
 
 
Poster Session #92
CSS Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 23, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Diana J. Walker (Visions LLC)
Diversity submission 86. The Current Status of African Americans Within the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
SHAWN CAPELL (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health; Covenant 15:16 LLC)
Discussant: Diana J. Walker (Visions LLC)
Abstract:

Cultural competency and diversity are topics within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis that are actively being built upon due to the current state or lack thereof, in the science. African Americans are by far underrepresented within the ranks of Board Certified Behavior Analysts and to effectively address this problem we must first identify potential causes across all settings of the field. The purpose of this poster will be to extend the conversations started from the author of a recent blog post, who directly spoke to the issues with respect to cultural competency. This poster will present a critical analysis of the current status of African Americans within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis and identify solutions to address areas of concern. This may serve as a foundation for a new approach to handling issues of diversity within the promotion, dissemination and advancement of the science of Applied Behavior Analysis specific to African American populations.

 
87. Social Validity of Community-Based Behavioural Services Provided Through Jordan’s Principle
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
KATHARINE KALINOWSKI (University of Manitoba; Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis; St.Amant Research Centre), Toby L. Martin (St.Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Carly Cressman (University of Manitoba, St.Amant Research Centre)
Discussant: Diana J. Walker (Visions LLC)
Abstract: From a Canadian human rights perspective, all Canadians should have equal qualities and levels of healthcare. This has not always been the case, especially with First Nations Peoples in Canada, as the death of Jordan River Anderson illustrated. In response to this gap in services, the Jordan’s Principle – Child First Initiative was created to provide First Nations Children with increased access to adequate healthcare. The present study assessed the acceptability and social validity of Jordan’s Principle behaviour services by analyzing anonymous survey data collected as a quality assurance measure by a community-based service provider. Three respondent groups were surveyed using three unique questionnaires to measure satisfaction with current Jordan’s Principle services. A total of 48 responses across all respondent groups were analyzed for within-group and between-group differences, and inferential statistics were used to determine the relationship between satisfaction and respondent group. Grounded theory was used to qualitatively analyze open-ended responses. Research findings informed the service provider of the quality of the services, and may ultimately increase the quality of life of individuals served by similar endeavours. Results indicated that the respondent groups were highly satisfied with current services, which is a promising outcome for service providers and service funders.
 
88. Review of Strategies to Teach Safety Skills to Children
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
BRITTNEY MATHURA SURESHKUMAR (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Discussant: Diana J. Walker (Visions LLC)
Abstract: Unintentional injuries are among the most under-recognized health threats to children in both the United States and Canada (Peden et al., 2008). Globally, unintentional child injuries result in approximately 2,000 daily deaths in children under the age of 14 years (Sleet, 2018). The leading causes of injury include drowning, falls, fires, transportation, poisonings, abduction, and gun play (Borse et al., 2008). Given the prevalence of child mortality due to unsafe situations, it is critical that we identify the most effective and efficient procedure(s) to teach children how to perform safety skills in dangerous situations (Miltenberger et al., 2015; Summers et al., 2011). Behavioral skills training and in situ training are the most commonly studied instructional strategies when teaching safety skills. Additional, albeit less studied, strategies include visual cues, comic strip conversations, social stories, role playing, and video-modelling. In this poster, we will review the current literature regarding strategies to teach safety skills to children and offer directions for future research.
 
89. Child Passenger Safety Restraint Installation: A Review
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
AREZU ALAMI (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Discussant: Diana J. Walker (Visions LLC)
Abstract: Child passenger safety restraints (CPSR) consist of a variety of portable seats that are used to secure infants and children in motor vehicles. Recent statistics in Canada and the United States show that more than 2,000 and 250,000 children between the ages of 1 and 4 years respectively, are injured or killed as a result of motor vehicle collisions (Transport Canada, 2017; National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2017). Injuries and fatalities may be reduced by as a much as 71% with the use of a CPSR (Kahane, 2015). Unfortunately, researchers have found that over 70% of CPSRs were installed incorrectly (Elliott, Kallan, Durbin, & Winston, 2006). To date, 6 studies have examined various strategies to teach the correct installation of a CPSR; 5 of these studies used multi-component treatment packages. Because each of these studies incorporated different treatment components, it is impossible to identify the most effective and efficient treatment package to teach correct CPSR installation. In this poster, we will examine the current literature on the installation of CPSR, discuss procedural variations across studies, and provide directions for future research.
 
90. The Possible Effects of Defendant Background Information on Juror Decision Making
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
ELIZABEHT GENNARI CROSBY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Diana J. Walker (Visions LLC)
Abstract: There are many variables which may affect an individual’s decision to rule that a defendant is innocent or guilty beyond the evidence that is provided during a trial. This review will present some of these variables and propose future research ideas which may help to identify some of these variables. For example, by engaging in mock trials, it may possible to affect juror’s decision making by varying the amount and type of background information provided about the defendant. The background information may include facts such as: socioeconomic class, childhood trauma, developmental age, race, affiliations, and diagnoses. It is possible that some of these variables will have stronger effects than others based on similarity to the participant, among other factors such as guilt over perceived self-privilege. It is hypothesized that there will be a significant difference in the decision making of a verdict based on the availability of this information beyond the specific evidence within the trial.
 
91. Members of Graffiti Culture on Social Media: An Evaluative Study Toward Political Issues
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
NAYARA GOIS (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Lucas Couto de Carvalho (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Gunnar Ree (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Diana J. Walker (Visions LLC)
Abstract: Political activists promote or simply engage in certain practices that contributes to the cause for which they are advocating. The practice of graffiti is a youth subculture that has been investigated in the social sciences and may be characterized as one form of activism or resistance movement. This research analyzed posting practices of graffiti pages on Instagram in the months of September, October and November 2018 to evaluate how members of graffiti culture from Brazil act towards political issues using the social media. These months were chosen because of the proximity to the Brazilian Presidential election (October 2018). 46 graffiti profiles were included in the analysis. Posts on those profiles had to be photos and videos depicting written tags or drawings made on walls, cars, bus, trains and buildings (i.e., public spaces). The results reveal that most posts in those months were about graffiti issues and not particularly about politics or politicians. However, data show that mean political posts increased from September to October (the month of the election) and decreased from October to November. Moreover, September and November showed similar averages on political posts. This suggests that posting about politics was under control of political context in that specific moment, i.e., the presidential elections.
 
92. Disparities in Autism Diagnosis and Early Intervention
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
LAURA HOWENSTINE (University of Alabama)
Discussant: Diana J. Walker (Visions LLC)
Abstract:

Disparities in health care have received much national attention recently, but few studies have focused on disparities among young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Early interventions in children with ASD improve outcomes. Although all young children with ASD are eligible to receive early intervention (EI) services, 51-60% do not. Study goals were to determine which demographic and psychosocial characteristics are associated with early diagnosis and utilization of services. Data was sourced from The National Survey of Children’s Health (2018) and then Survey of Pathways to Diagnosis (2011) and Services. Bivariate and multivariate analyses were performed to examine racial/ethnic and socioeconomic disparities in age at diagnosis and utilization of early intervention services. Significant racial/ethnic and socioeconomic disparities exist in the recognition and diagnosis of ASD. The analyses suggest that children of low SES face considerable challenges in receiving early intervention services. Eliminating disparities requires systemic efforts to promote health equity, social planning, and policy change.

 
93. Behavioural Economic Analysis of Demand for Regulation of Behaviour Analysts in Ontario to Inform Public Policy
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
ALBERT MALKIN (Brock University; Southern Illinois University), Karl Gunnarsson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale; West Park Healthcare Centre), Kendra Thomson (Brock University)
Discussant: Diana J. Walker (Visions LLC)
Abstract: The Ontario, Canada provincial government has announced their intent to regulate the field of behaviour analysis in the province. Regulated health professions require fees to operate a regulatory body, which implies that professionals interested in participating in the field must pay fees to do so. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the price elasticity of potential fees related to participating in a regulated health profession by behaviour analysts in Ontario. Data was gathered using hypothetical purchase task, using an online survey platform (Qualtrics), and analyzed using the exponentiated model of demand. Participants included 91 behavioural practitioners, who indicated that they were residents of Ontario. The findings indicate that participants’ Pmax value was $1106.74 at the aggregate level. However, when the Pmax was calculated for each individual participant, the median Pmax was $500. Implications of the findings indicate that uptake of participation in a future regulatory body is dependent on annual costs incurred by practitioners in Ontario.
 
94. Acquisition of social behavior of school children with child abuse
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
ESPERANZA FERRANT-JIMENEZ (University of Veracruz), Liliana YEPEZ OLVERA (Universidad Veracruzana)
Discussant: Diana J. Walker (Visions LLC)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate an Intervention Program in Applied Behavioral Analysis techniques to decrease the aggressive behavior of children with child abuse. The program emphasized the development of social skills and the use of a tokens economy system to increase social behaviors and indirectly decrease aggressive behaviors. Five children of both sexes, between eight and thirteen years of age of an elementary school participated in the study. A baseline design, intervention phase and follow-up phase were used. The intervention program was designed for children to develop empathy, assertiveness and solution of aggressiveness problems. The results suggest that the application of a program that increases skills that promote social interaction can contribute to the decrease of aggressive behaviors
 
95. Application of Behavior Analysis to Address Risk Factors in the Juvenile Justice Population
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
VANESSA BETHEA-MILLER (Bethea-Miller Behavioral Consulting)
Discussant: Diana J. Walker (Visions LLC)
Abstract: Juvenile delinquency continues to be a socially significant problem for society. Historically, juvenile offenders are punished with residential placement, heavy monitoring, etc. Reliance on these measures results in public monies being spent on detention centers, probation services, etc.; however, there is no research to support these systems. There are also various risk factors associated with juvenile offending behavior that has been documented through the research. Through addressing risk factors, juvenile offending behavior can be prevented and recidivism can be decreased. One approach with substantial research of its effects in other populations is behavior analysis. Behavior analysis can contribute to the juvenile justice population in various ways which align with the dimensions originally described by Baer, Wolf, & Risley (1968).
 
96. Depicting Resident and Staff Time Distribution in a Juvenile Residential Facility
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY NICOLE ANDERSON (Auburn University), Odessa Luna (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Discussant: Diana J. Walker (Visions LLC)
Abstract: One well-established quantitative model, the ideal free distribution, purposes that the number of individuals aggregated at a particular location will be proportional to the resources available in each location. When we consider the unique settings in which a behavior analyst may have to assess and treat groups of behaving individuals, it may be worthwhile to understand how time is allocated amongst different locations. This is particularly significant in detention dormitories where residents may engage in disruptive behavior if a range of activities are unavailable. The purpose of the current study is to use momentary time-sampling to describe how residents and staff in two dormitories housing adjudicated adolescents allocate their time (i.e., physical location) and what activities are available. We collected data during 30-min leisure periods in which at least 1 staff member and 5 residents were present. Before the session, we recorded the locations and activities of the organically formed groups. Every 60-s, researchers would count how many residents and staff were at any given location in the presence or absence of leisure materials. Generally, there were a limited number of activities that fostered engagement between staff and residents as well as a lack of skill building activities.
 
 
 
Poster Session #93
OBM Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 23, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology)
97. Zooming In and Out: How Industrial/Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior Management can Inform One Another
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
SOUNDARYA KANTHIMATHINATHAN (Appalachian State University), Erin Anne Marion (Appalachian State University), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
Discussant: Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Industrial/Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior Management study many of the same phenomena despite developing from disparate scientific paradigms. Industrial/Organizational Psychology relies on cognitive and social psychology to understand and predict organizational phenomena using statistical analyses, while Organizational Behavior Management contextualizes behavior into contingencies to design interventions on these same phenomena (Bucklin, Alvero, Dickinson, Austin & Jackson, 2000). Successful post-intervention behavior change validates behavioral analysis. This study proposes a framework for translating eleven conventional I/O Psychology constructs, ranging from diversity & inclusion (West, Tjosvold, & Smith, 2003) to self-efficacy (Bandura, 1977), into effective behavioral interventions. The framework consists of several steps: (1) identify a construct of business relevance, (2) pinpoint behaviors that capture the essence of the construct, (3) analyze related contingencies, and (4) develop a contingency design for intervention. Practitioners of both fields can benefit from this translational process to implement more effective interventions: Industrial/Organizational Psychologists benefit by applying behavior analysis and Organizational Behavior Management practitioners benefit by leveraging covert psychological processes. The researchers offer a scientific critique of this translational process to encourage continuous improvement of knowledge sharing between the fields of Industrial/Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior Management.

 
98. Varying Feedback Accuracy Following Mastery: Preliminary Findings
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research
GALAN FALAKFARSA (California State University, Sacramento), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento), Joshua Bensemann (The University of Auckland, New Zealand), Lea Jones (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Performance feedback consists of providing information about past performance and indicating how to improve future performance. Feedback is one of the most frequently used procedures for changing behavior within organizational settings. However, despite its successful application across a variety of organizational settings, much remains unknown about how it acts to change behavior and increase performance. Previous research involving computerized work tasks has shown that inaccurate feedback can delay or impede skill acquisition. Such studies typically only assess the detrimental effects of inaccurate feedback when acquiring new skills; very little is known about how inaccurate feedback affects skills that have been mastered. Thus, the purpose of this study was to determine the effects of varying feedback accuracies following skill mastery in undergraduate students when completing a computerized match-to-sample task. Participants initially completed 250 trials with 100% accurate feedback before completing an additional 250 trials with varying levels of feedback accuracy (i.e., 100%, 80%, 60%, 40%, and 20%). Data show that the mean number of correct responses per condition during the additional 250 trials decrease as the proportion of trials with inaccurate feedback increases.

 
99. Utilizing a Behavioral-Systems Approach to Understanding Academic Administration
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
EDWARD BRANDON AMEZQUITA (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Williams Adolfo Espericueta (University of North Texas), Kyosuke Kazaoka (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: A Behavioral Systems Analysis (Malott, 2003) was conducted for a college advising office to support their preparations to meet the forthcoming initiatives of the college strategic plan. Through consultations with the college and advising department administration five areas were selected for the focus of the analysis: the general advising process, the role and responsibility of work study students, retention planning, coordinating course schedules and sequencing, and communication flow. A series of interviews and observations were completed to develop visual representations of the macrosystem and organizational structure and function. Additional process and task analyses that corresponded to each of the aforementioned target areas and employee roles were also completed. The results of the analysis suggested three areas for further analysis and intervention: 1) create measures of employee performance, 2) strengthen communication channels between the advising office and academic departments, and 3) create a system by which retention data feedback to academic departments are used to inform and assess their corresponding retention plans.
 
100. A Brief Review of Preference Assessments in the Workplace
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
MICHAEL SIMONIAN (California State University, Sacramento), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento), Makenna Mason (California State University, Sacramento), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Stimulus preference assessments (SPAs) are procedures used to gauge a client’s relative preference for stimuli to use as potential reinforcers in a behavior change intervention. Identifying an effective reinforcer is critical to facilitate desired changes in behavior. Multiple methods of assessing stimulus preference are available, with research historically focusing on clinical populations with disabilities. A small body of research of preference assessment methodology in the workplace also exists. The current descriptive review included preference assessment articles from the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management published between 2000 and 2019. The objective of this review was to identify and synthesize trends in the organizational behavior management preference assessment literature, including the topic of study, SPA methods used, the stimuli used in SPAs and their cost, types of employees studied, and inclusions of reinforcer assessments. Ten studies met the inclusionary criteria of the review. This review identified five different topics of study, with rank-order and survey preference assessments being the most commonly used SPA methods, stimuli typically ranging between $0-10, and human service providers being the most common participants.
 
101. The Use of Collaborative Remote Communication to Increase Data Collecting Behavior by In-Home Service Staff
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
TING BENTLEY (The Faison Center), Brandon Scott Larson-McGuire (The Faison Center)
Discussant: Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Staff collected data is difficult to achieve consistently in this field. This problem intensifies when there are multiple staff working independently with little direct oversight. This study looks at data collection by a group of in-home care staff over the course of a year. First, data was collected on one client’s three problem behaviors via traditional pen and paper method and kept at the home. Each staff was required to fill out a rating scale on each problem behavior at the end of their shift. All data was reviewed weekly thus consequences for lack of data collection are delivered with great delays. Then, data was collected via MyWorkplace, a collaborative private group work space similar to many social media platforms. Data was reviewed almost instantaneously, and problems can be discussed among staff. It is hypothesized that an increase in the frequency in which staff collect data is due to the collaborative nature of the new collection method and the consequence for lack of data collection is immediate.
 
102. Pyramidal Behavior Skills Training to Teach Most-to-Least Prompting Procedures
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Daniel Edward Locke (Bancroft), DEAN GRISOFF (Bancroft; Rider University), Jessica A Fedezko (Bancroft), Matthew David Lasoski (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft; Rider University)
Discussant: Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Behavior skills training (BST) is an effective method to train staff to implement a variety of interventions. A disadvantage is the amount of time required to complete BST. This problem is amplified in workplaces that have large amounts of staff or staff in multiple locations (Parsons Royllson & Reid, 2013). Behavior analysts are able to reduce the amount of time spent in training by training staff using a pyramidal approach to train one group of trainers, who then train others (Page, Iwata, & Reid, 1982). In the current study, we adapted the BST procedures outlined by Parsons Royllson & Reid (2013) and trained three trainers in an adult day habilitation program to implement the steps of BST and a most-to-least prompting procedure. Following mastery, these trainers each used BST to train three additional day habilitation staff members on the most-to-least prompting procedure. Following training, all of the trainers were able to implement the BST procedures and train groups of three staff on the most-to-least prompting procedure. All nine staff members were also able to implement the most-to-least prompting procedures following BST.
 
103. Effects of Accurate and Partially Contingent Inaccurate Feedback on Work Performance Under Two Different Work Conditions
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
SUNG JUN LIM (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Discussant: Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

This study examined the effects of feedback accuracy on performance under two different work conditions. Under one work condition, participants could clearly see the outcome of their performance (i.e., visible condition). Under the other condition, they could not clearly see the outcome of their performance (i.e., non-visible condition). The independent variable consisted of three feedback conditions: accurate feedback, tripled inaccurate feedback, and one-third inaccurate feedback. Both the tripled and one-third inaccurate feedback were generated based on the actual performance from the previous sessions (i.e., inaccurate but partially contingent) and delivered at the beginning of the next sessions. One hundred sixty-three participants were randomly assigned to the six experimental conditions and asked to perform a simulated work task. The effects of the accurate and tripled feedback on performance were comparable but they were higher than the effect of the one-third inaccurate feedback under the visible work condition. Under the invisible work condition, however, the three feedback conditions did not produce differential impacts on performance.

 
104. A Comparison of the Effects of Accurate and Non-Contingent Exaggerated Feedback on Work Performance Under Two Different Work Conditions
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Sung Jun Lim (Chung-Ang University), JINKWAN KIM (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University), Qinghua Piao (Chung-Ang University)
Discussant: Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

This study compared the effects of accurate feedback, non-contingent exaggerated feedback, and no feedback conditions on performance under two different work conditions. Participants under on work condition could clearly see the outcome of their performance (i.e., visible condition), but those under the other work condition could not clearly see the outcome of their performance (i.e., invisible condition). The non-contingent exaggerated feedback was generated by (1) yoking the feedback to the performance of the participants in the accurate feedback conditions and (2) multiplying the yoked feedback by two. One hundred sixty-nine participants were randomly assigned to the six experimental conditions and asked to perform a simulated work task. The accurate and exaggerated feedback conditions produced higher levels of performance than the no feedback condition under both work conditions. The exaggerated and accurate feedback produced similar levels of performance under the invisible work condition. Under the visible work condition, however, the exaggerated feedback was less effective than the accurate feedback.

 
105. Use of Incentives to Increase Staff Participation In Training
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
JAMES SHERMAN (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Discussant: Michael Passage (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Staff working in residential treatment programs are often assigned trainings to complete to help them perform their jobs more effectively. When staff do not complete trainings employers frequently provide corrective feedback to them. However, such feedback may not have the desired effect of increasing staff participation. In the current study, staff were provided verbal and written feedback during baseline if they did not complete their assigned trainings by agency due dates. During the intervention phase, staff were offered incentives for completing quarterly trainings before a specified deadline. Once staff completed the assigned training, they were entered into a randomized drawing for gift cards to popular locations. Staff could earn more entries into the drawing for completing training earlier in the quarter. The results indicated that incentives increased the number of staff that completed the quarterly trainings. The implications of using incentives in a human service organization is discussed.

 
 
 
Poster Session #94
CBM Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 23, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
106. Education Toward Using Behavioral Strategies to Improve the Mental Health of Firefighters, First Responders, Hospital Staff, Military and Law Enforcement: You Work Out Your Body, Don't Forget Your Mind
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTEN JENSEN (Mind Gym Online)
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

As a Board Certified Behavior Analyst, I know simple additions to our environment can encourage follow through of intended behavior change. The more apparent something is and the easier it is to access the information, the more likely someone is to retain the information. Additionally, I know there are simple and effective behaviors one can implement daily to reduce the effects and injuries caused by stress and trauma. We have the information; we just need to get it to the right professionals. This is where I can assist… As a Fire Wife, I know the importance of providing this information to first responders, law enforcement, military and hospital staff. I also know that while resources are becoming readily available, not all will feel comfortable seeking help or voicing that they are struggling with their mental health. This is why I feel an alternative is needed. An alternative that individuals can implement on their own without asking for help, as asking for the help is often the barrier to receiving help. It is imperative and as they say in the field, we cannot leave anyone behind. I have created simple “Stress Sheets” that will be available to departments, hospitals and agencies so their employees can retain the information and practice on their own, as needed. I am excited to have found a simple way to disseminate the information and help those that spend their lives helping others. To do this, I teach the use of self management strategies to meet an overall goal of identifying and making environmental changes to best support the needs of a first responder, law enforcement or hospital staff. During the initial assessment and interview with the department, hospital team, agency, etc. I will make recommendations regarding behaviors that must be established, maintained, increased or decreased based on the current needs, call volume, requirements of the job, etc. Additionally, I program for maintenance so learned behaviors are maintained. The intervention strategies are based on client preferences, client’s current repertoire, supporting environments and best scientific evidence. Most importantly, Professionals can benefit from the tools outlined without reaching out to anyone else. I feel peer support is the best support and want to teach these strategies in new hire trainings as additional support.

 
107. A Review of Music Research in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
BECCA YURE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

While music is integrated into almost all facets of life (e.g., adults soothe infants with song and teach children nursery rhymes as a mechanism to learn simple tasks and facts, jingles help transfer positive emotional effects to businesses and products, and a single melody may evoke powerful memories), there is little behavior analytic research exploring music as a behavior change mechanism or its effects on operant and respondent conditioning or derived responding. This review summarizes 21 studies published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) from 1968 to 2019 in which music is part of the independent or dependent variable. We further classified music within the four-term contingency: motivating operation (MO), antecedent, behavior, and consequence. The number of articles with music in the title, abstract, and/or keywords has increased in the past decade, indicating an acceleration of interest in this area. We suggest that music merits further attention by behavior analysts and that the JABA might appropriate outlet for this line of work.

 
108. Verbal Behavior Sequential Analysis of an Adult’s Psychological Treatment
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JESÚS ALONSO-VEGA (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Gladis Lee Pereira (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Isabel Avila-Herrero (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Ricardo de Pascual Verdu (European University of Madrid), María Xesús Froxán-Parga (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid)
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

It’s widely known that humans can learn through verbal behavior. Since the first Skinner’s conceptualization of verbal behavior, great number of studies had been conducted to analyze it in experimental settings. However, efforts still need to be made to fully understand how verbal behavior works in natural settings. This study tries to make a little step in that direction. Our purpose is to analyze verbal interaction patterns between client and clinician during psychological treatment. Thus, 16 sessions of psychological treatment were recorded. The client was an adult diagnosed with Borderline Personality Disorder; the clinician was a psychologist trained in behavior therapy. A coding system based on functional properties of verbal stimuli was used. Two trained observers coded the verbal behavior independently (k= 0.71-0.86). Using descriptive statistics of the data, we found that the frequency per hour of generalized discriminative stimuli (e.g. how are you feeling today?) diminished trough the treatment; or that instructions’ frequency increased after the fourth session. Sequential analysis allowed us to find positive correlations between client’s pro-therapeutic verbalizations (e.g. achievement or wellbeing verbalizations) and clinician’s reinforcement of this verbalizations. These results are useful to analyze the behavioral change processes that are set up during psychological treatment.

 
109. Feasibility of Incorporating Contingency Management in a Public Treatment for Crack Users Who Are Homeless in Brazil: A Pilot Study
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ANDRE MIGUEL (Washington State University), Viviane Simões (Federal University of Sao Paulo), Rodolfo Yamauchi (Federal University of Sao Paulo), Jair MAri (Federal University of Sao Paulo), John M. Roll (College of Medicine), Sterling McPherson (Washington State University, College of Nursing)
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

Crack use has become a severe health problem in Brazil, the country being reported among the largest crack markets in the world. Located in downtown São Paulo (Brazil most populated city) Crackland emerges as a public space where thousands of crack users living under extremely vulnerable conditions gather to consume crack openly in the streets. In this pilot study we evaluated the feasibility of incorporating Contingency Management (CM) to a public ambulatory treatment located in the heart of crackland to treat currently homeless crack users. Methods: After up to 6-month of inpatient treatment a total of eight participants received 12 weeks of housing, food and ambulatory treatment (control condition) and 12 participants received 12 weeks of housing, food, ambulatory treatment and vouchers contingent to cocaine abstinence (experimental condition). All treatment procedures were conducted by treatment staff. Results: Treatment staff found CM easy to understand, easy to apply and found that CM helped patients maintain abstinence. All participants found CM easy to understand, liked receiving CM and believed it helped them during treatment. Preliminary findings are also presented. Conclusion: CM was well assimilated by treatment staff and participants suggesting the feasibility of incorporating CM in public treatments for crack use disorders.

 
110. A Replication of Quintero et al. (2019): Reducing Risk of Head Injury in Youth Soccer
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Alisa Mävers (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt), CHRISTOPH F. BÖRDLEIN (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt)
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

Youth soccer players are at higher risk of suffering from concussions. One cause of concussions in soccer are incorrectly performed headers. Quintero et al. (2019) reported about a study that used a task analysis of correctly executed headers and behavioral skills training as an intervention to improve the headers of 3 female youth soccer players practicing soccer in a school setting. The current study is a systematic replication of Quintero et al. with youth soccer players in Germany. The task analysis had to be adapted to the German settings. Subjects were three youth soccer players (1 female, 2 male) practicing in a soccer club. All subjects mastered the correct heading technique, although additional video feedback was necessary to reach the mastery criterion. Limitations of the study as well as differences between the original study and the replication study are discussed. Further research should focus on the practicability of the intervention in typical training situations.

 
111. A Model for Addressing Self-Care: A Preliminary Examination
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
LINDSEY LEBRUN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Building Essential Skills Together), Jeffrey Bolin (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Shane T. Spiker (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp.)
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Self-care is of vital importance while working in a field in which others are served, however it is not often addressed in research for behavior analysts. This creates a cycle of burnout and high rates of turnover within the field of ABA. In this article we attempted to provide a definition of self-care. The article goes further into looking into what areas of self-care should be targeted. The Decision Making Tree looks over Basic Conditional Factors, Lifestyle Choices, and Impact of Self Care to determine areas in which a self-care plan may be developed to best benefit the clinician. Further implementations of the Decision Making Tree are then discussed.
 
112. Measuring Committed Actions of Caregivers of People With Neurodevelopmental Disabilities in Acceptance and Commitment Training
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA MARCINKIEWICZ (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Carly Magnacca (Brock University), Sarah Davis (Brock University)
Discussant: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

Caregivers of people with neurodevelopmental disabilities (NDDs) may experience greater psychological distress than other caregivers. Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) has been shown to increase psychological flexibility and decrease psychological distress for these caregivers. Limited research has measured a core component of ACT (committed actions; CAs), which could be crucial in understanding how ACT can improve life satisfaction. We asked caregivers (N=11) to self-monitor their frequency of CAs (related to their values) and send their weekly results one week before and four weeks after a group-based ACT-workshop (Lunsky et al., 2018). Caregivers also completed standard psychological measures of depression, anxiety, general stress, parenting stress, and values and CAs measures. Post-ACT, 10 of 11 caregivers demonstrated increases in CAs and the group average increased from 0 in baseline to 3.4 CAs per week. All self-report data indicated therapeutic trends, with scores on parenting stress general stress, and depression approaching statistical significance. One-month follow-up data is currently being analyzed. Additional workshops will be conducted to increase statistical power. Results may help inform how self-monitoring CAs impacts the frequency of CAs in relation to measures of psychological distress, CAs, and values.

 
113. Examining the Effectiveness of a Brief Tolerance Training Protocol
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Kara Jones (Kennedy Krieger Institute), DAVID RUBIO (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Cory Stanton (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Research shows that restricting/ denying access to items/activities often trigger disruptive behaviors for children with low frustration tolerance (Mace et al., 2011). Teaching tolerance to access restrictions requires time and resources that may not be available to all clinics and families, reflecting a significant need for briefer treatments. Delay and denial (DnD) tolerance training involving functional communication training (FCT) has been found to be effective in reducing disruptive behaviors in children with developmental disabilities. Research on the effectiveness of this treatment in outpatient clinics with typically developing children is limited. The current study utilized a brief (8 session) DnD tolerance treatment protocol with a typically developing child (4 yrs) in an outpatient clinic. Results revealed a significant reduction in disruptive behaviors and an increase in appropriate requesting and wait time. The current study extended the literature by demonstrating that the procedures utilized in previous studies can be modified to be more feasible for use in an outpatient clinic that serves an underrepresented population. Future research should focus on integrating formal preference assessments and developing relapse prevention plans that include other important settings of the child.

 
114. The Influential Consultant: Changing the Behavior of the Consultee
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
SHARLA N. FASKO (University of Detroit Mercy), Rachel Lee (University of Detroit Mercy), Erin Henze (University of Detroit Mercy)
Discussant: Cory Stanton (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Historically, consultation training has emphasized acceptance of the consultee's belief system. In fact, consultees often have beliefs based on disproven or unproven information and ultimately cannot be providing best practices for the client. Rather than accepting their perspective, this presentation proposes that, in order to provide evidence-based-services for the client, we must correct misinformation and and bring the consultee to an awareness of best practices. Communication methods that emphasize nonconfrontational and respectful strategies will be presented.

 
115. The Effects of Bilingual Acceptance and Commitment Trainingon Exercise in Bilingual International University Students
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
YIYI WANG (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Amanda Chastain (University of Southern California), Michael J. James Cameron (University of Southern California)
Discussant: Cory Stanton (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Promoting physical activity is a crucial public health priority. Interventions that use applied behavior analytic procedures (ABA) such as contingency management and self-management have shown promise for facilitating physical activity. However, additional research is needed to advance innovation, particularly with respect to interventions that work through indirect-acting contingencies. Among these innovative models of behavior intervention, Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) has received increased attention and empirical support. Previous research has provided evidence that ACT can increase exercise but previous ACT studies have generally used group designs, which makes it difficult to carefully consider the effects of the intervention at the level of the individual participant, the level at which ACT trainers and therapists work. The present study evaluated a bilingual, five-week, one-on-one ACT-based coaching program for increasing exercise in bilingual international university students. After receiving the ACT intervention, all four participants increased their average daily steps, frequency of gym visits, and duration of gym visits significantly and gains maintained after intervention was terminated. The results of this study suggest that an ACT-based bilingual coaching program of moderate duration may be effective for increasing exercise in bilingual university students.

 
116. Effects of Behavioral Skills Training Used to Teach Caregivers to Implement Escape Extinction
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
DESIREE NOELLE HECKERS (Devereux SPARC; Temple University), Jennifer E. Dawson (Devereux SPARC), Amanda Guld Fisher (Temple University)
Discussant: Cory Stanton (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The current study evaluated the effects of a Behavioral Skills Training (BST) package on parental implementation of escape extinction in a feeding clinic. Three parents of children enrolled in a clinic-based three-week intensive feeding disorder treatment program participated. The goal of the current study was to improve the already existing parent training component of the clinic’s program by utilizing BST to teach the participants critical skills needed to implement the feeding interventions at home. The BST package included verbal instruction, modeling, and role play with feedback. Generalization probes were conducted during parent-child feeding trials. A multiple baseline across behaviors design demonstrated the effectiveness of the BST package for all participants: percentage of steps implemented correctly increased to high levels for each skill. This study was limited by aspects of the experimental design and lack of generalization data. Future research should aim to close the gaps in the feeding disorder literature regarding parent training; additional research is needed in this subject area.
 
117. I ACT, You ACT, We ACT: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Interventions at the Community Level
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
ZOEY ISABELLA ULREY (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Discussant: Cory Stanton (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is commonly used at the individual level to treat anxiety disorders, depression, and other common psychopathology. An emerging application of ACT is at the larger group, even entire community level. This is a promising extension of ACT work because it has the potential to affect change at a larger level than psychologists or behavior analysts can do when working with only one person at a time. Promising applications have included sheltering women from violence, slowing the spread of the Ebola virus, and preventing gang violence in the country of Sierra Leone. At a broader scale, the Prosocial movement has attempted to combine ACT with principles form cultural anthropology to effect change across the globe. This poster will review such large-scale applications of ACT and make practical suggestions for how behavior analysts can make their own service delivery organizations more compassionate and values-oriented.

 
118. Examining the Effect of Social Media Stimuli on Reports of Self-Compassion, Mindfulness, Psychological Flexibility, and Affect
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
BREANNA LEE (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Cory Stanton (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: As the use of social media platforms continues to increase, researchers have examined negative effects of social media usage on mental health, while fewer studies have examined the potential positive effects of social media on psychological well-being (Pantic, 2014). Although research in this area is increasing, and social media is of relevant and significant societal interest, behavioral interpretations and analyses of social-media related behavior and effects of social media stimuli on individual responding is scarce. The purpose of the present study was to examine the effect of self-compassion, psychological flexibility, and mindfulness-related social media stimuli on Instagram in a laboratory setting on momentary reports of psychological flexibility, positive and negative affect, self-compassion, mindfulness, and hypothetical scenarios among college participants assigned to a control group (neutral stimuli) or treatment (compassion/flexibility stimuli). Participants completed a series of self-report measures prior to and following viewing a series of Instagram stimuli for a brief time; changes in responding from pre- to post-treatment were analyzed. Results are interpreted in terms of stimulus control and function and motivative augmental stimuli. Implications of potential psychological flexibility-focused, social media-based interventions and the use of social media platforms in prevention science will be discussed.
 
119. Intervention for Parents of Children in the Foster Care System: A Review of Behavior Analytic Journals from 1990 to 2019
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
ELANA KEISSA SICKMAN (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Cory Stanton (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Approximately 6% of children in the United States are placed into Foster Care systems, and are more likely to experience depression, anxiety, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorders, and other behavioral problems (Turney & Wildeman, 2016). Parental mental health and child maladaptive behavior have been correlated (e.g. Lecavalier, Leone, & Wiltz, 2006). Previous research has demonstrated that behavioral parent training and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) can improve parenting skills, child behavior, quality of life, and reported stress for biological parents of children with various behavioral and health-related needs (e.g. Blackledge & Hayes, 2006; Gould, Tarbox, & Coyne, 2018; Burke, Muscara, McCarthy, Dimovski, Hearps, Anderson, & Walser, 2014, among others). The present study sought to evaluate the prevalence and content of research on behavioral interventions for parents of children in foster care within major applied behavior analytic journals from 1990 through 2019. Articles included were identified using specified search terms, published in one the included applied behavioral science journals, and empirically evaluated an intervention in which foster parents or children were the participants. Discussed is the current state of research in this area, potential need for additional research with this population, and utility of parent training and ACT interventions in this context.
 
120. The Power of Shaping: How Technology and Behavior Analysis can Improve Physical Rehabilitation
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
BRENNAN PATRICK ARMSHAW (University of North Texas), Chandana Chitralekha (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Cory Stanton (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Millions of Americans receive total knee arthroplasty each year. Unfortunately, too few ever achieve a full functional recovery. A major contributor to the poor recovering outcomes is the delayed, and often ineffective, process of relearning to engage the muscles of the quadriceps. As learning is a behavioral problem, behavior analysts are uniquely equipped to address this growing concern. Behavior analysts have had great success using shaping as a means to teach new responses of various complexities. While shaping has most often been applied to observable response some previous research suggests that shaping can just as readily be applied to more micro responses. The present study used sEMG technology to measure muscle amplitude and applied a shaping procedure to systematically increase the muscle flexion amplitude of the vastus medialus oblique. Undergraduate students were recruited to participate in this study. A shaping procedure was used to systematically increase the amplitude of VMO flexion of either the left or right knee. A similar procedure was employed on the remaining knee, however, the feedback was now delivered non-contingently. Our data suggest that shaping is an effective means of driving amplitude and may lead to improved functional outcomes when applied in a physical therapy setting.
 
 
 
Poster Session #95
DEV Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 23, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
121. Mouthing, Pacifier Use, and Pacifier Weaning: Correlations in Pennsylvania Early Intervention
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
CIDNEY HELLER (Behavior By Design, LLC), Matthew Tyson (Behavior By Design, LLC)
Discussant: Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Recommendations for pacifier use include those that encourage the use of a pacifier for infants up to 12 months of age ("Pacifiers (soothers): A users guide for parents", 2003). Mauch, Scott, Magarey, & Daniels (2012) reported that 79% of first-time mothers followed these recommendations and introduced a pacifier to their first-born infants. Cited advantages of pacifier use include the documented decrease in risk for sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS), the decreased risks of future tooth development issues when compared with thumb sucking, as well as the ability to satisfy an infant’s instinct to suckle ("Pacifiers (soothers): A users guide for parents", 2003). Some of the disadvantages of pacifier use include the decreased duration of breastfeeding, future impact on teeth development, and delayed vocal exploration and language development (Sexton & Natale, 2009). Average mouthing behavior frequency, type, and duration has been reported as an under researched area of importance for children under 5 years of age (Tulve, Suggs, McCurdy, Cohen-Hubal, & Moya, 2002). Research studies cite both advantages and disadvantages to mouthing behavior. Many of the advantages include exploration of the environment (Lowsky, 2015), while many disadvantages relate to the increase exposure risk to toxins (Tulve et al., 2002). Due to the high rate of pacifier use in infants, the implications on mouthing behavior should be explored. This study seeks to begin understanding the relationship between mouthing behavior and pacifier use. A 14-question survey was developed to assess correlations. The surveys were distributed to parents who attended an Early Intervention Christmas party in York/Adams Pennsylvania. Initial findings suggest a relationship between pacifier use and mouthing occurrence.
 
122. Pyramidal Skills Training for Registered Behavior Technicians in a Clinic Setting
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
MELISSA A. DIAZ (Fayette County Public Schools; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Simmons University), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The current study employed two experiments to examine the effects of pyramidal training on implementation of paired choice preference assessments with training as normal and Behavioral Skills Training (BST) by RBT-level staff in a clinic setting. The first experiment utilized an AB design to examine the use of BST as an intervention for training a Registered Behavior Technician, as the Tier 1 participant, to implement BST to train Tier 2 participants. In the first experiment, the Tier 1 participant was provided written instructions on a paired choice preference assessment and BST. In the baseline phase the Tier 1 participant trained the experimenter to the “best of their ability” on implementation of a paired choice preference assessment with the written information alone. After the baseline phase, the Tier 1 participant received training on BST and the paired choice preference assessment from the experimenter. In the second phase, the Tier 1 participant was again provided the instructions for the paired choice preference assessment and BST, and then was prompted to again train the experimenter to the “best of their ability”. The second experiment used a multiple baseline probe design to examine the effect of training, provided by the Tier 1 participant, on the accuracy of implementation of the paired choice preference assessments by Tier 2 participants when compared to written instructions alone (baseline), training as normal (phase 2) and BST (phase 3). The design consisted of three phases. In the baseline phase, the Tier 2 participants were provided with written instructions for a paired choice preference assessment, 1 minute to review the instructions, and then instructed to implement the preference assessment to the “best of their ability”. Data was collected on accuracy of implementation. After the baseline phase, the Tier 1 participant was instructed to train the Tier 2 participants as usual with the written instructions provided to all participants and data sheet. After training, Phase 1 started. Data was collected on Tier 2 participants accuracy of implementation after receiving “training as normal” from the Tier 1 participant. For the final phase, phase 3, the Tier 1 participant had received training on BST from the experimenter. The Tier 1 participant trained the Tier 2 participants on a paired stimulus preference assessment using BST. Data was collected on accuracy of implementation of the preference assessment. Results indicated that pyramidal training was effective in increasing accuracy scores when compared to the baseline phase. The results also indicated that training using BST resulted in a more accurate implementation of the paired choice preference assessments by Tier 2 participants, when compared to training as usual.

 
123. Teaching With Acoustical Guidance: A Review
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE BAJCAR (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Discussant: Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

Teaching with acoustical guidance is a teaching procedure that uses an acoustical stimulus to provide immediate feedback to a learner (Quinn, et al., 2017) and has been used to increase a variety of skills, such as football skills (Harrison & Pyles, 2013; Stokes et al., 2010), precision shooting (Konttinen et al., 2004), dance movements (Carrion et al., 2019) and appropriate walking (Hodges et al., 2019). TAGteach also uses an acoustical stimulus to provide immediate feedback to learner, but also includes several other components (TAGteach International, 2004) and has been used to increase a variety of similar skills such as appropriate walking (Persicke, et al 2014), dance movements (Arnall, et al., 2019; Quinn, et al., 2015), rugby skills (Elmore, et al., 2018) and a golf swing (Fogel, et al., 2010). Given the similarities between these procedures, there seems to be some ambiguity regarding these terms in the literature. Therefore, this poster will examine the current literature on teaching with acoustical guidance and TAGTeach, discuss the procedural differences between these procedures, and provide directions for future research.

 
124. Evaluation of Residential Services for Older Adults With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities Residing in the Community
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
TANYA HOUGH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

People with intellectual disabilities/developmental disabilities in the United States are living longer in recent decades. People 65 and older are in better health than previous decades due to more awareness of the beneficial effects of a healthy diet, preventative medical care, and physical exercise. Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities are living longer as well. However, this presents challenges in meeting the needs of this population. This paper details the results of a survey developed to assess several areas of services, including social engagement, health-related services, group home environment, and staff training and development, were evaluated to identify areas in need of improvement. Participants consisted of 95 direct care staff working for a not-for-profit agency providing residential services to adults with intellectual disabilities/developmental disabilities. The results of the survey indicate that need for improving social engagement opportunities for older adults residing in the community and more training on working with older adults with intellectual disabilities/developmental disabilities for direct care staff in a residential setting.

 
125. Testing the Predictive Validity of Preference Assessments in Identifying Alternative Activities to Facilitate Delay Tolerance
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
AMBER L ALLEN (Marquette University), R. Kyle Caldwell (Marquette Univeristy), Margaret Rachel Gifford (Marquette University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Marquette University), Kimberly Nicolle Murillo (Marquette University), Carissa Basile (Marquette University)
Discussant: Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) ideally involves arranging extinction of problem behavior while teaching a functionally equivalent communicative response (FCR). After achieving reduced problem behavior, FCT may then involve exposing the FCR to delayed reinforcement contingencies in preparation for challenges experienced in more normative environments. However, disrupting the contiguity between the FCR and reinforcement can result in the resurgence and maintenance of problem behavior. Providing activities or tasks during these delays has been shown to support treatment maintenance, but research has not identified how to identify these competing activities. The current study evaluated the utility of a systematic preference assessment in nominating these alternative activities. Presumably, high preference activities are more likely to support engagement during delays to functional reinforcers than low-preference activities. Therapists first conducted a systematic preference assessment for task activities using a paired-stimulus preference assessment model and then tested the predictions of this assessment by proving continuous access to nominated high, low, or no-items during 10-min delays with a child with autism spectrum disorder receiving treatment for tangibly maintained aggressive behavior. The preference assessment accurately identified both an effective (high preference) and ineffective (low preference) activity.
 
126. Screening and Intervening on the Early Emergence of Problem Behavior
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
ALYSSA B ROJAS (California State University Northridge), Taylor Ernst Duncan (California State University, Northridge), Christina Warner (California State University Northridge), Monica Montalvo (California State University Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Discussant: Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Assessing and treating the earliest signs of problem behavior are critical to preventing the future emergence of severe behavior disorders. We conducted sensitivity tests with 12 preschool children to detect repertoires of emerging problem behavior and appropriate requests. The sensitivity tests included exposure to situations that are commonly encountered in a preschool classroom and are also known antecedents to severe problem behavior. Each participant was exposed to 30-s test conditions including attention removal, tangible removal, and demand delivery embedded in a free play (control condition) context. The problem behavior of 7 children displayed sensitivity to one or more of our test conditions; 5 of these children displayed appropriate requests in the same condition. Outcomes of sensitivity tests were used to design preventative interventions consisting of functional communication training (FCT) and delay and denial tolerance training. We used a single-subject design (Fahmie, Iwata, & Mead, 2016) to assess and prevent escalating severities of problem behavior over time. Repeated measures of sensitivity tests served as a test for generalization of intervention effects.
 
127. Feasibility of Using Behavioral Marker via Mobile Sensors in Measuring Physical Activity: A Pilot Study
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
SEUNGMIN JUNG (Yonsei University), Changseok Lee (Yonsei University), Heewon Kim (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Direct observation of behaviors is the main assessment method of behavior analysis, yet data collection has been limited due to practical difficulties of collecting vast amount of information with accuracy. Recently, mobile sensors collecting passive data have emerged as an effective and efficient way to measure behaviors simultaneously as they occur. The purpose of this study was to test the feasibility of using behavioral markers collected via mobile sensors in measuring physical activity. A pilot study was conducted on 15 college students for 15 days. ‘YouNoOne’, a software program that collects heart rate, step counts, and significant motion counts was installed on each participant’s personal smartphone and a distributed smartwatch. As a ground-truth, a short questionnaire asking about the participant’s real time physical activity, including the status, intensity, location and ability to move, was administered 6 times a day. The results showed that after controlling for the location and ability to move, passive data significantly and uniquely accounted for the status of physical activity. However, passive data failed to significantly account for the intensity of physical activity. Findings suggest that passive data collected via mobile sensor can be useful in measuring the behavior regarding physical activity but needs further elaboration.
 
 
 
Poster Session #96
VRB Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 23, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
128. The Effects of Audience Gender on Gender-Biased Verbal Behavior and Self-Editing
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
FERNANDA SUEMI ODA (The University of Kansas), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Bruno Silva (Castrolanda Cooperativa), Justin Charles Hunt (Endeavor Behavioral)
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract:

Gendered behaviors can be expressed as verbal behavior. Having access to self-editing behaviors can provide additional information about a verbal episode. A software that is an experimental analogue of social media model represents a promising avenue for studying verbal behavior. A multielement design was employed to investigate the effects of female and male audiences (i.e., independent variables) on gender biased verbal behavior and self-editing using an analogue online chat. Dependent variables included self-editing, disagreeing, interrupting, and pressuring. A software program was developed. Participants were 28 typically developing adults. They were instructed to interact with confederates by playing cooperative games. Differentiated responding across genders for disagreeing, interrupting, and pressuring was observed for 19, 14, and 13 participants, respectively. Covert disagreeing was emitted more frequently in the presence of male confederates. Covert pressuring was emitted more frequently in the presence of female confederates.

 
129. Effect of a Program to Enhance Paraphrasing in University Students
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
HORTENSIA HICKMAN (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de México, FES-Iztacala), Maria Luisa Cepeda Islas Islas (FES Iztacala UNAM), Sergio Mendez (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, FES-Iztacala, UNAM), Ilse Fernández (UNAM, FES-Iztacala), Julio Ramírez (UNAM, FES-Iztacala)
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract: Paraphrase is a skill that is related to reading comprehension which is essential in academic training, especially at a university level. Among other issues, this ability is considered as a study strategy. Starting from the fact that paraphrase is a skill that can be trained, the objective of the present study is to evaluate a computer program to enhance this ability. The program was developed using the Super Lab V. 4 software. It considers the following phases: Welcome, Instructions, Pretest, Intervention, Posttest and Gratitude. A reading and subsequently questions with closed response options were presented in the pretest and in the posttest. In the Intervention phase, a phrase was shown to the participant and he had to press a key to continue, then the same phrase and three response options were shown, which referred different types of paraphrasing. The phrases attended methodology, biology or psychology subjects. Once the student selected the phrase, he could earn 1 or 5 points depending on the type of paraphrasing. The program recorded both the selection of the responses and its latency. A non-probabilistic sample was used, consisting of 103 students belonging to the first semester of the Psychology career. A Pretest-Postest design was implemented. The measure for the data analysis was the selection of the paraphrasing type and the emitted responses both in the pretest and in the posttest by the participants. A Student's t-test was applied. Results showed statistically significant differences between the pretest and the posttest responses. There was also a change in the selection of the paraphrases from a basic to a complex level. It is concluded that the educational software is a good tool for teaching and learning paraphrasing ability. Keywords: Paraphrase, university students, paraphrase program.
 
130. The Effects of Repeated Exposure to an Arithmetic Problem of Rates of Mediating Verbal Behavior
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
MIKE HARMAN (Briar Cliff University), Summer Williams (Briar Cliff University), James House (Briar Cliff University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the extent to which a final verbal response is dependent on mediating verbal behavior (covert or overt) occurring between the offset of the discriminative stimulus and the target response. Furthermore, this study measured changes in rates of mediating verbal behavior across five exposures to a discriminative stimulus. Participants solved fifty arithmetic problems with no accompanying visual stimuli while continuously emitting overt verbal behavior. For some problems, distractor stimuli were present (experimental condition) and for others, distractor stimuli were absent (control condition). The experimenter collected data on participants’ mean latency to respond, accuracy, and rates of echoic and self-echoic responses emitted during the response interval. Participants’ mean latency to respond significantly decreased across exposures, but decreased to a greater degree in the control condition. Participants’ mean accuracy significantly increased across exposures, but increased to a greater degree in the control condition. Participants’ mean rates of echoic and self-echoic responses significantly decreased across exposures, but decreased to a greater degree in the control condition. The results of this study indicate that the necessity of verbal mediation may depend on (a) the presence of distractor stimuli, and (b) the learning history with the discriminative stimulus.
 
131. The Effects of a Writer Immersion Intervention on the Functional Writing of Elementary School Students
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL LEITER (Teachers College), Victoria Verdun (Teachers College Columbia University), Ruby Sara Gibson (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract: A functional writing repertoire is a vital component of any child’s education, as it allows children to affect the behavior of others beyond the immediate effects of speaking. In the present study, researchers used a replicated AB design to investigate the effects of a writer immersion package on the functional writing and conditioned reinforcement for the writing of four third-graders. During the intervention, two writers were given drawings that included a shape, a line, and a word, and instructed to write about the picture in such detail that a naïve reader could draw it. The writers then watched attempt to follow their directions. If the drawing was missing any components, the researcher instructed the writer to rewrite their directions. This process continued until the writer was able to write functional directions on their first attempt with a novel picture. The results showed that the writer immersion package successfully increased the number of functional components in the writing of both the writers and drawers in the intervention. Researchers did not find any noticeable changes in the participants’ conditioned reinforcement for writing. Future research should investigate modifications in the writer immersion package and how they affect conditioned reinforcement for writing.
 
132. Descriptive Assessment of Active Listening and Topics for Initiating Future Conversations
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Sylvia Aquino (California State University, Northridge), Stephanie A. Hood (California State University, Northridge), Marcus Daniel Strum (California State University, Northridge), JESEY GOPEZ (California State University, Northridge)
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract:

There is limited research on teaching individuals how to actively listen and then use this information in subsequent conversations. Listeners must discriminate topics the conversation partner is interested in and enjoys discussing, and to avoid topics that elicit or evoke emotional responses or may otherwise be aversive. First, we conducted a descriptive assessment of conversations among 16 neuro-typical individuals across 1:1 conversations with a friend and 1:1 conversations with a novel conversation partner. Topics most commonly discussed were work and movies. We also conducted a structured-descriptive assessment to identify how individuals respond to their conversation partner when they initiate conversation on topics with preferred or aversive properties. Data from the structured-descriptive assessment suggest that individuals make less comments related to a topic they find aversive. Individuals make more comments, smile more frequently and lean in toward their conversation partner when preferred topics are discussed. These data may inform research and practice for teaching individuals complex social skills that contribute to an established speaker and listener repertoire that may impact their overall interactions and quality of life.

 
133. Proposal of Curriculum Module to Extend Tacts Using Sentences in Children With Cochlear Implants
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
ANDERSON NEVES (Universidade Estadual Paulista, Bauru, SP, Brazil), Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Ana Cláudia Moreira Moreira Almeida Verdu (Universidade Estadual Paulista – UNESP), Leandra Silva (Hospital de Reabilitação de Anomalias Craniofaciais, Bauru, SP, Brazil), Adriane Moret (Universidade de São Bauru, Bauru, SP, Brazil)
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract:

Children with cochlear implants (CIs) who are readers usually produce more accurate speech when textual behavior than tacts. Equivalence based instruction (EBI) and matrix training can promote auditory comprehension, speech accuracy in tacts and verbal productivity, from a minimum set of sentences taught. The present study evaluated the effects of an EBI module on equivalence relations (between pictures, and dictated and printed sentences), accuracy in tacts, and recombinative performances, in six children with CI, readers and who had inaccurate tacts. Three sets of sentences were phonetically-balanced, arranged into subject-verb-object matrices and planned in progressive difficulty (regular and irregular words, and pseudo-sentences); nine sentences in the diagonal were taught, and 25 were evaluated in recombinative probes. The teaching module was organized into three steps and multiple probes evaluated all relations in EBI-network. In each step, were directly taught matching pictures to dictated sentences (AB) by MTS and by exclusion teaching; and construction of sentences under dictation (AE) by CRMTS. According to multiple baseline between sets, all participants learned the taught relations (AB-AE), increased the accurate tacts (BD), and produced both equivalence and syntactic (intra-intersets) relations. The results subsidies a broader curriculum of sentences for the rehabilitation of children with CI.

 
134. The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction on Variability, Speech Accuracy, and Emergence
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELLE LAFRANCE (H.O.P.E. Consulting, LLC; Endicott College - Institute for Behavioral Studies), Thais de Souza Mascotti (São Paulo State University, Brazil), Leandra Silva (University of São Paulo, Brazil), Ana Claudia Moreira Moreira Almeida Verdu (São Paulo State University, Brazil and National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition and Teaching)
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract: The current study investigated the effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) on the emergence of listener and speaker behavior (i.e., tacts and echoics), as well as increases in the accuracy of participants’ vocal-verbal behavior. Four young boys participated (ages 5-7). Three had a diagnosis of Autism. The fourth had a diagnosis of Auditory Neuropathy and used a cochlear implant. Experimental phases included: 1) pretests of all operants (listener, tacts, echoics), 2) listener training 3) tests of emergence (tacts and echoics), 4) MEI, and 5) tests of emergence (tacts and echoics) with untaught stimuli. This sequence was repeated across three sets of stimuli. Results show a high degree of variability, and a low degree of accuracy (below 40% correct) in pretests, and reduced variability and increased accuracy (above 70%) in post-MEI tests of emergence. Additionally, all participants demonstrated emergent tacts following MEI. However, the accuracy of participants’ verbal behavior was slightly lower with untaught sets of stimuli, and this effect was observed to maintain in follow-up. Implications for research and practice are discussed.
 
135. Using a Perspective-Taking Skill Taught in a Contrived Setting to Teach a Perspective-Taking Problem Solving Response in a Social Situation
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELE RIZZI (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Stefano Assetta (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Riccardo Bordoni (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara)
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract:

During study 1 we taught an adolescent with ASD to pass a “false belief” task using multiple-exemplar training (MET) and prompting and fading. During baseline we presented three different role playing scenarios (RPS) adherent to the “Sally and Ann” test but using preferred characters; the student failed to provide the correct perspective-taking (PT) response. During the training phase we presented novel RPS interspersing oral scenarios (OS), teaching the student to tact the controlling variables of his own behavior and the behavior of the character before providing the PT response. During post training the student correctly provided PT responses for the same scenarios presented in baseline, for three novel OS and for a novel “false belief” task (unexpected contents). During study 2 we probed a problem solving response that implied an applied PT response in the natural environment in a social situation. Consistently with previous researches the student failed to generalize the PT response in an applied setting. Then we taught, using MET and prompting and fading, the problem solving response in the natural environment chaining the PT response to the problem solving response. During post-training the student provided the problem solving response without engaging overtly in the PT response.

 
136. Using Autoclitic Frames to Teach a Component of Perspective Taking to a Student With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELE RIZZI (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Alessandro Dibari (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Lorenza D'arcangelo (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Claudia Costella (Associazione ALBA Onlus - Pescara), Angela Cardascia (Associazione Bambini Autistici (ABA) - Conversano)
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract:

We evaluated procedures for teaching one student with ASD a component of perspective-taking: identifying their own knowledge based on sensory information, using prompting, fading and reinforcement. During the intervention we taught him to tact the verbal or non-verbal stimuli that evoked his response and to discriminate between known or unknown information based on the verbal statement provided by the experimenter. Specifically, after presenting a verbal statement with or without salient stimuli to the student, we taught an autoclitic frame (e.g. “because I see/hear/touch” or “because I don’t see/hear/touch”) in response to the question “why do/don’t you know?” We evaluated the clinical efficacy of the teaching procedures using a multiple baseline across test conditions design. After no response in baseline for the three test conditions, we used a different set of stimuli during the teaching phase. After reaching mastery criteria we presented again, as post training, the same set of stimuli used in baseline. The student reached mastery criteria for the untaught sets in each test condition. We discuss how this skill may be related to more advanced perspective taking skills, based on Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior.

 
137. Teaching Complex Direction Following With Conditional Discriminations Using Joint Control
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
DAVITA FORD (Chase Behavior Solutions; Florida Institute of Technology), Chris Krebs (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract:

Following instructions is an important tool that children need in their repertoire to be able to participate in their community. However, many children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum disorder have difficulty following instructions involving multiple steps. Joint control training is an effective way of teaching children to follow complex instructions and has been shown to generalize across instructions (Causin, Albert, Carbone, & Sweeny-Kerwin, 2013). Joint control occurs when a response is emitted from the control of two separate, but simultaneously available, stimuli. When an instruction is given, the individual engages in a rehearsal response while simultaneously tacting stimuli in the environment. Once the rehearsal and the tact have point-to-point correspondence, a selection is made (Lowenkron, 1998). Joint control training with 3-step instructions was evaluated with a 5-year-old with autism. The participant was taught to rehearse the instruction prior to responding. Following training, novel instructions were given. Results confidently demonstrate that upon implementation of joint control training, the participant was able to accurately follow trained instructions and novel instructions. Joint control training has the potential to add a skillset into a child’s repertoire that can be used daily in the community. Keywords: Joint Control, listener responding, direction following, self-echoic

 
138. The Effects of Echoic Response Requirement During Auditory Visual Discrimination Training on the Emergence of Tacts in Children Diagnosed With Autism
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
ANNE CAROLINE COSTA CARNEIRO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Mariéle Cortez (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Daniela S. Canovas (Grupo Método - Intervenção Comportamental), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of requiring echoic responses during an auditory visual discrimination training on the emergence of tacts in a five years-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), using an adapted alternating treatment design with pretest and posttest probes. In the auditory-visual discrimination training, the first set with three stimuli (set A), echoic responses were not required during the auditory visual discrimination training, while for the second three stimuli set (set B), echoic responses were required during the auditory visual discrimination training. After meeting mastery criteria on the auditory-visual discrimination training, tact responses were assessed for the six stimuli. The results showed full emergence of tacts in both conditions, although the participant needed less training sessions to master criteria on the condition in which echoic responses were required. The procedure is currently being applied to another children in order to verify generality.

 
 
 
Poster Session #97
DDA Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 23, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
139. Self-Control Equipment Assessment: Empirical Identification of Appropriate Forms of Equipment Assisted Self-Control
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ALYSSA FISHER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute; The Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute; The Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute), ALEXANDER Rodolfo AREVALO (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract: Self-restraint (SR) is a debilitating, self-limiting behavior that restricts one’s own movement. An inverse relationship has been observed between SR and self-injurious behavior (SIB). Although SR can result in decreased rates of SIB, continuous SR may interfere with one’s ability to interact with the environment and acquire adaptive skills. One method of reducing SR, while also maintaining low levels of SIB, might be to establish self-control skills via the use of self-control equipment (SCE). SCE includes materials that, when used, allow movement but compete with SR. Griffin and Roscoe (2005) demonstrated the utility of empirically identifying alternative SCE to replace SR through a preference assessment. The current study extends this research by directly comparing the effect of various forms of SCE on SR, SIB, and engagement with preferred stimuli to periods where no SCE was available in a Self-Control Equipment Assessment (SCEA). Additional levels of support (e.g., prompting) were systematically applied to identify effective competing SCE for an individual with Type 3 automatically maintained SIB. Using the SCEA, two pieces of SCE were identified to compete with SR and SIB while still allowing engagement with toys. This equipment may be further analyzed by incorporating it into treatment.
 
140. Quantitative Analysis of Wound Surface Area Among Individuals With Automatically Maintained Self-Injurious Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY N. CARVER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (The Johns Hopkins School of Medicine; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (The Johns Hopkins School of Medicine; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Molly K McNulty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), ALEXANDER Rodolfo AREVALO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract:

Previous research has found correlations between wound surface area (WSA, cm2) and rates of self-injurious behavior (SIB; Wilson, Iwata, & Bloom, 2012). Rooker et al. (2019) found a negative correlation between differentiation in the FA and a different injury characteristic (number of injuries). The purpose of this study was to replicate and extend both studies, and investigate whether response rate in, or percent differentiation based on, relevant FA conditions correlated with WSA across seven individuals with automatically maintained SIB (ASIB). That is, we investigated the generality of the finding from Wilson et al., using a combination of methods from both studies. Results suggest that percent differentiation in the FA tends to predict total WSA for ASIB; that is, lower differentiation in the FA predicts more total WSA. Further, when tested independently, rate of SIB in the play and rate of SIB in the test condition of the FA had a weaker correlation with total WSA. These findings are similar to those described by Rooker et al. in that the number of contexts in which an individual engages in SIB appears to be more predictive of injury characteristics than the rate of SIB in any given condition for individuals with ASIB.

 
141. Examining the Impact of Problem Behavior Through the Use of a Severity Rating Scale
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNA BASS (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Schiethauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract: Challenging behavior exhibited by individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities can pose significant negative impacts on patients, families, and their environments. The Problem Behavior Severity Scale was developed at a clinic specializing in the treatment of severe problem behavior and is administered during the patient intake process. The assessment examines the impact of problem behavior via several outcomes, including physical harm caused to patients or others, property damage, and structural modifications. Data are collected through caregiver interview via open-ended questions. Interviewers use responses to rate the severity of each category. Based on results from 300 individuals referred to a specialty clinic for challenging behavior, 81.66% of clients’ problem behavior resulted in physical harm, 72% resulted in damage to the environment, and 42% had environmental changes as a result of challenging behavior. In addition to describing the impact of challenging behavior, the utility of this measure is discussed as it relates to identifying the most applicable and effective resources for both patients and caregivers.
 
142. The Use of Combined Contingencies in the Treatment of Targeted and Nontargeted Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ROSE MORLINO (University of Georgia), Courtney Mauzy (University of Georgia), Jamila Salim (University of Georgia), Jessica Turpin (University of Georgia), Emma Charlton (University of Georgia), Karla Zabala (University of Georgia), Andrea Zawoyski (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract: The use of combined contingencies might be beneficial in the treatment of problem behavior. In the current study, we assessed avoidant movements and dangerous acts (e.g., climbing on tables) exhibited by a young boy with autism spectrum disorder in the context of academic demands. During baseline, avoidant movements resulted in a 30-s break from demands; there were no programmed contingencies for dangerous acts. During baseline, avoidant movements occurred when instructions were delivered and compliance was low (0%). The individual also engaged in dangerous acts during the 30-s break period. During the intervention phase, we compared two conditions using an alternating treatments design. In condition 1 (break only), compliance with instruction resulted in a 30-s break. In condition 2 (enriched break), compliance with the instruction resulted in a 30-s break with access to preferred tangible items. Extinction was implemented for avoidant movements in both conditions. Results indicated that both conditions effectively resulted in decreased avoidant movements and increased compliance. However, nontargeted dangerous acts remained high in the break only condition. Dangerous acts decreased to zero levels in the enriched break condition. This finding supports the utility of using combined contingencies in the treatment of problem behavior.
 
143. Treatment of Automatically Maintained Subtype Two Self-Injury Using Competing Tasks
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE HOWELL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer Vetter (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Zachary Husak (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia Gilloran (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract: There is an extensive literature base supporting the use of competing stimuli to reduce automatically maintained self-injurious behavior (ASIB). However, establishing contingencies for accessing alternative reinforcers via differential reinforcement with tasks may also reduce ASIB (Rooker et al., 2018). In the current study, we evaluated procedures to reduce subtype 2 ASIB for an 11-year-old male with autism. Replicating procedures typically used within competing stimulus assessments, a competing task assessment (CTA) was conducted to identify tasks associated with low rates of ASIB and high task engagement. Across three phases, multiple intervention components with gradual increases in intensity (e.g., alternative task presentation, prompted task completion, and response blocking and redirection) were assessed. Summative results indicated that in addition to presenting one set of task items at a time, the response blocking and redirection components were associated with the lowest rates of ASIB and task engagement. In an extended treatment evaluation, three tasks (i.e., stack blocks, put in, stack cups) were formally evaluated and schedule thinning was completed. Results indicated that a reinforcement schedule of 10 tokens was most effective in maintaining low rates of ASIB and high task engagement.
 
144. Comparison of Baseline Levels of Problem Behavior During Functional Analyses and Extinction
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CHELSEA E. CARR (University of Arizona; University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract: Baseline assessments of problem behavior most often include either functional analysis (FA) data or extinction (EXT) of the target response. The choice between these procedures occurs for both clinical and conceptual reasons. Clinically, individuals may use FA as the baseline to avoid an increase in problem behavior which can occur with the use of EXT. Conceptually, individuals may use EXT as the baseline to determine the persistence of problem behavior when challenged. Although EXT should produce higher rates of target responding than FA conditions, that has not been shown empirically in the context of parents working with their children’s severe problem behavior at home. The purpose of this study was to compare baseline levels of problem behavior when FA and EXT procedures were conducted via telehealth prior to the start of treatment. Data from 29 young children with autism spectrum disorder were evaluated, retrospectively. The average percent of intervals of problem behavior in the identified functional condition(s) of the FA and EXT baselines were compared. Results showed that problem behavior occurred at higher levels during the EXT baseline for 86% of the participants and the results were significant based on Tau-U. Implications of the results will be described.
 
145. Treatment of Automatically Maintained Geophagia in a Preschooler With Developmental Delay
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CALLIE GILCHREST (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Steven Lindauer (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract:

Geophagia is the intentional consumption of dirt, soil, or clay. Dangerous health risks of geophagia include parasitic infections, metal poisoning, and gastrointestinal problems. In the current study, geophagia was assessed and treated in a 5-year-old male preschooler with developmental delays who was referred for outpatient behavioral treatment of pica. Primary items consumed were dirt, soil, and sand. Functional analyses results suggested geophagia was maintained by automatic reinforcement due to responses occurring almost exclusively in alone conditions, in the absence of social consequences. Additionally, preference and treatment analyses were conducted to identify stimuli that would compete with geophagia. Matched and unmatched stimuli were presented during baseline conditions to determine the role of oral stimulation in geophagia responses. Stimuli that best competed and yielded the lowest rates of geophagia were then provided noncontingently during treatment sessions, which has resulted in decreases in rates of geophagia.

 
146. Effects of Applied Behavior Analysis to Reduce Self-Injurious Behavior of a Child With Bainbridge-Ropers Syndrome
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JAYNE MEREDITH MURPHY (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Emory University School of Medicine), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Emory University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract:

A 12-year-old male was referred to a severe behavior applied behavior analysis (ABA) clinic for the assessment and treatment of self-injurious behavior (SIB). The client has a rare diagnosis, Bainbridge-Ropers Syndrome (BRPS). BRPS was first described in 2013, and has only been identified in approximately 30 individuals in the literature (Koboldt et al., 2018). BRPS is due to changes in function of the gene additional sex combs-like 3, ASXL3. This gene instructs cells in various organs at different stages of development (Bainbridge et al., 2013), and this mutation is problematic for growth and functioning. Due to the limited amount of individuals currently diagnosed with BRPS, there is a need for increased evidence to support appropriate and efficient assessment and intervention strategies. The client seen in the severe behavior clinic was considered an early learner and due to difficulties related to his diagnosis of BRPS, assessment and treatment of his SIB was challenging. Through various functional assessments tailored specifically to the client, the treatment team was able to identify an appropriate function of his SIB and behavioral interventions were found to be effective for the client based on visual analysis of the data.

 
147. Applied Evaluation of Synthesized and Single Contingencies Maintaining Challenging Behaviors
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA A. CLARK (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract:

Functional analysis (FA) is the most widely researched method for assessing problem behavior of individuals with developmental disabilities and is a vital component in developing treatments for these individuals (Beavers, Iwata, & Lerman, 2013; Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003). This study compared results of two functional analyses, testing synthesized and single contingencies. Familiar staff members who worked with the participants completed the Open- Ended Functional Assessment Interview (Hanley, 2009). Both participants’ behavior was hypothesized to engage in challenging behaviors maintained by escape from demand and access to preferred tangible items. Test conditions for both participants included the following: control, escape, tangible and synthesized escape/tangible. Results of this study indicate that challenging behavior may at times be maintained by more than one single contingency without also occurring under synthesized contingencies while at other times may be maintained by both single and synthesized contingencies.

 
148. The Naked Truth: Extending Latency-Based Functional Analysis to Assess Disrobing in an Adult Residential Setting
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ALLYSON MAE TOWLES-HOLDIMAN (Bancroft), Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft), Victor Chin (Bancroft; Rowan University)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract:

Disrobing is a socially stigmatizing behavior impacting people with developmental disabilities. It can be a difficult problem to manage in community settings which may lead to social isolation, poor integration with peers, or placement in restrictive settings (Carlson et al., 2011). Traditional functional analysis (FA) procedures rely on measuring repeatability of a behavior while testing isolated functions (Iwata et al., 1994). Disrobing poses a challenge for this methodology since repeated occurrence would require a therapist redressing the client, potentially providing additional attention, which may serve as a confounding variable (Thomason-Sassi et al., 2011). For disrobing, and other behaviors that cannot be repeated due to practical or ethical concerns (e.g.: elopement, vomiting, severe SIB), latency-based functional analyses can be used to identify function. However, latency-based FAs may take time for the participant to detect the contingencies, which uses additional time and resources and may fail to adequately identify automatically maintained behavior. The present study examined the use of an extended latency-based FA on disrobing for an adult in a residential setting. In test conditions, the participant was instructed to put on clothing. Following the initial disrobing, the participant contacted the contingency and was redressed. Latency to disrobing was measured for before and after the contingency. Results indicated that behavior is likely automatically maintained because behavior was evoked at approximately the same latency throughout all conditions, irrespective of the presence of the potentially reinforcing contingency.

 
149. A Case Example of the Disruptive Effect of Protective Procedures on Subtype-2 Automatically Self-Injurious Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXANDER AREVALO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher M Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Molly K Bednar (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rose Nevill (University of Virginia)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract:

Results of recent research identified subtypes of automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (ASIB) that vary greatly in terms of their responsiveness to treatment. Subtype-2 ASIB has been shown to be one of the most treatment-resistant forms of behavior. As such, protective procedures (blocking and protective equipment) are sometimes used to treat this behavior. However, the collateral effects of these procedures on other forms of self-injurious behavior are unclear. We document the effects of these two procedures on the automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior of an individual who experienced theses protective procedures. Results provide preliminary evidence of response variation in automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior as a function of blocking and protective equipment. Potential implication of the current results will be discussed.

 
150. Reduction of Rule Infraction Behavior by Pseudo Self-Monitoring in a Child With ADHD
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
NOZOMI YOSHIDA (Meisei University), Keisuke Kuwano (Spectrum Life Co., Ltd.), Koji Takeuchi (Meisei University)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to examine the effect of pseudo self-monitoring on rule infraction behavior in a child with ADHD who showed rule infraction behavior in a teaching situation using a card game. Pseudo-self-monitoring is a procedure in which a participant monitors the behavior of another person imitating the participant (Wada and Takeuchi, 2019). The participant was a child with ADHD, 16 years old. As a method of this research, we created a video of the behavior of others imitating the participation behavior in a teaching situation using a card game. Several scenes in the video were presented to the participant in random order for evaluation. The frequency of rule infraction behavior was averaged 66.4% during the baseline, averaged 20% during the intervention phase, and averaged 24.8% during the probe phase. In other words, it was shown that pseudo self-monitoring was effective in reducing the rule infraction behavior of children with ADHD, and that the effect was maintained.

 
151. Utilizing a Non-Concurrent Multiple Baseline to Limiting Risk During a Treatment Analysis
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
GABRIEL LOPERGOLO (Bancroft), Kelly Trucksess (Bancroft), Brittany Diamanti (Bancroft), Hailee Perez (Bancroft), Adrianna Whitman (Bancroft), Timothy Nipe (Bancroft)
Discussant: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital)
Abstract:

Self-injurious behavior (SIB) is a common topography among individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. Head directed self-injurious behavior can lead to significant and long-lasting injury and will typically require some form of intervention. Due to the dangerous nature of head directed self-injury, standard forms of assessment can put the individual at increased risk if allowed to engage in repeated instances of the behavior. In this study, a non-concurrent multiple baseline design across functions with latency as the dependent measure was utilized in order to establish experimental control. This approach limited repeated instances of SIB during baseline and eliminating the need for a return to baseline during treatment. Results indicated that latency to SIB increased when the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) was introduced across three identified functions: escape from demands, social avoidance, and access to tangible items. This study indicates that the use of latency as a dependent measure in combination with a multiple baseline design may offer clinicians an alternative to more traditional designs to decrease the risk of injury when SIB is the targeted behavior.

 
152. Reducing Pica by Teaching the Exchange of Inedible Items
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KELSEY ELBON (Bancroft), Hailee Perez (Bancroft), Adrianna Whitman (Bancroft), Amanda Marie Finlay (Bancroft), Timothy Nipe (Bancroft)
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Pica, or the persistent ingestion of non-edible objects, is dangerous and may lead to various health implications such as gastrointestinal complications, lead poisoning, infections, and other dental health problems. Pica is challenging to treat, and is maintained in the absence of social consequences (Piazza, et. al. 1998). The identification and use of items that compete effectively with pica to reduce ingestion of inedible items has shown to work under very controlled conditions. However, the noncontingent delivery of items on a schedule rich enough to compete with pica may be difficult or even unethical to utilize over long periods of time. There is a small body of research has shown that utilizing differential reinforcement of an alternative behavior, i.e., the exchange of an inedible item, may reduce rates of pica, e.g., Kern, Starosta and Adelman, 2006, while circumventing some of these concerns. The current study demonstrates the efficacy of differentially reinforcing the exchange of edible items that had previously been identified to effectively compete with pica with the inedible items the individual encountered across sessions.

 
153. An Ethical Responsibility of Cultural Competency: Models of Disability, Microaggressions, and Professional Considerations in ABA
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
NATALIA BAIRES (Southern Illinois University), Rocco G Catrone (SIU-Carbondale), Amrinder Babbra (Doctoral Student), Sebastian Garcia-Zambrano (Southern Illinois University), Manish K. Goyal (Southern Illinois University), Darwin S Koch (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: As behavior analysts, our code of ethics demands a certain level of competency when ethically changing the behaviors of others. With the footholds of globalization creeping onward, and a nation’s populace that is growing increasingly diverse (Fong & Tanaka, 2013), being culturally aware of the clients and their families in which this caring profession serves is paramount. This presentation reviews important models adapted from other fields of study in hopes to promote a multidisciplinary approach to addressing the cultural competencies when working with families with autistic children. Disability Theory Models will be applied to the way ABA may lead to unintentional ableism. Examples of microaggressions towards those with disabilities will be depicted and what behavior analysts can do to minimize these. Finally, the Developmental Model of Intercultural Sensitivity (DMIS; Bennet, 1986) will be illustrated and applied to ABA as a way to not minimize differences between professionals and clients, but to have a model to increase sensitivity to work with those who may have different backgrounds from the clinician. Each section references back to the current BACB ethical guidelines, creating relevance of models and interventions to the behavior-analytic tradition.
 
154. Parent Training in Languages Other Than English for Children With Disabilities: A Literature Review
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
JACQUELINE ZAMBRANO (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University)
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

To better understand parent trainings on challenging behavior interventions for parents that speak a language other than English, we conducted a review of the existing literature. We conducted a database search and ancillary searches. Six studies evaluating parent training in challenging behavior interventions in a language other than English were identified. The articles identified were analyzed to determine the types of trainings that had been used and to determine the impact that these trainings had on the child’s challenging behaviors. Across the articles, there were 151 parent participants and 151 child participants. The most common language of parent training was Chinese. The existing literature shows that weekly group parent trainings were most commonly used. The scarcity of articles highlights the need for more research in this area. Specifically, future research should evaluate the efficacy and social validity of research supported challenging behavior interventions with parents who speak languages other than English. Implications and directions for future research will be discussed.

 
155. Validity of French Versions of the Assessment, Evaluation, and Programming System for Infants and Children
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MARIE-JOËLLE BRACONNIER (Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières), Carmen Dionne (Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières), Annie Paquet (Universite du Quebec a Trois-Rivieres)
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: A need for assessments linked to early intensive behavioral intervention curriculum programs, and useful for intervention purposes, is identified by literature (Gould et al., 2011). Besides, a portrait of the child’s needs is required to make the best decisions for intervention (Bagnato et al., 2010). Many childcare providers report their dissatisfaction of conventional assessment tools (Bagnato et al., 2014). The Assessment, Evaluation and Programming System for Infants and Children (AEPS®), 2nd edition (Bricker, 2002), an authentic assessment and intervention tool, is a promising option. The 3rd version is currently submitted to a translation process. This study aims to contribute to the validation process of both French editions of the AEPS® assessment. A quantitative survey with two online questionnaires is proposed. Participants were Quebec childcare providers from five public early intervention services centers (n = 26). From those, experienced users completed the second questionnaire about the 3rd edition (n = 15). Results show many positive effects on professional evaluation practices. Furthermore, the tool’s items and procedures reflect the characteristics of an authentic assessment based on the eight evaluation-specific quality indicators (Bagnato et al., 2010). The AEPS® presents a high level of social acceptability, and facilitates teamwork and parents-professionals collaboration.
 
156. Video Modeling in Teaching Individuals With Developmental Disabilities to Engage in Leisure Activities
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research
CHAIDAMOYO GOODSON DZENGA (Tennessee Technological University), Krystal Kennedy (Tennessee Technological University), Emily Loftis (Tennessee Technological University), Argnue Chitiyo (Ball State University)
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Leisure activities have been linked in providing an opportunity for individuals with developmental disabilities to acquire adaptive skills which are necessary for successful inclusion in the general public. Teaching individuals with developmental disabilities to engage in leisure activities is widely acknowledged in improving communication skills, social interaction skills and also providing an opportunity for behaving appropriately in society. Studies involving individuals with developmental disabilities have mainly focused on interventions on feeding and self-care and leisure activities have been somewhat an afterthought. Leisure activities for individuals with disabilities are often selected by their caregivers. This literature review analyzed studies that used video modeling, a non-intrusive behavioral antecedent intervention, to teach individuals with developmental disabilities to engage in leisure activities. Participants in the study were individuals 3 years and above with varying diagnosis that fell under the generic term developmental disabilities. The studies used single-case designs that were evaluated using guidelines of the What Works Clearing House (2017). Studies published from 2001 to 2018 (n =10) were identified. For individuals with severe developmental disabilities, preference assessments should be conducted to identify their preferred leisure activities so that they may engage in leisure activities of their choices.

 
157. The Effects of Video Models on the Independent Transitioning of Children with Developmental Disabilities: A Systematic Review of the Literature
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
BRENDON NYLEN (University of Iowa), Seth King (University of Iowa)
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Transitions encompass termination of one activity and initiation of another activity or movement across locations. Individuals with developmental disabilities frequently encounter difficulties in independently transitioning without assistance. Transitions are important because individuals are expected to transition throughout life across different contexts such as school or a job. Video models have been used with the intended goal of increasing independent transitions. Video models encompass a variety of approaches to depicting a recording of a desired behavior for the viewer to imitate. This study reviewed research between 1999 and 2019 that used video models to increase the independent transitioning of children with developmental disabilities. Authors of identified studies (n = 11) assessed the influence of video models on behavioral dimensions of transitioning (e.g., latency) as well as the occurrence of inappropriate behaviors during transitions. Of the cases identified within the studies (n = 40), 45% satisfied contemporary standards of evidence. Findings of these cases were mixed however. Implications for practitioners are discussed following a description of results.
 
158. Antecedent Manipulations for Decreasing Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH PRESCOTT (The New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual disabilities often engage in problem behavior maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escape from demands. One method of treating this behavior is to eliminate the response-reinforcer contingency by implementing escape extinction. However, this procedure can be difficult or unsafe to implement with many individuals. Therefore, it is important to explore alternative intervention options, such as motivating operation manipulations. The purpose of this poster is to describe various antecedent manipulations that have been used to reduce the evocative effect of demands. Some of the procedures reviewed include: demand fading, task interspersal (also referred to as the high-probability request sequence), and introducing a reinforcement contingency for compliance. Variations in these procedures will be reviewed as well as suggestions for implementation in clinical practice. Articles were included in this review based on pre-specified inclusion criteria (e.g., functional control is demonstrated through a single-subject experimental design). Interobserver agreement was assessed for article inclusion and was 100%.
 
159. A Systematic Review of Reinforcement Schedule Thinning Following Functional Communication Training
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
EMILY PAIGE EXLINE (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University)
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a highly effective intervention to reduce challenging behavior among individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Despite the vast literature supporting FCT effectiveness, the intervention is not without criticism. One such criticism is that the continuous schedule of reinforcement for the functional communicative response that is typically utilized during initial phases of intervention cannot be maintained in natural settings. Reinforcement schedule thinning addresses this drawback with various approaches to systematically thin the schedule of reinforcement to a schedule that is more appropriate for natural change agents in natural settings. A systematic review of the literature identified 53 articles in which one of five schedule thinning approaches was implemented after implementation of FCT: (a) delay-to-reinforcement, (b) chained schedule of reinforcement, (c) multiple schedules of reinforcement, (d) response restriction, and (e) alternative activity. These studies indicate wide procedural variability across reinforcement schedule thinning approaches. Results will be further analyzed and discussed.
 
160. Antecedent Choice-Making Interventions to Reduce Challenging Behavior for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities: A Review of the Literature
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
PROVIDENCE LIVELY (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University)
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Antecedent choice-making interventions involve offering an individual a choice in how to complete a task prior to the onset of that task. In order to better understand the possible relationship between antecedent choice making and challenging behavior, a review of the existing literature on the use of antecedent choice-making interventions to reduce challenging behavior was conducted. A systematic review of the literature identified 30 articles in which antecedent choice was implemented to reduce problem behavior. The studies were summarized according to characteristics of the participant, antecedent choice intervention, problem behavior, and other dependent variables such as task completion. In addition, the included studies were analyzed according to the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC; 2017) Single Case Research Design Standards. The literature indicate that antecedent choice-making interventions involve both within-activity choices such as choice of activity materials or setting as well as across-activity choices, such as the order of activities. Initial results indicate the effectiveness of choice-making interventions to reduce challenging behavior. Results will be further analyzed and discussed.

 
161. The Use of Technology in Vocational Skills Training for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities: A Systematic Review
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
MACKENZIE RAYE WICKER (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University)
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Current research has identified poor post-school outcomes for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities; in fact, poorer than any other disability group. Employment support such as vocational skill training can improve outcomes and increase opportunities for paid employment. With recent advances in technology, a myriad of technology devices and programs offer relatively inexpensive and portable forms of support to vocational training programs. Moreover, today’s ubiquitous use of technology allows for the use of technology supports in a way that may not be as stigmatizing in the work setting relative to more traditional forms of support. The purpose of this review is to summarize the literature regarding the use of technology in vocational skills training programs. Articles identified via a systematic search of the literature are summarized according to (a) participant characteristics, (b) vocational skills targeted, and (c) technology device characteristics. In addition, the included studies are analyzed according to the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC; 2017) Single Case Research Design Standards. Results will be further analyzed and discussed.

 
162. An Evaluation of Functional Communication Training to Treat Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREA RAMIREZ-CRISTOFORO (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Fabiola Vargas Londono (The University of Texas at Austin)
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Functional Communication Training (FCT) is a well-known and often recommended intervention to treat problem behavior among individuals with developmental disabilities. FCT consists of teaching a functional, alternative communicative response to replace problem behavior in the individual’s repertoire to allow them to obtain functional reinforcers that previously maintained problem behavior. Despite a number of literature reviews on FCT, to date, no literature review has examined studies that have evaluated FCT as a treatment for negatively reinforced problem behavior. It may be beneficial to explore treatment related factors to inform practitioners and researchers on how to increase the social validity and generalization of FCT outcomes for negatively reinforced problem behavior(s). The primary purpose of this literature review was to evaluate factors that impact the effectiveness of FCT alone and/or in conjunction with other interventions to treat negatively reinforced problem behaviors. Results across 47 empirical studies supported and extended prior literature review findings. Some novel identified findings on factors that can affect FCT efficiency and generalizability were quality of reinforcement, variability of mands, and the exposure of problem behavior to establishing operations. Recommendations for clinicians and potential avenues for future research will be discussed.

 
163. Resurgence of Clinically Relevant Behaviors: A Systematic Review
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
JESSE PERRIN (Pathways), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Basic, translational, and applied researchers have all identified resurgence as a phenomenon with significant implications for successful behavioral intervention. Resurgence can occur during both unplanned changes to treatment as well as planned changes. Many function-based treatments used in applied settings with clinically relevant behaviors, including FCT and NCR, appear to have components that may lead to resurgence. In 2017, Kestner & Peterson published a systematic literature review that included resurgence studies focused on clinically relevant behaviors. Since their publication, the amount of resurgence research focused on clinically relevant behaviors appears to have increased significantly. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to systematically review research on resurgence of clinically relevant behaviors published after the Kestner review to identify new findings and directions of recent research. This review includes 13 articles published from 2016-2019. The articles were identified systematically with 85% initial agreement. The findings of the review identified themes within the published research that include stimulus control, history of reinforcement, and behavioral momentum theory. Limitations, future research directions, and possible applications are also discussed.
 
164. Prevalence of Treatment Relapse in Children With Destructive Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
NATASHA CHAMBERLAIN (Children’s Specialized Hospital–Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (CSH–RUCARES)), Kayla Randall (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (Children’s Specialized Hospital–Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (CSH–RUCARES) and Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Daniel R. Mitteer (Children’s Specialized Hospital–Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (CSH–RUCARES)), Ryan Kimball (University of Saint Joseph)
Discussant: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Practitioners commonly test for generality of treatment effects during the end of patient admissions (Stokes & Baer, 1977). Tests may include conditions such as conducting treatment with a novel implementer, in a novel setting, or large decreases in reinforcement. Research suggests that tests for treatment generality often produce treatment relapse (Pritchard, Hoerger, & Mace, 2014). Treatment relapse is generally defined as the reemergence of undesirable behavior following successful treatment (Wathen & Podlesnik, 2018). The current study quantified the prevalence of treatment relapse during these common generality tests for 12 participants enrolled in an outpatient treatment program for severe destructive behavior. We retrieved information on the (a) child's age, (b) referral concerns, (c) diagnoses, (d) level of intellectual disability, (e) treatment duration, (f) undesirable behavior targeted, (g) function of behavior, (h) rates of behavior during assessments and treatment, (i) rates of behavior during tests for generality, and (j) generality test type. We compared mean rates of undesirable behavior during treatment to mean rates of undesirable behavior during tests for generality. Destructive behavior resurged in 18 of 24 applications and renewed in 9 of 14 applications. These findings are discussed in terms of clinical application for the treatment of destructive behavior.

 
 
 
Poster Session #98
AUT Saturday Poster Session
Saturday, May 23, 2020
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
Chair: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
165. Lag Schedules to Increase Play and Decrease Stereotypy in Children With Autism on a Playground
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CECILIA MARTINEZ (Texas State University), Reem Muharib (Texas State University), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Katherine Ledbetter-Cho (Texas State University)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Play is critical for a healthy cognitive, social and emotional development of children (Lifter, Foster-Sanda, Arzmarski, Briesch, & McClure, 2011). Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often do not engage in appropriate play and tend to display stereotypic behaviors (Cunningham & Schreibman, 2008; Lang et al., 2009). In this study, we examined the effects of lag schedules of reinforcement on play and stereotypy of three children with ASD (ages 9 to 12 years old) on a playground during recess in a summer camp. During intervention, children were reminded to engage in a variety of play behaviors and received praise that emphasized change in play behavior. All children remained in a Lag 1 schedule throughout intervention. Using a multiple baseline across participants design, the results indicated an increase of the frequency and variability of appropriate play using the playground equipment and a concurrent decrease of stereotypy of all three children. However, no increases of opportunities for social interaction between the participants and their peers were observed which warrants further research. We will discuss the results and provide recommendations for future research and practice.

 
166. Further Evaluations of a Multiple Schedule of Reinforcement Following Functional Communication Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARIAH GONZALES (Texas State University), Reem Muharib (Texas State University-San Marcos), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Katherine Ledbetter-Cho (Texas State University)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often display problem behavior (Dominick et al., 2007) that may result from a lack of communication skills (Park, Yelland, Taffe, & Gray, 2012). Functional communication training (FCT) is an evidence-based practice (Wong et al., 2013) commonly used to treat problem behavior maintained by socially mediated consequences (Tiger & Hanley, 2008). However, FCT may be impractical to implement in natural settings because it requires reinforcing the child’s communicative responses on a dense fixed-ratio schedule. We evaluated the effects of a multiple schedule of reinforcement for two children diagnosed with ASD in a school setting. After functional analyses indicated both children’s problem behaviors were maintained by access to preferred items, traditional functional communication training was implemented. Next, we introduced a fixed-sequence multiple schedule of reinforcement with one S-Delta, followed by a resurgence test. Data indicated the treatment was effective for one child while the other child required an alternative activity procedure. Resurgence of problem behavior was observed in the child who did not receive an alternative activity procedure. Further, data showed some generalized responding across teachers and settings. We will discuss our findings and offer future directions for research in the area of schedule thinning.
 
167. Teaching Identification of Complex Emotions to Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KHIELA ACHURRA (Easterseals of Southern California), Nicole Dileva (Easterseals of Southern California), Randi Xu (Easterseals of Southern California), Jacob Roach (Easterseals of Southern California), Joyce Tu (Easterseals of Southern California)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract:

In this study, we examine the effects of video modeling to teach complex emotions across seven children diagnosed with autism. Each participant was shown five short video clips and identified characteristics such as, body language, facial expression, voice, and volume. The results suggest that video modeling can quickly promote skill acquisition in identifying complex emotions across all participants.

 
168. Treatment of Motor Stereotypies through Antecedent Excercise in a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
FRANCESCA SICILIANO (Aliter - Cooperativa Sociale), Nicola Cefalo (Aliter Cooperativa Sociale), Michael Nicolosi (Queen's University Belfast; Voce nel Silenzio Onlus)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often show motor stereotypies that could represent barriers to learn functional behaviours. Some studies showed that antecedent exercise (AE), a procedure based on physical activity, can effectively decrease the rate of motor stereotypies. One study in particular applied AE through an indoor elliptical bike in a home setting. The aim of the present study is to replicate this finding on AE in a center-based intervention. One 6 years old child with ASD, male, participated in the study. The procedures involved fading of the prompt for the correct jogging position and movements, shaping of the jogging sessions duration and positive reinforcement available at the end of a correct jogging session. The jogging sessions were performed as an AE in order to reduce motor stereotypies. Collected data indicate that AE is successful in decreasing the target behaviours in a center-based intervention. The findings could have important implications for the treatment of motor stereotypies in people with ASD.

 
169. Stimulus Fading as a Treatment for Severe Aversion to Specific Words in a School Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN DOUGLAS ZANGERLE (The Y.A.L.E. School), Allison Parker (The Y.A.L.E. School), Kayla Centone (The Y.A.L.E. School)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract: Words and gestures acquiring aversive qualities can negatively impact the ability for individuals to succeed in an academic setting, or even inhibit the creation of a therapeutic environment. The purpose of this study is to determine the effect of stimulus fading as a treatment for severe avoidance of specific words in a school setting. The participant is an eight year old girl with autism spectrum disorder attending a self-contained special education school. The participant emitted an avoidance response under the control of a specific verbal and gestural stimulus. A stimulus fading intervention was introduced. The participant displayed a tolerance response during initial phases of the intervention, and it is hypothesized that this tolerance response will continue as stimuli are presented in increasing magnitudes. We also hypothesize that programming for generalization will result in a decrease in avoidance responding within the classroom. We predict that the results of this study will demonstrate that stimulus fading can unmatch stimuli with aversive qualities, reduce avoidance responding, and that the effects of intervention can be generalized to and maintained in an academic setting.
 
170. Conversations and Social Initiations in Young Adults With Autism and Intellectual Disability
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA C. CHEZAN (Old Dominion University), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina), Elise Grybos (Southeastern Cooperative Educational Programs)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and co-occurring moderate intellectual disability (ID) have deficits in conversations because of challenges in interpreting vocal and nonvocal responses and in identifying appropriate moments to initiate, maintain, or terminate conversations. Our purpose in this study was to increase conversations in three young adults with ASD and co-occurring moderate ID. First, we used an intervention package consisting of Behavior Skills Training (BST) and Covert Audio Coaching (CAC) to promote acquisition and maintenance of conversations with coworkers. Second, we implemented CAC during naturally-occurring opportunities at an internship site. Third, we examined if initiations with coworkers increased during and after participants learned to initiate, maintain, and terminate conversations. We used a concurrent multiple-baseline design across participants with continuous acquisition probes to evaluate the effects of the intervention in producing acquisition and maintenance of conversations and increasing the frequency of initiations. Results demonstrate that the intervention was effective in producing acquisition and maintenance of the target skills in all three young adults. Data also indicate that participants initiated more interactions with coworkers as conversational competence increased.

 
171. Establishing Teacher's Instructional Control during Whole Group Instruction in a Special Education Classroom
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN LAYMAN (University of Southern Mississippi; Spectrum Academy and Clinical Services at New Summit School), Meleah Ackley (University of Southern Mississippi; Spectrum Academy and Clinical Services at New Summit School), Andrew Joseph Rozsa (University of Southern Mississippi; Spectrum Academy and Clinical Services at New Summit School), Marshall Lundy (University of Southern Mississippi; Spectrum Academy and Clinical Services at New Summit School), Kelli Harrison (Spectrum Academy and Clinical Services at New Summit School)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract: The ultimate goal for students at a specialized school for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder and other developmental delays is to transition to a general education setting. Each classroom in the specialized school is comprised of three staff members (e.g., teachers and Registered Behavior Technicians) and six to seven students, resulting is about a 2:1 ratio of students to staff. Baseline results found that the frequency of verbal prompts by the support staff were high, while lead teachers had low counts of behavior specific praise. Support staff also consequently provided higher levels of praise compared to lead teachers. To successfully transition to the general education setting, students should be prepared for decreased frequency of prompting from support staff. A multiple probe design was utilized to facilitate training across five classrooms. Behavior targets included delivery of behavior specific praise by the teacher and support staff following a non-verbal prompting hierarchy (i.e., model/gestural prompts, partial physical prompt, full physical prompt). Results show that training was effective in increasing the teachers’ behavior specific praise and decreasing support staffs’ verbal praise and prompts for all classrooms. Additionally, student problem behavior decreased in four out of the five classrooms.
 
172. Supporting Family to Support Each other
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
FAN YU LIN (ALSOLIFE)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract: There is a great impact when a family receive a diagnosis of autism on their child. In addition to emotional support to cope with the reality, the family need to access service systems and obtain continued empowerment from professionals. However, as of Oct 2019, the total number of BCBA-D, BCBA, and BCaBA in China is merely 138, only 46 of whom are located in mainland China. On top of the shortage of professionals, more than 80% of autism support centers are clustered around the mega-cities such as Beijing, Shanghai, Guangzhou, and Schengen. As a result, the need for services for families with children with ASD living in distant areas of China is imminent. Online family support group offers potentials to extend family centered ASD services through the use of technology. This study proposes a model of an online family support group that intends to provide a platform for families to share experiences, build emotional bonding, ask questions and participate in discussion, and receive information about ASD and treatment from professionals. Such online groups are shown to further embed the use of behavior principles in group management, aiming to enhance group participation and positive process.
 
173. The Impact of Peer-Mediated Video Modeling on Social Interactions of Adolescent Males Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
STEVEN G. LITTLE (Walden University), Cheryl Botting-Hammack (Access Behavioral Health Services), Angeleque Akin-Little (Walden University)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Deficits in social communication and social interaction are key elements of Autism Spectrum Disorder. Video modeling (VM) has been successful in teaching new skills, particularly social communication skills, through short, targeted videos. However, prior research in VM has heavily focused on academic settings with elementary school age children. There is a gap in the literature on teaching social skills in natural settings to adolescents with ASD. This research used a single- subject, multiple-baseline design to examine the impact of VM on the social behaviors of adolescent males (n=3), diagnosed with ASD, in natural social settings. The dependent variable was scored for responses based on scripted verbalizations included in the video treatment, scripted social actions, and spontaneous reciprocal verbal interactions chains. Visual analysis, percentage of nonoverlapping data points, and effect size were used to evaluate data. In addition, social validity data on acceptability and satisfaction of the intervention were collected. Results indicated large effects for the adolescent participants when interacting socially in community settings and the treatment was found to be socially acceptable by adolescents and by habilitative intervention professionals.

 
174. Qswim: A Behavioral Curriculum to Teach Lifesaving Swim Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
VINCENT LAMARCA (Applied Behavior Center for Autism), Justin Reedy (Applied Behavior Center for Autism), Sherry Quinn (Applied Behavior Center for Autism)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract: A recent study on leisure activities found that individuals with autism enjoy swimming significantly more than typically developing peers (Eversole et al., 2016). At the same time, individuals with autism are three times more likely to die from drowning than typically developing peers (Shavelle, Strauss, & Pickett, 2001). While some individuals may learn to swim in typical swim programs, many need significant support and additional help. There are few swim trainings that focus on individuals with disabilities in general. There is currently no official swim instructor training to help teach children with autism. This poster highlights the collaborative efforts of behavior analysts and swim instructors to create a swim curriculum to meet those needs. Operational definitions, shaping of lifesaving swim skill behaviors, and behavioral strategies used in the curriculum will be highlighted. The poster hopes to serve as a discussion for all those interested in the application of behavior analysis to swim lessons.
 
175. Sportsmanship Interventions for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Systematic Literature Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LINDSAY GLUGATCH (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Kayleen Knutson (University of Oregon)
Discussant: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

This systematic review summarizes and analyze the literature on sportsmanship interventions for individuals with autism. Sportsmanship skills are necessary for children to engage in game play with peers, cooperate in team sports, and participate in community leisure activities. Twenty-eight studies were included in this study that used experimental designs (single-case design and group design) that targeted sportsmanship behaviors. The results were summarized across participants, targeted behaviors, settings, interventions, and methodological rigor of the included studies. Different types of outcomes, such as play skills, social skills, and specific sportsmanship skills were targeted in the studies. Various types of behavioral interventions and strategies including group instruction, BST, video modeling, and token economies were implemented to improve sportsmanship behaviors for individuals with autism. Although most studies reported positive outcomes on the targeted social-communication behaviors, methodological limitations should be considered when interpreting the results as 64% of the studies included were of weak methodological rigor. Limitations of this review and implications for future research are discussed.

 
176. Teaching Writing Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
ANA CAROLINA CAROLINA SELLA (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil), Williany Silva (Universidade Federal de Alagoas), Isvania dos Santos (Universidade Federal de Alagoas)
Discussant: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Writing skills are necessary in several circumstances: in school, writing is an indication of content learning; upon graduation people are expected to write in several contexts, from formal office tasks to text messaging on Instagram or Facebook. Besides the difficulties that are reported when teaching writing to any children (e.g., picture-spoken word - written word relations; letter shape discrimination), characteristics linked to Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) seem to increase the likelihood of learning issues, such as use of language structure, initiation and termination of discourse, and perseverative comments. There is a scarcity of procedures for teaching writing to children with ASD. The purpose of this study was to systematically review intervention studies, published in peer review journals, that versed on teaching writing to children with ASD. We analyzed previous reviews on the topic and reviewed empirical studies from 2008 through 2018, according to several criteria. Five articles met all criteria, in all four phases, among 393 found. Three writing behaviors, subdivided into several dependent variables, have been targeted for intervention, which always included more than one procedure. Research is still needed to establish best practices for teaching writing to children with ASD.

 
177. Comparing Fixed and Incrementing Reinforcement Durations during Demand Fading Procedures
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KENDALL MAE KASTNER (Marquette University), Margaret Rachel Gifford (Marquette University), Carissa Basile (Marquette University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Marquette University)
Discussant: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of compliance (DRC) is a common treatment for escape-maintained problem behavior. DRC is typically initiated with continuous reinforcement schedule (FR-1) for compliance; the schedule is then progressively increased to support more sustained work periods. The current study compared the efficacy of demand fading when (a) the duration of reinforcement was held constant across fading steps relative to (b) the duration of reinforcement increased as the work requirements increased. One individual with autism spectrum disorder referred for aggression and self-injurious behavior maintained by escape participated in this study. After initial exposure to FR-1 schedules for compliance resulting in a 30-s break period, sessions in which reinforcement durations were held constant at 30-s alternated in a multielement design with sessions in which reinforcement durations increased by 5 s for each increase in the FR schedule. Demand fading evoked substantively less problem behavior when reinforcement durations increased commensurate with work requirements.
 
178. Animal-Assisted Interventions as an Adjunct to ABA Services: A Survey Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JESSICA GHAI (Boston University )
Discussant: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Animal-assisted interventions (AAI) have become increasingly popular, especially within the field of autism (ASD). Unfortunately, there exists little empirical data on intervention prevalence or its effectiveness. To date, there exists no empirical data examining the use of AAI as an adjunct to ABA services. This study explored animal incorporation practices, perceived intervention desirability/feasibility, level of AAI knowledge and awareness, and perceptions/attitudes concerning AAI among active BACB certificants (RBT, BCaBA, BCBA, and BCBA-D certificants) working within the United States (including Puerto Rico). Participants, recruited via the BACB mass email service, were asked to complete a comprehensive, cross-sectional web-based survey developed with the input of 25 expert reviewers. This poster presents data from the Animal Incorporation Practices portion of the survey. A total of 544 BACB certificants participated in this survey study, of which roughly 20% (n=107) reported physically incorporating animal(s) into ABA services with their clients. Analysis of incorporation practices (e.g., intervention format, purpose of animal incorporation, and data collection procedures), individual animal characteristics (e.g., animal species and level of training), and perceived effectiveness of their practices was conducted. Discussion of these findings and how they relate to the Professional & Ethical Compliance Code and animal welfare considerations were presented.

 
179. A Brief Assessment of Conversational Social Cue Deficits Among Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CATHERINE KISHEL (The University of Florida), Faris Rashad Kronfli (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Melanie Elaine Parks (University of Florida), Garret Hack (University of Florida)
Discussant: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Social skill deficits are common in individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD); such deficits include failure to make appropriate eye contact, discussion of conversation topics limited to personal interests, and the inability to determine whether a conversational partner is interested in continuing the conversation (Hood, Luczynski & Mitteer, 2017; Kisamore et al., 2018; Peters & Thompson, 2015). Social skill deficits may reduce opportunities for reinforcement obtained from social interaction, limit employment opportunities, and even result in social environments becoming conditioned punishers (Hendricks, 2010; Kross, Berman, Mischel, Smith, & Wager, 2011; Stussi, Pourtois, & Sander, 2018). The purpose of the current study was to develop a brief assessment to determine participant sensitivity to various social cues indicating uninterest in continuing a conversation. Results demonstrate that the assessment was successful in identifying specific social cue deficits related to conversation termination and that individuals demonstrated greater sensitivity to those cues following behavior skills training (BST). Furthermore, the assessment fit within an appointment-style meeting appropriate for high functioning individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD).

 
180. Evaluating Effectiveness of Antecedent-Based Interventions for Treatment of Challenging Behaviours in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Jingyi Chan (Nanyang Technological University - National Institute of Education), ANURADHA DUTT (Nanyang Technological University), Eunice Loe (Nanyang Technological University - National Institute of Education), Mo Chen (Nanyang Technological University - National Institute of Education)
Discussant: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Challenging behaviours among children with developmental disorders have been commonly reported. In addressing challenging behaviours, the use of Structural Analysis (SA) to investigate the influence of antecedent variables to develop antecedent-based interventions had garnered promising outcomes in recent decades. In this study, a single-subject multi-element experimental design was employed to evaluate effectiveness of using antecedent-based interventions to reduce challenging behaviours (vocalisations, self-injurious behaviours and hand-flapping behaviours) of three Singaporean young children between ages five and seven with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Three phases were conducted. In the first two phases, assessments in the form of Antecedent Analysis (baseline) and SA respectively. In phase three, parents implemented the intervention and data on treatment fidelity and social validity were collected. Results found a reduction in challenging behaviours across all participants during intervention compared to baseline. High social validity was reported based on parents’ rating on the Treatment Acceptability Rating Form.

 
181. Further Analysis of Motor Versus Vocal Response Interruption and Redirection When Treating Automatically Maintained Vocal Stereotypy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHERI MORSE (Behavioral concepts), Candice Colon-Kwedor (Behavioral Concepts), Meagan Cannon (Sturbridge Public Schools)
Discussant: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Past research has shown that response interruption and redirection (RIRD) decreases automatically maintained behaviors such as vocal stereotypy (VS) and in some cases increases appropriate vocalizations. For example, Ahearn et al. (2007) used RIRD to effectively treat vocal stereotypy by presenting vocal demands contingent upon VS. In addition, Ahrens et al. (2011) found that motor demands contingent upon VS were also effective in decreasing VS. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effects of motor RIRD versus vocal RIRD in relation to VS, appropriate vocalizations, compliance with each procedure and social validity measures with children diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder. Participant 1 had a limited vocal repertoire consisting of sounds and short word utterances. Participant 2 and 3 had established mand and tact repertoires. A reversal design was used to compare the effects of motor and vocal RIRD. During motor RIRD, VS was redirected to motor compliances (e.g. touch your nose, clap your hands). During vocal RIRD, VS was redirected to vocal compliances (e.g., tacting or vocal imitation). IOA was calculate din 33% of all sessions across all participants and averaged 95% overall. Results indicated that both motor RIRD and vocal RIRD produced lower levels of VS for all participants and increased appropriate vocalizations for one participant that had a vocal verbal repertoire. Although the vocal RIRD procedure increased appropriate vocals, the motor RIRD procedure demonstrates the utility of RIRD with individuals who have limited vocal verbal repertoires. In addition, compliance was higher during the motor RIRD condition for all participants. Clinical considerations regarding the effectiveness, preference, and social validity of the two procedures are also discussed.

 
182. A Sorting-to-Matching Strategy for Teaching Identity Matching of Complex Stimuli
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GEGUEL FEDERICO LANDESTOY (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Robert Chiaccio (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: Three adolescent boys with autism who attended a behaviorally based school participated in this study designed to remediate overselectivity in a tabletop compound identity matching task. A sorting-to-matching procedure was used to teach participants to match a two-stimulus sample to an identical comparison. We presented probe sessions following each step of the teaching procedure to determine whether some participants would reach criterion without completing all programmed steps. Performance on initial probes was consistent with stimulus overselectivity. Following training, performance on probes was at mastery level for all participants. Two participants met mastery criteria before the completion of all training steps. For one participant, we implemented a prompted scanning procedure due to position bias. Interobserver agreement and procedural integrity for all participants was 100%. This study illustrates one way to expand attending to multiple features of a complex stimulus, and the results show that some learners may accomplish this outcome in fewer training steps than others.
 
183. Effectiveness Of Using ABA Strategies During Speech Therapy For Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JEDIDAH WANJIRU BROOKE (Kaizora Centre for Neurodevelopmental Therapies), Pooja Panesar (Kaizora Centre for Neurodevelopmental Therapies)
Discussant: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: Children with developmental disabilities such as autism tend to have challenges in communication. Communication training, such as speech and language therapy is important for children with Autism to gain independence and express their desires. There are 2 participants in this study: an 8 year old boy, MW, and an 8 year old girl, LM, both diagnosed on the autism spectrum. The interventions conducted occurred at Kaizora Centre for Neurodevelopmental Therapies in Nairobi, Kenya. In the initial phase, the students were receiving speech and language intervention without any ABA principles applied. In phase 2, after a merger between the organizations of a BCBA and an SLP, more ABA strategies including manding, reinforcement, natural environment training and prompt fading were applied during sessions. Over time, the intervals of reinforcement were increased and prompts were faded. A significant increase in vocal output was realized by adding in ABA strategies and the mean length of utterances was also seen to have increased. MW increased his echoic score in the VB-MAPP from 57 to 89 with a steady increase, and LM developed echoics from initially having no echoics. In conclusion, applying ABA strategies helped the efficacy of speech therapy sessions and better outcomes were realized. Data is still in progress for more students and we hope to see the results replicated over multiple students while increasing the strategies implemented. Once the ABA intervention was included in his speech therapy, Murunga was able to improve his communication to longer sentences and settle down during therapy and has improved his Echoics
 
184. Use of Carbone Joint Attention to Teach Children With Autism to Follow Three Step Instructions
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
POOJA PANESAR (Kaizora Centre for Neurodevelopmental Therapies), Yahya Najib (Kaizora Centre for Neurodevelopmental Therapies)
Discussant: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Following multiple instructions is an essential skill for every individual. Our target goal for teaching autistic children is to see them integrated to the mainstream and community at large, which involves following instructions. There has been limited research in this area especially with non-verbal students; the current one done by Vincent J. Carbon et al. If successfully done, this can do away with shadow teachers for students on the spectrum since their presence has often led to prompt dependency, a cultural obstacle Kenyans face. The Carbone et al (2004) study was replicated with a four-year-old child with autism spectrum disorder at Kaizora Centre for Neurodevelopmental therapies. A Discrete Trial Training program Plan was designed with 4 steps: Listener Response (identifying one single object from an array of 5 items); Listener Response (identify two objects in order of the SD). The student was required to echo the two items in that order three times; Listener Response (identifying three objects in order of the SD). The student was required to echo the three items in that order three items; Listener Response (multiple instructions for different directions). The echo was then faded out. The student was able to follow multiple instructions in different directions independently. Future research should be done to assess the efficacy with non-verbal students on the spectrum. Research could also be done where students can read procedures themselves and follow them, for example following a recipe.

 
185. Application of Behaviour Analysis in Virtual Reality: XR-AI Based Assistive Technology Learning Platform for Autism Spectrum Disorder andSpecial Education
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SATHYANARAYANAN A R (CEO, Embright Infotech, Technopark)
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) experience impairments across a wide range of skill domains, including self-care skills. The ratio of 1:59 children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) all around the world, according to the Centre of Autism Disease Control and Prevention Survey. This makes it a demanding problem to be addressed. Nearly 28 percent of 8-year-olds with ASD have self-injurious behaviors. The childcare and diagnosis available today are very few and generalized that makes the life of an autistic child very difficult. Auticare is an Assistive Technology that gives standard ABA therapy and treatment for high functioning autism and related neurodevelopmental disabilities. The therapy platform in Virtual Reality includes different training scenarios solely based on applied behavior analysis that encourage to develop cognitive, social, self-care skills. Not only does this platform provides therapy but it also helps doctors to diagnose the present condition and judge the progress of autistic children through progressive data stored in the cloud. The product is launched and currently being used for therapy in government hospitals and special education centers. The objectives of the current study were to determine the efficacy of the product Auticare among high functioning autism in improving cognitive, social and self-care skills in centers that have already installed the product. The findings of the product revealed that immersive VR training may be a safe and viable method of teaching basic self-care skills using behaviour analysis. Using a forum for virtual reality provides an effective treatment alternative to enhance commonly found cognitive and social impairments in Autism Spectrum Disorder by providing children more immersive, efficient, safe and engaging experience based on applied behaviour analysis technique.

 
186. Functional Behavior Based Cognitive Behavior Therapy for Obsessive Compulsive Behaviors in Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Mixed Methods Analysis of Children 5 to 7 Years Later
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DANA KALIL (Brock University), Courtney Denise Bishop (Brock University), Heather Jaksic (Brock University; University of Manitoba), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Nicole M. Neil (University of Western Ontario), Jan Frijters (Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Brock University)
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Children with high functioning Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often engage in repetitive behaviors topographically similar to those seen in Obsessive Compulsive Disorder. A Randomized Controlled Trial (Vause et al., 2018) used a manualized Functional Behavior-based Cognitive Behavior Therapy (Fb-CBT) with 37 children (n = 19 in experimental and n = 18 in Treatment As Usual), and demonstrated significant differences in Obsessive Compulsive Behaviours (OCBs) between groups from pre to post-test, with large effect sizes. Considering the importance of behavioral maintenance, the present study evaluated the long-term treatment outcomes of 13 children, 5 to 7 years following Fb-CBT. The Repetitive Behavior Scale–Revised (Compulsive, Ritualistic, and Sameness subscales; Bodfish et al., 1999) and parent report questionnaires evaluated OCBs from post-treatment to 5-7 year follow-up. Across participants, there were no significant changes in OCBs between post-test and 5 to 7 year follow-up. However, there was some variability in maintenance of treatment gains. A matched-comparison qualitative case study identified factors that may have contributed to the variance across outcomes. Five semi-structured interviews were conducted with 5 parent and 4 child participants whose quantitative results reflected this variance. Thematic analysis identified common themes across and within cases (Braun and Clarke, 2006). Results from the qualitative analysis support the current ABA and CBT literature—that is—parents whose children were more successful in maintaining treatment gains stressed the importance of parent training and support received during Fb-CBT, and continued work on generalization and practice of coping strategies during exposures post-treatment.

 
187. Self-Advocacy in Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Review and Call for Research
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DAVID SCHENA (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Cierra Hemp (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Self-advocacy is an important life skill. Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may have difficulty self-advocating due to socio-communicative deficits. Other factors related to ASD, such as social anxiety and a dependent lifestyle, may further restrict familiarity with self-advocacy and the ability to self-advocate. Therefore, instruction is often necessary to establish self-advocacy skills to individuals with ASD. Unfortunately, several different definitions of “self-advocacy” exist within self-advocacy literature. Studies have also used different methods to teach self-advocacy and have focused on different target behaviors. Our project aims to propose a comprehensive definition for “self-advocacy” based on commonalities in definitions proposed by previous research and to describe empirically supported methods for teaching self-advocacy to adults with ASD. We collected literature using a set of criteria based on self-advocacy and related terms. Sources were sorted based on whether they defined self-advocacy or sought to teach it, with membership in both groups possible. Ongoing analysis suggests that definitions including self-knowledge, problem recognition, ability to articulate need, and taking initiative are most common, and that behavioral instruction is consistently associated with successful learning of self-advocacy. Areas for future research by applied behavior analysts working with this population are discussed.

 
188. Assessing Impact of Social Skills Group Curriculum on Self-Reported Caregiver Stress Levels
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
PAIGE MARIE RITARI (CAL ABA), Stephanie Hwang (Child Communication And Behavior Specialists)
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Studies have found caregiver stress levels for families with children diagnosed with Autism are consistently higher than that of caregivers of typically developing children. Research has shown reduction in caregiver stress through child participation in behavior analytic services. The current study looks to determine if child and caregiver participation in social skill group curriculum has a positive impact on self-reported caregiver stress levels. Participants were assigned to each condition based off age, adaptive level, and geographic location. Participants received either the Social Thinkers curriculum. Participants completed the curriculum within a group format with peers. Caregiver trainings occurred within a group format as well and provided caregivers with access to similar peers. Caregiver and child application of the curriculum outside of session was measured through caregiver data collection. The current study will compare self-reported caregiver stress levels using the Parental Stress Scale. Baseline levels will be compared to scores at the end of the 6 month curriculum. The current study hopes to identify potential resources for caregiver stress reduction and extend on previous research by adding additional participants.
 
189. A Conceptual Analysis of the High-P Sequencing Procedure and Behavioral Momentum
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
STACY JANTZI (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Behavioral momentum is resistance to change in one’s present environmental conditions. Under these conditions of difficulty, undesired behavior may persist. Research in both clinical and applied settings, has identified that the greater the reinforcement, the greater the momentum, wherein you will find compliance and lower rates of non-compliance. Research has found that enhancing reinforcement for compliance may reduce frequency of some behaviors in the event that a latter response demonstrated that it was continually reinforced. Competing studies have further identified that occasionally increasing reinforcement demonstrated a significantly higher resistance to modification than that of the responding to less frequent forms of reinforcement. The following is a review of literature pertaining to behavioral momentum, compliance, non-compliance, and problem behavior in an educational setting supporting evidence of a middle ground (mid-p) in behavior momentum based on the response effort wherein the modification of task related metrics include rate of tasks delivered or rate of instructions, duration of the instructional periods, and the effort which provides the foundation for the middle difficulty. The difficulty faded in to increase the relationship between to produce the desired therapeutic behavior change in the educational setting.
 
190. Assessment of Problem Behaviour and Treatment of Functional Communication Training With Teenager Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HOI TING DARYL CHEUNG (Affiliation 1: Florida Institute of Technology Affiliation 2: The Children’s Institute of Hong Kong )
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

As one of the diagnostic criteria from DSM-IV, individuals on the Autism Disorder Spectrum (ASD) may exhibit repetitive, restricted and stereotypical behaviours. These individuals may spend a large portion of their day fixated on straightening, organizing or arranging different objects. Severe problem behaviours might emerge when individual's ritualistic behaviours get disrupted by caregivers and teachers. This research attempted on assessing the function of the problem behaviours caused by interruption of ritualistic behaviour of a teenager with autism. A teenager engaged in hand flapping behaviour when playing the game of UNO with his teacher. A latency functional analysis was used to determine if the function of hand flapping was maintained by the interruption of ritualistic behaviour. Results from the functional analysis suggested the function of hand flapping has been maintained by the function of access to tangible, not by the interruption of ritualistic behaviours. As a result, the treatment of Functional Communication Training (FCT) was implemented to teach appropriate request for the UNO cards. The treatment of FCT was evident to successfully reduce the rate of problem behaviour.

 
191. Early Intensive Behavior Intervention for Autism: An Outcome Study of Children in Kuwait
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
YASMEEN HAYAT (Applied Behavior Center Kuwait), Stavros Hadjisolomou (American University of Kuwait)
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Given the growing rate of Autism, the importance of effective intervention can not be underrated. Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) is one of the most scientifically supported interventions to date, and although it is practiced all around the world, studies on its efficacy are restricted to mainly the US, UK and Australia. The present study aims to determine if EIBI holds its efficacy in the Arabic speaking Middle Eastern country of Kuwait. We argue that, in Kuwaiti children, younger initiation age significantly improves treatment outcomes. A total of 74 subjects were included in the study and grouped based on age (young=2 to 4 years old; old = 4 to 12 years old). A two-way ANOVA revealed children who start ABA therapy between the ages of 2 to 4, were overall significantly more successful in mastering programs (M = 66.97, SD = 13.27) than children who started at ages 4 and above (M = 55.57, SD = 18.21). Moreover, a MANOVA showed that the younger group was significantly more successful than their older counterparts in mastering academic, social and communication programs. Implications of results for this study should go towards promoting early intervention in Kuwait, and ultimately lobbying for the implementation of health policies that allow Kuwaiti children access to effective intervention.
 
192. The Effects of the Copy, Cover, and Compare Strategy of Word Spelling for English as a Second Language Students
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SOMCHART SAKULKOO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: This study examined the effectiveness of the Copy, Cover, and Compare (CCC) strategy for English as second language students. This study used the CCC method (Skinner et al., 1997) to increase the percentage of words spelled correctly for two students—a student with autism and a typically developed student. Moreover, the study extended Carter et al. (2013) study by adding maintenance probe and generalization probe. The results of this study are inconclusive between the participants. The data from one participant showed that the CCC alone was not able to increase correct word spelling, maintain, and generalize. On the other hand, the data from another participant revealed the opposite results. Limitations included: no preference assessment conducted, did not collect the percentage of correct letter within words, and did not evaluate the effectiveness of prompt used. Implications and recommendations were discussed in the study.
 
Diversity submission 193. Racial and Gender Reporting in Single Subject Experimental Design Research on Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
LINDSAY FLEECE RENTSCHLER (UNC Chapel Hill), Jessica R. Steinbrenner (University of North Carolina Chapel Hill, Frank Porter Graham Child Development Center), Kara Hume (University of North Carolina Chapel Hill, Frank Porter Graham Child Development Center), Samuel L. Odom (University of North Carolina Chapel Hill, Frank Porter Graham Child Development Center)
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

B.F. Skinner posited in 1981 that culture is one of the three types of selection impacting human behavior, yet Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has often overlooked it. As the reach of ABA grows and the recipients of behavior-analytic services become more diverse, it is imperative that the participants in research studies reflect that diversity. Evidence-based practices for autism intervention are being identified by The National Clearinghouse on Autism & Evidence Practice (NCAEP) in their systematic review of the intervention literature published from 2012-2017. The data presented in this poster intends to answer an important follow-up question: For whom are these interventions evidence-based? The single subject design research articles (n=597) identified by NCAEP were reviewed for descriptions of participant race and gender in accordance with the procedure and reliability protocol described by West et al. (2016). The findings indicate that 24.28% (n=145) of the studies report on race. The majority representation was white participants at 55%. Black participants were represented at 16% and Hispanic/Latino participants comprised 12%. The gender composition was 83% male and 17% female with no reports of gender non-binary participants. This indicates that the field needs more reporting on participant demographics and greater diversity in participant ascertainment.

 
194. Teaching Safety Skills Using Virtual Reality: A Preliminary Experimental Analysis
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AUDREY TAYLOR BOATMAN (Childs Path, Help Begins at Home), Brianda Jazmin Martin del Campo (Child's Path), Andrea Carolina Villegas (University of Florida)
Discussant: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: After testing for usability and feasibility, we collected preliminary experimental data on the effects of virtual reality training on safety skill acquisition with children on the Autism spectrum that held a variety of skill sets and experience levels. Target skills include: the timely exit from a school building during a fire drill and the safe crossing of a street across multiple settings. Generalization probes for both simulations were conducted regularly. This was part of an ongoing beta-test program where the software was continuously updated based on feedback from clients, clinicians and parents. The main goals of this study were to identify appropriate teaching methods, identify data collection measures, and to obtain preliminary measures of effectiveness and social validity. More specifically, we examined pre-requisite skills for the VR headset, data collection methods, prompting within and outside of the virtual environment, mastery criteria for each training level, and methods for testing generalization.
 
195. An Evaluation of Using the PEAK Assessment and Curriculum on Client Outcomes and Learning Speed
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SHELBIE NYMAN (BTI Group), Gerald Everette (BTI Group), Kaitlin Eisenhauer (BTI Group)
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University)
Abstract: The PEAK (Promoting Emergence of Advanced Knowledge) assessment and curriculum is a teaching program that focuses on using discrete trial teaching to teach overarching concepts instead of specific targets. This study evaluated the effectiveness of using the PEAK Direct Assessment and Generalization Assessment along with the curriculum in the center setting to increase skill development. Participants included 3 4 - year - old children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Participants received a range of 8 to 20 hours of direct Applied Behavior Analysis services from Registered Behavior Technicians. The implementation of the PEAK curriculum was effective in increasing 2 out of 3 participants direct teaching skills to meet those of their same aged peers. All 3 participants demonstrated growth in direct teaching skills and generalization skills with 6 months as determined by the PEAK Direct and Generalization assessments. At least one participant demonstrated an increase in their rate of skill acquisition as determined by trials to criterion data. In the center setting, the PEAK assessment and curriculum was effective in increasing skill development across participants.
 
196. The Effects of Instructive Feedback on the Emergence of Untrained Verbal Operants
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ARIADNA MARTINEZ (University of Miami), Laura Camafreita (University of Miami), Laura Dezayas (University of Miami), Elaine Espanola (University of Miami), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami)
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University)
Abstract: Instructive feedback is a teaching strategy that promotes the acquisition of additional responses by embedding nontarget stimuli in the consequence portion of learning trials. Research demonstrates that this is an effective training strategy for teaching skills in the absence of direct instruction. However, there is limited evidence on the impact of instructive feedback on the development of new responses across verbal operants and the possible behavioral mechanisms responsible for learning during instructive feedback trials. We evaluated the effects of instructive feedback with two children who had been diagnosed with autism. An adapted alternating treatments design was used to compare participant responses across conditions with and without instructive feedback. Primary targets consisted of teaching listener responding and tacts. Instructive feedback stimuli were presented in the consequence portion of primary target training trials. Probes were used to evaluate the emergence of untrained verbal operants across one listener responding and two intraverbal response topographies. The results indicated that there was emergence of untrained verbal operants with both participants.
 
197. Want to Play a Game? The Use of Video Modeling to Encourage Social Interaction Between Children With Autism and Their Siblings During Electronic Time
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
EMILY LOFTIS (Tennessee Tech University), Krystal Kennedy (Tennessee Technological University), Janelle Robbins (Tennessee Tech University)
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

This poster presents a service delivery model for using video modeling to teach typically developing siblings social interaction opportunities with their sibling with autism using iPads. Siblings of children with autism often serve as peer models in instances such as teaching play and social interaction skills (e.g. Özen, 2015). Furthermore, siblings are often eager to participate in the assistance of learning new skills within their brother’s or sister’s therapeutic sessions. Video modeling consisting of the sibling observing another child engaging in the desired behaviors is a method that can be used to assist with training siblings to become peer models while also incorporating siblings into training sessions. This session will guide the audience through procedures used to teach siblings of children with autism the proper use of prompting and reinforcement for play and social interaction through video modeling with an iPad. Specific procedures include siblings reviewing modeled videos prior to play opportunities then demonstrating observed skills with their siblings. Video modeling sessions are eventually faded out. Preliminary results indicate video modeling is an effective way to train siblings as peer models while increasing social interaction durations between siblings. Data will be shared if available by conference date.

 
198. Interventions on Improving Social-Communication Skills for Adolescents and Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Meta-Analysis Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SANIKAN WATTANAWONGWAN (Texas A&M University), J.B. GANZ (Texas A&M University), Ee Rea Hong (University of Tsukuba), Lauren Pierson (Texas A&M University), Valeria Yllades (Texas A&M University), Claudia M Dunn (PhD Student at Texas A&M University)
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

With the increase in autism spectrum disorder (ASD) prevalence, the number of adolescents and adults with ASD is also rapidly increasing, which increases the number of adults with disabilities seeking services. As individuals with ASD grow up, their social-communication issues seem to increase and required in more complex skills. There are critical needs for evaluating the efficacy of communication interventions on more complex language use for this adolescents and adults age ranges to address the most effective and suitable interventions for this population across implementers variables, communicative function variables, and setting variables.The purpose of this meta-analysis is to determine effectiveness of social and communication intervention for adolescents and adults with ASD, primarily discriminated by these variables: interventionists, communicative functions, and setting. We will investigate the social-communication outcomes on each intervention category. The author will include single-case experimental designs (SCEDs) in this meta-analysis.

 
199. Feasibility of Home-Based Caregiver Training Via Telehealth: Preliminary Findings
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Ryan J. Martin (May Institute), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute), JAIME CROWLEY (May Institute)
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

Reviews of the literature indicate that interventions based in applied behavior analysis (ABA) are highly effective approaches to treat the symptoms of autism spectrum disorder (ASD), although under-utilization of services remains a significant problem. Potential barriers to utilizing services for families include an insufficient number of trained providers, distance to access services, and the time commitment required for comprehensive services. There is thus a need to provide evidence-based services without these barriers. Parent training, such as the Research Unit on Behavioral Interventions (RUBI) Autism Network’s parent training program, has proven efficacious in empowering caregivers and improving the behavior of children with ASD (Scahill et al., 2016), but is typically provided in clinical settings. A telehealth version of RUBI could eliminate impediments to utilization of ABA services. The purpose of the current study is to evaluate the feasibility of adapting RUBI parent training to be delivered to caregivers via telehealth, directly in their homes. We will report the current results of this intervention using the RE-AIM framework (i.e., reach, efficacy, adoption, implementation, and maintenance) and discuss implications for future research and clinical practice.

 
200. Using Transfer Trials to Teach Tacting to Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALEX DELLARINGA (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Jessica Foster Juanico (Trumpet Behavioral Health; University of Kansas), Kelley L. Harrison (Trumpet Behavioral Health; The University of Kansas)
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University)
Abstract: Transfer trials are a modification to discrete trial training (DTT) that may expedite the transfer of stimulus control from prompts to instructions. They follow prompted trials and re-present the instruction in order to provide an opportunity for learners to answer independently. Transfer trials are used by practitioners and researchers (Carbone et al. 2006; Valentino et al., 2015) and recommended as best practice by applied behavior analysis (ABA) organizations (“A beginning guide,” 2009; Carbone, 2016; Hozella & Ampuero, 2014). However, there is a lack of research to support the effectiveness of transfer trials. The current study used a multielement design to investigate whether transfer trials increased the rate of skill acquisition compared to traditional DTT. Results indicated that compared to the control condition, both procedures were effective for teaching two-component tacting to three children with autism. However, the transfer trial procedure yielded a faster rate of acquisition for one of three children.
 
201. Factors Influencing Quality of Behavior Intervention Plans for Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINE C. CUKAR-CAPIZZI (University of Hartford), Anne Pidano (University of Hartford), John D. Molteni (University of Saint Joseph), Laura B. Turner (University of Saint Joseph)
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University)
Abstract: The study evaluated the quality of Behavior Intervention Plans (BIPs) developed for children with ASD and determined factors associated with high-quality BIPs. 60 BIPs written for children with ASD evaluated at an autism clinic were randomly selected from low, medium, and high SES groups in Connecticut. The Behavior Support Plan Quality Evaluation Guide-II was used to assess BIP quality. 31% of BIP scores fell into categories of superior or good while 69% were classified as underdeveloped or weak. An FBA was conducted prior to BIP development in 70% of the sample. BIPs written by a BCBA had significantly higher quality ratings than those written by another professional. BIPs based on an FBA had significantly higher quality ratings than those written without first conducting an FBA. There was no difference in scores across the three SES groups. Findings suggest that many BIPs written for children and adolescents with ASD may be weak or underdeveloped and fail to consider FBA input. School district SES does not appear to be associated with BIP quality, suggesting the need for further training in BIP development is a requirement regardless of the potential resources available to the school district.
 
202. Pivotal Response Treatmentfor Chinese Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CHONGYING WANG (Nankai University)
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

BACKGROUND: Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT) is a comprehensive service delivery model that uses both a developmental approach and ABA procedures that aim to provide opportunities for learning within the context of the child’s natural environments (Koegel, Koegel, Harrower & Carter, 1999; Koegel, Koegel, Shoshan & McNerney, 1999). Many recent RCT studies have reported its efficacy in improving children’s social communications (Gengoux, et al., 2019). OBJECTIVES: Our aim was to conduct a randomized controlled trial to evaluate a pivotal response treatment package (PRT-P) on the communication skills of children with autism spectrum disorder. METHODS: Twenty children with autism spectrum disorder and significant language delay between 2 and 5 years old were randomly assigned to PRT-P (n = 20) or the delayed treatment group (n = 20) for 12 weeks. Autism Diagnosis Observation Scale (ADOS), Social Communication Questionnaire (SCQ) and Childhood Autism Rating Scale (CARS) were used evaluate social communication skills before and after 12 weeks of treatment. RESULTS: Analysis of child utterances during the structured laboratory observation revealed that, compared with the delayed treatment group, children in PRT-P demonstrated greater improvement in frequency of functional utterances. The PRT-P group had significant reductions in the total score and the scores on social communication in ADOS after 12 weeks of treatment (P<0.05) as well as a significant reduction in the total score of the SCQ and CARS (P<0.05). The PRT-P group had a significantly greater reduction in the score on social interaction subscale than the delayed group (P<0.05). CONCLUSIONS: This is a 12-week randomized controlled trial in which community treatment is delivered. PRT-P was effective for improving child social communication skills. Additional research will be needed to understand the best combination of treatment settings, intensity, and duration.

 
203. Treatment of Combining Vitamin D3 and ABA for Chinese children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHONGYING WANG (Nankai University)
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University)
Abstract: Background: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a neurodevelopmental disorder characterized by deficits in social interaction and communication, repetitive and stereotypic behaviors, and restricted interest. It has been regarded due to genetic and environmental risk factors. Vitamin D deficiency has recently been proposed as a possible environmental risk factor for ASD. ABA has been reported in improving social interactions of children with ASD for the last decades. Objective: To study the clinical effect of vitamin D3 (VitD3) combined with ABA in the treatment of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Methods: A total of 90 ASD children with VitD3 deficient, aged 7 to 12 years, were recruited and divided into three groups: ABA group (n=30), VitD3 group (n=30), and ABA+VitD3 group (n=30). Autism Diagnosis Observation Scale (ADOS), Social Communication Questionnaire (SCQ) and Childhood Autism Rating Scale (CARS) were used to evaluate social communication skills before and after 12 weeks of treatment. Results: The ABA group had significant reductions in the total score and the scores on social communication in ADOS after 12 weeks of treatment (P<0.05) as well as a significant reduction in the total score of the SCQ and CARS (P<0.05). After 12 weeks of treatment, the ABA+VitD3 group had a significant increase in the level of 25(OH)D and significant reductions in the total score and the scores on social communication subscales of ADOS (P<0.05), as well as a significant reduction in the total score of the SCQ and CARS (P<0.05). The ABA+VitD3 group had a significantly greater reduction in the score on social interaction subscale than the other two groups (P<0.05). Conclusions: ABA can effectively improve the clinical symptoms of toddlers with ASD, with a significantly better clinical effect in improving social interaction. ABA combined with VitD3 has a significantly better clinical effect in improving social communication skills and may be one of the best strategies for improving the clinical symptoms of toddlers with ASD.
 
204. A Review of Self-Monitoring Interventions for Increasing Physical Activity in Individuals with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
HOLLY WIGGINS (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University)
Abstract: Interventions with self-monitoring have been used to increase independence for individuals with autism. Self-monitoring typically includes presenting materials that individuals can use to record one’s own behavior, such as on-task behavior or correct responding. Self-monitoring has been used for decreasing problem behavior (Fritz et al., 2012; Koegel & Koegel, 1990) and for increasing appropriate behavior (Newman & Ten Eyck, 2005). It may be a particularly appealing intervention in that reliance on caregivers is minimized. Further, self-monitoring has been demonstrated to be useful in increasing physical activity (Donaldson & Normand, 2009; Normand, 2008; Valbuena, Miltenberger, Solley, 2015; VanWormer, 2004). However, self-monitoring is often evaluated in combination with other intervention components such as differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (Christian & Poling, 1997; Newman et al., 2005) or differential reinforcement of other behavior (Shabani, Wilder, & Flood, 2001). Little research has been conducted to identify relevant components for producing behavior change. Additionally, research related to increasing physical activity has been limited to typically developing adults. This poster will summarize the current literature on self-monitoring for increasing physical activity, noting clinical application and extensions for future research.
 
205. Results From Infant/Toddler Pre-Emptive Intervention on Reduction of Interfering Behavior and Increased Communication
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Katherine Cantrell (Autism Treatment Center; University of Texas at San Antonio), LESLIE NEELY (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington), Sierra Stegemann (University of Texas at San Antonio), Priscilla Zuniga (University of Texas at San Antonio), Erin Santos (University of Texas at San Antonio), Kelsi Heath (University of Texas at San Antonio), Alexis Valdez (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

The researchers conducted the current project within the scope of a larger project (Project PLAAY) investigating pre-emptive interventions to mitigate the symptomology of autism for at-risk infants and toddlers. The presented project aimed to teach communication to infants and toddlers who were engaging in emerging dangerous behavior (e.g., head banging) or interfering behavior (e.g., screaming). A total of 37 at-risk infants and toddlers (aged 9-36 months) have participated in the project to date. A sample of six were randomized to a non-concurrent multiple baseline. Researchers initiated five of the six participants. Researchers randomized baseline sessions for the participants to three, four, or five baseline sessions (participant one only had two baseline sessions). Researchers first conducted a functional analysis. Researchers also conducted communication modality assessments for all participants. Researchers then implemented functional communication training with the participant and their caregiver. Visual analysis of the intervention results indicated immediate and large improvements from baseline to intervention phase for functional communication. The graphs also indicated a large and immediate decrease in dangerous behaviors. Resulting Tau-U effect sizes ranged from 0.85 to 1.0 suggesting large effects across all dependent variables. Preliminary results support the use of the PLAAY intervention to teach functional communication.

 
206. Middle East Behavior Based Interventions: Providing School-Based Interventions for Autism Spectrum Disorder without a Formal Diagnosis
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SHARIFFAH AZZAAM (Qatar Foundation)
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: There are an estimated 300,000 students attending schools in Qatar. A regional study in Qatar placed the number of people with ASD at 1 in 87. Due to Qatar’s requirement that all schools be inclusive, many of these students attend independent or private schools. Educators often find it difficult to support students who display behaviors similar to students who have been diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The Learning Center has developed a comprehensive student service model that provides support for students regardless of a formal diagnosis. Students are referred by teachers based behaviors displayed and response to intervention. Multidisciplinary teams of professionals that may include Educators, Behavior Analysts, Autism Specialists, School Psychologists, Speech Pathologists, Occupational Therapists, and or Language specialists meet to determine the appropriate level of support. The team provides the intervention until the student displays progress in the regular education setting. The team uses research based assessment tools to guide the intervention not to diagnose. We are able to provide services efficiently, saving valuable instruction time. In this paper, I will review the methods used by The Learning Center to develop a comprehensive intervention package based on observed behaviors and not diagnosis
 
207. Increasing Flexible Application of Rules to Decrease Problem Behaviors
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JILLIAN SCHNEIDER (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center)
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Rule governed behavior can inhibit flexible responding and lead to increased problem behaviors when something challenges those rules. The current study aimed to decrease the creation of contextually irrelevant rules and increase the flexible application of rules in a 6-year-old girl with autism. Baseline, conducted over a 4-month period, began by taking data when rules were created (totaling 84). Intervention began by asking the participant to answer four questions when given a known self-generated, not contextually relevant rule: 1) identify if the rule applied based on the current context, 2) why the rule does/does not apply, 3) what would happen if she didn’t adhere to the rule, and 4) when might the rule apply/not apply. Results indicated that the client was able to respond to questions about her rules accurately in at least 80% of opportunities since an edible reinforcer was added to the intervention strategies. Generalization data indicated that the client independently and flexibly applied the rules based on context outside of intervention in 40-80% of opportunities. Additionally, since the onset of intervention, only 6 new rules have been created potentially indicating a stabilization of creation of contextually irrelevant rules.
 
208. Decreasing Physical Stereotypy in Two 9-year old Boys with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MADISON THEIS (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Jillian Schneider (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center)
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Stereotypy can impede the ability to gain access to learning opportunities in the natural environment and engage in social interactions. Participants in this study required intensive interventions (edible reinforcers, primes, verbal and visual prompts) on a 2-minute interval schedule in order to remain in their current environment (school, play with peers). The focus of this study was to identify a more parsimonious intervention to decrease engagement in stereotypy during socially inappropriate situations, increase discrimination of time and place to engage in stereotypy, and include the participants in the process for utilizing replacement behaviors. The first phase of the current intervention targeted teaching the clients to identify preferred replacement behaviors as well as discriminate which behaviors are appropriate within and across environments. Phase two of the intervention targeted a) the identification and b) initiation of contextually appropriate identified replacement behaviors to engage in. Weekly probes were conducted for 20 minutes at home and school as a collateral measure of success. Results indicate that both participants mastered identifying and discriminating contextually appropriate replacement behaviors, using those replacement behaviors, and generalization of these skills. Additionally, results suggest that this is an effective and parsimonious approach to reducing stereotypy.
 
209. The Teaching DANCE: Purpose Driven Training and Measurement
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
APRIL LINDEN (University of North Texas), MARLENE Lucy TAVERA (Easter Seals North Texas), Shahla Susan Ala'i (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Evan Schleifer-Katz (University of North Texas), Rachael E. White (University of North Texas), Crystal Fernandez (University of North Texas), Isabel L. Cunningham (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Easter Seals North Texas Autism Treatment Program is a non-profit program that strives to provide services that are responsive, caring, and effective in a collaborative and culturally responsive way to all families regardless of income. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of a value and outcome-based staff training program; DANCE. Adapted from the Sunny Starts parent training program, DANCE training includes intentional cultural, strategic, and tactical design. Staff participated in an orientation that included our mission and an overview of strategies and tactics for instruction. This was followed by in-situ training centered on valued outcomes (responsive teaching interactions, child progress, and harmonious interactions; the triad of teaching). Both staff and children increased desired triadic measures. The results are discussed in the context of purpose driven measurement.
 
210. Using the Behavior Flexibility Rating Scale-Revisedto Inform Functional Analysis and Treatment of Severe Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Katherine Sorensen (May Institute), ALI SCHROEDER (May Institute), Clare Liddon (May Institute)
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

One of the core features of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is restrictive and repetitive behavior. It is also common for individuals with ASD to engage in problem behavior. The Behavioral Flexibility Rating Scale - Revised (BFRS-R), is structured rating scale that may be used to identify the severity of problem behavior that occurs when restrictive and repetitive behavior is somehow disrupted (i.e., demonstrating a lack of flexibility). Previous research suggests the BFRS-R may be used to inform the functional behavioral assessment process (Liddon et al., 2016). The present series of clinical data evaluates the use of the BFRS-R to inform a trial-based functional analysis and systematic treatment evaluation for severe aggression in a young man with ASD. Preliminary results demonstrate that that BFRS-R can be used to identify specific functional analysis conditions, yielding conclusive results (i.e., problem behavior occurrence during near 0% of control segments and 80-100% of test segments) and subsequent, function-based treatment evaluation conditions. That is, the BFRS-R may be informative in the assessment and treatment process of severe aggression with idiosyncratic functions of problem behavior related to behavioral inflexibility.

 
211. Impact of Cybercycling Breaks for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder on Health and Classroom Behaviors
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SARA S. KUPZYK (University of Nebraska Omaha), Jessica Cox (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC), Heidi Reelfs (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC), Kevin Kupzyk (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Children with autism are at higher risk for obesity and may present with stereotypy and disruptive behaviors in the classroom that limit their academic engagement. Effective school-based interventions are needed to decrease stereotypy and behavior problems while increasing on-task behavior and physical activity. There is initial positive evidence for the use of cybercycling, in which children ride a stationary exergaming bicycle to control a video game. Through a collaboration between psychology, physical therapy, and local school staff, we evaluated the effects of cybercycle breaks for 13 students (ages 9-14) with autism spectrum disorder. The students were given the opportunity to ride the cybercycle three times per week for 15 minutes each session. No significant differences between ride and non-ride days for academic engagement or stereotypy; however, mean differences were in the expected direction. Students rode for an average of 14:33 min and met their target heart rate. Six of 11 students increased the laps run on the Progressive Aerobic Cardiovascular Endurance Run from pre to post. Cybercycling for breaks in place of sedentary activities can be considered as it is generally enjoyed by students and provides opportunity for physical activity. Longer intervention periods may lead to greater health outcomes.
 
212. Decontextualized and embedded intervention within EIBI: practices in community settings
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ANNIE PAQUET (Universite du Quebec a Trois-Rivieres), Carmen Dionne (Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières), Suzie McKinnon (CISSS et CIUSSS Saguenay-Lac-St-Jean, Bas St-Laurent, Côte-Nord)
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: To date, early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) has been the subject of numerous systematic reviews and meta-analysis, making it one of most documented intervention for young children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Some EIBI program have been implemented in large-scale community settings (e.g., Perry, Koudys, Prichard, & Ho, 2017) and in inclusive educational settings (e.g., Eikeseth, Klintwall, Jahr & Karlsson, 2012). In this context, there are various models of EIBI. They can differ on many components. Notably, intervention procedures can be implemented in a variety of different formats and setting, ranging from one-to-one teaching to group instruction within natural settings. Planning and individualization of procedures is necessary to offers quality interventions (Barton, Lawrence, & Deurloo, 2012; Leaf & McEachin, 2016). Intervention planning should include decision about intervention context (Schwartz, AShmun, McGride, Scott & Sandall, 2017). Considering lack of information about best ways to best individualize EIBI, clinical teams have few evidence-based benchmarks for making these choices (Stahmer et al., 2011). As mentioned by Stahmer et al. (2011), research regarding individualization of interventions for young children with ASD should consider documenting method used by professionals in community settings. The aims of this study are to: 1) describe the intervention context favored within EIBI large-scale community service and 2) describe the variables considered by professionals when choosing intervention procedures. Participants: - Practitioners (n = 12) from three centers gave access to intervention plans with the parents’ authorization, for 15 intervention plans for children with autism (1 girl, 14 boys, aged from 34 to 57 months (M = 45.8; SD = 6.65) and 67 intervention goals. - Supervisors from three centers (N = 10) completed a questionnaire and participated to a semi-structured interview. Results: Intervention plans show that, for a majority of children, interventions start with decontextualized intervention with a rapid transition to embedded interventions.The process of planning intervention strategies is complex and based on clinical judgments considering a large number of factors including (child's, families, childcare settings and staff's characteristics, as well as organizations choices).
 
213. An Evaluation of Testing Conditions on Emergent Responding
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
TODD M. OWEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Krisha Regmi (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract: When assessing emergent relations, experimenters typically conduct pre- and post-tests under extinction to rule out increased responding due to the direct effects of differential reinforcement. However, extinction can result in unwanted effects such as low or variable responding or problem behavior. LeBlanc, Miguel, Cummings, Goldsmith, and Carr (2003) compared extinction, reinforcement for interspersed mastered tasks (interspersed), and reinforcement for every response regardless of accuracy (FR 1) and found minimal differences between the conditions. However, responding was high across all conditions suggesting that maintaining motivation during extinction tests was not problematic for their participants. We systematically replicated LeBlanc et al. with one child with autism with a history of poor performance during tests of emergent responding under extinction conditions. Results suggested that, for some participants, extinction or interspersed may artificially deflate performance during emergent tests. Responding during the FR 1 condition varied across sets. Further research is needed to identify optimal conditions under which to test for emergence.
 
214. Shaping Complex Functional Communication Responses and Teaching Toleration Skills to Delays in Reinforcement to Reduce Problem Behavior Maintained by a Synthesized Contingency
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ABEER AL ZOUABI (Mohammed bin Rashid Center for Special Education, The New England Center for Children), Shannon Ward (FTF Behavioral Consulting), Marilin Colon (Florida Institute of Technology), Kyle Slavik (The New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is an effective treatment for reducing problem behavior. It uses a more socially acceptable replacement than the problem behavior but produces the same reinforcer. Teaching an omnibus mand in functional communication training has been shown to be effective at reducing problem behavior controlled by a synthesized reinforcement contingency. This study aimed to evaluate if teaching omnibus mand preclude the acquisition of complex mand and to replicate and extend the FCR shaping procedure in Ghaemmaghami et al. (2018). First an Interview Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA) (Hanley et al., 2014) was conducted, then an omnibus mand was taught and this resulted in a reduction of problem behavior. The omnibus mand was then shaped into a more complex, culturally relevant response replicating procedures described by Ghaemmaghami et al. (2018) while maintaining near- zero rates of problem behavior and a skill-based treatment was used to teach the student to tolerate delays to reinforcement and compliance with teacher instructions. The treatment was effective at reducing the problem behavior and the FCR was shaped to include full sentence, eye contact and obtaining listener response while maintaining low levels of problem behavior. Compliance with teacher instructions and tolerance response was acquired after conducting delay and tolerance training.
 
215. Increasing Conversational Exchanges through Telehealth Intervention for an Adult with Autism in China
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HELEN MCCABE (University of Maine at Farmington), E Amanda DiGangi (Arizona State University)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: This poster will present results from a study that used a multi-component intervention (DRA and visual cues, plus extinction) to increase conversational exchanges and decrease perseverative comments for a 35-year old woman with autism. The study was implemented using a telehealth model, with the therapist in the United States and the participant in China. Following a modified virtual FA procedure, the study used an ABAB design followed by component analysis, to examine the effects of the package intervention on the length of conversational exchanges. The overall intervention was effective, demonstrating a clear increase in socially appropriate conversational exchanges, as well as decrease in perseverative comments. Component analysis demonstrated the effectiveness of each component, both DRA (with extinction) as well as visual cue (with extinction), and the participant showed a preference for continued use of the visual cue, a small animal held up by each person to demonstrate whose turn it was to lead the conversation.
 
216. Using Prompt Fading and Pairing to Increase Eye Contact in Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ADRIANA ANDERSON (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Multiple longitudinal studies have found that an infant’s lack of responding to their name with eye contact by 12 months is a high predictor of the child later being diagnosed with autism or other developmental delays (Nadig et al., 2019). As the delay in the development of eye contact is considered a core social impairment in autism, implementation of procedures to increase this skill is typically a focus once intervention begins. The present study outlines the effectiveness of a prompt fading and pairing procedure, adapted from Krstovska-Guerro &Jones (2015). In Krstovska-Guerro & Jones (2015) procedure, staff waited for each individual to demonstrate preference for an item by reaching for it, with the interventionist then slowly moving the item to his/her own eyes as a guide for a full prompt. Once eye contact was given, the reinforcement was provided through immediate access to the item. Prompt fading to a partial prompt, phase 2, was initiated when the individual demonstrated 80% correct responding over two days, and further faded to a two second time delay for phase 3. Here, the clinical team followed the same prompt fading procedures, however adapted this by stating the individual’s name once eye contact was given in order to pair responding to name with reinforcement. In this study, three toddlers with autism are being taught to respond to their name by making eye contact in the framework of responding to a request. Intervention is in week 11 for two participants, with the third participant in the first week of treatment. It should be noted that for participant 1 and 2, baseline data includes the least to most prompting strategy, as the reported procedure was introduced to address the variability within the data. Preliminary results reveal that participant one is making the most progress currently with being on phrase 3, while participant 2 continues to require support with phase 2.
 
217. Evaluation of Intervention Components to Decrease Toe Walking
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMMA KATHERINE KING (Auburn University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University), Stephanie Brand (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment at the Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Adriaenssens (Florida Institute of Technology), Jaime Rus Alba (Florida Institute of Technology), Carolyn Syzonenko (Auburn University), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

According to existing literature, the incidence of persistent toe walking is greater in children with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) diagnosis than in children without a diagnosis. Approximately 20% of children with an ASD diagnosis engage in this motor behavior, often associated with tight heel cords, which can lead to the need for more intrusive medical or even surgical intervention if left untreated. Current literature suggests the use of auditory feedback devices (e.g., GaitSpot™) attached to participants’ feet and differential reinforcement are effective treatments for toe walking; however, additional research should replicate these findings and control for the presence of the auditory feedback devices. In the current study, researchers evaluated multiple components of a toe walking treatment package across two participants with ASD. Components included auditory feedback devices, differential reinforcement for appropriate steps, and a mild physical prompt to place heels on the ground, as needed for each participant. Researchers faded and thinned procedure schedules according to each participants’ performance in order to assess maintenance and improve social validity.

 
218. Improving Latency to Respond Across Verbal Operants Using Fluency Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CARLY FRANCISCO (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: We examined the effects of fluency training across two verbal operants and the collateral effects across untrained verbal operants. The participant was a 6-year old with autism who frequently engaged in long response latencies during instruction. Fluency training was applied to echoics and then to intraverbals within an alternating treatments design. Results showed decreases in the latency to respond (s) in the verbal operants that were exposed to fluency training. Additionally, we observed decreases in the latency to respond in the verbal operants that were not exposed to the training, indicating generalization of the effects across untrained verbal operants. Mean response latencies were at or below 2.3 s across all verbal operants in the final phase. We will discuss the potential benefits of fluency training.
 
219. The Effects of Neutral and Enthusiastic Praise on the Acquisition of Intraverbals
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE SCHUIERER (Alpine Learning Group), Jackie Meseck (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: We used an adapted alternating treatments design to evaluate the effects of neutral praise, enthusiastic praise, and no praise on the acquisition of intraverbals in an adolescent with autism. Additionally, we evaluated preference for each of the praise types. Contrary to our hypothesis that enthusiastic praise would be more effective and preferred, the participant acquired the target intraverbals faster in the neutral praise condition and indicated a slight preference for neutral praise. Results have informed changes to skill acquisition protocols for this learner and thus demonstrate that brief experimental evaluations can provide useful evidence for behavior change programs in applied settings.
 
220. An Application of Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates, Verbal Prompts, MotivAider Timer, and Response Blocking in Reducing Rapid Drinking
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MATTHEW WILLIAM SPANN (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Kathryn Atkins (University of Maryland, Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Rapid consumption of liquids is a concerning mealtime behavior due to the risk of choking or aspiration and its inappropriateness in social settings. Consumption of liquids cannot be eliminated as it is an essential component of health and nutrition, meaning that treatment interventions for rapid drinking typically focus on increasing the frequency of sips and the time between sips through a differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL) procedure. Therapists implemented a DRL procedure utilizing antecedent rules and a MotivAider timer. When this alone was not effective, a verbal prompt to wait was added that was not successful. Response blocking was added, resulting in an increase in the frequency of sips and an increase in the inter-response time (IRT) between sips. A reversal to baseline condition design was implemented, demonstrating functional control over rapid drinking. The results of this study provide evidence of an effective application for reducing the rapid consumption of liquids and solids. Future research can focus on identifying the essential components of this multi-component treatment package.
 
221. Instructive Feedback to Promote Generative Learning and Transfer Across Operants in Matrix Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CAROLYN SYZONENKO (Auburn University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University), Emma Katherine King (Auburn University)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Matrix training is a form of generative instruction that allows the clinician to teach a limited number of targets and obtain the emergence of responding across untaught targets, resulting in faster skill acquisition. Matrix training has been used to teach a range of skills to individuals of varying abilities. Recently, work from our laboratory explored the use of matrix training to expand the verbal behavior repertoire of young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). In the present study, the focus was to evaluate whether teaching one operant, motor imitation actions with toys, would result in emergence of untaught actions and untaught operants, tacting and listener responding. In addition, we evaluated whether instructive feedback would facilitate emergent learning. A 4-year old boy with ASD served as participant. Researchers taught motor imitation according to noun-verb combinations from two matrices, A and B, and only trials of matrix A were accompanied by instructive feedback. The diagonal targets of both matrices were readily acquired. Subsequently, researchers conducted probes for each untaught recombinative motor imitation targets and other operants. The effects of instructive feedback to promote emergent learning when using matrix training will be discussed.

 
222. Using iPad Applications to Teach School-Based Academic Tasks to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CLAIRE KLEIN (Claremont McKenna College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College), Caitlyn Gumaer (Claremont Graduate University), Jenna Gilder (Claremont Graduate University), Alanna Dantona (Claremont Graduate University), Catherine Lugar (Claremont Graduate University)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

The present study investigated the effects of learning from an iPad upon to typical, school based academic skills (name writing, color sorting, and reading) for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Research has demonstrated that for some children with ASD, electronic media such as an iPad is highly motivating, highly preferred, and increasing in popularity (Chen & Bernard-Opitz, 1993; Rideout, 2017; Shane & Albert, 2008). A multiple baseline design across 7 children (6 boys and 1 girl, ages 4-12) with ASD was used to assess the efficacy of an intervention using iPad apps upon academic skills and the generalization of these learned skills. Six out of the seven participants met mastery criterion of the academic task during the iPad intervention. Four participants generalized their skills to the typical school-based probes after iPad intervention, with a fifth child generalizing after a Booster iPad Intervention session. The results are discussed in terms of the pros and cons of using iPads apps as teaching protocols for typical school academic skills (e.g. name writing) for children with ASD.

 
223. Increasing Social Time Allocation Using Preferred Interactions With Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BRANDON COLVIN (University of Florida), Samuel L. Morris (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Some individuals with ASD may be indifferent to, or avoidant of, social interaction. Evaluating methods of increasing social time allocation are important with this population. We assessed the extent to which three children with ASD would approach or avoid social interactions. During baseline, when subjects were on the same side of the room as a therapist the therapist delivered vocal interaction and when subjects were on the opposite side of the room no interactions were delivered. All three subjects were indifferent or avoidant of social interaction in baseline. During the intervention, the therapist began to initiate each subjects’ preferred interactions. During the intervention, all subjects allocated their time more socially and were more likely to follow the therapist to maintain access to social interaction.

 
224. An extension of the matching law to the social behavior of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LESLIE A RONSONET (University of Florida), Samuel L. Morris (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Assessing the function of social interaction is important for individuals with ASD. Some researchers have provided methods of assessing whether social interactions function as reinforcing, neutral, or aversive stimuli for individuals with ASD. However, these methods provide rather coarse measures of the function of social interaction (e.g., reinforcing, neutral, or aversive) and it may be useful to evaluate methods of obtaining more quantitative and precise measures of the function of social interaction. We evaluated the degree to which eight children with ASD were likely to allocate their time near or away from a therapist who delivered social interactions. Across conditions the ratio of time the therapist spent on the left versus right half of the room was manipulated and we evaluated the degree to which the subject’s behavior changed across conditions. This relationship was quantified using a modified version of the power-function matching equation.
 
225. Comparing Social Time Allocation with Novel Adults and Peers
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MACKENZIE NICOLE MCSHERRY (University of Florida), Samuel L. Morris (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract: Several researchers have evaluated the function of social interactions for children with ASD using preparations in which adults deliver social interactions, whereas others have evaluated the function of social interaction using preparations in which peers deliver social interactions. It remains unclear whether or not, and how, the results of assessments with adults and peers may be related. In separate assessments, we assessed the degree to which four children with ASD were likely to approach or avoid and interact with a novel adult and three different peers. Results suggested that the amount of time spent near the other individual and relative likelihood of approach and avoidance were discrepant, but strongly correlated across assessments with adults and peers.
 
226. Teaching children with autism to tact with two-word combinations on speech-generating devices during play
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CINDY GEVARTER (university of new mexico), Adriana Medina (University of New Mexico ), Mariah Groll (University of New Mexico)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract: Research involving speech-generating device (SGD) interventions for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) needs to expand beyond teaching simple manding skills. In this study, two preschool-aged males with ASD were taught to use an SGD to create simple semantic-syntactic relational tacts (e.g., possessor+ possession, agent+ action) during structured play activities. Both participants had prior experience using SGDs to mand. For each participant, we implemented a multiple-probes across targets design. We used matrix training to introduce different combinations of two-word target responses. Strategies such as time delay, modeling (aided and vocal) and direct physical prompting were embedded into play activities that included preferred items. Both participants rapidly acquired possessor+ possession tacts. Results for agent + action targets were mixed. One participant showed gradual improvement with these targets, and the other showed variable performance even with a modification. Factors such as motivation to comment and prior symbol knowledge may have played a role. The study provides important implications for determining appropriate targets and intervention methods to increase the use of more complex verbal operants among SGD users with ASD.
 
227. Evaluating the Impact of the Television Show Daniel Tiger’s Neighborhood on Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXIS J FAVELA (Texas Tech University), Wesley H. Dotson (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) have deficits in social communication and display patterns of restrictive and repetitive behaviors, causing impairment in social functioning. Previous studies have suggested that the children’s television show, Daniel Tiger, may help children with autism learn social skills by video modeling interventions. This study will explore the impact of the show in children with autism (ages 2-7) and if they engage in different patterns of behavior in comparison to their neuro-typical peers when watching Daniel Tiger and other children’s programming (e.g. Paw Patrol). By comparing these behaviors across both shows using 15s partial interval scoring, we can observe whether there are systematic differences children with autism consume television. Results demonstrated that children with autism displayed higher levels of engagement and orientation and lower levels of off-task and challenging behaviors when watching Daniel Tiger than Paw Patrol. Their neuro-typical peers demonstrated higher levels of engagement and orientation and lower levels of off-task and challenging behaviors when watching Paw Patrol than Daniel Tiger. Ultimately, by demonstrating that children with autism when watching Daniel Tiger displayed higher levels of engagement and lower levels of off-task behavior, it can be used to teach social skills to children with autism.
 
228. Generalized Effects of Functional Communication Training to an Inclusive Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN CARPENTER (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Ya-yu Lo (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract:

Functional Communication Training (FCT) is an evidence-based intervention for students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). FCT is used to teach students with ASD a functionally equivalent communicative response (FCR) to replace challenging behavior. While there is extensive research on FCT and some even measures generalization of the skills across settings, to date, there are no studies evaluating the effects of FCT implemented in a special education setting and generalization to the general education setting. This is critical, as most students with ASD spend part of their days in a special education setting. In the current poster, presenters will provide data related to FCT implemented in a special education setting and the effects on the generalization of the FCR and challenging behavior to the generalization setting with elementary students with ASD. The presenters will discuss implications for research and practice.

 
229. The Effects of a Technology-Based Instruction Package on Sentence Construction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN CARPENTER (University of North Carolina- Charlotte), Robert C. Pennington (University of North Carolina-Charlotte)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract: Written expression is critical to in- and post-school success. However, students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and complex communication needs (CCN) often have difficulty with written expression due to difficulties with handwriting, spelling, and the structure of writing. The development of a strong writing repertoire for these students with ASD and CCN may result in improved communicative interactions and thus, better quality of life outcomes. Despite this need, there is limited research on how to teach written expression to students with ASD and CCN. In the current study, researchers investigated the effects of a technology-based instructional package on accurate sentence construction of three middle school students with ASD and complex communication needs. The autonomous package used constant time delay to teach students to select words to construct sentence frames. Researchers evaluated the effectiveness of the package using a single case multiple probe research design. In the current poster, presenters will provide data related to this study and discuss implications for research and practice.
 
230. The Effects of a Caregiver Implemented Toilet Training Package
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NATALIE P. CROTEAU (ABA Northern Services & Training Inc.), Colleen Cumiskey Moore (Teachers College, Columbia University), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract: Toileting skills are a developmental milestone achieved by typically developing children as they start school. However, children diagnosed with autism or other developmental disabilities experience challenges in the acquisition of this behavioral cusp with caregivers often delaying the teaching of these skills. This study taught four caregivers a 24-step toilet training program aimed at teaching their child daytime dryness. Results of this study showed that the four caregivers learned and maintained the performance of the 24-step procedure at 96% for one and 92% for the other three caregivers, when it was transferred to the home environment with their child. The multi-component toilet training package was effective in teaching three or the four children to learn daytime dryness, and social validity affirms the success of the program also training for bowel movement success, for three of the four participants.
 
231. The effects of limited hold schedule and negative punishment to decrease genital self-stimulation in an adolescent with autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RENATA MICHEL (Grupo Conduzir), Larissa Aguirre (Grupo Conduzir), Marina Antonio (Grupo Conduzir)
Discussant: Stephanie Chan (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Research suggests that combine different types of schedules of reinforcement and punishment can be used to decreases problem behavior that is maintained by automatic reinforcement (Verriden & Roscoe, 2019; DeRosa; Roane; Roane; Bishop; Silkowski, 2016). The present study investigated the effects of combining limited hold schedule and negative punishment to decrease the genital self-stimulation of a 13-year-old male, diagnosed with autism and fragile-X. Results suggested the procedure was efficient to decrease the frequency of self-stimulation behavior and to increase the duration of task completion.
 
232. A Comparison of an Analog and Brief Functional Analysis of Aggressive Behavior in an Adolescent With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RENATA MICHEL (Grupo Conduzir), Tassia Pina (Grupo Conduzir), Estela Manfrin (Grupo Conduzir)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract:

Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994) proposed an approach to behavioral assessment based on the experimental model that has been largely used in applied settings. In order to conduct a functional analysis of aggressive behavior of severely handicapped clients in an outpatient setting during a 90-min period Northup et al., (1991) proposed a brief functional assessment approach. In this article we compare the outcomes of both functional analysis methodologies to an autistic adolescent with severe aggressive behavior. Results suggested that Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994) approach was essential to design idiosyncratic conditions that were later confirmed in the brief functional assessment approach.

 
233. The Effectiveness of the IISCA and Skill-Based Treatment for Students Transitioning into Adult Living
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
COURTNEY BRIGHT (May Institute), Emily Sullivan (May Institute; Western New England University)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract:

In the school setting, students have a finite amount of time to access services that are available to them (e.g., educational, home-based, etc.). In Massachusetts, students who turn 22 years old age out of the school system which often results in reduced state and insurance funding and therefore fewer available services. As students approach the transition into adulthood, caregivers, teachers, and other stakeholders need to prepare them with the skills needed to be successful. However, finding adult services and programs for students who engage in severe problem behavior may be a challenge. Therefore, the aim of the present study was to quickly implement a safe and effective assessment and treatment process to address the severe problem behavior of two 21-year-old participants. First, a single-session interview-informed contingency analysis (IISCA) was administered to determine if the participants’ problem behavior was sensitive to a synthesis of social reinforcers (Jessel, Hanley, Ghaemmaghami, & Metras, 2019). Then, a skill-based treatment process (SBT) was implemented to teach each participant to tolerate delays to access synthesized reinforcers and engage in contextually appropriate behavior during delays. The assessment and treatment process was effective in teaching contextually appropriate behavior while maintaining low rates of dangerous problem behavior for both participants.

 
234. Effectively Training Behavioral Technicians to Implement Discrete-Trial Teaching Efficiently: A Sequential Analysis
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
OLIVIA HARVEY (Eastern Michigan University), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Hanna C. Rue (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) is an evidence-based training protocol that is most commonly comprised of (a) instructions, (b) modeling, (c) rehearsal, and (d) feedback. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the influence of each BST component in a sequential manner to determine the most effective and efficient method for training behavioral technicians to implement discrete-trial teaching. Preliminary results suggest the feedback component was necessary for all participants to reach the mastery criterion (100% correct across three consecutive sessions). We discuss implications of these results and directions for future research.
 
236. Examining the Effects of Behavioral Skills Training on Social Praise Delivery in Malaysian Classrooms
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
IRENE LOOI (The New England Center for Children, Western New England University), Cammarie Johnson (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University; Simmons University)
Discussant: Jane Paul (Excella Developmental Services)
Abstract: Malaysia launched the Inclusive Education Program (IEP) in 1997 to integrate students with special needs into mainstream classrooms. A survey conducted in 2014 among local teachers reported a lack of training and skills in addressing the needs of IEP students in their classrooms. The purposes of this research were to (1) introduce the use of social praise via behavioral skills training (BST) to IEP teachers, (2) increase the use of social praise by IEP teachers via written feedback provided by the experimenter after each post-BST classroom session; and (3) increase the likelihood of individually selected target behavior in IEP students. A multiple-baseline across 4 IEP teacher-student dyads was conducted. Interobserver agreement, collected in 34.9% of sessions, averaged 96.3% for the frequency of social praise and 90.7% for the occurrence of student behavior. Results indicated that BST and written feedback were effective in increasing the frequency (converted to responses per minute) of social praise issued by all 4 teachers and that collateral effects were seen by an increase in target behaviors for 2 out of 4 student participants. A posttreatment social validity survey completed by teacher participants indicated that the BST goals, and procedures, and outcomes were practical and important.
 
237. Training Behavioral Technicians to Implement Discrete-Trial Teaching: Recent Advancements and Future Directions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAMANTHA JO ZOHR (Eastern Michigan University), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University), Olivia Harvey (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Jane Paul (Excella Developmental Services)
Abstract: Early intensive behavioral intervention is an empirically-supported treatment that has the potential to mitigate core and associated features of autism. Although we have a powerful intervention for treating children diagnosed with autism, less is known about effectively training behavioral technicians to implement discrete-trial teaching (DTT). Research indicates behavioral skills training (BST) is an effective method for training behavioral technicians. Over the past decade, researchers have replicated and extended research in this area in an attempt to make it more effective while requiring fewer resources. This review summarizes recent advancements in the BST literature for training technicians to implement DTT.
 
238. An imitation-to-matching procedure for establishing auditory discrimination in children with autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JOANNA LIEW (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Jane Paul (Excella Developmental Services)
Abstract: Two students diagnosed with autism participated in this study of an instructional strategy for establishing auditory discrimination. Prior to instruction, neither participant responded differentially to auditory stimuli in the context of matching to sample. In the first phase, imitation of actions with objects was established with items that produced auditory stimuli (musical instruments). Participants were then taught to respond to the sounds produced by these stimuli when the stimuli were out of view. Both participants reached mastery criteria of at least 8/9 trials correct for two consecutive sessions. One participant required 89 sessions of auditory discrimination training and the other required 6. Interobserver agreement was calculated for an initial sample of 18 sessions for one participant and ranged from 89% to 100%. Interobserver agreement and procedural integrity measures were collected for the other participant and were at 100%. The use of imitation of actions with objects that produce sound may aid in transfer of stimulus control from visual to auditory stimuli with some children with autism.
 
239. Evaluating Escape Extinction for Food Selectivity in a School Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
STEPHANIE COE (May Institute), Meghan Silva (May Institute), Michaela Rice (May Institute), Amy Ivanoski (May Institute)
Discussant: Jane Paul (Excella Developmental Services)
Abstract:

Roughly 80% of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) present with feeding challenges, including food refusal and food selectivity (Schreck, Williams, & Smith, 2004). Food refusal is defined as failure to meet caloric requirements as a result of refusal to consume all or most foods whereas food selectivity involves an individual restricting the foods they will consume to a limited selection (Ledforda, Whitesideb, & Severinia, 2018). Feeding challenges can present a risk of medical complications including chronic vitamin and mineral deficiencies, poor bone growth, and obesity (Sharp, Burrell, & Jaquess, 2014). Escape extinction is effective in treating feeding challenges with the ASD population but is not well documented in school settings (Volkert & Piazza, 2012). One specific escape extinction procedure is non-removal of the spoon, in which positive reinforcement is delivered contingent upon consumption of food presented on a spoon held by an adult (Ahearn et al., 1996; Kitfield & Masalsky, 2000). In the current study, non-removal of the spoon was utilized in a school setting for two participants diagnosed with ASD who presented with food selectivity. Results suggest non-removal of the spoon is effective in introducing novel foods to individuals with ASD and food selectivity in a school setting.

 
240. Teaching Children with Language Delays to Initiate Conversation through Tact Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Tamara L. Pawich (Cocoa Beach Child Psychology), Michael E. Kelley (The University of Scranton), Stephanie Brand (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Justine Henry (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Ma Krishna Rosales (Florida Institute of Technology), Tanja Ramirez-Schwarz (Behavior Basics, Incorporated), MARISSA E. KAMLOWSKY (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Basak Topcuoglu (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment)
Discussant: Jane Paul (Excella Developmental Services)
Abstract: A tact is a verbal operant often taught to children with language delays as a prerequisite to expressing interest and other conversational skills. Typical teaching strategies involve setting up the environment to occasion tact behavior. A common issue associated with tact training is a lack of generalization in which the child demonstrates tact behavior under teaching conditions but does not demonstrate the behavior in naturalistic conditions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate an intervention for increasing spontaneous tacts in children who emit impure tacts in the presence of discriminative stimuli (e.g., “What is it?”), but do not emit pure tacts in less contrived situations; additionally, this study aimed to identify whether the intervention increases nonverbal, spontaneous social behaviors. Participants included children ages 2-12 years. Procedures consisted of differential reinforcement, systematic prompting, and prompt fading conducted under conditions more similar to those in which pure tacts would be expected to occur. Following intervention, an increase in pure tacts of trained stimuli was observed across all participants, and an increase in pure tacts of untrained stimuli was observed for two participants. Procedures used in this study may lead to improvements in language acquisition interventions by increasing generalization of communication skills.
 
241. Side Effects of Time-Out
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CLARISSA MARTIN (Marcus Autism Center), Madison Miller (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Jane Paul (Excella Developmental Services)
Abstract: In order to decrease maladaptive behaviors among children with Autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities, clinicians may exhaust all reinforcement-based strategies and may rely on punishment-based strategies to observe clinically-significant levels (Regalado et al., 2004; Riley et al., 2004). Additionally, punishment-based strategies, such as time-out, are often recommended by pediatricians to caregivers to decrease maladaptive behaviors (Scholer et al., 2006). While many studies have examined the utility of time-out, the data analysis often involves the exclusion of the time-out time period (e.g., Donaldson & Vollmer, 2011). Research is needed on the prevalence of problem behavior during time-out, as well as the possible side effects of the procedure, to understand the overall feasibility of time-out as an intervention for maladaptive behavior.
 
242. The Assessment and Treatment of Multiple Stereotypies Using the Augmented Competing Stimulus Assessment
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
COURTNEY WEBBER (Western New England University; The New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Jane Paul (Excella Developmental Services)
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessments (CSA) are effective at identifying stimuli that compete with automatically maintained behavior and promoting leisure item engagement. The current study extends research by Jennett, Jann, and Hagopian (2011) by evaluating additional treatment components designed to facilitate competing item identification. In the current study, a CSA was conducted in which each item was presented singly; during these trials, the targeted stereotypic responses and item engagement were recorded. No consequences were implemented for item engagement or stereotypy. The initial CSA was then repeated with three remediation procedures: re-presentation, re-presentation and reprimands, and re-presentation with a differential reinforcement (DR) procedure. Findings were then evaluated in a treatment analysis to identify whether ongoing use of the remediation strategies was necessary to maintain low levels of stereotypy and high levels of item engagement. Interobserver agreement was assessed across 48.9% of sessions, and average coefficients were as follows: straw twirling was 98.9%, motor stereotypy was 92.6%, and item engagement was 90.8%. This study extends previous literature by demonstrating that additional treatment components (e.g., DR) can be useful during CSAs. Results also show that DR may be initially necessary but over time, the item engagement may maintain in the absence of social contingencies.
 
243. Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior Maintained by a Non-Vocal Mands Function
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SARA JEGLUM (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine; University of Wisconsin-Madison), Morgan Marie Hallgren (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer Vetter (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Zhana Loubeau (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Jane Paul (Excella Developmental Services)
Abstract: Standard functional analysis procedures occasionally require modifications to assess idiosyncratic variables, including adult compliance with mands (Bowman et al., 1997). In the literature, the mands function is largely represented by individuals who vocally communicate idiosyncratic requests, and schedule thinning has rarely been conducted (Schmidt et al., 2017). Mike was a 12-year-old male who displayed severe problem behavior and communicated using picture cards, gestures, signs, and one-syllable vocalizations. Observations indicated that adult noncompliance with idiosyncratic mands evoked problem behavior. Using a reversal design, a mands assessment was completed with a test condition where adults complied with mands for 30s contingent on problem behavior, and a control condition where adults complied with mands irrespective of problem behavior. Results showed differentiated rates of problem behavior in the test condition compared to control. Treatment consisted of differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors and other behaviors (with a resetting component) via a multiple schedule with signaled availability, and the use of discriminative stimuli. Schedule thinning occurred and low rates of problem behavior were maintained. Relevance to clinical care and future directions will be discussed.
 
244. Training Parents to Implement Social Skills Curriculum
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TORICA EXUME (My Florida Therapy)
Discussant: Jane Paul (Excella Developmental Services)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate if utilizing the sequence of in-vivo training with an instructor then independently completing a self-guided manual was feasible for the parent to complete and to evaluate the effects of providing teaching steps to train parents of children with autism to be social skills trainers on two social skill targets. Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is a commonly used and effective method of teaching individuals’ new skills, which consists of four components: instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback.
 
245. The Unionization of Behavior Analysis
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JOSHUA GARNER (Behavioral Education Research Initiative)
Discussant: Jane Paul (Excella Developmental Services)
Abstract: The growing business takeover of behavior analysis has had many consequences. On one hand, more individuals are gaining access to services compared to previous decades; however, it is still not perfect. On the other hand, workers (i.e., RBTs, BCBAs) are exploited and disenfranchised with respect to their labor, paid time off, non-billable time, mental health days off, among many other issues. These issues are negatively affecting the growing number of certified individuals contributing to the poor attrition rates in the field. Therefore, a new fundamental direction is needed—the unionization of certified individuals in behavior analysis. A better fundamental work-environment will foster a better you, freeing you to provide better care for your clients, instead of worrying about whether your workplace will punish staying at home with a sick child, for example. The goal of this poster is to shed light on the common concerns RBTs and BCBAs experience in the workplace, define a union and a worker cooperative, discuss why unionizing is important, and to provide a potential path towards unionization.
 
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #99
Presenter Meet and Greet
Saturday, May 23, 2020
1:30 PM–2:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi." Check back to see who will be participating.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #100
Presenter Meet and Greet
Saturday, May 23, 2020
2:00 PM–2:30 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi." Check back to see who will be participating.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #101
Presenter Meet and Greet
Saturday, May 23, 2020
2:00 PM–2:30 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi." Check back to see who will be participating.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #102
Author Signing
Saturday, May 23, 2020
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D

Purchase one of the many titlesavailable at the bookstore and stop by to have it signed by the author! Check back to see who will be participating.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #103
Presenter Meet and Greet
Saturday, May 23, 2020
2:30 PM–3:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi." Check back to see who will be participating.

 
 
Panel #104
PDS: Branching Out: Finding Success in Diverse Areas of Practice
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 5
Area: AAB/DEV; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ronald J. Clark (Florida Institute of Technology)
CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom and University of Florida)
AMBER MARIE MARACCINI (Renown Health)
JANET S. TWYMAN (blast)
Abstract:

Behavior Analysis is a scientific approach that emphasizes environmental contingencies to solve a large array of problems. The field has continuously produced literature on evaluations and treatments that cover a multitude of issues. Although our field has support in many areas of practice, a considerable percentage of our applied applications focus on autism and developmental disability treatment. With an ever-growing field, the interest of those involved in behavior analysis is also seeing a large increase in variability. This panel aims at highlighting some of the novel applications of behavior analysis in diverse areas. The panelists will discuss some of their own experiences implementing behavior analysis in these areas and will provide time to answer questions from the audience. If you have interest in applying behavior analysis into novel areas, this panel aims to help provide insight into this process.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Diversity, Novel Application, Panel, Professional Development
 
 
Invited Paper Session #105
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Effective Leadership and Supervision
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Ellie Kazemi, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts are expected to lead treatment teams by training and supporting staff. However, many behavior analysts were not formally trained for such leadership positions. In this talk, I will address some of the common barriers supervisors face in their leadership roles and provide practical tips for efficient, effective leadership and supervision of staff.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the primary functions of effective supervision; (2) explain how to give tough feedback effectively; (3) describe the importance of performance feedback in supervision.
 
ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge)

Dr. Kazemi is a Professor at California State University, Northridge (CSUN) where she has developed and teaches undergraduate and graduate coursework in behavior analysis for the past 10 years. She founded the Masters of Science Program in Applied Behavior Analysis in 2010 and has collaborated with the CSUN community to provide graduate students high quality supervision experiences. She currently has two different lines of research. Her applied research interests involve identification of efficient, effective strategies for practical training, supervision, and leadership. Her laboratory research involves leveraging technology (e.g., robotics, virtual or augmented reality) for efficient training and feedback using simulations. She is currently working on several nationwide large projects (e.g., with FEMA and NASA) with a focus on effective training and behavioral outcomes. She has received several mentorship awards including the ABAI Best Mentor Award, the Outstanding Faculty Award, the Outstanding Teaching Award, and the Outstanding Service Award.  She has published articles and book chapters on a variety of topics including training, staff turnover, and the use of technology in behavior analysis. She is the leading author of a handbook written for both supervisors and supervisees that is titled, Supervision and Practicum in Behavior Analysis: A Handbook for Supervisees.

 
 
Symposium #106
CE Offered: BACB
Factors and Procedures Pertaining to Delays to Reinforcement: Translational and Applied Evaluations
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 201
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
CE Instructor: Terry S. Falcomata, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The study of procedures and variables that impact behavior during delays to reinforcement continues to be important in terms of the treatment of problem behavior. For example, although functional communication training (FCT) has been demonstrated to be a highly effective treatment for problem behavior, delays to reinforcement must be considered given naturally occurring times in which reinforcement is delayed or unavailable and in the interest of practicality (e.g., clients might mand for reinforcement at high rates rendering the treatment impractical for careproviders). This symposium is comprised of three data-based presentations concerning aspects of delays to reinforcement including the evaluation of procedures aimed at enhancing toleration of delays to reinforcement during FCT and variables that impact allocation of responding across different delay-to-reinforcement arrangements. Specifically, the current symposium will focus on delays to reinforcement and present data on (a) the effects of discrimination training and denial trials during FCT, (b) the effects of vocal signals during FCT, and (c) preference for mixed vs. fixed delays to reinforcement.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, delay, FCT, problem behavior
Target Audience:

Graduate students and practitioners

 

An Evaluation of Functional Communication Training With Signaled and Unsignaled Delays to Reinforcement

DAN MANGUM (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) can be successful in replacing problem behavior with a functionally equivalent response. One potential challenge of this intervention involves learners requesting reinforcers at an unsustainable rate. To address this challenge, FCT often includes strategies to thin the reinforcement schedule, including delays to reinforcement. Previous studies have incorporated signals to delay using timers (Kelley, Lerman, Fisher, Roane, & Zangrillo, 2011) or occasional vocal statements (Hagopian, Contrucci-Kuhn, Long, & Rush). To date no studies have systematically evaluated the necessity of a signal indicating delay to reinforcement. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to empirically evaluate the use of a vocal signal, in the absence of a delay timer, on the efficiency of increasing delays to reinforcement. Results indicated the inclusion of a vocal signal preserved the functional communication training outcomes during the reinforcement thinning procedures for a 5-year-old male with Autism Spectrum Disorder to a greater extent than schedule thinning in the absence of a vocal signal.

 

Preference for Fixed- and Mixed-Delays to Reinforcement Among Children With Autism

CAYENNE SHPALL (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Monique Barnett (University of Texas at Austin), Andrea Ramirez-Cristoforo (The University of Texas at Austin), Fabiola Vargas Londono (University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Delays to reinforcement are often a necessary component during treatments of problem behavior (e.g., Functional Communication Training; FCT). In the absence of programmed delay training, the utility, generality, and maintenance of the effects of FCT may be limited. Despite the importance of delays to reinforcement during FCT, few studies have empirically isolated and investigated the parameters pertaining to the implementation of delays to reinforcement. Results from basic empirical studies have shown that participants, in both human and nonhuman-based studies, demonstrate preferences for variable, or bi-valued mixed delays to reinforcement. The current study examined response allocation between fixed and mixed delays to reinforcement using a concurrent schedule of reinforcement exhibited by children with Autism Spectrum Disorders diagnoses. Results showed preference for mixed delays to reinforcement with all participants. Potential avenues of future research on the use of mixed delays to reinforcement, such as the application within FCT and maintenance of socially appropriate behaviors, are discussed.

 
A Synthesized Approach to Functional Communication Training Including Discrimination and Tolerance to Denial
JESSICA HERROD (University of Georgia), Sarah Snyder (University of Georgia), Kimberly Caito (University of Georgia), Erinn Whiteside (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) provides an efficient means for reducing problem behaviors while increasing social communication. After establishing a functional communication response (FCR) interventionists may need to thin the schedules of reinforcement to increase durability of effects and maintenance in the natural environment. Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014) proposed one means for thinning schedules that involved the systematic introduction of extinction (or denial trials) following a process of delaying reinforcement. The current study evaluates a classroom application of this thinning process with 2 elementary aged boys with autism who engaged in aggression, self-injury, and disruption evoked be denied access to preferred items or routines. The data show the therapeutic effects of the FCT program with systematic introduction of discrimination training and denial trials once the participants demonstrated proficiency with the FCR. Results are discussed in terms of extending Hanley et al. (2014) and how these procedures can be used within typical school-based settings.
 
 
Symposium #107
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Consent, Assent, and Decision-Making Capacity in Theory and Practice
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon A
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (University of Alabama in Huntsville)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Lynne Bruzek, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Consent is embedded in the foundation of behavior analytic research and clinical practice. The processes of obtaining consent and assent require that researchers and practitioners share information regarding procedures in a way that is understandable to the recipient, which often appears to be a straight-forward process. Beyond the process of information sharing, though, are important matters related to whether or not someone has the capacity to consent or assent and whether that capacity has changed or will change over time. Additionally, it is often incumbent on researchers and practitioners to use their judgement when deciding whether or not assent has been provided noncoercively. This can be especially difficult when working with more vulnerable populations like individuals with developmental disabilities or dementia. This symposium will address issues related to decision-making capacity, commonly used capacity assessments and assent procedures, and socially valid methods for gaining assent that avoid coercive procedures. These issues will be discussed as they relate to older adults with dementia and children and adults with developmental disabilities.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs

 

Primer on Ethical and Practical Issues in Decision-Making Capacity Assessment

SAMANTHA JO ZOHR (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Determinations of decision-making capacity affect a person’s civil rights. When reasoning or decision-making capacity is in question, the onus is to balance autonomy and safety, maximizing self-reliance and independence while programming for assistance to prevent harm and maintain safety. Assessment of decision-making capacity is a research area, nevertheless, myths about decision-making capacity abound. Contrary to common belief, decision-making capacity is not unitary – it is specific to the task or domain in question (e.g., financial, medical, research consent or assent); cognitive difficulties do not automatically imply a lack of capacity; and individuals may lack capacity in one area of functioning while retaining capacity in other domains. Individuals may also transition from more to less assistance with decision-making, and capacity can be regained. This primer will review basic tenets of decision-making capacity and broadly introduce research and currently existing guidelines, considering the impact on a person’s life and advancing providers’ competency to navigate ethical and practical issues.

 

Capacity Assessments, Consent, and Assent in Behavioral Gerontology: Issues of Stimulus Control

REBECCA A SHARP (Bangor University), Zoe Lucock (Bangor University)
Abstract:

Behavior-analytic research with adults with dementia is often conducted with people who lack the capacity to consent on their own behalf. However, commonly used capacity assessments and assent procedures are often ill-defined and subjective. Although there are some objective behavioral measures of dissent (e.g., moving away from the area, indices of unhappiness), assent procedures requiring vocal responses may produce verbal behavior under stimulus control of past or unobservable events. For example, “Can I sit with you today and show you some activities?” might result in the topographically-irrelevant response, “I told him that the birds are blue.” Researchers must then judge whether assent has been given, which can be uncomfortable. We will discuss the utility and pitfalls of our ethics committee-approved assent and consent procedures, and the use of compassionate misinformation in relation to the BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts. We will present data showing the prevalence of vocal responses not under conditional control of discriminative stimuli used in assent procedures. We will discuss the need for socially valid, effective vocal and non-vocal methods for gaining assent from participants with dementia to enable people to be involved as much as possible in the consent process (i.e., have choice).

 

Consent and Assent Issues for Adults and Children With Neurodevelopmental Disabilities

STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University), Jessica Detrick (Western Michigan University), Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark), Kelsey Webster (Western Michigan University), Julia Mays (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Whether conducting behavior analytic research or providing behavior analytic services to individuals with developmental disabilities, it is important to gain consent for the provision of the procedures in question. Several issues arise when considering how informed consent is obtained to ensure individuals with developmental disabilities who are their own guardians are not coerced into providing consent. There are also several considerations that must be made to ensure consent is effectively informed. When adults with developmental disabilities are not their own guardians or when children with developmental disabilities are involved, they may not be able to legally provide consent. However, the majority of the time, such individuals must still provide assent. Thus, similar issues apply. This presentation will provide an overview of the concerns that can arise when attempting to gain consent or assent from individuals with developmental disabilities. We will provide a behavior analytic perspective on these issues, as well as present potential solutions behavior analysts might consider as ways to evaluate assent and consent that avoid coercive procedures.

 
 
Symposium #108
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Behavioral Economics and Verbal Behavior Mash-Up: Investigations of Broader Behavior Analytically-Rooted Societal Impacts
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty N-P
Area: CSS/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Victoria Diane Hutchinson (Saint Louis University)
CE Instructor: Victoria Diane Hutchinson, M.S.
Abstract:

The present symposium explores the ways in which verbal behavior and behavioral economics may shed light on some of the larger societal problems we face as humans. In the first presentation, we empirically explore RFT-based conceptualizations of gambling behavior beyond those of equivalence to frames of comparison and the ways in which those contextual variables (along with our own verbal behavior about them) may push around our behavior. Second, we'll address conceptually-cutting-edge perspective, wherein we propose different interventions for distinct repertoires within what we might broadly consider, impulsivity. Finally, we explore delay and social discounting within the context of climate change, and the need for modern behavior analysis to hold a seat at the table of discussions around sustainability initiatives.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Gambling, Impulsivity, Sustainability
Target Audience:

-intermediate-advanced

Learning Objectives: Describe how behavior science can contribute to solving complex social issues Identify self-rule formation through contextual control, in a gambling context. Attendees will be able to describe how different forms of impulsivity likely involve different behavioral repertoires and therefore will likely respond differently to different treatments
 
Diversity submission Derived Rule Following and Relational Framing in a Gambling Context
(Applied Research)
VANSHIKA GUPTA (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Previous research on derived rule following has shown that participants will switch their response patterns following discrimination training, and will adhere to new rules established during training even contingencies do not match the new rules. However, this research has only included equivalence class formations. Therefore, the current study sought to replicate and extend this research to include relational frames of comparison (i.e., more/less than). During a slot machine task, three recreational gamblers wagered on one of two slot machines with equal payout rates, each identified by an arbitrary stimulus covering the payout rates. Participants were randomly assigned to one of three legs within a multiple-baseline design with predetermined phase lengths. Following baseline, participants completed a match-to-sample program where contextual cues of more/less than were paired with the arbitrary stimuli used on the slot machines. Tacting of participant’s self-rule was measured using a fill-in-the-blank and multiple choice test, before and after training. Following training, two participants altered their response options to play on the slot machine paired with the contextual cue of ‘more than’, and played less on the machine paired with the cue ‘less than’. Further, all three participants responded with 100% accuracy on the self-rule tests following training.
 
Diversity submission 

Behavioral Conceptual Analysis of Two Dimensions of Impulsivity: Impulsive Disinhibition Versus Impulsive Decision-Making

(Theory)
YI YANG (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

Impulsivity is a multifaceted construct, including inability to wait, rapid action without forethought, and an inability to inhibit inappropriate behaviors. In behavior analytic research, impulsivity is often studied by examining choices between smaller-sooner reinforcers over larger-later reinforcers, as in delay discounting. However, researchers have begun to acknowledge what could be an important distinction, between ‘‘impulsive disinhibition,’’ e.g., Go/No-Go tasks, and ‘‘impulsive decision-making,’’ e.g., Delay-Discounting tasks (Reynolds, Ortengren, Richards and de Wit, 2006). This presentation will conduct a radical behavioral conceptual analysis of this distinction and identify the separate implications for both repertoires of behavior, both for studying them in the lab, and for application to socially significant behavior. In particular, it seems probable that different intervention procedures may work for addressing the two different repertoires. For example, present moment attention training may help individuals focus on moment-to-moment self-control, as in go/no go tasks, whereas values-based interventions may help individuals behave with respect to longer-term self-control tasks, such as delay discounting.

 
Diversity submission 

Delay Discounting and Social Discounting With Climate Change Policy Preference

(Theory)
CELESTE UNNERSTALL (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

According to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, considerable changes in human behavior are needed to curb the impacts of climate change. Current estimates suggest that we may reach the climate point of no return (PNR) by the year 2035 assuming a 2% increase in the relative rate of no emission consumption. We describe several studies conducted by our research lab from a Behavioral Economic and Relational Frame Theory synthetic framework that address preferences for policies that attempt to limit or constrain CO2 emissions by affecting human action. The first series of studies evaluate policy preference to delay PNR as analogous to monetary discounting of reinforcer loss. Results show that people discount high emission commodities similar to currency. Results also show that redistributive policies may generate greater policy support and willingness to forego high emission commodities in service of the value of climate change sustainability. The second series of studies extend this model by directly comparing policies developed by politicians seeking presidency in the upcoming US election, as well as embedding measures of social discounting. Results again support preference for redistributive policies and that policies that redistribute reinforcement locally are more likely to be accepted and produce greater willingness than policies that seek to redistribute reinforcement internationally. These series of studies speak to a need to inform policy with modern advances in applied behavior analysis.

 
 
Panel #109
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: Developing an Assertive Communication Style in Professional Settings
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Capitol/Congress
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Laura Barcelos Nomicos, Ph.D.
Chair: Laura Barcelos Nomicos (University of Nevada, Reno)
CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
MARTHA COSTA HÜBNER (University of São Paulo)
CYNTHIA M. ANDERSON (May Institute)
Abstract:

Communicating in a way that allows one to share their perspective while fostering mutual respect with coworkers is key part of being an assertive professional. These skills are critical across settings because they lead to more effective collaboration and therefore promote growth for all involved. Many times, graduate students are not in a position to practice or learn assertiveness skills due to the power dynamics found in the university setting. Minorities and women often face additional societal barriers in professional settings (Cortina et. al., 2001) that exasperate these issues. Research has demonstrated that diversity increases the creativity and productivity in professional spaces (Leung et. al. 2008). Cultivating a more assertive communicative repertoire in professionals would allow for better integration of different perspectives; ultimately benefitting both the individual and those they work for. The panelists will share what they have learned on issues concerning assertive communication and developing a working style that allows for both mutual respect and consideration. Each panelist has held multiple prominent leadership positions and have had many successful collaborative relationships throughout their careers.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): assertiveness, leadership, professional skills
 
 
Invited Paper Session #110
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
TRAUMA: Prevention of Traumatic Events: Use of Antecedent and Generalization Strategies
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty I-L
Chair: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa)
CE Instructor: Kelly M. Schieltz, Ph.D.
Presenting Authors: RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University), RAYMOND MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Pedestrian crashes have been on an increasing trend in recent years. Reasons possibly include increased levels of distracted driving, increased speeding behavior, and increased walking. Behavioral science has contributed to ways to increase driving yielding behavior on a community wide basis and the development on antecedent interventions that have been documented to increase reduce unsafe behavior and crashes. This presentation will focus on discussing some of the more important techniques as well as why antecedent interventions are effective without obvious sources of reinforcement.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the validity of different approaches to the assessment of safety skills; (2) describe behavioral skills training and its limitations for teaching safety skills; (3) describe in situ training for teaching safety skills; (4) describe strategies for promoting generalization of safety skills; (5) list several important variables used to change cultural safety practices; (6) discuss why interventions that rely on antecedents so effective, and how to further increase their efficacy; (7) discuss how the effect of behavioral safety methods on crashes is evaluated.
 
Reducing Pedestrian Injuries and Deaths
RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University)
Dr. Van Houten received his BA from SUNY at Stony Brook and his MA and Ph.D. from Dalhousie University, where he received training in the experimental analysis of behavior. He is currently professor of psychology at Western Michigan University. Dr. Van Houten has published extensively in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) on a wide variety of problems, such as the education of inner city youth and children with “learning disabilities,” the treatment of children and adults with developmental delays, the treatment of clinical problems in children, traffic safety, energy conservation, and aviation safety. Currently Dr. Van Houten is a member of the Transportation Research Board and a member of the National Committee for Uniform Traffic Control Devices. He is a past associate editor for JABA and a Fellow of ABAI. Dr. Van Houten is also an avid pilot of power aircraft and gliders and a flight instructor.
Abstract: This presentation will discuss research on teaching safety skills to children. It will describe different approaches to assessment of safety skills and the validity of these approaches. It will describe research on the effectiveness of interventions for teaching safety skills with an emphasis on active learning approaches including behavioral skills training and in situ training. The presentation will discuss the issue of generalization, the limits of behavioral skills training for promoting generalization, and strategies that can be used to enhance generalization. The presentation will discuss the issue of accessibility and strategies for increasing accessibility of effective interventions.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the validity of different approaches to the assessment of safety skills; (2) describe behavioral skills training and its limitations for teaching safety skills; (3) describe in situ training for teaching safety skills; (4) describe strategies for promoting generalization of safety skills; (5) list several important variables used to change cultural safety practices; (6) discuss why interventions that rely on antecedents so effective, and how to further increase their efficacy; (7) discuss how the effect of behavioral safety methods on crashes is evaluated.
 
Teaching Safety Skills: What Does It Take to Get Children to Do the Right Thing?
RAYMOND MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
Dr. Raymond G. Miltenberger received his Ph.D. from Western Michigan University and currently is professor of psychology and director of the Applied Behavior Analysis Master’s Program at the University of South Florida. He is the author of a highly regarded textbook on behavior modification, which is used at many universities across the country in both undergraduate and graduate courses. Dr. Miltenberger is most well known for having conducted a long-standing and
systematic series of studies on clinical (habit) disorders, prevention of abduction, and firearms safety. In particular, his research in the latter two areas has been characterized by the highly creative use of simulations and generalization testing, and by the careful development of task-analysis-based instruction described as “behavioral skills training.” In recognition of this work, he has received the Award for Distinguished Contributions to Applied Research from the
American Psychological Association (Division 25), and he has served as president of ABAI. 
 
 
Panel #111
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
The Role of Principles in Ethical Decision-Making
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, University of D.C. / Catholic University
Area: PCH/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Nancy Rosenberg, Ph.D.
Chair: Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington)
NANCY ROSENBERG (University of Washington)
ELIZABETH KELLY (University of Washington)
KAITLIN MARIE KLOES GREENY (University of Washington)
Abstract:

Principles are broad statements of values that can serve as guides for both ethical behavior and ethical decision-making. Many health-related professions, such as occupational therapy, speech-language-hearing, psychology, and counseling, have incorporated explicit principles into their codes of ethics. Behavior analysis currently has not. This symposium will explore the use of principles in the ethics codes of other organizations, examine how a statement of basic principles might help guide ethical behavior and ethical decision making within an organization, and outline a process we have utilized at our university to define principles for our Applied Behavior Analysis program.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will recognize the use of explicit principles in the ethical codes of other health-related professions. 2. Participants will recognize ways that explicit principles may help guide ethical behavior and ethical decision making within an organization. 3. Participants will understand one possible process for developing explicit principles for an organization interested in promoting ethical behavior in its behavior analysts.
Keyword(s): decision making, developmental disabilities, ethical principles, ethics
 
 
Invited Tutorial #112
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
SQAB Tutorial: Creating Artificial Organisms Animated by a Selectionist Theory of Adaptive Behavior Dynamics
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 6
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
BACB/PSY/QABA CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jack McDowell, Ph.D.
Chair: Marcus Jackson Marr (Georgia Tech)
Presenting Authors: : JACK MCDOWELL (Emory University)
Abstract:

The evolutionary theory of behavior dynamics (ETBD) is a complexity theory, which means that it is stated in the form of simple low level rules, the repeated operation of which generates high level outcomes that can be compared to data. The low level rules of the theory implement Darwinian processes of selection, reproduction, and mutation. This tutorial is an introduction to the ETBD, and will illustrate how the theory is used to animate artificial organisms that behave freely, and continuously, in any desired experimental environment. Extensive research has shown that the behavior of artificial organisms animated by the theory successfully reproduces the behavior of live organisms, in qualitative and quantitative detail, in a wide variety of experimental environments, including concurrent ratio schedules with equal and unequal ratios in the components, and concurrent interval schedules with and without punishment superimposed on one or both alternatives. An overview and summary of the research testing the ETBD will be provided. The material interpretation of the theory as an instance of supervenient realism will also be discussed. Finally, possible future directions will be considered with an eye toward identifying the most valuable path or paths for future development.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in the basic science; individuals interested in computational theories of behavior or machine learning; individuals interested in modeling clinically significant human behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) create artificial organisms animated by the selectionist theory; (2) run artificial organisms in experimental environments; (3) summarize empirical support for the theory; (4) consider possible material interpretations of the theory; (5) consider fruitful paths for further development of the theory.
 
JACK MCDOWELL (Emory University)

J. J McDowell received an A.B. from Yale University in 1972 and a Ph.D. from the State University of New York at Stony Brook in 1979. After completing his clinical internship, he joined the faculty of Emory University, where he is currently a professor in the Department of Psychology. Dr. McDowell is also a licensed clinical psychologist, and maintains a private practice of behavior therapy in Atlanta. Dr. McDowell's research has focused on the quantitative analysis of behavior. He has conducted tests of matching theory in experiments with humans, rats, and pigeons, has made formal mathematical contributions to the matching theory literature, and has proposed a computational theory of behavior dynamics. He has also written on the relevance of mathematical and computational accounts of behavior for the treatment of clinical problems. Dr. McDowell's current research is focused on his computational theory of selection by consequences, including studies of behavior generated by the theory's genetic algorithm, and possible implementations of the theory in neural circuitry. His work, including collaborations with students and former students, has been funded by NIMH, NSF, and NIDA. Dr. McDowell is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International.

 
 
Panel #113
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
PDS: How to Win Friends From Other Disciplines: Successful Outcomes Through Collaboration
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence A-C
Area: TBA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Evelyn Rachael Gould, Ph.D.
Chair: Kathryn Atkins (University of Maryland, Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CLAIRE C. ST. PETER (West Virginia University)
EVELYN RACHAEL GOULD (McLean Hospital, Harvard Medical School; FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.)
PETER GIROLAMI (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Collaborating with professionals in other disciplines is vital to the success of those we serve but is also one of the most difficult parts of the job. Teachers, speech pathologists, occupational therapists, pediatricians, social workers, and psychiatrists bring unique areas of expertise, and collaboration means finding common ground. Successful collaboration may also require some persuasion and translating behavior analytic terms into their language to teach others what our science has to offer. This panel includes experienced behavior analysts from school, hospital, and mental health settings who have experience collaborating with diverse professionals from other disciplines. They will provide their perspectives on the benefits of working with others and provide strategies for how to navigate potential challenges. They will give insight into navigating ethical issues that may arise when working with multidisciplinary teams. They will offer recommendations on how to make friends and influence people to provide the best services possible for those we serve.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

The target audience in practicing behavior analysts who work in setting that require collaboration with professionals from other disciplines.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe the benefits of working with professionals from other disciplines. 2. Participants will be able to use persuasion and negotiation skills in order to achieve their goals when working with professionals with other disciplines. 3. Participants will be able to identify ethical issues that may arise when working with an interdisciplinary team and use problem-solving strategies to address these issues to act in the best interest of the client.
Keyword(s): collaboration, multidisciplinary team, professional development, service delivery
 
 
Symposium #114
CE Offered: BACB
Leveling Up: Research Surrounding Gamification in the Classroom
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Archives
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
CE Instructor: Jacquelyn M. MacDonald, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The first presentation will review the systematic assessment of peer-reviewed single-subject research that included a game-based intervention as the independent variable, identify the elements of gaming that have been employed, assess the scope of use across domains, and examine the efficacy of these interventions. We will discuss areas of strengths and limitations of the extant literature, identify opportunities for future research, and practical implications for the use of game-based interventions. The second presentation evaluated the effects of a gamified package intervention on the accurate data entry of BACB® experience hours. Fifteen behavior analysis graduate students who were enrolled in 3 sections of Practicum at a small private university participated. The gamified intervention (“Practicum Slayer”) included feedback, reinforcement (points) to access putative primary reinforcement, badges, and thematic enhancement. This intervention was compared to a feedback only condition using a multiple baseline design across classes. Weekly data were collected on the percentage of students per class who entered data into the BACB® Fieldwork Tracker with 100% accuracy. The intervention was effective at increasing accurate data entry for all classes and 93.33% (14 of 15) of participants reached 100% accuracy in their data entry by the end of the study. IOA data were collected in 39.44% of sessions for a mean of 99.01% agreement (range, 80% - 100%). Social validity data indicated the gamification package was received with moderate positivity. The final presentation evaluated the isolated effects of group contingencies on student pacing and performance across three separate classes of the same undergraduate online course (n=175 students in each of 3 classes). Two of the three classes received counterbalanced interdependent group contingencies for meeting recommended deadlines to receive simple, no cost rewards. The third class served as the control group and received no group contingencies. Results showed that implementation of group contingencies impacted course pacing for the experimental groups, with improvements in the completion of assignments by the recommended deadlines when under a contingency. We discuss the implications of the use of these simple, effective, no-cost rewards as a contrast to extra credit rewards and improving pacing in asynchronous online courses.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Gamification, Reinforcement, Teaching
Target Audience:

The target audience for these presentations are practitioners interested in the types of single subject design research on gamification and those interested in incorporating gamification within their university classroom (online or on ground).

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will define gamification using a behavior analytic framework. 2. Participants will evaluate the effectiveness of a gamification intervention on data entry. 3. Participants will identify potential social validity limitations regarding gamification for graduate students. 4. Participants will evaluate the effectiveness of isolated effects of group contingencies on student pacing and performance across three separate classes of the same undergraduate online course.
 
Systematic Review of the Application of Games in Single-Subject Research (2010-2020)
DOUGLAS KUPFERMAN (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Gamification is the application of gaming mechanics to non-gaming contexts. There has been an increased interest in the use of gaming applications across a variety of disciplines. Gaming often employs behavior analytic principles as mechanisms for behavior change. Questions remain regarding how games have been utilized in single-subject research. The purpose of our literature review was to conduct a systematic assessment of peer-reviewed single-subject research that included a game-based intervention as the independent variable, identify the elements of gaming that have been employed, assess the scope of use across domains, and examine the efficacy of these interventions. We will discuss areas of strengths and limitations of the extant literature, identify opportunities for future research, and practical implications for the use of game-based interventions. Across the past ten years, games-based interventions have increased and have been used successfully across a variety of settings and populations.
 
Evaluating Group Contingencies in an Online Psychology Course
DAMARIS PEREZ (California State University, Northbridge), Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Recently, there has been an increase in online coursework in higher education, leading researchers to evaluate the learning outcomes, student motivation, and course completion rates in online coursework (De Freitas, Morgan, & Gibson, 2015). In a previous evaluation of gamification of an online course, Malmberg, Fahmie, & Solares found preliminary evidence that the addition of group contingencies resulted in statistically significant improvements in student pacing in the course. However, research on group contingencies in online higher education is lacking. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the isolated effects of group contingencies on student pacing and performance across three separate classes of the same undergraduate online course (n=175 students in each of 3 classes). Two of the three classes received counterbalanced interdependent group contingencies for meeting recommended deadlines to receive simple, no cost rewards. The third class served as the control group and received no group contingencies. Results showed that implementation of group contingencies impacted course pacing for the experimental groups, with improvements in the completion of assignments by the recommended deadlines when under a contingency. We discuss the implications of the use of these simple, effective, no-cost rewards as a contrast to extra credit rewards and improving pacing in asynchronous online courses.
 
Using Gamification to Promote Accurate Data Entry of Practicum Experience Hours in Graduate Students
DIANA PARRY-CRUWYS (Regis College), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
Abstract: The current study evaluated the effects of a gamified package intervention on the accurate data entry of BACB® experience hours. Fifteen behavior analysis graduate students who were enrolled in 3 sections of Practicum at a small private university participated. The gamified intervention (“Practicum Slayer”) included feedback, reinforcement (points) to access putative primary reinforcement, badges, and thematic enhancement. This intervention was compared to a feedback only condition using a multiple baseline design across classes. Weekly data were collected on the percentage of students per class who entered data into the BACB® Fieldwork Tracker with 100% accuracy. The intervention was effective at increasing accurate data entry for all classes and 93.33% (14 of 15) of participants reached 100% accuracy in their data entry by the end of the study. IOA data were collected in 39.44% of sessions for a mean of 99.01% agreement (range, 80% - 100%). Social validity data indicated the gamification package was received with moderate positivity. Limitations of the study and areas for future research are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #115
Assessing and Training Complex Behaviour (Classification and Analogy) Using Relational Frame Theory
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon I
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: John D. McElwee (Pennsylvania VB3)
Abstract:

Relational Frame Theory (RFT) argues that language and cognition may be explained in terms of derived (arbitrarily applicable) relational responding (also known as relational framing). Furthermore, RFT research has by now provided substantial evidence in favour of this thesis not least by modelling a number of arguably important areas of linguistic-cognitive functioning based on controlled laboratory demonstrations of this phenomenon. The present symposium includes data from a number of relatively recent RFT-based studies that illustrate this approach. Study 1 focused on training class inclusion responding as a key repertoire of classification, using a RFT approach in which class inclusion involves containment and comparison relations and their combination. Study 2 assessed acquisition of relational framing in young children using a novel RFT-based procedure, with a particular focus on the acquisition of analogical responding, conceptualised within RFT as the relating of derived relations. Study 3 involved a number of experiments to train analogical responding (i.e., relating derived relations) in young children using a multiple baseline across participants design.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Analogy, Classification, Language, RFT
 

Training Class Inclusion Responding in Individuals With Autism

(Basic Research)
SIRI MING (Private Practice), Patrycja Zagrabska (National University of Ireland, Galway), Teresa Mulhern (Carlow College, Ireland), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway), John D. McElwee (Pennsylvania VB3)
Abstract:

Class inclusion requires responding to an item simultaneously as a member of both a class and a more inclusive class containing that class. For example, a child might be presented with pictures of several dogs and several cats, with more dogs than cats and asked, “Are there more dogs or more animals?” The correct answer (‘animals’) requires responding to a dog as simultaneously both a member of the class ‘dogs’ as well as of the superordinate class ‘animals’. Ming et al. (2018) trained class inclusion in typically developing children and individuals with autism using a Relational Frame Theory approach in which class inclusion requires containment and comparison relations and their combination. Participants received multiple exemplar training using a non-concurrent multiple baseline design in which class containment relations were represented by placing pictures within nested transparent boxes. More recent work has facilitated improved control by using a concurrent design and recording all stimulus categories in both baseline and training, thus enabling a more unambiguous demonstration of generalization and maintenance. It also showed contingent feedback alone as insufficient to allow successful performance but that an intervention involving non-arbitrary guidance but less intensive than in Ming et al. could facilitate the required repertoire.

 

Assessing Relational Responding in Young Children Using a Novel Relational Frame Therory-Based Relational Evaluation Procedure-Based Format

(Basic Research)
ELLE KIRSTEN (Fit Learning & National University of Ireland, Galway), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract:

Relational Frame Theory (RFT) sees operant acquisition of various patterns of relational framing (frames) as key to linguistic and cognitive development and it has explored the emergence of a range of psychological phenomena (e.g., analogy, perspective-taking) in these terms. One potentially important advance for RFT research is to develop a better idea of the normative development of relational framing in childhood. This was one of the aims of the present study, which sought to measure relational responding of various types, and at various levels of complexity in young children across a range of ages. A second aim of the study was to focus in particular on analogy, or the relating of relations, as one particularly important pattern of relational responding. The present study examined a range of frames including coordination, comparison, opposition, temporality, and hierarchy at a number of different levels of complexity (non-arbitrary relating, non-arbitrary relating of relations, arbitrarily applicable relating and arbitrarily applicable relating of relations) in young children ranging in age from 3 to 7. Performance overall as well as under various subheadings was correlated with both age and intellectual ability. Outcomes and their implications are discussed.

 
Training Analogical Responding in Young Children Across Several Multiple Baseline Design Studies
(Basic Research)
IAN T. STEWART (National University of Ireland, Galway), Elle Kirsten (Fit Learning & National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: Analogical (A:B::C:D) relational responding is a key skill in the development of verbal and intellectual repertoires. This paper will 1) briefly review a Relational Frame Theory (RFT) based assessment of analogical relations, and, 2) discuss RFT-based training procedures used to train arbitrary analogical relations in typically developing children and children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The RFT-based instrument used in this study allows assessment and training of (i) non-arbitrary (physical) relations (ii) non-arbitrary analogy (relating non-arbitrary relations) (iii) arbitrarily applicable relational responding (relational framing) and (iv) arbitrarily applicable analogical relational responding (relational framing relational frames themselves). A series of multiple baseline design studies used this instrument to test and train arbitrary analogical relations in nine 5-year old typically developing children, and three 10-14-year old children with ASD. All participants generated analogical responses during novel, generalization, and maintenance probes. Data from testing, training, and generalization trials will be presented and discussed, as well as the impact training had on the verbal repertoires of children with ASD.
 
 
Symposium #116
Advancements in Social Communication Interventions for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Emily Gregori (University of Illinois, Chicago)
Discussant: Lisa Cushing (University of Illinois, Chicago)
Abstract:

Social communication deficits are a core feature of autism spectrum disorder (ASD; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2010), and often require individualized and intensive intervention to remediate (Bambara et al., 2018). Fortunately, research has shown that interventions based on the principles of applied behavior analysis can significantly improve a number of social skills among this population (Camargo et al., 2016). Advances in policies surrounding the inclusion of individuals with ASD, as well as advances in technology, have begun to influence the development and delivery of behaviorally-based social communication interventions for this population. However, there is limited research to support (a) the delivery of social communication interventions in inclusive settings for individuals with ASD, or (b) the use of technology-based social communication interventions for adolescents and adults with ASD. Thus, the current symposium will present a series of studies that address limitations in the available research on this topic. Specifically, this symposium will include a series of studies that present the results of (a) a meta-analysis on social communication interventions implemented in inclusive public school classrooms, and (b) three experimental studies that evaluated the effects of technology-based social communication interventions, including telehealth and covert audio coaching, for adolescents and adults with ASD. Results of all studies suggest that social communication interventions can be effective when implemented in inclusive settings, and when implemented via distance technology. Presenters will discuss how the results of these studies can inform future research, as well as how practicing Board Certified Behavior Analysts® can use this information to improve service delivery.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

Social Communication Interventions Conducted in Inclusive Settings for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Systemic and Quality Review

JENNA MARIE MATIJEVIC (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois, Chicago), Rose A. Mason (PUrdue University), Catharine Lory (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Deficits in social communication are a core feature of autism spectrum disorder (ASD), and often require specialized intervention to remediate. Students with ASD enrolled in public schools are required by law to receive intervention for such deficits in inclusive settings. Despite legal and professional recommendations for the inclusion of students with ASD in general education, there is limited evidence to support the efficacy of behaviorally-based social communication interventions for this population when implemented in inclusive school settings. Thus, the purpose of this quality review, was to determine the methodological quality and efficacy of social communication interventions delivered in inclusive school settings, and to describe the characteristics of those studies. Of the 79 included studies, most (86%) demonstrated strong or moderate evidence of efficacy based on the visual analysis standards developed by the What Works Clearinghouse. Results indicate that students with ASD can make improvements in critical social communication skills when they receive intervention in inclusive settings. Characteristics of studies, future directions, and implications for practice are discussed.

 

The Effects of a Multi-Component Social Skills Self-Monitoring Program on Two Females Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

MCKENZIE BACON (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University), Megan A. Boyle (Missouri State University), Wayne Mitchell (Missouri State University), Taylor Janota (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with ASD often struggle to engage in the skills necessary to engage in a back-and-forth conversation, or reciprocal social conversations (American Psychiatric Association, 2013; Koegel, Park, & Koegel, 2014; Landa, 1992; Paul et al., 2004). An ABAB withdrawal design was employed to assess the use of a social skills program that consisted of 3 main components: (1) ASD on the Go module training; (2) social skills self-monitoring; and (3) goal setting on two participants with high functioning autism. During both treatment phases,participants were taught verbal components of a reciprocal conversation (initial response, elaborated response, and reciprocal question asking) as well as several important non-verbal components (eye contact, facial expression, and posture). Participants engaged in 10-min conversation sessions in which they self-monitored their use of verbal components and set goals related to increased frequency of verbal conversation components. Results showed an increase in verbal components for both participants. Mean frequency of verbal components per 10 min sessions for Participant 1 increased by 9.7 (initial responses), 9.3 (elaborated responses) and 20.7 (reciprocal question asking) from baseline to intervention. These increases indicate an overall increase in the turn-taking and appropriate reciprocal conversation of each participant.

 

Telepractice Parents Coaching in Naturalistic Strategies to Increase Communication Skills for Adolescents With Autism

SANIKAN WATTANAWONGWAN (Texas A&M University), J.B. GANZ (Texas A&M University), Lauren Pierson (Texas A&M University), Claudia M Dunn (PhD Student at Texas A&M University), Valeria Yllades (Texas A&M University), Sarah Ura (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

Telepractice coaching is a tool used to increase parents' fidelity for working with their children and decrease the gap between the available services and intervention requirements. This presentation will provide the process of using telepractice to provide naturalistic strategies for parents with adolescents with autism. The communicative interaction in adolescents requires communication interventions in a more complex interaction than an intervention that simple use with young children. Naturalistic strategies are evidence-based strategies on applied behavior analysis principles that parents could use to promote their child's communication skills in both verbal and non-verbal. By individualized coaching parents and giving them feedback via telepractice intervention, parents can increase their behavior skills and increase their children communication skills. We will report results of a single case multiple probe design that examined the effects of telepractice coaching in naturalistic strategies across four parents and their adolescents with autism.

 

Supporting Development of Social-Communication of Young Adults With Autism in Natural Settings: Impact of a Telecoaching Intervention

ROSE A. MASON (PUrdue University), Marie David (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois, Chicago)
Abstract:

Difficulties in social-communication often limit the ability of individuals with autism to engage in social interactions and develop meaningful relationships. Research indicates that deficits in social skills remain prevalent in adolescence and often lead to social isolation and loneliness. Unfortunately, there is limited research on social communication interventions for adolescents and adults with autism. Drawing on what we know from research with children, interventions often require the presence of an interventionist, to provide in-the-moment support. For young adults, when the value of social capital increases, the presence of an adult facilitator can create a barrier and additional social stigmatization. Implementation of tele-coaching, however, may provide a mechanism to assist with development of core skills while also facilitating social independence. This study utilized a multiple-baseline across participants design to evaluate the impact of tele-coaching to increase the social communication skills of four adolescents with autism. Implementation of tele-coaching resulted in the increase of targeted social communication skills and reduction of socially inappropriate behaviors across all participants. Implications for practice and recommendations for future research will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #117
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Derived Relational Responding and Arbitrary Applicable Relational Responding to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 206
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Breanna Newborne (My Canopy)
Discussant: James Moore (Canopy Children's Solutions)
CE Instructor: James Moore, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Derived relational responding (DRR), in general, refers to the ability to perform novel responses that have never been directly taught in a variety of different and novel conditions by relating concepts together. In other words, relating may be simply defined as responding to one event in terms of another. For example, rhesus monkeys may be trained to respond relationally to, and thereby select the taller or two stimuli (see Harmon, Strong, & Pasnak, 1982). This response, which can be produced by humans and animals, is controlled entirely by the nonarbitrary or formal properties of the stimuli (i.e., one stimulus is actually taller than the other, and as such is not a verbal process. In contrast, Arbitrary Applicable Relational Responding (AARR) is a verbal process, because it is under the control of contextual features beyond the formal properties of the related stimuli or events. Both types of generalized operants are often significantly impaired in individuals with autism. In this symposium, data will be presented on teaching both DRR and AARR to children with autism in clinical settings.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): arbitrary-applicable relational-responding, autism, derived-relational responding, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Practicing behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will define and describe derived relational responding. 2. Participants will define and describe arbitrary applicable relational responding. 3. Participants will describe four specific applications of DRR and AARR to the treatment of autism.
 

A Method for Evaluating and Teaching Basic Derived Relational Responding for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Service Delivery)
BREANNA NEWBORNE (Canopy Children's Solutions), James Moore (Canopy Children's Solutions), Christopher M. Furlow (Canopy Children's Solutions)
Abstract:

Recently, the importance of teaching individuals with autism spectrum disorder the generalized operant behavior known has derived relational responding (DRR) has been highlighted (Ming, Moran, & Stewart, 2014). Although an entire curriculum system, known as the PEAK Relational System, Equivalence Module (PEAK-E, Dixon, 2015) has emerged, some behavior analysts may not have the ability to switch curriculum materials in order to accommodate for the evaluation and teaching of DRR. In this presentation, a model for evaluating and teaching DRR, using single exemplar training will be offered, as well as data across six participants. Three multiple baseline designs across participants were employed to evaluate the effects, with IOA and integrity data collected across 25% of all sessions.

 

Using Matrix Training to Teach Multiple Echoic Targets in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Service Delivery)
ROBYN BREWER (Canopy Children's Solutions), Mary Nicole Thomason (Canopy Children's Solutions), Christopher M. Furlow (Canopy Children's Solutions)
Abstract:

Matrix training is a type of teaching that leverages derived relational responding as a generalized operant to produce more effective and efficient outcomes (e.g., Axe & Sainato, 2010; Sidman, 1994). This method is a generative approach to teaching specific targets in which stimuli are arranged in a matrix resulting in the direct training of fewer targets with others emerging without training. In the current presentation, matrix training was used to teach echoic targets of increasing difficulty with two children with autism. Results suggest that matrix training may offer an effective and efficient method for teaching a broad number of echoic targets. A multiple baseline across matri

 

Further Examination of Teaching Coin Equivalencies to Individuals With Autism

(Service Delivery)
LAURA-KATHERINE K BARKER (Canopy Children's Solutions), Madeline Potter (Canopy Children's Solutions), Christopher M. Furlow (Canopy Children's Solutions)
Abstract:

The use of conditional discrimination training promotes the emergence of novel relations (Sidman & Tailby, 1982). Stimulus equivalence paradigms have been used to teach a variety of skills/task to various populations. Keintz, Miguel, Kao, and Finn (2011) conducted conditional discrimination training to teach children with autism to discriminate between basic coins and their values. The current study aimed to replicate and extend these findings by incorporating alternative coin values (e.g.., two nickels are equal to a dime). Ten relations emerged following training on a dictated coin to an actual coin, an actual coin to a printed price, a dictated price to a printed price, and alternative coins to a printed price. All participants reached mastery from pre- to posttest following relatively few training sessions with the exception of one relation for two participants.

 

Teaching a Non-Arbitrary Frame of Coordination to Promote the Emergence of Multiple Operant Targets Related to Sameness for Children With Autism

(Service Delivery)
MARK GARRETT YEAGER (Canopy Children's Solutions), Lana Warren (Canopy Children's Solutions), James Moore (Canopy Children's Solutions), Christopher M. Furlow (Canopy Children's Solutions)
Abstract:

Arbitrary Applicable Relational Responding (AARR) is a verbal process, often significantly impaired for individuals with ASD. Deficits in AARR are not universal or consistent across individuals with ASD. Some individuals may show some ability with AARR with less complex stimuli, but as the complexity increases, so too does their difficulty in navigating the relations. Given that the engine of AARR and relational framing is language, and considering that a core feature of ASD is impairment in language and communication, it is reasonable to assert that many individuals with ASD may show significant impairment in AARR and relational framing. In the current presentation, two children with autism were taught non-arbitrary frame of coordination targets (namely picture-to-picture matching). Once this skill was mastered, not only did it generalize to new targets within the same operant class, but a novel operant (namely gross motor imitation) also emerged without training.

 
 
Symposium #118
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Learning to Play the Behavioral Way
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 102
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nancy J. Champlin (ACI Learning Centers)
Discussant: Merrill Winston (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Nancy J. Champlin, M.A.
Abstract:

Teaching children to play is an integral part of development because it sets the occasion for having social and communicative interactions with peers, increases the likelihood of learning in natural and inclusive settings, and offers flexibility to be used in multiple environments (Barton & Wolery, 2008). Children with disabilities are observed to engage in spontaneous play less often and demonstrate fewer varied pretend play behaviors than children with typical development (Barton, 2015). The long-term effects of an impoverished play repertoire are observed in social interactions later in life. The purpose of this symposium is to review the research supporting the efficacy of the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum (PPLAC) as an effective tool to systematically assess and teach both independent and sociodramatic pretend play and language skills to children ages 2-7. The PPLAC is a behaviorally-based curriculum formulated from the typical developmental sequence of play and language and utilized to establish and expand a child's pretend play repertoire. The five elements of pretend play are identified and separated in teachable components including: agent of play, object of play, category of play, advanced play and the essential skills to sociodramatic play.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Curriculum, Pretend Play, script fading, social skills
Target Audience:

BCBA, BCBA-D, BCaBA, SLP, Special educators

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify five elements of pretend play including category, agent, object, advanced play, and the essential skills to sociodramatic play. 2. Participants will be able to identify the systematic approach to introducing and chaining targets in Stage 1 and Stage 2 of the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum. 3. Participants will be able to describe the steps of utilizing a script fading procedure to teach a sequence of pretend play and language skills. 4. Participants will be able to identify effective prompting procedures and data based modifications when targeting multiple stages of pretend play. 5. Participants will be able to identify effective components for preparing a child to engage in appropriate sociodramatic play.
 

Teaching Single Play Actions and Corresponding Vocalizations to Children With Autism Utilizing the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum

CHARLENE GERVAIS (Portia Learning Centre; Portia International), Naomi Abbey (Portia Learning Centre)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with autism and other developmental delays often demonstrate a deficit in toy play when compared to typically developing peers and frequently require specific interventions to acquire appropriate toy play (DiCarlo & Reid, 2004). Teaching play skills to children diagnosed with autism by isolating the individual components within each stage of play can increase acquisition, maintenance, and generalization. The purpose of this study was to replicate the research presented by Nancy Champlin and Melissa Schissler to teach four children diagnosed with autism, ages 3-7, with varying profiles, single play actions and vocalizations across 20 targets in Stage 1: Single Agent from the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum (PPLAC). Actions and vocalizations were taught across three elements of pretend play: agent, object, and essential skills to socio-dramatic play. Following mastery of single play actions with corresponding vocalizations, generalization to untrained toy items was assessed. Facilitators will discuss the modifications to the PPLAC made to accommodate the barriers presented by higher-needs participants.

 

Teaching a Sequence of Three Play Actions and Corresponding Vocalizations to Children With Autism Utilizing the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum

KARI BENNETT (Portia Learning Centre)
Abstract:

Play skills demonstrated by children diagnosed with autism is often lacking in symbolic or social qualities (MacDonald, Sacramone, Mansdielf, Wiltz, & Ahearn, 2009). The quality of children’s pretend play increases as they learn to sequence one play action after another (Stagnitti & Lewis, 2014). The purpose of this study was to utilize the developmental sequence of play and evaluate the effectiveness of teaching a series of 8 components encompassing the second developmental stage of play in the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum (PPLAC), chaining play. Least-to-most prompting was used to teach a chain of three play actions and vocalizations to three children diagnosed with autism, ages 4-7. A sequence of play actions and vocalizations was targeted across agent of play, advanced play, and the essential skills to sociodramatic play. The outcome of this study demonstrated the efficacy of the eight teaching components as steps to teach all three children a chain of play actions with corresponding vocalizations across agent of play and object of play, independently and with peers.

 

Teaching a Sequence of Seven Play Actions and Corresponding Vocalizations to Children With Autism Utilizing the Pretend Play and Language Assessment and Curriculum

ALEXANDRA MACDOUGALL (Portia Learning Centre)
Abstract:

Pretend play provides critical learning opportunities for all children in their everyday lives (Ozen, Batu, & Birkan, 2012) and behaviorally-based interventions have been effective in teaching children with autism appropriate play skills (Palechka & MacDonald, 2010). Deficits in play are linked to poor social relationships, limited expressive language, and high rates of stereotypic behavior (Casby, 2003; Lifter, 2005). The purpose of this study was to examine the use of a script fading intervention to teach two children diagnosed with autism between the ages of 5 and 7 years old a sequence of seven independent play actions and corresponding vocalizations for one character role in a multi-role play scheme. A multi-role play scheme involves complimentary character roles that are dependent on each other (e.g., pizza shop customer and pizza shop cashier). A multiple baseline design across play schemes was utilized to evaluate the effectiveness of script fading to teach the sequence of play. Script fading was determined to be an effective intervention for teaching a sequence of independent play.

 

Teaching Complimentary Character Roles Within a Play Scheme to Facilitate Social Pretend Play for Two Children Diagnosed With Autism

MELISSA SCHISSLER (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract:

Both independent and sociodramatic play is vital to a child’s development. Children often relate to one another with compatible roles within a play scheme engaging in reciprocal roles that reflect complimentary social relationships (Goldstein & Cisar, 1992). The purpose of this study was to teach two children diagnosed with autism complimentary character roles in a play scheme. Each participant was taught a sequence of seven actions and corresponding vocalizations one for the primary role in the camping play and one for the secondary role in the camping play scheme. Contingent on each participant independently acquiring the character role in the target play sequence the participants were taught to engage in sociodramatic play by alternating actions and corresponding vocalizations to expand on the sequence of play that was taught. Acquisition of the independent play scheme and alternating actions with a peer were assessed and generalization to novel schemes and peers was evaluated.

 
 
Symposium #119
CE Offered: BACB
Ensuring Effective Dissemination and Advancement of Critical System Variables in Autism Intervention Programs
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Dawn B. Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Institute for Educational Achievement)
Discussant: Gina Green (Association of Professional Behavior Analysts)
CE Instructor: Gina Green, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In 1993, McClannahan and Krantz published a critical paper about the importance of system variables and accountability in autism intervention programs, based on their work at the Princeton Child Development Institute. This seminal paper defined critical independent and dependent variables affecting autism intervention programs and the importance of the dissemination of this information. These system variables have been incorporated into an effective science-based intervention model that has been consistently implemented to produce meaningful outcomes by the members of the Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention (ASAI). ASAI members have expanded and elaborated on those system variables to ensure the preservation, extension, and dissemination of excellence and effective science-based intervention services for individuals with autism. The purpose of this presentation is to share information about standards of excellence with regard to clinical and administrative systems and governance for autism intervention agencies; as well as the importance of dissemination and implementation of these system variables. Data collected from multiple autism intervention programs, both in the United States and abroad, will be presented to demonstrate the fidelity of the model and the beneficial outcomes achieved for individuals with autism, and consumers of such services, as a result of the implementation of the science-based model.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism intervention, dissemination, service delivery, system variables
Target Audience:

Professionals in behavior analysis, autism program directors, education professionals, and clinicians serving individuals with autism who hold certification in behavior analysis or BA, MA, Ph.D. level degrees.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will understand the importance of system variables in the delivery of autism intervention services. 2. Participants will be able to identify meaningful outcome measures to assess program performance. 3. Participants will be able to identify independent and dependent variables related to dissemination of autism intervention programs.
 
Ensuring a Competent and Professional Staff in Autism Intervention Programs
ANNA BUDZINSKA (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Iwona Ruta-Sominka (Institute for Child Development, Poland), Susan M. Vener (New York Child Learning Institute; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Eric Rozenblat (Institute for Educational Achievement), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Lynn E. McClannahan (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Princeton Child Development Institute), Patricia J. Krantz (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Princeton Child Development Institute), Dawn B. Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Institute for Educational Achievement)
Abstract: The number of intervention programs for individuals with autism has grown in recent years and many of them are based on Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) (Dawson & Bernier, 2013; Eikeseth, 2011). This increase should be correlated with the growth in number of qualified clinicians. The Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention (ASAI) professional training and evaluation model, originally developed by Krantz and McClannahan (1994, 1997) is a supportive process for building the skills of autism interventionists. The protocol involves both hands-on training and didactic instruction designed to facilitate the delivery of high quality and consistent services (Krantz & McClannahan, 2014. The evaluation protocol enables evaluators to assess critical skills relevant to providing intervention and the oral and written feedback given to the therapist ensures goal setting and accountability. Each staff member is formally evaluated via the ASAI professional evaluation protocol and the results of the training are reviewed annually. Data collected across the last 10 years, demonstrate the effectiveness of the model and its correlation with the functioning of the institution and positive learner outcomes. When reviewing the collective data across the ASAI member programs, it is evident that the evaluation process is a crucial element for an intervention program.
 
Evaluation of Learner Outcomes in School Programs
SUSAN M. VENER (New York Child Learning Institute; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Eric Rozenblat (Institute for Educational Achievement), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Anna Budzinska (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Lynn E. McClannahan (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Princeton Child Development Institute), Patricia J. Krantz (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Princeton Child Development Institute), Dawn B. Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Institute for Educational Achievement)
Abstract: External evaluation of learner outcomes in school programs can help a program analyze data and provide recommendation for improving intervention. The importance of the feedback produced by the evaluation depends on the ability of the program to use the feedback to improve practice. The purpose of this presentation is (a) to describe the evaluation protocols and systems created by McClannahan and Krantz (1993) to assess learner performance in school programs, (b) to discuss the implementation of these evaluation systems across the Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention member programs, (c) to present the instructional and treatment data collected across schools, and (d) to discuss the importance of modifications made to the protocols and evaluation systems based on the evaluative data produced. In particular, this presentation will address the changes made to the protocol over the past 10 years to ensure and better measure the generality of behavior change within and across school programs. Overall, this presentation will provide insight into the implementation of the systems designed by McClannahan and Krantz to ensure the continual improvement of autism intervention and learner outcomes.
 

Extension of the ASAI Model into the Home and Community for Children With Autism

KEVIN J. BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Susan M. Vener (New York Child Learning Institute; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Eric Rozenblat (Institute for Educational Achievement), Anna Budzinska (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Lynn E. McClannahan (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Princeton Child Development Institute), Patricia J. Krantz (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Princeton Child Development Institute), Dawn B. Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Institute for Educational Achievement)
Abstract:

Incorporating parents and other care-givers into the treatment delivery team for children with autism has long been recognized as essential (Strain, Schwartz, and Barton, 2011) to producing meaningful outcomes. In this presentation we will describe the ASAI home programming model and the process by which parents of children with autism are systematically engaged with school-based service providers (i.e, teachers, staff trainers, and behavior analysts) to develop and display relevant teaching skills with their children. This presentation will also describe how the ASAI home-programming model is designed to promote the generalization of skills on the part of the child with autism to their homes and communities. Data from the most recent 5 years on relevant independent variables (e.g., program-wide summaries of number of visits made) as well as on child outcomes and generalization data will be shared. These data will demonstrate the level of home-programming intensity representative of ASAI member organizations and will show both skill acquisition and generalization of important home and community skills.

 
Opinions Matter: The Importance of Social Validity Measures as a Prompt System for Change
ERIC ROZENBLAT (Institute for Educational Achievement), Donna De Feo (Institute for Educational Achievement), Susan M. Vener (New York Child Learning Institute; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Anna Budzinska (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention), Lynn E. McClannahan (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Princeton Child Development Institute), Patricia J. Krantz (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Princeton Child Development Institute), Dawn B. Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention; Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention)
Abstract: The science of applied behavior analysis relies heavily on objective measurement to determine the effectiveness of intervention practices. However, subjective measurement, specifically social validity, is also of great importance, especially when working with individuals with developmental disabilities and their families. Wolf (1978) discussed the importance of social validity as it relates to the defined goals, social appropriateness of the procedures used, and the social importance of the effects of behavior change procedures. Asking consumer groups to evaluate these aspects produces accountability among groups, and this is arguably an important dimension in linking program outcomes to all program participants (McClannahan, MacDuff, & Krantz, 2002). Across each ASAI program, the same social validity measures are used to evaluate program effectiveness. As demonstrated by the data, reliability within and across each program year over year are evident. Additionally, some ASAI programs have also extended their social validity measures to employers of adult learners with autism as they enter the workforce. Social validity data from the ASAI programs across a 10-year span from the various consumer groups will be presented and discussed relative to achieving desirable outcomes. This presentation is geared toward professionals who work with individuals with autism or other developmental disabilities.
 
 
Symposium #120
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral and Verbal Behavioral Cusps: Research and Practical Applications
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202B
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Richard E. Laitinen (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS))
Discussant: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium addresses issues related to management and application of operant procedures to teach and extend both behavioral and verbal behavioral cusps within children and individuals who present with weak or missing cusp capabilities. The four presentations will include descriptions of clinical application of research findings in the area and discuss the importance and teaching of Naming as a verbal developmental cusp. To this end, the use of multiple exemplar instruction, speech generative devices and the role of contingent reinforcement and behavioral variability in establishing and extending Naming capabilities will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBA clinicians.

Learning Objectives: 1. Well describe the differences between a behavioral cusp and a verbal behavioral cusp 2. Will relate the importance of behavioral cusp to the induction of naming 3. Will describe procedures to assess the emergence of bidirectional naming 4. Will describe the application of naming across repertoires
 
From Pointing to Naming
CRYSTAL FERNANDEZ (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), MARLENE Lucy TAVERA (Easter Seals North Texas)
Abstract: Naming is considered a developmental cusp important for the acquisition of reading, writing, and other symbolic behavior (Greer and Longano, 2010). Naming requires the fusion of speaker-listener behavior (Greer and Speckman, 2009; Horne & Lowe, 1996). That is, the establishment of listener behavior is accompanied by the emergence of speaker behavior, without the need for training, or vice versa (Miguel, 2016). Procedures used to teach naming include multiple exemplar instruction (MEI), intensive tact training, reinforcement of observing responses, echoic training, and stimulus-stimulus pairing (Longano & Greer, 2014; Greer and Longano, 2010; Miguel & Petursdottir, 2009). This study shows a novel procedure that facilitates the fusion of speaker and listener behavior with minimal errors and minimal number of trials. In the procedure, the child points at a card and the therapist says the name. Preliminary results show that, with an eight-year-old child with autism, expressive and receptive identification emerged quickly and with minimal errors without direct training. Furthermore, results indicate that this procedure also led to the demonstration of untrained relations. Results of this study will be discussed in terms of program design, with particular attention on how to bring language under the control of natural contingencies of reinforcement.
 
The Systematic Teaching of the Components Needed to Use Speech-Generating Devices: A Replication Study
SARA POLGAR (David Gregory School), Gladys Williams (CIEL, SPAIN)
Abstract: The purpose of the current intervention was to investigate if we could replicate the findings of Lorah et. al. (2014). In their study they used within stimulus prompting and prompt fading to systematically teach learners to use speech-generating devices. This preliminary data shows that this participant could learn to use the speech-generating device when taught the components systematically. We were not able to replicate the findings with the other participants. We can hypothesize that the lack of behavioral cusps such as attending, pointing, or absence of generalized reinforcers were responsible for the lack of progress.
 
The Efficacy of Multiple Exemplar Instruction in the Acquisition of Naming as a Verbal Behavioral Cusp
GLADYS WILLIAMS (CIEL, SPAIN), Richard E. Laitinen (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS)), Shubhra Ghosh (Florida Institute of Technology, Dpt of Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The present study illustrates the efficacy of multiple-exemplar instruction to establish bidirectional Naming capabilities in a learner presenting with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Data show that, for this learner, the acquisition of a generalized, higher-order Naming operant as a verbal behavioral cusp requires repeated application of the Naming training protocol across multiple sets of materials. This learner showed uneven and differential patterns of acquisition that reflect the possible influence of previously acquired stimulus functions (ASFs).
 

Behavior Analysis and Variations: The Case of Behavioral Changes

MIKE PERFILLON (University of Lille), Vinca Riviere (University of Lille), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis investigates behavioral change in human and animal. Inspired from a selectionist analogy which has been largely adopted in biology, behavior analysts have focused on interactions between behavior and environmental contingencies to explain these changes. However, in these investigations, consequences have been maybe one of the main themes since the works of Skinner (Skinner & Ferster, 1957). This talk aims at replacing the place of behavioral variations in the selection process. Indeed, if consequences enable selection of responses, at an optimum level behavioral variations are involved in this process. In fact, literature with animal has demonstrated that behavioral variation facilitates the acquisition of new responses (Grunow & Neuringer, 2002). Considering the importance of behavioral variability, we ran an experiment in which we compared the emission of repetitive and variable behaviors in the acquisition of complexes target sequences with four groups of human participants (n=20). We found that at the opposite of repetition, behavioral variability facilitates the acquisition of complexes responses. These results are congruent to literature with animal (Grunow and Neuringer, 2002) but different from those with human (Bizo & Doolan, 2013).

 
 
Symposium #121
CE Offered: BACB
Innovations in ABA Programming Delivered via Telehealth
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University)
Discussant: Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Kevin C. Luczynski, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Many families of children with developmental disabilities are unable to access evidence-based practices due to a shortage of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs). Telehealth technology can increase children's access to effective intervention from BCBAs. This symposium includes four presentations related to the use of telehealth technology to support families of children with developmental disabilities. One study consisted of a systematic review and meta-analysis. In two studies, parents were taught specific interventions to improve outcomes for their children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Finally, the fourth study consisted of an evaluation of a 2-month caregiver training program. Implications for practice and directions for future research will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): parent-implemented interventions, telehealth
Target Audience:

The target audience is researchers, BCBAs, BCaBAs, and RBTs.

 
Effects of Telehealth Mediated Behavior Analytic Interventions and Assessments on Subject Outcomes
LESLIE NEELY (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of South Florida), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: The purpose of this review was to synthesize and evaluate the effects of telehealth-mediated behavior analytic assessments and interventions on subject outcomes. Reviews to date have primarily focused on the delivery of behavior analytic interventions via telehealth with subject outcomes being a distal outcome. However, as the effectiveness of telehealth-mediated behavior analysis is ultimately contingent on subject outcomes, this review and meta-analysis aims to focus on subject outcomes as the primary measurement. Researchers first conducted a systematic search and identified 40 articles that met inclusion criteria. Researchers then synthesized the articles according to the following categories: (a) participant demographic information, (b) dependent variables, (c) independent variables, (d) experimental design, and (e) subject outcome. Evaluation of study design was conducted on the level of the subject with a total of 34 single-case studies representing 186 cases (e.g., 186 assessments/interventions conducted with individual subjects) and six experimental and quasi-experimental designs. Of the reviewed cases, 42 (22%) met or met with reservations design standards for single-case and two (33%) of the experimental/quasi-experimental studies met standards. Strong to medium effects for reduction of problem behavior and acquisition of simple communication (one-word mands) is supported by the literature base.
 
Coaching Caregivers via Telehealth to Implement Toilet Training in Africa, Asia, and Europe
LOUKIA TSAMI (University of Houston, Clear Lake), DIEU TRUONG (University of Houston), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Many parents of children with autism have difficulty teaching their children toileting skills. The majority of research in this area has been conducted in vivo at school, clinic, and home settings. In this study, we remotely coached three caregivers residing on three different continents to implement intensive toilet training using procedures modified from LeBlanc, Carr, Crossett, Bennett, and Detweiler (2005). Caregivers implemented a procedure that included scheduled sittings, increased fluid intake, wearing underwear during awake hours, and contingent reinforcement. Successful treatment effects were demonstrated for all participants via a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design. The number of successful eliminations and independent requests to use the bathroom increased for two participants. For the third participant, positive practice was needed to reduce accidents, and the child never emitted independent requests to use the bathroom. These findings suggest that telehealth may be used as a modality to teach caregivers how to reduce their children’s urinary incontinence.
 

Evaluation of Telehealth Parent Training to Teach Adaptive Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

TONYA NICHOLE DAVIS (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Supriya Radhakrishnan (Baylor University), Remington Swensson (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often display deficits in the area of adaptive behavior, including daily living skills such as tooth brushing and washing laundry. It is widely agreed that training adaptive behavior should occur in the individual’s natural environment and with natural change agents; however, doing so poses obstacles such as the natural occurring time of adaptive routines and availability of parent trainers to come to the home. Telehealth consultation is a service delivery method that may address these obstacles. The purpose of the current study is to evaluate the extent to which a caregiver-implemented chaining procedure, facilitated via telehealth technology, would lead to an increase in independent completion of adaptive skills in children with ASD. We will use a multiple baseline design to evaluate the efficacy of the intervention. Data collection is ongoing with one participant and we plan to conduct the study with a total of four participants.

 

Telehealth Caregiver Training Program for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

MARIE KIRKPATRICK (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Interventions aligned with applied behavior analysis (ABA) are empirically supported as evidence-based practices for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD; Reichow, 2012). These evidence-based practices are used for both skill acquisition and reduction in challenging behavior. However, a lack of Board Certified Behavior Analysts has left many families of children with ASD unable to access evidence-based practices. This presentation will describe a program that serves families of children with ASD, ages birth to 17 years old. Caregivers implement interventions to address communication, pre-academic, social, adaptive, and challenging behavior goals, with coaching delivered via telehealth technology. The program lasts for approximately 6 to 8 weeks. Data collection is ongoing and we plan to present data from 30 families who participated in the program. We will present data related to (a) demographic information, (b) duration of services, (c) types of goals, (d) percentage of mastered goals by goal domain. Initial data indicate that 40% of goals are mastered over the course of the program. Directions for future research and implications for practice will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #122
CE Offered: BACB
Exploring Novel Strategies Increasing and Assessing Physical Activity in Diverse Populations
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon B
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Caitlyn Upton (Rowan University)
Discussant: Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Wendy Donlin Washington, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Although physical activity is associated with improved long-term health outcomes, a large number of adults and children fail to meet physical activity guidelines. Contingency management is an effective approach to increasing physical activity, however the cost of the incentives is a barrier to dissemination and implementation. The first speaker two speakers will address this issue by exploring novel strategies for reducing costs. McCurdy and colleagues will describe his research using a group-deposit-incentive, prize-bowl approach with adults, whereas Hanashiro-Parson and colleagues will describe their study comparing token economy vs monetary incentives to increase physical activity among individuals with intellectual disabilities. The last two speakers will address novel strategies for evaluating physical activity, for example using heart rate in a bout analysis with children (Batchelder) and a hypothetical behavioral economic measure of demand for physical activity (Burrows). Dr. Donlin will discuss the implications of these finding.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, contingency management, heart rate, physical activity
Target Audience:

Researchers interested in conducting research on physical activity

 
Effects of a Group-Deposit Prize Draw on the Step Counts of Adults
ALEX MCCURDY (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: Contingency management (CM) interventions have been used to increase physical activity. However, clinical adoption has remained limited, calling into question the social acceptability of such interventions. Some researchers have suggested that the limited adoption is due, in part, to the costs associated with CM interventions. In the current study, we minimized those costs by combining a prize-based intervention and a deposit contract to incentivize increases in physical activity exhibited by healthy adults. We used an ABA reversal design to analyze the steps participants took during a 12-day baseline, a 21-day intervention, and a 7-day return to baseline. Physical activity increased for four of six participants during the 3-week intervention. However, when given the opportunity to continue the intervention for another 2 weeks, only one participant elected to do so. As such, the acceptability of the intervention should be addressed in future research.
 

Bout Analysis Alternating Vigorous Physical Activity With Light and Moderate Activity

SYDNEY BATCHELDER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Casey Mckoy Irwin (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

The current recommendation for physical activity for children is 60 min or more of Moderate-to-Vigorous Physical Activity (MVPA) per day (CDC, 2015). Many children are not currently meeting the CDC recommendations for MVPA, though they may engage in intermittent exercise while playing outside. Therefore, the purpose of the present study is to evaluate HR measures when children engaged in a vigorous (run) physical activity 50% of the session, alternated with rest (sitting), light activity (walking slowly), or moderate activity (walking briskly) for the remaining 50%. First, participants ran for bouts of either 30-s, 1 min, 1.5 min, or 2 min alternated with rest periods. HR remained in the moderate zone for the highest percentage of session in 30-s and 1 min bouts, but decreased below the moderate zone during rest periods extending to 1.5 and 2 min. We then alternated run activities with rest, light, and moderate activities in 1.5 min bouts. Preliminary results indicate spending non-running time engaged in a light or moderate activity maintains HRs in the moderate zone more so than spending rest time sedentary. Findings will inform the most efficient way for children to meet CDC recommendations when engaging in physical activity in bouts.

 

Comparison of Token and Monetary Reinforcement to Increase Steps in Adults With Intellectual Disabilities in a Group Home Setting

HANA SOPHIA HANASHIRO-PARSON (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of token reinforcement and monetary reinforcement for increasing physical activity among adults with intellectual disability and to assess choice of token or monetary reinforcement. An ABAB design with an alternating treatments design was used to compare token and monetary reinforcement for increasing steps during daily 1-hr sessions. In the second intervention phase, the participants chose between the two reinforcement conditions. Results showed that both reinforcement conditions increased physical activity and that some participants chose tokens and some chose money as the reinforcer for steps.

 
Validity of a Behavioral Economic Measure of Physical Activity
CONNOR ANDREW BURROWS (Rowan University), Matthew J Dwyer (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University)
Abstract: Physical activity is an important predictor of physical and psychological health, although th American adults show relatively low adherence to recommendations. Hypothetical purchase tasks have been validated in the measurement of behavioral economic demand for various self-reported health behaviors. The current study sought to establish validity for a Hypothetical Exercise Task (HET) across a number of activity intensities (Leisure, Walking, Moderate, and Vigorous ). Participants were grouped as either Low (LMVA) or High Moderate-Vigorous Activity (HMVA) based on their answers to the International Physical Activity Questionnaire. Construct validity was established by fitting non-linear mixed-effects models to demand data across LMVA and HMVA participants. Demand intensity (i.e., the self-reported probability of engaging in physical activity at some minimal time cost) was compared across activity intensity for 51 participants recruited online via Mechanical Turk. The LMVA group exhibited decreasing demand intensity as a function of increasing activity intensity (90% to 81% probability of engaging in the activity), whereas the HMVA group did not (94% to 91%). These findings support the construct validity of the HET and future research will be aimed at further demonstrating validity, as well as establishing the clinical utility of demand metrics in addressing low rates of physical activity.
 
 
Symposium #123
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Beyond Politically Correct: Practical Steps Toward a More Equitable and Culturally Diverse Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty M
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Saint Joseph's University)
Discussant: Denisha Gingles (Signature Behavior Analytic Services)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Hughes Fong, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In the last two years, diversity, social justice, and cultural humility have received a surge of interest in the applied behavior analytic (ABA) community, likely largely bolstered by social movements such as MeToo and BlackLivesMatter. This symposium brings together four presentations that provide practical action items for research and practice. The first presentation, by Elizabeth Fong, will bring a broader historical perspective to the conversation surrounding diversity in ABA and will engage the audience in some brief self-reflective and group activities. The second presentation, by Jacqueline Ramirez, reviews research on cultural humility training and provides specific actionable recommendations that the audience can put into practice today. The third presentation, by Robyn Catagnus, presents results of a review of research published in six behavior analytic journals and assesses the presence of cross-cultural research published in these journals. The fourth presentation, by Zoey Ulrey, presents a conceptual functional analysis of leadership behaviors relevant to preventing harassment in organizations. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Denisha Gingles.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): culture, diversity, harassment, social justice
Target Audience:

Any behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to provide a behavior analytic definition of culture. Attendees will be able to summarize the results of previous research on the effectiveness of cultural humility training programs. Attendees will be able to summarize the results of previous research on cross-cultural provision of ABA services. Attendees will be able to discuss the function of leader behaviors relevant to harassment prevention.
 
Diversity submission Examining Diversity and Culture in Behavior Analysis
(Service Delivery)
ELIZABETH HUGHES FONG (Saint Joseph's University)
Abstract: This discussion with begin with a brief history of ABA in regards to diversity and culture.  From there, ethics, supervision, interventions, as well as challenges and potential solutions will be examined. Participants will be asked to participate in a few self-reflective and group activities to challenge their views on diversity and multiculturalism. Finally, discussion around increasing culturally aware behavior analytic skills in practice as a practitioner and supervisors will be explored, as well as a discussion on some of the barriers that perpetuate the lack of diversity and equity in our field.
 
Diversity submission 

The Big Elephant in the Room: Culture

(Service Delivery)
JACQUELINE RAMIREZ (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

The topics of cultural competence and cultural humility have received increasing attention in the behavior analytic profession. Although the terms are often taken as synonymous, they are not the same. The concept of cultural competence assumes that, after sufficient training, one might become competent in another’s culture. The concept of cultural humility asserts that one can never become fully competent in another’s culture, so a more realistic and productive goal is to become humble and open with respect to culture. The field of applied behavior analysis has done very little research addressing the topic. In fact, few training programs in behavior analysis include training in cultural humility as a requirement. A best practice for teaching these frameworks has not been identified and there is a critical need to outline the relevance of cultural humility and to expand on studies from similar disciplines that have a head start in identifying what works. Identifying best practices will enable practitioners to provide ethical, socially significant, and socially validated interventions to our consumers and families, thus remaining true to our ethical code and dimensions of applied behavior analysis.This presentation will make specific, testable recommendations for how behavior analytic training and research may be brought to bear on establishing culturally humble clinician repertoires of behavior.

 
Diversity submission Working in a Cross-Cultural Context? You Can’t Rely on the Research (Yet)
(Service Delivery)
Stacee Leatherman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), ROBYN M. CATAGNUS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Thomas Wade Brown (Ball State University)
Abstract: If you are working in a cross-cultural context, you may not find many empirical studies to guide you… yet. Many US practitioners are providing cross-cultural behavior analytic supervision and services, often driven by the growing global demand for autism spectrum disorder (ASD) intervention. These practitioners should rely on empirical research regarding how to best serve a wide variety of cultures, especially when working with a new population. Yet, there are very few studies in US behavior-analytic journals of cross-cultural research with participants from minority groups, immigrant communities, or cultures outside of North America and Europe. A systematic review of 6 behavior-analytic journals (2009-2019), using various search terms related to diversity and culture, yielded just 20 studies reporting participants were from cultural groups such as these, and only two of these included participants with disabilities. This deficit in the literature is exacerbated by key term inconsistency and a (well-established) lack reporting of race and ethnicity in research. Still, there are risks associated with international dissemination and cross-cultural services with a lack of sufficient evidence to guide practitioners. We call for more reports with specific recommendations for diverse populations and suggest inclusive research and practice strategies.
 
Diversity submission Behavioral Conceptual Analysis of Leadership Behaviors for Harassment Prevention
(Theory)
ZOEY ISABELLA ULREY (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract: This presentation consists of a conceptual functional analysis of leadership behaviors. Under what conditions do leaders intervene in instances requiring someone to take a stand or act as a bystander and what are the maintaining consequences of those behaviors? Accordingly, what are the maintaining contingencies for less optimal behaviors, such as actively avoiding intervening in instances of potential harassment? Furthermore, how do leader behaviors relevant to harassment influence subordinates’ behavior, both in the presence and absence of the leader? This presentation will review literature on leadership behavior and analyze the contingencies maintaining leadership behaviors relevant to harassment prevention. We will then identify where interventions should target change for the improvement of leader behavior at the individual level and how this has the potential to affect organizational culture at a larger level, with the goal of bringing about more equitable organizational cultures that prevent harassment.
 
 
Symposium #124
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Efficiency and Effectiveness of Toilet Training Procedures
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 103
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Discussant: Daniel W. Mruzek (University of Rochester Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Daniel W. Mruzek, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Toilet training is one area of applied behavior analysis that is practically manualized. Several studies have outlined an effective treatment package to improve toilet training for most subjects who participate (Azrin & Foxx, 1971; Foxx & Azrin, 1973; Greer et al., 2015; LeBlanc et al., 2015). The current symposium will present recent research in this area that focuses on 1) increasing the efficiency of toilet training and 2) improving the effectiveness of toilet training procedures. These studies will present modified toilet training programs, variations to individualized interventions, and methods for increasing both self-initiations to use the bathroom as well as continent bowel movements.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): bowel training, manding, self-initiation, toilet training
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts who are providing services to individuals who are not fully toilet trained. Even if these clients are urine continent, they might still require bowel movement training and/or self-initiation training.

 

Consecutive Case Series Examining the Outcomes for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder WhoReceived Services Through a Toileting Consultation Program

ELIZABETH BUCKLEY (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Independent toileting is an essential self-help skill for all children (Cicero & Pfadt, 2002). Typically developing children generally achieve continence by age 3 (Blum, Taubman, & Nemeth, 2003); however, over half of all caregivers of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) report difficulty in toilet training which causes the acquisition of toileting skills to be delayed or never mastered (Williams, Oliver, Allard, & Sears, 2003). For these individuals, incontinence can have a negative impact their personal hygiene, self-confidence, physical comfort, and social development (Cicero & Pfadt, 2002). Furthermore, incontinence can result in a restricted school placement, exclusion from extracurricular activities as well as hindering interactions with peers and increases burden of care. Numerous studies have evaluated variations on a study conducted by Azrin and Foxx (1971), which outlined an intensive behavioral treatment package for toilet training; yet, limited research exist on less intensive approaches. This study examines the outcomes of children who received toileting services through a consultative toileting program that primarily focuses on training the caregiver in how to implement toileting procedures. Additionally, the differences between children who were successful and those that were not were examined to determine if any pattern emerged.

 

The Effects of Schedule Modifications on Toilet Training Children With Disabilities

NICOLE HOLLINS (Western Michigan University), Rebecca Kolb (University of Minnesota), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Independent toileting skills provide multiple benefits (e.g., access to variety of settings and an increase in sanitation). Common procedures used to successfully train toileting skills include operant conditioning procedures with a positive practice component (LeBlanc, Carr, Bennett, & Detweiler, 2005). Given that positive practice is a form of punishment (Kroeger & Sorensen-Burnworth, 2009) and frequent exposures to punishment contingencies may increase the probability of evoking problem behaviors (Cicero & Pfadt, 2002; Post & Kirkpatrick, 2004), more research is needed to examine how punishment exposures within toilet training procedures can be reduced. The purposes of this study were to 1) replicate LeBlanc et al. (2005) for five children with autism, 2) evaluate the effects of schedule modifications designed to minimize the positive practice exposures during intensive toilet training for children who had accidents, and 3) after urine continence was achieved, evaluate generalization to bowel movements. The results of this study demonstrated that the toilet training procedures with schedule modifications were effective in training urinary and bowel movement continence across all children during intensive toilet training and follow-up. These results suggest that modifications to intensive toilet training procedures can be made to reduce the aversiveness of the procedure while still maintaining its effectiveness.

 
Evaluation of Mand Training Protocol and Abbreviated Toilet Training Procedure
ANSLEY CATHERINE HODGES (Nemours Children's Hospital), Hallie Marie Ertel (Florida Institute of Technology), Victoria Ryan (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Toilet training involves a time intensive multi-component treatment package. Research has demonstrated effective procedures to train individuals with and without intellectual disabilities to appropriately void (Azrin & Foxx, 1971; Foxx & Azrin, 1973; LeBlanc et al., 2015). More recent studies have evaluated the necessity of specific treatment components (Greer et al., 2015); however, to date, no study has evaluated a mand training protocol to teach individuals to appropriately mand to use the toilet. In the present study, we used a multiple baseline design across participants to evaluate the effects of a mand training protocol during an abbreviated procedure with six young children with and without intellectual disabilities. The results indicate that the procedure was effective in decreasing urinary incontinence and increase independent mands. Further, it took less time to implement than the procedure described in previous research. Results are discussed in terms of the utility and efficiency of the procedure for a variety of populations and settings.
 
An Evaluation of Bowel Movements, Problem Behavior, and Self-Initiations and Their Relationship to Urinary Continence
BRANDON C. PEREZ (University of Florida), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Much of the current research in applied behavior analysis on toilet training interventions for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are replications and/or modifications of Azrin & Foxx (1971) or LeBlanc et al. (2005) procedures. These procedures differ from what is commonly used for typically developing children. For example, Greer et al. (2016) evaluated the effectiveness of three typical components presented within a toilet training package for typically developing children: a 30-min sit schedule, placing subjects in underwear, and differential reinforcement for remaining dry and eliminating in the toilet. Additionally, urinary continence is usually the dependent variable of interest in most toilet training interventions. In the currently study, we evaluated a less intensive treatment package (described by Greer et al.) on urinary continence in individuals with ASD. However, we also examined several secondary dependent variables (i.e., bowel movements, problem behavior, and self-initiations) to examine their relationship to the achievement of urinary continence.
 
 
Symposium #125
CE Offered: BACB
Psychotropic Medication and Polypharmacy in People With Intellectual and Other Developmental Disabilities Who Present Problem Behavior
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon G
Area: DDA/BPN; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Duncan Pritchard (Aran Hall School)
Discussant: Jennifer R. Zarcone (The May Institute)
CE Instructor: Jennifer R. Zarcone, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Psychotropic medication and polypharmacy is common in people with intellectual and other developmental disabilities (IDD) who present problem behavior, despite minimal evidence for the effectiveness of multi-drug use and the risk of adverse side-effects. Behavior analysts are well placed to advocate for the use of behavioral interventions and the withdrawal of psychotropic medication. However, interdisciplinary polypharmacy management remains problematic, especially in community settings where behavior analysts are perhaps under-represented and may sometimes lack the knowledge, strategies, and indeed status, to be able to collaborate with other professionals effectively. This symposium will review and discuss a range of initiatives and practices that may help behavior analysts develop the knowledge and skills they need to enable them to support their clients more effectively when treating problem behavior alongside polypharmacy withdrawal.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Interdisciplinary Management, Medication Effects, Polypharmacy, Problem Behavior
Target Audience:

This symposium is aimed at behavior analysts who are supporting individuals with intellectual and other disabilities who are currently, or are at risk of being, prescribed one or more types of psychotropic medication because of their problem behavior.

 

Reducing Polypharmacy in Adolescent Males With Intellectual and Other Developmental Disabilities Who Present Problem Behavior

HEATHER PENNEY (Aran Hall School), Tim J. Dyer (Aran Hall School), Alison Cox (Brock University), Duncan Pritchard (Aran Hall School)
Abstract:

Despite numerous campaigns (e.g., Stopping Over-Medication of People with a Learning Disability; STOMP, UK) to reduce the use of psychotropic medication in people with intellectual and other developmental disorders (IDD), psychotropic medication is frequently used to treat behavior disorders in adolescents with IDD. Usually it is parent/carer reports of problem behaviour to community-based prescribers that leads to the introduction of psychotropic medication and subsequent polypharmacy. Sometimes, if the problem behaviour is so severe that it becomes unsafe for the adolescent to remain in the family home or attend a day school, the young person is placed in a residential treatment program. Often, after behavioural interventions are implemented and the frequency and intensity of the problem behavior are reducing, it is possible to withdraw the medication. However, both the parents and prescribing professional can be reluctant to withdraw psychotropic medication, especially if the young person has multiple diagnoses (e.g. conduct disorder, anxiety disorder, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, sleep disorder, etc.). It is therefore imperative that a collaborative approach is taken if behaviour analysts are to have any influence over the type and level of medication prescribed (2.09a, 2.03b, 4.07b, 4.09; BACB, 2014). We will demonstrate a method of visual presentation of problem behaviour and medication changes that have enhanced collaboration and thus helped bring about the successful withdrawal of polypharmacy in some young people attending our program.

 
A Systematic Review of Direct Measures to Evaluate Psychotropic Medication Effects in Children and Adolescents
JESSICA TORELLI (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University), Marney Squires Pollack (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Children with disabilities commonly engage in problem behavior, and physicians increasingly prescribe psychotropic medications to address these behavioral concerns. In current practice and research, medication effects are commonly evaluated based on caregiver reports and rating scales. Direct measures of behavior have potential to provide complementary information to these indirect measures. Relative to indirect measures, direct measures provide a sensitive, objective measure of behavior in relevant environmental contexts and allow frequent progress monitoring. We systematically reviewed studies using direct measures of behavior to evaluate effects of one or more non-stimulant medication for children ages 2-17. We identified 49 studies that met inclusion criteria. We summarized descriptive study characteristics, including participant characteristics, drug classes, behaviors measured, assessment procedures, and study designs. We also coded study quality and evaluated outcomes for studies that met a minimum quality threshold. Most studies evaluated first-generation (typical) antipsychotics for children with intellectual and developmental disabilities, using unstructured direct observations. There were significant deficits in study quality; among 10 studies that met a minimum quality threshold, we found limited evidence of medication effects as measured by direct assessments. We identify avenues for future research to inform the reliability and validity of direct measures to evaluate psychotropic medication effects.
 

Maximising Treatment Outcomes for Adults With Severe Challenging Behavior Residing in a Specialist Facility

ALISON COX (Brock University)
Abstract:

Individuals who engage in dangerous behavior towards others, or themselves, have historically been under-treated and under-researched (Foxx, 2000, p.1). Unfortunately, this trend has not changed in that challenging behavior literature featuring adult participants has been steadily declining since 2008. Adults who engage in severe, pervasive challenging behavior interact frequently with emergency service personnel, are the most expensive to support and often end up in inappropriate placement (e.g., incarceration, hospital settings). The current study adds to the scarce literature base by describing a comprehensive behavioral intervention featuring differential reinforcement, safe-extinction, token economy and response cost. Most clients experienced psychotropic medication reduction while they participated in the residences three program phases: behavioral stabilization, skill acquisition and generalisation and maintenance. We describe how to safely, effectively and ethically implement the intervention components of each programming phase, as well as hypothesize how each programming component may have contributed to maximizing treatment outcomes for each of the five client.

 
Considerations and Strategies for Practitioners Regarding Interdisciplinary Polypharmacy Management
ANITA LI (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Polypharmacy is the administration of multiple pharmacological agents to target specific behaviors or conditions. The prevalence of challenging behaviors exhibited by individuals with intellectual disabilities also increases the risk of polypharmacy. Behavior analytic practitioners working with older individuals, individuals with challenging behavior, or individuals in residential settings are more likely to encounter cases involving polypharmacy and medication management. The continued practice of polypharmacy may result in drug adverse effects, posing long-term risks for clients and potentially impacting outcomes and implementation of ABA therapy. A recent survey of practitioners indicated a lack of knowledge and strategies were barriers to interdisciplinary collaboration. Therefore, this paper will provide an overview of polypharmacy management initiatives and practices, literature support on establishing guidelines, and perspectives from the medical community to empower practitioners with strategies and data to be considered in their practice.
 
 
Symposium #126
CE Offered: BACB
Technological Advances in Assessment of Preference and Measurement of Reinforcing Effects in Applied Settings
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon H
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri)
Discussant: Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Casey Clay, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Clinicians regularly use preference and reinforcer assessments to identify effective reinforcers. Typically measurement of stimuli occurs subsequent to the assessment of preferences to confirm putative reinforcers. The types of preference assessment and tests of reinforcing efficacy used vary widely and usually to take into account ecological fit. Consideration of the assessment and measurement of effects of different types of stimuli must be taken. This symposium includes four presentations that report on multiple types of methods to assess preference and measure the effects of reinforcers, which advance methods in preference assessment and reinforcer measurement . Two studies involved the use of video-based stimuli to assess preference in paired-choice and multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessments. One study compared two different types of preference assessments (i.e, . multiple stimulus without replacement and response restriction). In two studies researchers examined the reinforcing effects using a progressive-ratio schedule, while in a different study researchers

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcement, preference assessment, reinforcing efficacy
Target Audience:

Scientists, Students, practitioners

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe multiple methods for assessing preference for children with ASD? 2. Identify benefits of different methods (e.g., video-based) of preference assessment for kids with ASD. 3. Describe ways to measure reinforcing efficacy of stimuli identified by preference assessment.
 
A Video-Based Preference Assessment of Social Stimuli
TAYLOR CUSTER (Garden Academy), Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy)
Abstract: Clinicians regularly use preference and reinforcer assessments to identify effective reinforcers. Research on preference assessments for social interactions has largely used pictorial depictions of social stimuli (Kelly, Roscoe, Hanley, & Schlichenmeyer, 2014; Lang et al., 2014). However, social stimuli are dynamic and the use of videos may better portray the nuances of social stimuli (Synder, Higbee, & Dayton, 2012). Adolescents diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder participated in the current study. An indirect assessment was initially conducted to identify social stimuli for each participant. Then the experimenters evaluated the usefulness of a video-based preference assessment to identify high- and low- preference of social stimuli. A video-based, paired-choice preference assessment was conducted in which two videos of different social stimuli were played simultaneously to identify preference of stimuli. Finally a reinforcer assessment was conducted to identify if the social stimuli functioned as a reinforcer. The results indicated that the video-based preference assessment was effective in identifying preference for social reinforcers.
 

A Replication of the Response-Restriction Preference Assessment With Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

MEGAN A. BOYLE (Missouri State University), Kaitlin Curtis (Missouri State University), Kara Forck (Missouri State University), Brittany Fudge (Missouri State University), Heather Speake (Missouri State University), Benjamin Pauls (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

Using highly preferred items that function as reinforcers is a critical component of treatment packages for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs). To address limitations of more popular preference-assessment formats, we extended the research on stimulus preference assessments by replicating the response-restriction (RR) preference assessment and comparing results in terms of preference hierarchies to those from free-operant and multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) formats with six children with ASDs. We also assessed social validity of each format with teachers and clinicians who work with children with ASDs. Complete hierarchies were produced in four of 18 assessments and with MSWO and RR formats only. Results of the social validity assessment varied across raters, with each preference assessment format receiving the highest rating from at least one rater. Results are discussed in terms of practical recommendations and relative to the preference assessment literature as a whole as well as areas for future research.

 
Brief and Continuous Conditioned Reinforcers: A Comparative Analysis
JOSHUA JACKSON (Western New England University), MaKenzie Hough (Western New England University), Sarah Malagodi (Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (Western New England University)
Abstract: Brief and continuous conditioned reinforcers have been shown to have differential effects on free operant responding in basic literature (Findley and Brady, 1965; Jwaideh, 1973). Specifically, brief conditioned reinforcers have been demonstrated to have a response optimizing effect when delivered contingent on responding under second-order schedules of reinforcement (Findley and Brady, 1965; Malagodi, DeWesse, and Johnston, 1973). Alternatively, continuously present stimuli that are associated with the initial components of second-order tokens schedules of reinforcement have been shown to result in response suppression under specific schedule parameters (Foster, Hackenberg, and Vaidya, 2001; Bullock and Hackenberg, 2006). Although these types of conditioned reinforcers are used extensively in applied settings, there has been limited applied research on the effect these stimuli may differentially have on the behavior of humans (Kazdin & Bootzin, 1972; Hackenberg 2018). The purpose of the present study is to determine whether these types of conditioned reinforcers have differential effects on the behavior of humans. Preliminary results show that these stimuli produce differential effects on the amount of behavior maintained under progressive ratio schedules of reinforcement with continuous second-order schedules of reinforcement maintaining the highest response counts relative to brief and tandem second-order schedules.
 
 
Symposium #127
CE Offered: BACB
Developmental Behavioral Economic View
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon C
Area: DEV/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Mansi Shah (Dare Institute)
Discussant: William Joseph Harrigan (Harvard Extension School)
CE Instructor: William Joseph Harrigan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The role of behavior analysis in understanding composite variables, such as life satisfaction, is best understood in small steps. Questions of what effects the value of different reinforcers have are important steps in understanding how we can make life better. In this symposium four different investigations of reinforcement will be presented. The first presentation is a proposed instrument for exploring the relationship between task interest and time on task; influenced by the work of John Holland. The second presentation discusses behavioral predictors of burnout, and how a lack of fit between personal interests and the demands of their environment leads to emotional exhaustion. The third presentation discusses how artistic ability, and science and research interest relate to creativity. The fourth presentation discusses how gratitude evolves with developmental stage, and how intimate relationships, and emotional complexity contribute to gratitude. Each of these presentations shows steps toward developmental behavioral economic modeling of reinforcement and its effects.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Burnout, Creativity, Gratitude, Value Development
Target Audience:

The target audience is people who know behavioral science, and want to increase their knowledge of the developmental pathways in acquiring new and effective behaviors. People who are interested in how to combine behavior analysis with behavioral development. People who want to have a broad perspective of critical applications of behavior analysis to real world problems.

 
Sharpening Interest Measurement: Questions of Time
(Theory)
WILLIAM JOSEPH HARRIGAN (Harvard Extension School), Sarthak Giri (Dare Institute)
Abstract: Models of professional interest, such as the Holland RIASEC (Realistic, Investigative, Artistic, Social Enterprising. Conventional) inventory, have determined, through factor analysis, six reinforcers factors that predict and control behavior. However, due to lack of a direct behavioral measure of these interest grouping, precise prediction is difficult. The original Holland measure asks about whether they prefer to do a task or not. Two modifications are proposed. The first proposed instrument assesses the amount of time participants say they prefer to spend on tasks in each of the six RIASEC groups. The second proposed instrument measures the amount of time participants spend on each of six tasks that have been selected to show preferences for each of the RIASEC interests. This allows for a directly measurable time on task variable to assess the extent of participant’s interest. One goal of these changes is to give participants and researchers a clearer notion of how much they would like to perform their prefer tasks. By giving the concrete variable of time on tasks, participants apply a familiar cost. By asking the participant to consider opportunity cost, a more robust notion of the value of these reinforcers can be inferred.
 
Quantifying the Role of Job-Person Fit in Work Related Burnout
(Basic Research)
SARTHAK GIRI (Dare Institute), Kyona Schacht (Boston University)
Abstract: Burnout is a multivariate psychological syndrome, described and measured by, per Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI), one’s emotional exhaustion, depersonalization, and personal accomplishment. The job-person fit framework states that a poor fit between a person’s interest and the nature of the job and day-to-day tasks increases the risk for burnout. In order to determine whether burnout scores would be higher for those whose interests do not match their job, participants (N= 55) were asked to take an anonymous online survey. The survey consisted of: modified Holland RAISEC Inventory (HRI), Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI), and questions about their job and the amount of time they spent doing tasks that would appeal to one of the 6 RAISEC groups. The HRI was modified to make it shorter, more behavioral and face valid. The results indicated that a mismatch in their personal interests and the task they performed at work indicated burnout in 2 out 3 variables: Emotional Exhaustion (r = 0.323) and Depersonalization (r = 0.334). Implications for future research are discussed.
 
Indicators of Value of Creativity as a Personal Quality in Adults
(Basic Research)
ALEXANDRA DODZIN (Langley High School), Shutong Wei (Dare Association, Inc.)
Abstract: Certain people tend to place a great value on creativity. To identify what behavioral factors underlie creativity, survey data was collected from 107 anonymous participants. The survey of 117 questions were separated into sections that pertained to different aspects of creativity: 1) external and internal evaluation of creative character traits; 2) personal perception of likelihood to complete certain tasks; and 3) the frequency of completion of creative tasks. The factors of the rating scale are the following: 1) originality and creative thinking (factor loading .754); 2) importance of creativity as part of character (factor loading .709); 3) building and understanding the design of mechanical objects (factor loading .671); 4) intuition (factor loading .664). The factors of the power scaled instrument are 1) artistic ability (factor loading .778); 2) science and research (factor loading .742). The results show that individuals are more likely to value creativity more and exhibit more creative behaviors who are high in these factors. Interest and personal characteristics both play a big role in behavioral development. This paper isolates some of those factors and make people more creatively productive. The paper also addresses the difference between creativity and originality and how creativity manifests itself in individuals.
 

Caring, Gratitude, and Other Prosocial Behaviors

(Basic Research)
SHUTONG WEI (Dare Association, Inc.), Weilyn Chong (Hong Kong International School)
Abstract:

The focus of this article is to provide an understanding of what caring is and why it is one of the bases of behavioral economics. It addresses the definition of care, how it differs from the actions of gratitude, stages at which caring can be identified and how caring underlies societal actions and development. The paper also analyzes how caring changes depending on which stage an organism is performing at, how big of a social structure the organism is in and how caring is necessary in human societies. The paper details the results from an anonymous online survey designed to measure the perceived value of caring and gratitude. The first factor noted both an intimate relationship and immediate reaction. The first factor had a loading of 0.819. This included either parental relationships, immediate reactions to other people’s actions or both. The second factor with the indicated less intimate relationships and longer reaction time, not with more emotional complexity. The second factor had a loading of 0.816. This included strangers, non-relatives, and reactions that require long term memory retrieval to perform.

 
 
Symposium #128
CE Offered: BACB
Celebrating Successes in School-Based Applications of Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence E
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Natalie Taylor Mueller (Western Michigan University )
Discussant: Judah B. Axe (Simmons University)
CE Instructor: Judah B. Axe, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts can play an important role in the implementation of evidence-based strategies in school settings (Kohler & Strain, 1992). Support to students and teachers in a wide variety of contexts often leads to better student outcomes and classroom management (Johnson & Street, 2012; Malott & Moran, 2004). As such, this symposium highlights four different applications of behavior analysis in school settings. (1) The application of trial-based function analysis (TBFA) in public schools when functional behavior assessments (FBAs) were inconclusive. The feasibility of TBFAs will be addressed. (2) The use of behavioral skills training (BST) and coaching to train special education teachers to implement incidental teaching to increase verbal operants in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Considerations for teacher training and methods to improve verbal behavior will be analyzed. (3) A study that examined pre-meal presentation of vegetables to increase vegetable consumption for children with autism spectrum disorder. Recommendations for intervening on food selectivity will be examined. (4) A teacher-implemented toilet training procedure with two elementary students. Considerations for toilet training in formal educational settings will be discussed. Implications for the application of behavior analysis in school settings are addressed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): behavior analysis, education, evidence-based intervention, school
Target Audience:

Practitioners, graduate students, educators

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain the benefits of using a trial-based functional analysis in public school settings; (2) describe an effective intervention to increase incidental teaching among special education teachers; (3) list the steps in a procedure to increase vegetable consumption among individuals with ASD; (4) describe successful toileting practices in a school setting.
 

When Functional Behavior Assessments are Inconclusive: Applying Trial-Based Functional Analyses in the Public Schools

ANNIE MCLAUGHLIN (Annie McLaughlin Consulting, LLC), Alex Furman (Baltimore County Public Schools)
Abstract:

The use of a functional behavior assessment to assess challenging behaviors in public schools is a widely accessed, evidence-based practice and required by state and federal laws. However, due to the variability of the environment in a school, a functional behavior assessment can often produce ambiguous or difficult to interpret outcomes which impacts the effectiveness of the selected interventions. Trial-based functional analyses have been shown as an effective method to identify problem behavior in schools. This study was designed when FBAs completed by the school system personnel were inconclusive and challenging behaviors remained severe and dangerous. This study expanded the use of trial-based functional analyses into a public school special education classroom for two students with autism and intellectual disabilities after FBAs were inconclusive. All trial-based functional analyses resulted in identification of behavioral functions and subsequent interventions were taught by teachers and paraprofessionals. Additional social validity data were collected about the feasibility of using trial-based functional analyses and associated interventions from the public school teachers and paraprofessionals.

 
Increasing Teacher’s Use of Incidental Teaching to Target Mands, Tacts, and Intraverbals
SACHA T. PENCE (Drake University), Kim Danielle Krubinski (Auburn), Carol J Toner (Auburn), Doris Adams Hill (Auburn University College of Education)
Abstract: One way to improve communication skills for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is to provide frequent opportunities for children to practice and learn mands, tacts, and intraverbals. To accomplish this, it is important to train teachers and other school personnel to understand and use incidental teaching to target different verbal operants. The purpose of the study was to use a multiple-baseline across-participants design to evaluate behavior skills training (BST) with coaching to train school personnel to use incidental teaching to teach mand, tacts, and intraverbals. Six females who were currently enrolled in a practicum to become bachelor’s level or Master’s level Special Education teachers participated in dyads with a child with ASD. Trainees were provided with brief instructions on each verbal operant and then observed the experiment using incidental teaching for the target verbal operant (mand, tact, or intraverbal). Following modeling, the trainee worked with the child with ASD while the experimenter provided coaching in the form of in-situ feedback and feedback. Following BST and coaching, trainees’ use of incidental teaching to teach mands, tacts, and intraverbals increased. Improvements in children’s verbal behavior was observed.
 

Increasing Vegetable Consumption of Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Pre-Meal Presentation: A Preliminary Analysis

JONATHAN W. IVY (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Lauren Davidson (The Hogan Learning Academy), Ben Bacon (The Hogan Learning Academy), Fred E. Carriles (Pennsylvania State University, Harrisburg), Helen Hendy (Penn State University, Schuylkill), Keith Williams (Penn State Hershey Medical Center)
Abstract:

Food selectivity is a common behavioral concern for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Schreck, Williams, and Smith (2004) found that 72% of children with ASD were reported by parents/guardians to consume a limited range of food items. This study examined the effect of pre-meal presentation on the consumption of vegetables in a sample of 16 students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). These 16 students (75% male; mean age = 13 years; age range 8-19 years) were enrolled in a private school serving children with autism. Researchers offered participants 10 small pieces of two vegetables during lunch (baseline) or prior to lunch (pre-meal presentation). Observers recorded the number of bites students consumed. The pre-meal presentation condition was associated with increased levels of vegetable consumption for 9 of the 16 participants. A reversal to baseline demonstrated expected decreases in bites consumed and the subsequent return to intervention demonstrated expected increases in bites consumed. Our results suggested the pre-meal presentation of vegetables can serve as a low-cost, low-effort intervention for increasing consumption of vegetables for some children with ASD.

 
Successful Toilet Training in Schools
ALYSSA R. JEWETT (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Ryan Thomas Glasgow (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Incontinence is a frequently cited and significant obstacle for students with developmental disabilities (Cicero & Pfadt, 2002). Little research is available to support toileting procedures in school settings with limited oversight from trained clinicians (Cocchiola, Martino, Dwyer, & Demezzo, 2012; Luiselli, 1997). Cocchiola and colleagues expanded the toileting literature by implementing a consultative model focused on school staff implementing toilet training procedures with five students with special needs in a preschool classroom. The current project aimed to systematically replicate their model by using a similar treatment package in an early elementary special education classroom. Classroom staff implemented toilet training procedures with two elementary students with developmental disabilities. The program included an initial didactic training on the procedures, scheduled trips to the bathroom, informal preference assessments, positive reinforcement for successful voids, and procedures for teaching self-initiations. Both students achieved mastery criteria during scheduled bathroom visits of 120-minutes and increased self-initiations. Outcomes suggest the treatment package may be a practical model for classroom staff to effectively implement a toilet training procedure. Future directions include addressing increasing treatment integrity and examining the impact for students with similar needs in school-based settings.
 
 
Symposium #129
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of The Good Behavior Game Across Procedural Variations and Student Populations
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence D
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Katie Wiskow (California State University Stanislaus)
Discussant: Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
CE Instructor: Jeanne M. Donaldson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a multicomponent intervention consisting of rules, teams, feedback, and rewards. The GBG has repeatedly demonstrated reductions in problem behaviors and increases in appropriate behaviors across various populations of students and settings. There are many potential variations to the GBG; however, not all variations have been directly explored. In addition, the GBG is most frequently implemented in general education classrooms, but there is less research on the GBG with other populations. This symposium includes four papers evaluating components of the GBG across several populations of students. The first paper compared positive and negative punishment components during the GBG in a general education elementary school classroom. The second paper compared different magnitudes of reinforcement within the GBG in three general education elementary school classrooms. The third paper evaluated the GBG during two social skills groups with children with autism. The fourth paper evaluated the effect of observation and rules to reduce problem behaviors displayed by adolescents in a juvenile residential treatment setting.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Classroom management, GBG, Group contingency, Rules
Target Audience:

BCBA's, BCBA'D's, especially those who work or consult in schools.

Learning Objectives: 1. Be able to list and describe the main components of the GBG. 2. Describe effective GBG variations. 3. Understand behavior analytic principles influencing the effectiveness of the GBG.
 
The Effects of and Preference for Positive and Negative Punishment in the Good Behavior Game
ERIKA RUBY SILVA (California State University Stanislaus; Synergy Behavior Consultants), Katie Wiskow (California State University Stanislaus)
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an effective intervention to reduce disruptive behavior in classrooms. One component of the GBG typically involves immediate positive punishment (e.g.., delivery of a hatch mark) following disruptions; however, researchers have also used response cost procedures (e.g., removal of a token). In the present study, we compared the effects of the GBG and GBG-Response Cost on levels of disruptions in a second-grade general education classroom. In addition, we measured student prompts, teacher praise, and teacher correctives. In the final phase of the study we asked students which game variation they favored. We also implemented a concurrent chains procedure to evaluate teacher preference. Results demonstrated that the GBG-Response Cost initially reduced disruptions to lower levels than the GBG, but both versions of the game were effective in reducing disruptive behavior. We also found that the teacher and majority of students preferred to play the GBG-Response Cost.
 

An Evaluation of Different Magnitudes of Reinforcement Within the Context of the Good Behavior Game

KAYLA CROOK (University of Georgia; University of Mississippi), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Karla Zabala (University of Georgia), Dan Mangum (University of Georgia), Kadijah Quinland (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an evidence-based practice used in classrooms to reduce disruptive classroom behavior. The GBG has been implemented and demonstrated effectiveness across grade levels, disruptive behaviors, and teachers report that it is an easy classroom management strategy to implement. In the current study, magnitude of reinforcement was manipulated to determine if this parameter of reinforcement had an impact on the effectiveness of the GBG. Appropriate classroom behavior increased across three elementary classrooms. The impact of magnitude of reinforcement was idiosyncratic across the three classrooms. Reasons why magnitude of reinforcement may not have impacted the effectiveness of the GBG are discussed.

 
Evaluating the Good Behavior Game in Autism-Only Social Skills Groups
SAVANNAH TATE (University of Florida), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Abstract: The good behavior game (GBG) is an interdependent group contingency used to decrease target behaviors across a group of participants (Barrish, Saunders, & Wolf, 1969). We evaluated the GBG in a non-concurrent multiple baseline design. Participants included two groups of children with autism diagnoses. The first group included five children ranging in age from 5-6 years old. The second group included four children ranging in age from 9-10 years old. Target behaviors included disruptive behavior, inappropriate attention, and refusal to follow instructions. The groups participated in the game across three activities. The groups were divided into two teams. At the beginning of the session, the teams picked their “team name” and their earned activity. If a child engaged in a target behavior, his or her team received a “strike” on a visual board. If the team ended the day with fewer than 10 strikes, they received access to a pre-determined activity (e.g., iPad, dance party). For both groups, implementation of the GBG resulted in decreases in problem behavior.
 

Effects of Obtrusive Observation and Rules on Classroom Behavior of Adolescents in a Juvenile Residential Treatment Setting

Sally Hamrick (Auburn University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University), KRISTEN BROGAN (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), William Tirey Davis (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Several studies have used interdependent group contingencies to decrease disruptive behavior and increase appropriate behavior for groups of adolescents. In addition, one study demonstrated that rules plus feedback about rule violations, without additional group contingencies, decreased problem behavior and increased appropriate behavior for adolescents in three classrooms within a residential juvenile facility. Given the rapid behavior change observed in the aforementioned study, it is possible behavior changes were produced by reactivity to obtrusive observation from program implementers. To address this question, we used two A-B designs in conjunction with the conservative dual-criterion (CDC) method to evaluate the extent to which obtrusive observation alone and rules, without systematic consequences, decreased problem behaviors in two classrooms within a residential juvenile facility. Results from visual and CDC analyses indicate that (a) obtrusive observation did not affect problem behavior in either classroom and (b) rules decreased problem behavior in both classrooms and increased appropriate behavior in one classroom. In addition, a measure of social validity indicated that the procedures and outcomes were acceptable to the classroom teacher.

 
 
Paper Session #130
Improving Classroom Management through Consultation
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence F-H
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Zachary Charles LaBrot (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
 
Toward a Continuum of Behavioral Consultation Strategies to Improve Teachers' Treatment Integrity in the Classroom
Domain: Service Delivery
ZACHARY CHARLES LABROT (University of Nebraska Medical Center/Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brad Dufrene (The University of Southern Mississippi), Heather Whipple (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jamie Pasqua (Woodhaven Counseling Associates, Inc.)
 
Abstract: Teachers often report they are not well-trained in the implementation of classroom management strategies. Fortunately, behavioral school-based consultation is effective for improving teachers’ use of evidence-based classroom management strategies. However, teachers often respond deferentially to varying types of consultation strategies. This paper describes two studies that evaluated a continuum of increasingly intense behavioral consultation strategies to improve teachers’ use of evidence-based classroom management strategies. Using a multiple baseline design across two preschool and two elementary school teachers, the first study evaluated a three-tiered approach to assigning consultation procedures, including didactic instruction, weekly digital performance feedback, and a tactile prompt. Results of this study indicated that the tiered consultation approach resulted in teachers’ increased use praise, which maintained over time, with concomitant improvements in students’ behavior. Using a multiple baseline design across four preschool teachers, the second study evaluated a Tier 3 approach to consultation (i.e., in situ training). Results of this study indicated that all four preschool teachers increased their use of praise, which generalized and maintained across settings. This paper presentation synthesizes the results of these studies and discusses the effectiveness, feasibility, and utilization of a tiered consultation approach. Limitations and future directions for practice and research are discussed.
 

Effects of Class-wide Function-Related Intervention Teams on On-Task Behavior in Preschool Classrooms

Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN LAYMAN (University of Southern Mississippi; University of Georgia), Lacey Ray (University of Georgia), Lauren McKinley (University of Southern Mississippi), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
 
Abstract:

Disruptive behaviors such as elopement, calling-out, and aggression are often a major barrier to instruction in preschool classrooms. One widely used class-wide behavior management system used to decrease disruptive behaviors and increase on-task behavior is Class-Wide Function-Related Intervention Teams (CW-FIT). CW-FIT was originally designed to be used for classrooms kindergarten through 5th grade, however, this paper session will describe two research projects designed to evaluate the effectiveness of CW-FIT in preschool settings. The first study was conducted to assess the efficacy of CW-FIT in increasing the on-task behavior of students and improving teacher behavior in a preschool classroom and to evaluate these effects in separate large and small group settings. Results suggest that CW-FIT increased on-task group behavior in both the large and small group settings. Results for rates of teacher’s praise and reprimand statements were, however, variable for the two settings. The second study (in progress) will evaluate the differentiated effects of the traditional CW-FIT using an interdependent group contingency and a modified CW-FIT using a dependent group contingency on on-task student behavior and teacher behaviors. It is hypothesized that both versions will show equal improvement in student and teacher behaviors, but that teachers will prefer the modified version.

 
Overcoming Barriers and Making Modifications Resulting in a More Legacy Elementary School Token Economy
Domain: Service Delivery
Richard T Cook (Applied Behavioral Medicine Associates of Hershey, PA), EMILY COOK (Londonderry School; Ruth Pauline Cook Foundation)
 
Abstract: Following on research done to address the question "What's a Teacher to Do When the Tokens and Backup Reinforcers Are Not Motivating the Targeted Elementary School Students?" information obtained was used to make changes in many aspects of the token economy, including the accommodation of differing views of the purpose or benefit by different teachers, as well as the mechanics of the administration of the token economy and tokens and back up reinforcers, and even to the philosophies, incorporating unexpected student enthusiasm that led some students to find their primary reinforcement in just the tokens and the processes of the mechanisms of the token economy, apart from the back up reinforcers; Participation in the token economy itself became reinforcing for emitting desired behavior When a token economy is not appearing to create the desired degree of motivation and reinforcement of desired behaviors for its targeted elementary school students, the 'automatic' response of "Just go get better backup reinforcers!" is often not an option, and arguably, shouldn't be. Other aspects, including individual components, and the strengths of associations between behavior, token, and backup should be assessed systematically. Similarly, the extra effort of assessing for, in a systematic fashion, alternate (especially non-material, no cost) backup reinforcers can identify intangible social and attention based reinforcers that middle school kids might actually really want far more than yet another plastic spider ring or cartoon character pencil sharpener. This presentation highlghts a framework for systematically evaluating the salience of tokens and back up reinforcers currently in use in an elementary school token economy, prompting teacher ideas for additional tokens and reinforcers to add, and improving the impact of both the new and currently used ones. Noteworthy aspects of THIS proposed framework include integration of systematic guidelines for such evaluation, including those in Foxx's fundamental "Increasing Behaviors.." text, the "Components, Connections, Consequences, and Context" model, as well as the fundamental "Antecedent-Behavior-Consequence" 3 part contingency, Donabedian's "Structure-Process-Outcome" model, and behavioral analysis modifications of Haddon's Injury Control Strategies and Matrix. Additionally, and very importantly, this rubric is powered by its grounding in and development by the perspectives of the middle school student first author.
 

Organizational Behavior Management in K-12 Education: Strategies That can be Implemented in Class Tomorrow

Domain: Service Delivery
RONALD DRUMMOND (Anne Arundel County Public Schools), Shannon Biagi (Chief Motivating Officers), Bobbi Pedrick (Anne Arundel County Public Schools)
 
Abstract:

Many schools are becoming more effective at collecting data around teaching practices and teaching effectiveness. They have adopted the idea that what gets measured gets done; however, behavior analysts challenge this concept and retort, “what gets measured increases the likelihood of things getting done”. Now that schools have this plethora of data, Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) practitioners are poised to come in and help schools turn these data into action. School teams often understand how to arrange contingencies to expedite learning with students but have not historically utilized this same science to improve teacher performance. This presentation will describe a case study of an organizational-level feedback procedure implemented at the district level to improve instruction to students receiving special education services. Evidence-based feedback strategies will be shared with participants and additional approaches from the OBM literature will be described to make improvements to future procedures. Participants will leave with a self-monitoring tool and a list of coaching strategies that can be implemented when they return to their school.

 
 
 
Invited Panel #130A
CE Offered: BACB
Advocating, Lobbying, and Disseminating: Advice for Behavior Analysts From Relevant Stakeholders and Experts
Saturday, May 23, 2020
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 3/4
Area: SCI; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D.
Panelists: JULIANE BARON (Federation of Associations in Behavioral & Brain Sciences (FABBS)), ERIN HEATH (American Association for the Advancement of Science)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts frequently opine on the lack of funding available for research, not having a seat at the proverbial table of policymakers, and being ignored by mass media and other affiliated sciences. In this special panel event, panelists from outside behavior analysis will offer insight on ways to best advocate to their discipline. Specifically, the panel will be comprised of a Washington lobbyist, a university-based government relations expert, and representatives from the Federation of Association in Behavioral & Brain Sciences (FABBS; of which ABAI is a member organization). Attendees will learn how to access resources to help advance their own work, obtain federal funding, better interface with policymakers, and contribute science to inform public policy efforts. Question and answer periods will follow. This special panel event is co-hosted by the Federation of Association in Behavioral & Brain Sciences (FABBS).

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify resources to help advance their own work; (2) identify resources to help obtain federal funding; (3) identify resources to better interface with policymakers; (4) identify resources to better contribute science that informs public policy efforts.
JULIANE BARON (Federation of Associations in Behavioral & Brain Sciences (FABBS))
Juliane Baron is the Executive Director of the Federation of Associations in Behavioral and Brain Sciences. In this role she supports the FABBS mission to promote human potential and well-being. FABBS furthers this goal by advancing the sciences of mind, brain, and behavior; promoting scientific research and training in these fields; educating the public about the contributions of research to the health and well-being of individuals and society; fostering communication among scientists; and recognizing scientists who have made significant contributions to building knowledge.   Previously Baron served as the Director of Government Relations at the American Educational Research Association. She leads AERA’s education and advocacy efforts on Capitol Hill and with federal agencies, and plays a strategic role with committees and coalitions that deal with research funding, research policy, and education. From 2006 to 2014, Baron served as deputy director of government and public affairs for the Population Association of America and the Association of Population Centers. Prior to that, she was deputy director of the Social Policy Action Network from 2001 to 2004 and director of the Population Resource Center from 2005 to 2007. For three years, Baron worked as a legislative staffer in the Texas House of Representatives, followed by a two-year stint as associate research scientist and project manager of Welfare, Children, & Families: A Three City Study, a multi-investigator study housed at Johns Hopkins University. Baron received her BA from the University of Wisconsin–Madison and her MPA from the Lyndon B. Johnson School of Public Affairs at the University of Texas.
ERIN HEATH (American Association for the Advancement of Science)
Erin Heath is the Associate Director of Government Relations at the American Association for the Advancement of Science, the world’s largest general scientific society and publisher of the journal Science. She has worked at AAAS since 2006. The Office of Government Relations provides timely, objective information on science and technology issues to lawmakers, and it assists scientists in understanding and getting involved in the policy process. Erin handles a range of policy issues of interest to the scientific community and is heavily involved in efforts to empower scientists and engineers to engage with policymakers, the media and the public. She co-chairs the Coalition for National Science Funding, the Engaging Scientists and Engineers in Policy Coalition, and the steering committee of the Golden Goose Award.
 
 
 
Symposium #131
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Collaborative Approach to Supporting Severely Impacted Adults
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon A
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: David Pyles (Pyles & Associates)
Discussant: David Pyles (Pyles & Associates)
CE Instructor: Adrienne Hursh, M.A.
Abstract:

Collaboration amongst interdisciplinary teams to manage treatment outcomes should be a first line of defense in effective behavior support with adults. Most of the time, figuring out the function of the target problem behavior is an easy task. The difficulty arises when treatment objectives are targeted in isolation thus creating a significant barrier to effective intervention. Often times adults with disabilities are served by various providers including behaviorists, psychiatrists, mental health professionals and non-behaviorally trained direct support staff. More often the consultation model for behavior services is used and the behaviorist is charged to work with a team of professionals and paraprofessionals that may or may not be focused on the same objectives. Initial and ongoing collaborative treatment planning will allow for more effective interventions. The talks that are presented in this symposium show measurable effects of professionals and paraprofessional who use a collaborative treatment model to support various individuals.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): adults, collaborative model, problem behavior
Target Audience:

The target audience for this presentation includes any professionals working in the field alongside other professionals and paraprofessionals.

Learning Objectives: Attendees will identify when and how to collaborate with other providers Attendees will learn to determine when the collaboration is effective or ineffective Attendees will learn strategies to manage ongoing collaboration
 

Collaboration With Psychiatrists: Working With Dually-Diagnosed Adults

(Service Delivery)
ADRIENNE HURSH (Pyles and Associates)
Abstract:

When working with dually diagnosis adults, behavior analysts want to minimize the need for medication for behavior challenges. The treatment evaluations presented here include collaboration between a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) and a psychiatrist to achieve medication stabilization and behavior reduction. The targeted individuals include (1) a 59 year old woman diagnosed with Schizoaffective disorder, Depressed type and Moderate Intellectual Disability, (2) a 41 year old woman diagnosed with Bipolar Disorder, Severe Intellectual Disability, and Autism, and (3) a 30 year old woman diagnosed with Anxiety Disorder, Schizophrenia, Moderate Intellectual Disability, Epilepsy and Pseudo-Seizures. All of the ladies live in a group home setting (not all in the same home) and have a history of frequent hospitalizations as well as residing in state-run facilities. A collaborative model was used with the psychiatrist and direct staff that included development and implementation of a behavior plan, as well as visual/graphical feedback for decision-making with medications. Across all individuals, behavior challenges reduced and medication changes due to increasing behavior problems was no longer needed.

 

Collaboration With Paraprofessionals to Decrease Severe Problem Behavior

(Service Delivery)
SHAI MAOR (Pyles and Associates)
Abstract:

Working with adults usually means utilizing a consultative approach where the BCBA is the consultant and paraprofessionals are the direct line staff. When this happens, collaboration with the service providers who employ the paraprofessionals and the paraprofessionals themselves is essential. In addition, the behavior program must include a strong staff training component to ensure accurate and consistent delivery of the behavior program. Without collaboration and staff training, the behavior program cannot be fully adopted to ensure effective support for the individual. This presentation includes treatment evaluations of collaborative models for three males, ages 23-28. All have dual diagnoses and have 2:1 staffing ratios due to the intensity of problem behaviors. Attendees will be presented with data that represent collaborative work with paraprofessionals that is focused on behavior plan implementation and overall behavior excess reduction.

 
 
Symposium #132
CE Offered: BACB
Investigating Self-Controlled Choice in Situations Involving Desirable and Undesirable Outcomes
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 1/2
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Forrest Toegel, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Research investigating self-control often focuses on choice between two desirable outcomes – those in which an individual can produce either a small outcome delayed by short amount of time or a large outcome delayed by a long time; however, individuals encounter another kind of choice situation in daily life – one in which a choice can produce both desirable and undesirable outcomes. The present symposium arranges three recent studies that attempt to further our understanding of self-controlled choice in situations involving both desirable and undesirable outcomes. The goal of this symposium is to explore recent approaches to investigate this type of choice situation and to encourage future research on this underrepresented area.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Choice, Conflict, Dual-Valence Consequence, Self-Control
 

Effects of Delay and Signals on Choice Between Immediate Food With Delayed Shock and Delayed Food Alone

FORREST TOEGEL (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Some problematic human behavior occurs when a single choice produces reinforcing and aversive consequences. The present experiments explored this type of choice situation using rats to investigate how the value of an immediate food reinforcer that is followed by a shock changes as a function of the delay to the shock. The rats chose between two food pellets delivered immediately and followed by delayed shock, and two food pellets delivered alone after a delay. Within each condition, the delay to food was adjusted based on each rat’s previous choices until both consequences were chosen equally often and the delay to food was stable. At this “indifference point,” the delayed food was equal in value to the immediate food followed by shock. Depending on the experiment, either the delay to shock or whether the delayed shock was signaled was manipulated across conditions. Generally, the shock devalued the immediate food to the greatest extent when the delay to shock was short. As the delay to shock was raised, these effects weakened in a pattern resembling a hyperbola. The signaling procedure did not affect the value of the immediate food systematically. The findings parallel research on temporal discounting of positive reinforcers.

 

A Procedure for Studying the Temporal Discounting of Aversive Consequences

Fernanda Gonzalez-Barriga (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), William Rodriguez (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), VLADIMIR ORDUNA (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract:

In contrast to the large amount of studies of temporal discounting of positive consequences, research on temporal discounting of aversive consequences is scarce. For this reason, we developed a procedure for studying in rats the temporal discounting of aversive consequences, whose rationale and main results are presented next. In the first phase, rats chose between one-pellet and four-pellet alternatives; when subjects developed preference for the larger-amount alternative, an electric shock was added to it, resulting in a loss of preference. In the second phase, the delay to shock was progressively increased within each session (ascending delays: 0, 5, 10, 20, 40 s), which resulted in a recovery of preference for the larger-amount-plus-shock alternative as delay was increased. In a third phase, with the aim of analyzing whether the previous result was influenced by short-term habituation to the shock rather than to temporal discounting, the order of delays was reverted so that they were presented in descending order. As in the previous phase, rats showed a higher preference for the larger-amount-plus-shock alternative when delay was larger, indicating that habituation did not play a major role in this procedure. Currently, we are using this procedure to: a) analyze the impact of the intensity of the shock on the discount function, and b) evaluate the temporal discounting of aversive consequences in spontaneously hypertensive rats -a purported animal model of ADHD-, in order to complement the extensive research on temporal discounting of positive reinforcers that has been performed with this strain.

 
Discounting Combinations of Gains and Losses
YU-HUA YEH (Washington University in St. Louis), Sara J. Estle (University of North Carolina at Greensboro), Yaoyun Cui (Washington University in St. Louis), Joel Myerson (Washington University in St. Louis), Leonard Green (Washington University in St. Louis)
Abstract: Discounting research has focused mostly on relatively simple situations such as choices between immediate, smaller gains and delayed, larger gains. Everyday choice situations, however, are more complex, often involving combinations of gains and losses. We examined discounting by humans in situations that combined an immediate loss followed by a delayed gain that resulted in either a net gain (Experiment 1) or a net loss (Experiment 2) and compared it with discounting when there was only a delayed gain. We also examined discounting in situations involving an immediate gain followed by a delayed loss that resulted in either a net gain (Experiment 3) or a net loss (Experiment 4) and compared it with discounting when there was only a delayed loss. A hyperboloid discounting function that describes the discounting of delayed gains and of delayed losses in simple choice situations tended to describe the discounting of combinations of gains and losses (see Figure), although participants discounted gain-loss combinations less steeply than delayed gains not preceded by an immediate loss or delayed losses not preceded by an immediate gain. These findings support the view that complex choices like those often encountered in everyday life can be evaluated within the discounting framework.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #133
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Using Implementation Science to Open the Black Box of Trauma-Informed Schools
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Robin Codding (Northeastern University)
CE Instructor: Robin Codding, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: STACY OVERSTREET (Tulane University)
Abstract:

The term “trauma-informed schools” has achieved buzzword status in our current educational landscape, fueled by the urgency schools feel to address the devastating effects of trauma on the academic, social, emotional, and behavioral functioning of our students. However, there is no clear consensus regarding the inputs, or the core components, of trauma-informed schools and there have been no rigorous evaluations of their outputs, or the effects on students, teachers, or schools. If trauma-informed schools are to become more than a passing trend, we must work harder to describe the inputs, document the outputs, and explain the complex processes that link the two. In this presentation, I will summarize the core components of trauma-informed schools, identify key implementation factors thought to facilitate the adoption and maximize the impact of trauma-informed approaches, and review strategies to evaluate the impact of trauma-informed schools.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Educational practitioners and researchers.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the core components of trauma-informed schools; (2) discuss implementation factors important for the successful adoption of trauma-informed approaches; (3) compare different evaluation strategies to evaluate the impact of trauma-informed schools.
 
STACY OVERSTREET (Tulane University)

Stacy Overstreet, Ph.D. is a Professor of Psychology at Tulane University.  Over the course of her career her research has focused on how sociological, cultural, familial, psychological, developmental, and biological processes influence and interact with one another over time to shape child adaptation to trauma.  Over the past ten years, she has translated that research to inform the implementation and evaluation of trauma-informed schools.  She has published several empirical and conceptual papers related to these areas and she was co-editor of a 2016 special issue on trauma-informed schools in the journal, School Mental Health.  Dr. Overstreet is a founding member of the New Orleans Trauma-Informed Schools Learning Collaborative.  Her work through the Collaborative includes a grant from the National Institute of Justice to determine whether a multi-component implementation strategy for trauma-informed schools improves school safety as well as a grant from the Department of Justice to develop and evaluate a Train the Trainer model for the implementation of trauma-informed schools.  

 
 
Invited Paper Session #134
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
TRAUMA: Flexibility After Trauma: Exploring Vitality Through ACT and Feldenkrais Method
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty I-L
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Amy Murrell, Ph.D.
Presenting Authors: MIRANDA MORRIS (DC ACT Consortium; Private Practice), CHRISH KRESGE (Private Practice)
Abstract: Trauma can have profound and lasting effects on the lives of survivors. The impact on psychological functioning can be particularly severe and may have interpersonal, professional, and health consequences. While not all survivors experience long term problems, those who do can find their lives ruled by the experience of trauma. Acceptance and Commitment therapy (ACT) holds that the long-term negative sequelae of trauma are primarily driven by two processes: avoidance and cognitive fusion (excessive, ineffective attempts to control unwanted private experiences). That is, survivors’ attempts to “not have” the memories, thoughts and feelings associated with the trauma may account for much of the distress associated with traumatic experiences. Together, avoidance and cognitive fusion function to increase psychological inflexibility and limit behavioral repertoires, costing survivors vitality, connection and engagement in valued living. The aim of ACT is to undermine these processes in order to increase psychological flexibility, defined in ACT as “the ability to contact the present moment more fully as a conscious human being, and to change or persist in behavior when doing so serves valued ends.” In working with trauma survivors, the ACT therapist focuses on helping survivors reconnect with their values and move towards what they care about. In this talk, I will review the relationship of psychological (in)flexibility to post traumatic symptomatology. In addition, I will discuss how to use ACT to help clients come to terms with traumatic events and to build meaningful lives that are defined not by the past, but by what matters.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain how avoidance and fusion maintain post traumatic problems; (2) define psychological flexibility as used in ACT; (3) explain how to help clients clarify values and take committed action in the service of those values; (4) to operationally define ABMN Essential #1: Movement with Attention; (5) recognize ABMN Essential #7: The Learning Switch; (6) recognize ABMN Essential #6: Flexible Goals; (7) identify when ABMN and the Feldenkrais Method may be useful and complementary treatments in cases of trauma and its recovery.
 
In the Wake of Trauma: Using Acceptance and Commitment Therapy to Cultivate Valued Living
MIRANDA MORRIS (DC ACT Consortium; Private Practice)

Miranda Morris, Ph.D., is a licensed psychologist in private practice in Bethesda, MD. She treats a broad range of difficulties and specializes in trauma and anxiety. Miranda is a Peer Reviewed ACT Trainer and the founder of DC ACT, a organization with two primary objectives: 1) the dissemination of contextual behavioral therapies in the DC region and beyond, 2) the provision of support and training opportunities for aspiring ACT trainers. Miranda conducts regular workshops in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and related contextual behavioral therapies including Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) and Clinical RFT. She currently serves on the Executive Board of the the Association of Contextual Behavioral Science (ACBS) and is President Emeritus of the the Mid Atlantic Chapter of ACBS (MAC-ACBS).

Abstract: Trauma can be defined in many ways; the two most common interpretations of the word are a physical injury or a deeply emotionally upsetting event. In both cases, trauma can result in neurological and physiological as well as psychological damage and change. This damage often occurs early in life, either as a result of a genetic condition, birth-related injury, illness during infancy, or early childhood abuse or neglect. The negative consequences of trauma are often addressed in clinical psychology and sometimes specifically through clinical behavior analysis. However, in these methodologies, key effects on the child's somatic functioning may be neglected. This presentation will propose that the Anat Baniel Method of Neuromovement® (ABMN), based on the work of Dr. Moshe Feldenkrais, may be used to address neurological, physiological, and movement limitations associated with childhood trauma. Further, the presentation will explicitly outline the overlap between applied behavior analysis and these methods through educating the audience on essential principles associated with ABMN and Feldenkrais Method® movement practices.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain how avoidance and fusion maintain post traumatic problems; (2) define psychological flexibility as used in ACT; (3) explain how to help clients clarify values and take committed action in the service of those values; (4) to operationally define ABMN Essential #1: Movement with Attention; (5) recognize ABMN Essential #7: The Learning Switch; (6) recognize ABMN Essential #6: Flexible Goals; (7) identify when ABMN and the Feldenkrais Method may be useful and complementary treatments in cases of trauma and its recovery.
 
From Fixing to Connecting Through Movement With Awareness
CHRISH KRESGE (Private Practice)

Chrish is a Feldenkrais® practitioner (1998) who works with people of all ages and backgrounds, using movement as a primary tool for improving self-awareness, posture, thinking, voice, and overall health and wellness.  Chrish is also an actor, producer and director. She is passionate about using her diverse skills and background to help people find their optimal selves, innate dignity and composure. Chrish has been teaching the Feldenkrais Method® across the world for over 21 years in places such as the U.S., Ghana, Morocco, France, and Nepal.  During her teaching of the Feldenkrais Method, Chrish offers her students an enriching experience consisting of mental and physical improvement through natural, easy, and pleasurable ways of moving, using the brain’s amazing capacity to reorganize the body. In addition to working with performing artists and business executives alike, Chrish specializes in working with children with disabilities and trauma, and is a graduate of the Anat Baniel Neuromovement® Method for Children. Her studies with Ruthy Alon (Movement Intelligence) have also informed her work in many ways. Chrish has served three terms on the national Board of Directors of the Feldenkrais Guild® of North America and has chaired numerous annual Feldenkrais Method® conferences in North America.

 
 
Panel #135
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Addressing Ethical Violations When We Catch Behavior Analysts Behaving Badly
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, University of D.C. / Catholic University
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jessica Kelly, M.S.
Chair: Emily Marie Lawson (Pennington Group)
SARAH RUSSELL (Sage Graduate School; ASPIRE LLC)
SUZANNA MYERS (Pennington Group ABA)
JESSICA KELLY (J Kelly ABA)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analyst Certification Board requires all certified individuals to be familiar with and adhere to the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (10.0, Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2016). Anectodal reports from various certified providers in Hampton Roads, VA indicates a pattern of escape/avoidance behavior in response to witnessing ethical violations by their fellow certified colleagues, some who also acted as their supervisor and employer at the time of the violations (J. Kelly, personal communication, 2018). Specifically, these Board Certified Behavior Analysts and Board Certified assistant Behavior Analysts resigned from their employment positions instead of attempting to resolve the issue with the individual who engaged in the violation as our code instructs us to do (Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts 7.0, BACB, 2016). Informal interviews conducted with supervisees also revealed that the majority of these individuals did not receive training on confronting individuals engaging in ethical violations nor did they receive training on submitting a notice of alleged violation via the Behavior Analyst Certification Board or submitting a report with the state’s licensure department if applicable. It is imperative that individuals representing behavior analysis follow through with their ethical obligations to maintain our science’s reputation.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, graduate level students completing their fieldwork towards eligibility to sit for the BACB exam, supervisors, supervisees

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand the importance of upholding the BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code; (2) address / confront colleagues, supervisors, and supervisees regarding alleged ethical violations; (3) navigate the steps for reporting ethical violations to the appropriate authority.
Keyword(s): ethical responsibility, ethical violations, harm risk, timely reporting
 
 
Paper Session #136
Sociological Topics in Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, Georgetown
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Carolina Laurenti (State University of Londrina)
 
Could Behavior Analysis be a Psychology for Women?
Domain: Theory
CAROLINA LAURENTI (State University of Londrina; State University of Maringa)
 
Abstract: The institutionalization of feminist psychology in the 1970s was portrayed and analyzed by several articles published at the time. Some of these articles acquired historical importance by systematizing cardinal issues to the project of a feminist psychology. They not only demonstrated limitations on psychology’s proposals in explaining female behavior and experience, but also indicated what psychological theory and practice would have to consider in order to constitute a psychology for women (and not against women). Starting from the examination of these classic articles, the aim of this paper is to verify compatibilities and incompatibilities (theoretical, methodological, and practical) between the initial project of a feminist psychology and Radical Behaviorism. How far do feminist psychology’s critiques of psychology at that time reach behavioral psychology? Would there be potentialities in Radical Behaviorism for the construction of a psychology for women? Ultimately, could Behavior Analysis be considered a feminist psychology in the terms defined by emerging feminist psychology? The answers to these questions may shed light on the roots of the remaining tensions between Behavior Analysis and feminist psychology.
 
A Behavior Analytic Perspective on Values in Behavior Science, Practice, and the Larger Culture
Domain: Theory
RICHARD G. SMITH (University of North Texas)
 
Abstract: The current paper discusses the concept of "values" from a behavior-analytic perspective and applies the concept to behavior-analytic science and practice. A behavior-analytic conception of values suggests that they may best be described as differential sensitivities to different types of consequences as reinforcement or punishment. That is, what humans value (or devalue) is apparent in the types of behavioral consequences around which repertoires and performances are shaped and organized. The paper seeks to examine how sensitivities to scientific, professional, personal, and societal consequences may affect our scientific and professional behaviors. The author will discuss how values may be conditioned and describe how different sensitivities to reinforcement can produce different professional and personal trajectories. It is proposed that “imbalances” in sensitivities can result in problematic patterns of scientific and professional behavior, and that there may be evidence of such imbalances in our current practices., Some current values-based challenges faced by behavior analysts will be described, and suggestions about how we might best address some of these challenges will be offered.
 
 
 
Invited Tutorial #137
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
SQAB Tutorial: Using Quantitative Theories of Relapse to Improve Functional Communication Training
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 6
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Brian Greer, Ph.D.
Chair: Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Presenting Authors: : BRIAN GREER (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) has strong empirical support for its use when treating socially reinforced problem behavior. However, treatment effects often deteriorate when FCT procedures are challenged, leading to the recurrence of problem behavior, decreased use of the functional communication response (FCR), or both. Researchers have accordingly described a number of strategies to improve the long-term effectiveness of differential-reinforcement procedures (e.g., FCT). For example, Wacker et al. (2011) assessed the maintenance of FCT-treatment effects by periodically exposing the FCR to periods of extinction and found that additional exposure to FCT helped guard against the disruptive impact of later periods of extinction. Basic researchers have described similar modifications to behavior-reduction procedures based on quantitative theories of behavior (e.g., Behavioral Momentum Theory and Resurgence as Choice) that also should help mitigate treatment relapse. Our research team has recently begun investigating

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs, applied and basic researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain FCT and describe its efficacy; (2) describe at least one common challenge to FCT treatment effects; (3) describe at least two specific strategies for mitigating relapse of problem behavior following FCT.
 
BRIAN GREER (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
Brian D. Greer is the founding director of the Severe Behavior Program within the Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services. He is an assistant professor in the Department of Pediatrics and a core member of the Brain Health Institute. He received a Bachelor of Science in psychology from the University of Florida in 2008, a Master of Arts in applied behavioral science in 2011 and a Ph.D. in behavioral psychology in 2013, both from the University of Kansas. He later completed a postdoctoral fellowship at the University of Nebraska Medical Center. He has served on the board of editors and as a guest associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He is the 2013 recipient of the Baer, Wolf, and Risley Outstanding Graduate Student Award and the 2019 recipient of the B. F. Skinner Foundation New Researcher Award in the area of applied research. Dr. Greer is the Executive Director of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior, and he currently supervises three R01 grants from the National Institute of Child Health and Human Development on preventing relapse of destructive behavior using Behavioral Momentum Theory and Resurgence as Choice. He has helped to acquire and carry out over $10 million in federal grant funding.
 
 
Panel #138
PDS: Writing as a Young Professional: Strategies for Time Management, Avoiding Common Pitfalls, and 7th Edition Updates
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Archives
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Ashley Andersen (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
DANIEL R. MITTEER (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
ADAM M. BRIGGS (Eastern Michigan University)
ASHLEY MARIE FUHRMAN (Children's Specialized Hospital–Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services)
Abstract:

Strong writing skills are essential for many different careers within the field of behavior analysis. For example, practitioners must write effectively to communicate treatment plans to staff and caregivers, academics must write successfully to teach others about behavior analysis, and researchers must write well to disseminate their findings to others. However, it can be difficult for young professionals to manage their time effectively to be productive and to keep up with the current formatting and style requirements when new publication guidelines are released. During this professional development series event, panelists will discuss strategies for time-management and for avoiding common pitfalls that researchers make during the manuscript-submission process. Last, researchers and writers in the field of applied behavior analysis will discuss changes in the American Psychological Association (APA) publication guidelines with the release of the 7th edition manual.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): professional development, time management, writing
 
 
Symposium #139
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Derived Relational Responding in Diverse Contexts
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon I
Area: VBC/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Alexander Jenkins (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale)
Discussant: Timothy M. Weil (Tandem Behavioral Health & Wellness)
CE Instructor: Alexander Jenkins, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A wealth of empirical support exists for applications of derived relational responding (DRR) in diverse contexts. To date, however, limited research exists around the ways in which DRR fits into the societally-significant domain of gambling and monetary exchange. To that end, the present symposium seeks to explore how our own verbal behavior may come to occasion different patterns of gambling behavior, and shift preference as a function. Further, we aim to add to the growing body of literature around DRR by investigating monetary exchange via observational learning

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): DRR, Gambling, RFT
Target Audience:

intermediate

Learning Objectives: attendees will learn how to conceptualize derived relational responding in the context of gambling attendees will learn how observational learning may give rise to derived relational responding attendees will be able to describe the overarching nature of derived relational responding to less explored contexts and the way(s) in which verbal behavior interacts with other forms of behavior
 

Establishing Derived Equivalence Relations of Monetary Exchange via Observational Learning With Individuals With Autism

(Applied Research)
KWADWO O. BRITWUM (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Anne Sheerin (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The present study investigated whether two adults with Autism will demonstrate equivalence relations after observing each other demonstrate specific prerequisite conditional discriminations. Participants were taught in group context to perform relations between objects of particular value and a combination of dollar bills and coins equal to the value of the object (A1234B1234). Afterwards, participants were taught in the same group context to perform relations between combinations of money equal to the value of the objects (B), and a separate combination of dollar bills and coins that is equal to the value of B (B1234C1234). Each participant was trained on two separate class members while the other participant observed, (a) participant 1 (class members 1 &2), (b) participant 2 (class members 3&4). Post training probes revealed the emergence of equivalence relations between combinations of money and particular objects for all stimulus classes involved in direct training with each participant. Results provide some implications for the use of equivalence-based instructional programs with individuals with Autism in group context.

 
Verbal Behavior and Derived Preference in Gambling Tasks
(Applied Research)
LINDA MUCKEY (Southern Illinois University), Alexander Jenkins (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale), Benjamin Camp (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale), Dejan Milic (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The following series of experimental manipulations examines the emergence of derived relational responding in a simulated gambling environment. Prior to undergoing any relational training or other procedures, participants’ responses in a conditional discrimination procedure under several contextual stimuli (different colored backgrounds) were probed. Each of the four colored backgrounds were presented in randomized order with three stimuli presented inside the colored box. No feedback was provided. Participants then completed one 20-trial preference assessment comparing red and blue background slot machines and one 20-trial preference assessment comparing green and yellow background slot machines. Following preference assessments, participants underwent a three-phase conditional discrimination procedure. Participants were initially trained on the relational response of selecting the highest or best stimulus (1st place, $100, quarter) in the array in the context of the BLUE background. Feedback was provided in the form of awarding one point and a correct bell noise following the response. Mastery criterion was considered to be selecting the correct stimulus 10 times consecutively. Following training in BLUE context, selecting the lowest or worst stimulus (4th place, one dollar, penny) was reinforced in the RED context. Selecting the third best (3rd place, nickel, five dollar) stimulus was reinforced in the context of the GREEN background. No training was conducted for the YELLOW context. Responses in the YELLOW context were only probed before and after training. Participants responding towards each machine in the preference assessment was compared before and after relational training. All slot machines were on similar payout densities and reinforcement schedules. Results and implications will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #140
Novel Methodological Considerations in Applied Animal Behavior
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 5
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Veronica J. Howard (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Discussant: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Abstract:

Contemporary behavior analysts have taken a renewed interest in addressing concerns related to applied animal behavior using the methodologies from behavior analysis at large, from solving problem behavior to improving animal welfare in general. The studies in the following symposium highlight the unique methodologies used to assess and evaluate behaviors of different species in novel ways. The symposium aims to provide samples of different types of research, starting from basic/translational and moving to applied work. The first presentation will have a basic approach to describe and evaluate group foraging with applications involved. The following two talks will embody translational/applied work using new technology. The fourth and final talk will address problem behavior using a different approach than standard applied practice. Finally, discussant remarks will offer commentary on how these different and sometimes new methodologies may impact the field of applied animal behavior. By bringing together different areas of research with the common thread of new methodologies, we hope to offer novel perspectives regarding methodology for the audience.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): animal behavior, methodology
 
Ideal Free Distribution in Canines: Free-Operant Evaluation of Group Foraging
ALLYSON R SALZER (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The Ideal Free Distribution equation describes behavior of organisms in groups and is an extension of the matching law. Ideal Free Distribution suggests the allocation of the number of organisms across two or more resource sites will be distributed equally across those resource sites. This project sought to develop and replicate a new method of foraging research for canines through validation of a novel dispenser in basic behavioral research. The purpose of this study was to determine if Ideal Free Distribution could describe the behavior of the domesticated canine in a daycare setting. Canine behavior was recorded in a free operant arrangement on various variable time schedules of reinforcement. Results indicate the Treat-n-Train ® dispenser offers a novel and effective method to study basic behavioral processes in canines without compromising data quality. Additionally, the Ideal Free Distribution equation adequately describes canine foraging behavior in controlled environments and was successfully replicated with a new sample of canines in a different environment. Implications and future directions will be discussed such as expanding the use of the Treat-n-Train ® dispenser to study additional behavioral processes and extending foraging research in the domesticated canine.
 
Behavioral Correlates of Urinary Output in Cats Housed in a United States’ Animal Shelter
ALLISON ANDRUKONIS (Texas Tech University), Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University), Alexandra Protopopova (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: The proposed study aims to examine behavioral correlates of urinary output in singly-housed cats housed in animal shelters. Behavioral measures will be collected through a coded behavioral evaluation as well as through the use of an Animal Actical Z series. On day 1 and day 8 of the study, the cats will be subjected to a behavioral evaluation adapted from ASPCA’s Feline Spectrum Assessment. This assessment involves a minute of the researcher passively standing in front of the cat’s room, a minute of the researcher placing her hand in the cage, and a minute of the researcher dangling a string toy in the cage. Change in litterbox weight and urine clump weight are measured daily and the cat continuously wears the Actical for the week study.
 
Effects of Additional Walk and Play on Physical Activity and Rest in Shelter Dogs
EDUARDO CORDOVA (Texas Tech University), Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: To evaluate the effects of social play and walks, physical activity and rest of dogs from two different locations were evaluated using a within-subject design. Physical activity and rest were evaluated for 16 days using an accelerometer (Whistle Activity MonitorTM) worn on a collar. The first four days of the 16-day period were used to establish a base level of activity; no additional exercise was administered at this time. After the baseline period, subjects were assigned to three conditions: baseline, walk, or play. For the remaining 12 days of the study, subjects progressed through four-day blocks in each condition. During the walk and play conditions, subjects received an additional 15-minute walk or 15-minute play with a companion, respectively; subjects in the baseline condition did not receive additional exercise. Average in-kennel rest and physical activity during exercise periods were evaluated. On average, dogs were more physically active during walks than during playtime with a companion; subjects rested more after receiving an additional playtime than after receiving an additional play. Subjects displayed individual differences.
 
Using Stimulus Control and Shaping to Reduce Stereotypic Behavior in a Racehorse
ANJA KRING (University of North Texas; The Organization for Reinforcement Contingencies with Animals), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Mary Elizabeth Hunter (The Art and Science of Animal Training)
Abstract: Thoroughbred racehorses often acquire stereotypical behavior patterns, such as weaving, cribbing, and tongue biting. These types of behaviors are often presumed to be automatically reinforced. Typical interventions can include response prevention, surgery, and drugs. However, treatment is often ineffective. The horse in this study was a 12-year-old thoroughbred gelding. When he was put in a stall, he would hang his head over the stall door or through the window, bob his head, stomp his foot, and pace periodically between this location and the feeder in the stall. These behaviors occurred with or without preferred food present. In addition, these behaviors caused the horse significant pain and associated lameness in his front feet. Treatment was carried out in a different stall from the horse’s normal stall. The first step in the shaping procedure involved walking the horse into the stall and then immediately letting him leave. The length of time in the stall was gradually increased and other factors were gradually added in, such as having the trainer leave. As a result of the procedure, head bobbing and pacing both reduced significantly.
 
 
Symposium #141
CE Offered: BACB
Scaling Mount Medicaid: Behavior Analysts' Role in Securing ABA Coverage
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 201
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates and TxABA Public Policy Group)
Discussant: John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services)
CE Instructor: John M. Guercio, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Many people who could benefit greatly from ABA services cannot gain access to them due to lack of financial resources and insurance. Medicaid funding of ABA services is one mechanism to enable financially and socially disadvantaged people to benefit from ABA services. The session will involve behavior analysts from 4 states discussing how behavior analysts have and could address public policy issues leading to state Medicaid programs funding ABA services. The activities and contributions of behavior analysts in 4 states will be presented. The sequences of events in each state differ, but some general strategy recommendations will be addressed. Audience participation will be encouraged.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Licensed Behavior Analysts and BCBAs/BCBA-Ds who are leaders in state behavior analysis organizations

 
Medicaid Coverage of ABA Services: Missouri and Illinois
JOHN M. GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services)
Abstract: My section will cover both Missouri and Illinois Medicaid coverage of ABA services. The Missouri section of the talk will discuss how the Missouri autism waiver was eventually replaced with Missouri HealthNet coverage and how that process works now for individuals under the age of 18. The Illinois discussion will address some the provider definitions of who can provide behavioral services in the state of Illinois under the guise of Medicaid. There are some concerning issues here that are being addressed by the Illinois Association for behavior analysis that will be covered in detail.
 
Medicaid Coverage of ABA Services: Oklahoma
TIFFANIE MOORE (Blue Sprig Pediatrics)
Abstract: In September 2019, Centers of Medicare and Medicaid (CMS) approved a state plan amendment to add applied behavior analysis (ABA) coverage to SoonerCare (Oklahoma Medicaid) under Early Periodic Screening, Diagnostic and Treatment (EPSDT). This presentation aims to provide an overview of effective advocacy efforts, relevant legal cases, ongoing barriers and corresponding solutions for ABA treatment for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). This presentation will include a brief history of ABA coverage in Oklahoma, including establishment and involvement of the state licensure board and crucial stakeholders (i.e. parents, professionals, educators, and legislators) in ongoing advocacy efforts. The current status of ABA Medicaid coverage in Oklahoma will be discussed.
 
Medicaid Coverage of ABA Services: Texas
BERENICE DE LA CRUZ (PACED Behavior, LLC and TxABA Public Policy Group), Katherine Miriam Johnson-Patagoc (Texana Center and TxABA Public Policy Group), Jeffrey E. Dillen (Texana Center andTxABA Public Policy Group), Mariel C. Fernandez (Blue Sprig Pediatrics and TxABA Public Policy Group), Rany Thommen (ABA Today and TxABA Public Policy Group), Duy D. Le (Child Study Center and TxABA Public Policy Group), Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates and TxABA Public Policy Group)
Abstract: The Texas Association for Behavior Analysis, Public Policy Group (TxABA PPG) will share information on its history. The focus of the talk will be on how TxABA PPG organized grass roots efforts to positively affect the lives of children with autism and their families in Texas. These efforts first led to the passing of legislation for licensure of behaviors analysts. TxABA PPG continued efforts have more recently led to the State of Texas passing legislation for Medicaid coverage of ABA therapy for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). After the passing of this legislation, TxABA PPG continued to be involved in the roll out process by seeking stakeholders’ input and providing guidance to the State of Texas on the policies and procedures that impacted how the program was implemented. The final part of the presentation will report on the current status of Medical coverage of ABA for children with ASD in Texas.
 
Medicaid Coverage of ABA Services: Georgia
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (Savannah State University)
Abstract: Effective January 1, 2018, Georgia’s Medicaid program began providing coverage for adaptive behavioral services for individuals under age 21 with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). Provision of services is not limited to BCBA/BCBA-Ds, but we are included among the professionals who may apply to the state to become an approved provider, along with licensed physicians and licensed psychologist; at this time, we do not have licensure for behavior analysts. Although they cannot be providers, BCaBAs and RBTs can provide services under the supervision of a provider, with a limit such that providers may supervise up to six BCaBAs or RBTs at any point in time. In this presentation I will cover how the introduction of this coverage this has impacted not only service provision in the state of Georgia, but also the Georgia Association of Behavior Analysis (GABA), educational opportunities for behavior analysis in Georgia, and interest in licensure for behavior analysts in our state.
 
 
Symposium #142
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission We ARE Acting to Save the World: Behavior Analysis Addresses Systems-Level Problems
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty N-P
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University)
Discussant: Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University)
CE Instructor: Sarah M. Richling, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Skinner (1987) stressed that acting to solve the world’s problems required changing the environment of which the problem-solving behavior is a function. In the ensuing decades since he called on behavior analysts to become more involved in system level change, the relevant environment did change – e.g., the introduction of new or stronger journals, organizations, researchers, grant programs, etc. – and behavior analysis matured into a discipline that now applies its theoretical and methodological approach to the remediation of social and cultural problems. This symposium presents a sample of current behavior analytic work addressing systems-level change, with presenters drawn from chapter authors of the forthcoming book Behavior science perspectives on culture and community (Mattaini & Cihon, Eds.). Presenters will discuss behavior analytic advances in promoting environmentally sustainable practices, moderating problematic climate change via both community organizing models and working with the corporate sector, fostering social justice through research and clinical practice, and engaging in activism and advocacy efforts to promote progressive social change. The four topics are interrelated with each other and, combined with discussant remarks and 20 minutes for audience questions, will offer a rich introduction or update to cutting edge applications of behavior analysis to saving the world

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Graduate students and professionals

 
Diversity submission 

Taking Our Seat at the Table: Behavior Analysis and the Advancement of Global Sustainability

BRETT GELINO (University of Kansas), Tyler Erath (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The humans of today are among the most important to share the Earth. The efforts that lay ahead—reducing our carbon footprint, preserving our natural landscapes, drastically changing our resource consumption—are likely to yield outcomes we may never directly experience. Although technological ingenuity will be critical, efforts by behavioral scientists to encourage sustainable lifestyles will be among the leading means by which to proactively maintain Earth’s habitability. In this vein, behavior analysis has a rich history of work promoting sustainable living. We conducted a systematic review of behavior analytic research in sustainability using key phrases derived from leading climate and Earth science reports (e.g., Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change). We coded the resulting fifty-two empirical studies published across six primarily behavior analytic journals according to intervention methods and target behavior to reveal gaps in the existing literature. The goals of this presentation will thusly be to (a) summarize the efforts of behavior analysis to-date in the areas of sustainable living, (b) highlight areas for which empirical research is lacking, and (c) highlight areas where future behavior analysts can make the most meaningful contribution to advance global sustainability

 
Diversity submission 

Global Warming: Behavior Options Ahead As We Approach Two Degree Celsius Limit

MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Praxis2LLC; University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Global warming (GW) will continue to accelerate unless exceptional efforts are taken soon to reduce carbon emissions and greenhouse gases. Increasingly dire consequences are apparent now across the globe. GW is a behavioral problem at its root -- a "super wicked problem" whose solutions seem unsolvable within the time available for action. A science of the behavior of individuals is relatively clear about the contingencies that influence individuals to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions and behavior analysis has made significant contributions to our understanding but has little impact on the problem, given the lack of evidence on strategies for influencing entire populations. This talk outlines a theoretical account of the behavior of individuals and the practices of organizations relevant to the trajectory ahead. The challenge for the behavioral science community is to identify, understand and manage the variables that will bring about massive, crucial changes in individual behavior and organizational action to prevent further warming or help prepare for what lies ahead. Prevention may be beyond behavior science community skill set, but successes in applications of behavior analysis suggest that this community may be orchestrated to address behaviors needed for adaptation to a warming planet and resilience during climate crises.

 
Diversity submission Creating Spaces for Social Justice
SHAHLA SUSAN ALA'I (University of North Texas)
Abstract: We are a collective of faculty and students in a community of practice designed to learn about social justice. Our disciplines are Applied Behavior Analysis, Women’s and Gender Studies, Applied Anthropology and Evolutionary Anthropology. Our personal identities are diverse and complicated. We gather formally about once a week to have conversations that are placed in the context of our daily lives and scholarship. In our conversations, we introduce and explore our conceptual, methodological and praxis perspectives. The conceptualizations we share are based within a fluid framework involving womanist, behaviorist and anthropological constructs. Our methods are participatory and include direct observation and qualitative strategies. The praxis is our daily effort, activism, and applied research. All these efforts have resulted in a collective shaping process that has progressed our understandings and actions in the realm of social justice. It is an uncomfortable and cherished space.
 
Diversity submission 

How Behavioral Scientists Find Their Global Voice: Activism, Advocacy, Accompaniment, and Policy Change

SARAH M. RICHLING (Auburn University), Jose Ardila (University of Nevada)
Abstract:

A wide array of populations and communities are trapped in complex, multi-level systems of interlocked behaviors that offer no clear path toward dignity and social justice. The impact behavior analysts can have with progressive social change is enhanced through the strategic adoption of three key repertoires: activism, advocacy, and accompaniment (AAA) and a thorough analysis of evidence-based policy change efforts. Understood as value-oriented practices whose effects are primarily observed at the systems level, activist activities involve building knowledge about issues impacting various social communities and engaging in on-going efforts to improve the quality of life on a large scale. Advocacy and accompaniment actions are functionally related to these values, which are discrete plans of action with specific operationalized outcomes. AAA efforts may be enhanced with support from the behavior analytic community, armed with evidence-based strategies that effectively produce policy change, and more importantly, improvements to quality of life for society at large. In this presentation we provide a conceptual analysis of social change efforts and provide suggestions for establishing systemic behavioral change as an aggregate product of the behavior analytic community.

 
 
Symposium #143
CE Offered: BACB
Basic, Translational, and Reverse-Translational Research on Resurgence and Reinstatement
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 3/4
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
CE Instructor: Carolyn Ritchey, M.S.
Abstract:

Effective interventions for socially significant problem behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injury) may be susceptible to treatment relapse. Resurgence and reinstatement are laboratory models of relapse which may occur following treatments for problem behavior arranging alternative sources of reinforcement. Resurgence occurs when reducing or eliminating reinforcement for an alternative response increases a previously reinforced and then extinguished response. Reinstatement refers to the reoccurrence of a target response following the presentation of stimuli that previously maintained that response. Both forms of relapse can threaten the long-term success of clinical interventions. Research on resurgence and reinstatement may facilitate the development of methods to better understand and mitigate these types of treatment relapse. This symposium comprises four presentations on resurgence and reinstatement. Kaitlyn Browning will present a reverse-translational study examining the effects of alternative-response discrimination training on resurgence in rats. Amanda Miles will discuss the effects of presenting conditioned reinforcers while extinguishing an alternative response on resurgence in pigeons. Carolyn Ritchey will present a human operant study evaluating the effects of training history on resurgence and variability. Finally, Ashley Bagwell will present the results of a series of translational studies examining reinstatement of responding in non-clinical populations and individuals with developmental disabilities.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): reinstatement, resurgence, translational research, treatment relapse
 

Repeated Resurgence With Conditioned Reinforcement

(Basic Research)
AMANDA MILES (West Virginia University), Brian R. Katz (West Virginia University), Anthony Oliver (University of Vermont; West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Resurgence, transient increase in previously reinforced responses after eliminating alternative reinforcement, is an indication of behavioral flexibility under changing conditions. Prior experiments showed delivery of either reinforcers or their associated stimuli (conditioned reinforcers) while extinguishing alternative responses decreases resurgence magnitude. However, these associated stimuli were not shown to function as conditioned reinforcers. Thus, the present experiment aimed to identify stimuli that functioned as conditioned reinforcers and then determine if their presentation mitigated resurgence. Four experimentally naïve male White Carneau pigeons were exposed to a repeated within-session resurgence procedure (Cook & Lattal, 2019). In each session responses in the Alternative Reinforcement phase were reinforced under a variable-ratio (VR) 40 schedule with presentation of food and a blue light. In Resurgence Test phases food delivery was omitted, but a light still was presented on the same VR-40 schedule. On even-numbered sessions the blue light was used, whereas on odd-numbered sessions a novel orange light was used. For all pigeons a greater magnitude of resurgence was observed during odd-numbered sessions. Further, higher rates of alternative responding during even-numbered sessions indicated that the blue light did function as a conditioned reinforcer. Therefore, presentation of conditioned reinforcers while extinguishing an alternative response does mitigate resurgence.

 
Examination of Alternative-Response Discrimination Training on Resurgence in Rats
(Basic Research)
KAITLYN BROWNING (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract: Resurgence is an increase in a previously suppressed behavior following a worsening of conditions for a more recently reinforced alternative behavior. Given the clinical relevance of resurgence, many have assessed procedures that may be used to mitigate resurgence. For example, Fuhrman, Fisher, and Greer (2016) showed that, following alternative-response discrimination training, presentation of a stimulus that signaled the unavailability of alternative reinforcement (S-) eliminated resurgence. In a reverse-translational experiment, we aimed to replicate and extend these findings in rats. Following baseline in which the target response was reinforced, rats received discrimination training in which the alternative response produced food in one component of a multiple schedule (S+) and was on extinction in the second (S-), while target responding was placed on extinction in both. In the final phase, resurgence of target responding was assessed in both components by removing alternative reinforcement in the S+ component. Resurgence occurred at comparable rates in both components. One potentially important difference between the current study and Fuhrman et al. is that they tested only in the presence of the S- whereas we tested for resurgence in both S+ and S-. Additional experiments designed to examine this difference will be discussed.
 
Examining Effects of Training History on Humans’ Resurgence and Variability Using a Novel Touchscreen Procedure
(Basic Research)
CAROLYN RITCHEY (Auburn University), Yuto Mizutani (Aichi Gakuin University), Toshikazu Kuroda (Aichi Bunkyo University), Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Louisiana State University), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University)
Abstract: Using a novel touchscreen interface, this study assessed the degree to which the duration of training a target response influenced resurgence of target responding versus inducing general variability. University students were randomly assigned to one of three groups in which they could swipe an animated 3D soccer ball to spin any angle. Phase 1 began with a 3-min (Group Long) or 1-min (Group Short) period during which stars equaling 5 cents were presented contingent upon every target response falling within ±22.5 degrees of the first swipe. Group None completed Phase 1 after a single unreinforced swipe, comprising no training history. Phase 2 followed for all groups with a 3-min period during which every alternative swipe, 180-degrees from the target-swipe direction (±22.5 degrees), produced reinforcers. During testing in Phase 3, all reinforcer deliveries ceased during the last 2-min period. For all groups in Phase 3, target and non-target responding increased from the end of Phase 2. Several findings were consistent with previous research: (1) Longer training history produced higher levels of target responding during testing; (2) Phase-3 target responding was positively correlated with training response rates; and (3) increases in target responding did not exceed increases on controls, indicating extinction-induced variability.
 
Translational Evaluations of Reinstatement of Responding: Reinstating Effects of Previously Neutral Stimuli
(Applied Research)
ASHLEY BAGWELL (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Andrea Ramirez-Cristoforo (The University of Texas at Austin), Fabiola Vargas Londono (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: Reinstatement is a type of relapse that involves the recurrence of responding during response-independent delivery of reinforcing stimuli following extinction. It has been suggested that the mechanism responsible for reinstatement involves the taking on of discriminative stimulus properties by reinforcing stimuli. We will present data from a series of studies that focus on relapse in the form of reinstatement across several translational experimental preparations including arrangements with (a) non-clinical responses with non-clinical populations that served as analogues to clinical situations in which there may be a risk of reinstatement of problem behavior and (b) reinstatement of problem behavior exhibited by individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. Specifically, we evaluated the effects of response independent provision of previously neutral stimuli following extinction in which reinforcing stimuli were withheld. Our results showed (a) reinstatement is an effect that may represent a challenge to treatment with regard to clinical relapse in the form of recurrence of problem behavior and (b) factors other than the discriminative properties of reinforcing stimuli may contribute to reinstatement of responding. Results will be discussed both in terms of potential clinical implications as well as possible future directions in translational and applied research contexts.
 
 
Paper Session #144
Translational and Practice Issues in Organizational Behavior Management
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Capitol/Congress
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Christopher Hebein (The University of Nevada, Reno)
 

An Investigation of Directive Feedback and Basic Feedback: Measuring Task Productivity, Perceived Stress, Control and Demand, Throughout a Forced Choice Progressive Ratio Schedule of Reinforcement

Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER HEBEIN (The University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract:

Performance feedback may serve as one or more types of stimulus in the behavioral three-term contingency. In organizational settings, leaders, managers and workers benefit from well-designed behavior control systems. These systems may contribute, at differing levels of efficacy, towards maximizing measures of productivity, accuracy and problem-solving behavior through individual and group environmental intervention using feedback. An important challenge in designing effective feedback is to capture impact on productivity and promotion of worker’s well-being. In this study we investigated two styles of feedback, labeled basic feedback and directive feedback, using a counterbalanced repeated measures design. Each type of feedback was presented on progressive ratio schedules over fixed and free-choice conditions as independent variables. Dependent variables included self-reported productivity, accuracy, and social validity (task control, stress and response effort demands). The data demonstrate higher level of accuracy associated with directive feedback when compared to basic feedback conditions. Moreover, the results indicate perceived control in the context of increasing ratio schedule to be higher in the directive feedback compared to basic feedback condition.

 

Managing Staff and Clients Spanning a Large Geographic Area

Domain: Service Delivery
MEGAN BORLASE (Lojic Institute and University of New England)
 
Abstract:

In areas where behaviour analytic services are limited it can be necessary to step beyond the standard practice of office based services or work from home services where all staff are based out of company offices. In Australia our company has taken a work from home approach across two states to try and meet the large demand for quality behaviour services. This leads to many challenges for our clinical staff and managers in ensuring quality supervision, quality services, and managing the social needs of staff who are typically isolated from their team mates. This paper reviews the typical challenges we have faced as an organisation, the feedback strategies we have implemented, and the specific strategies that we have used to address the feedback we’ve received from staff.

 
Behavioral Interviewing: Strategies for Successful Hiring in ABA Organizations
Domain: Service Delivery
SHANNON BIAGI (Chief Motivating Officers)
 
Abstract: Employee selection has often been the focus of human resource professionals and industrial/organizational psychologists in mainstream businesses, and is not often considered one of the practice areas of organizational behavior management (OBM) professionals. Historically, the struggle has been that OBM practitioners (and behavior analysts in general) require direct observation and data to make educated decisions, and during the hiring process, decisions often need to be made based on self report from both employees and their references. However, this need not be the case. This presentation will focus on concrete strategies that organizations can implement to improve their employee selection process to ensure candidates have the necessary knowledge, skills and abilities for the position, are a good cultural fit, and increase overall employee retention and satisfaction in ABA organizations.
 

Supervisor and Supervisee Evaluations: How Can We Use Them, Do They work, Can We Make Them Stronger?

Domain: Service Delivery
HANA LYNN JURGENS (Positive Behavior Supports Corp.), Patrick O'Leary (Positive Behavior Supports Corp.), Shannon O'Leary (Positive Behavior Supports Corp.)
 
Abstract:

BACB student Supervision is one of the most important aspects within each company providing ABA services - the ability to bring in strong future BCBAs, provide them with ample opportunities to train, engage in experience both directly with clients and indirectly with all of the assessments and administrative needs, and make sure they are ready to be effective and ethical BCBAS when the time comes. So, how do companies guarantee their supervision is not only MEETING, but EXCEEDING the expectations and standards? Often times its by word of mouth. In the world of ABA it’s time to get data to support claims regarding the quality of site supervision, and we have created a system of evaluations to do just that. We will go through the data collected during a pilot study examining how to create an effective, and reliable system for evaluating supervisees and supervisors, and what needs to be done to strengthen this process.

 
 
 
Symposium #145
CE Offered: BACB
Caregiver Training: An Integral Component of Behavior-Analytic Service Delivery
Saturday, May 23, 2020
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence A-C
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Emily L. Baxter (Syracuse University)
Discussant: William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Emily L. Baxter, M.S.
Abstract:

In order for behavior-analytic treatments to be maximally effective, caregiver training (e.g., parents, teachers) is necessary. This symposium will describe four studies examining methods for assessing variables related to poor caregiver performance and strategies for training caregivers to implement behavioral interventions. The first study describes an evaluation of the psychometric properties of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services, designed to assess the environmental determinants of poor staff performance. The second study will present data examining the utility of a self-instructional manual for training special-education teachers and graduate students in behavior analysis to select appropriate prompting strategies. The third presentation describes a study evaluating methods for training staff to implement task analyses with high levels of fidelity. Finally, the fourth presentation will describe a randomized controlled trial assessing the effects of a manualized parent-training program targeting high-frequency challenging behaviors displayed by children with autism spectrum disorder. Training caregivers to become effective treatment agents is an integral part of behavior-analytic service delivery and each presentation will provide thoughtful insights on the topic. To end, the discussant will review the collective findings and provide directions for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): caregiver training, parent training, staff training, treatment integrity
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium will be students, researchers, and practitioners that are interested in caregiver training.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the clinical and social significance of caregiver training; (2) describe environmental variables related poor staff performance; (3) summarize at least one research-based strategy for training caregivers.
 
Further Evaluation of the Reliability and Validity of a Staff Performance Assessment Tool
(Service Delivery)
DANIEL J CYMBAL (Florida Tech)
Abstract: Behavior analysts have recently developed informant-based tools to assess the variables responsible for poor staff performance. One such tool, the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services (PDC-HS), has been shown to be useful. However, empirical evaluation of the tool’s reliability and validity has been limited. Wilder, Lipschultz, Gehrman, Ertel, & Hodges (2019) found that the PDC-HS was largely valid and reliable when participants scored assessment-based videos depicting a staff performance problem. However, one limitation of this study was the degree to which the staff performance problem depicted in the video accurately represented the complexity of real-world staff problems. The present study extends Wilder et al., utilizing the same experimental framework but with performance problem scripts drawn from actual answers given by supervisors in the field. We collected data from 21 staff participants at varying levels of education and experience working at behavior-analytic therapy sites. Each participant scored three different videos with varying performance problems twice, and these responses provided the basis for calculations of validity, interrater reliability and test-retest reliability. Results suggest that the tool was generally valid and reliable, but differences between the results of Wilder et al. and the current study are apparent. Recommendations for future research are provided.
 
Training Teachers and Graduate Students to Evaluate and Select Prompting Strategies for Their Students
(Service Delivery)
LANDON COWAN (University of Houston- Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), KALLY M LUCK (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Megan Skrbec (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Amber Prell (University of Houston- Clear Lake)
Abstract: An extensive literature base has demonstrated the successful application of various response prompts and prompt-fading procedures when teaching students with developmental and intellectual disabilities. However, few practical resources exist to guide special-education teachers and clinicians in the evaluation and selection of prompting strategies for individual students and specific skills. We used a multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate the efficacy of a self-instructional manual for training special-education teachers and graduate students in behavior analysis to select appropriate prompting strategies to use with students across a variety of skills. Participants included eleven teachers and five graduate students. Results indicated that the self-instructional manual was effective for improving their evaluation, selection, and implementation of appropriate response prompts and five different prompt-fading strategies. Results have implications for the development of decision-making tools to guide teachers and clinicians in the selection of interventions for learners. Keywords: Prompts, prompt fading, prompting strategy, special education, teacher training, manualization, self-instruction
 
Increasing and Maintaining Procedural Integrity Using a Brief Video Model
(Service Delivery)
BRANDI TODARO (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University ), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Treatment integrity is an important variable in delivering effective ABA services. Common components of caregiver training include didactic instruction, video modeling, and role play. Mueller et al. (2003) conducted a study in which different training packages were used to train parents to implement feeding protocols. They suggest that little research has been conducted with people who are naïve to the field. The current study sought to examine ways of effectively training new staff to implement a task analysis with a high degree of treatment integrity. Participants were recruited among new hires to the New England Center for Children. A multiple baseline design across a dyad of teachers was used to examine the effects of implementing two types of training procedures, didactic instruction and video modeling. One training procedure was implemented for six training sessions and then the other for an additional six training sessions. Data have been collected for a total of four dyads. Both methods improved integrity and exposure to a second training method further improved integrity. Interobserver agreement data were collected on treatment integrity in a minimum of 33% of each condition and total agreement averaged above 85%.
 
Developing a Behavioral Parent-Training Program Specific to High-Frequency Maladaptive Behaviors in Autism Spectrum Disorders
(Service Delivery)
EMILY L. BAXTER (SUNY Upstate Medical University; Syracuse University), William Sullivan (Upstate Medical University), Avery Albert (Syracuse University), Nicole M. DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Kevin Antshel (Syracuse University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Manualized parent-training protocols (e.g., the Incredible Years) are available to parents whose children engage in problematic behaviors. These protocols typically utilize an eclectic range of therapeutic strategies. To date, however, there has not been a manualized parent-training protocol that exclusively utilizes behavior analytic-based techniques to address problematic behaviors common among children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). We examined the efficacy of a 6-week, focused parent training intervention across 38 parents of children with ASD. Parents were randomized into either a behavioral parent training or an active control intervention. A variety of outcome measures were used to examine the effects of the intervention at baseline, the conclusion of treatment, and at a 6-month follow-up. The primary outcome measure was the Clinical Global Impression-Improvement (CGI-I) scale administered by an Independent Evaluator (IE) who was unaware of treatment assignment. The CGI-I scale score reflected the IE’s assessment of overall improvement from baseline to endpoint. Differences in improvement were found between groups. In the control group, 22.2% of families improved significantly, compared to the treatment group, of which 62% of families improved significantly. Results will be discussed in relation to other manualized parent-training protocols, and directions for future research will be presented.
 
 
Symposium #146
CE Offered: BACB
Different Applications and Outcomes of Preference Assessments With College Students and Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202B
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Faris Rashad Kronfli (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Faris Rashad Kronfli, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will include presentations on research related to the application and outcomes of various preference assessments. First, researchers will present a series of studies looking at choice among a series of outcomes. Specifically, researchers evaluated a) the likelihood that college students would exhibit a negative time preference (i.e., save the best for last) among hypothetical choices and b) the correspondence between preference outcomes when choices were hypothetical and real. Second, researchers will present a comparison of a) preference for conversation topics using vocal and multiple-stimulus-without-replacement preference assessments and b) how the results of these preference assessments correspond to reinforcer assessments among individuals diagnosed with ASD who have complex vocal-verbal repertoires. Third, researchers will present data evaluating if a) topographically similar, healthier foods can be used as substitutes for less healthy foods that are commonly used as reinforcers and b) determine if preference rank for the healthy alternatives predict this substitution among individuals diagnosed with ASD. Implications for interventions and future research will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, college students, preference assessment
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Students in undergraduate or graduate behavior analysis programs, Registered Behavior Technicians

 
When Do We Save the Best for Last? Outcome Category as Predictor of Time Preference in Sequences
(Basic Research)
MARIANA I. CASTILLO (UMBC), Shuyan Sun (UMBC), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract: Generally, immediate outcomes are preferred to delayed outcomes, and in economics, this is referred to as positive time preference. If positive preference is normative, when asked to schedule a set of outcomes, people should typically prefer to start with the best outcome, and end with the worst. Several studies have shown that when a choice is among a sequence of outcomes, people typically exhibit negative time preference (i.e., saving the best for last - STBFL). We conducted a series of studies looking at predictors of time preference in sequences. In Study 1 we surveyed 192 college students about their preference for the order in which they would experience hypothetical outcomes with sequences of categorically-different outcomes (e.g., noxious stimuli, food, exercise, school work, leisure). A significantly smaller percentage of participants STBFL relative to prior studies, but the percentage was highest when sequences involved noxious stimuli or food. In Study 2 we examined the correspondence between 8 college students’ preference for the order in which they would experience sequences of categorically-different outcomes when those were hypothetical versus real. Participants were most likely to STBFL with noxious stimuli when those were real, and least likely to STBFL when scheduling real or hypothetical exercises.
 

Identifying Preference for and Reinforcing Efficacy of Conversation Topics Among Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
FARIS RASHAD KRONFLI (University of Florida), Samuel L. Morris (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Failure to consider preferred conversation topics when working with individuals who have complex vocal-verbal behavior might create aversive learning contexts when teaching social skills. For example, an individual learning to join a conversation might be less inclined to participate if the topic chosen is not preferred. However, commonly used preference assessment procedures might not be appropriate given the functioning level of the individual. Therefore, the purpose of the current experiment was to replicate and extend previous research by comparing preference for conversation topics using a self-report measure, a multiple-stimulus-without-replacement (MSWO) preference assessment, and a reinforcer assessment. High levels of correspondence between self-report, MSWO, and reinforcer assessment hierarchies were observed with four out of six subjects, whereas only the self-report or MSWO hierarchy had a high degree of correspondence with the reinforcer assessment hierarchy for the other two out of six subjects. Implications for interventions when teaching complex social skills and directions for future research are discussed.

 

Substitutability of Healthier Alternatives for Edible Reinforcers in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
SARAH CATHERINE WEINSZTOK (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Kissel Joseph Goldman (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Pediatric nutrition and weight status was listed as a primary focus of the Healthy People 2020 report. Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may be especially vulnerable to nutritional deficits; these individuals may exhibit selective or restrictive eating habits and might often receive edible reinforcers within the context of early intervention services. Selective eating repertoires can lead to overweight, obesity and/or nutritional deficits. One way to combat overweight and obesity through nutrition is to replace unhealthy foods with healthier substitutes. Therefore, the purposes of this study were: (1) to determine if topographically similar, but healthier, alternatives would substitute for less healthy foods commonly used as reinforcers, and (2) determine if preference rank for the alternatives predicts this substitution. Preferred foods and healthier alternatives were first ranked through paired-stimulus preference assessments. The most highly preferred snack food was then examined in a concurrent progressive-ratio assessment against both its formally similar alternative, and the most highly preferred alternative foods. The purpose of this assessment was to determine which, if any, healthier alternatives functioned as substitutes for the preferred snack foods. Alternatives were considered substitutes if responding shifted towards the healthier alternative as the behavioral cost to access the preferred food increased. Results show that some healthier, formally similar, alternatives readily substitute for highly preferred foods. Implications for interventions to increase nutritional status among individuals with autism are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #147
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Fostering a Researcher-Practitioner Model in Autism Intervention in China: Two Study Examples
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 102
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Chengan Yuan (Arizona State University)
Discussant: Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa)
CE Instructor: Matthew O'Brien, Ph.D.
Abstract:

There exists a continuous discussion on the role of research training for applied behavior analysis practitioners in their professional development (Critchfield, 2015). However, practitioners who work in applied settings often have limited access to research training and participation. This is especially the case for practitioners located in China. Isolating practitioners from research may lead to a lack of updated evidence on the intervention that practitioners expect to undertake and result in selecting an intervention that may be less effective (Kelly et al, 2015). Training practitioners to embed research in their intervention may lead to their increased awareness of research, critical analysis of existing studies, and empirical contribution to the behavioral literature. In this symposium, the presenters will discuss two studies using different research methodologies to demonstrate how to actively involve practitioners in China in rigorous applied research to help improving intervention efficacy for their clients with autism and solving clinically significant problems based on empirical evidence.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, China, Researcher-Practitioner
Target Audience:

Graduates, researchers, and practitioners in the field of behavior analysis

 

Effects of a Group Contingency on Reciprocal Conversation and Social Preference of Children With Autism

LIQI CHEN (Jingdezhen Kindkids Autism Rehabilitation and Training Center), Chengan Yuan (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism often have difficulties initiating and maintaining reciprocal conversations with others. Among the few studies that examined reciprocal conversations with children with autism, Koegel, Park, and Koegel (2014) proposed a reciprocal conversational framework that include the basic components that may facilitate continued conversational exchanges. In this study, we used an interdependent group contingency to improve reciprocal conversation responses of children with autism based on Koegel et al. framework. We paired the children with autism as conversational partners. Given that the interdependent group contingency may also promote cooperation and interaction between children (Smith et al. 2019), we further assessed children’s social preference through their choices between spending time with their peers or by themselves. In a multiple baseline design, we found that the group contingency immediately produced independent reciprocal conversation responses and increased preference for peers across all participants. In addition, the framework allowed children to sustain their conversation. Improvements were further maintained even after the group contingency was removed and novel peers were introduced. Practitioners in China implemented the study and participated in data collection. Verbal reports from the practitioners further indicate that they plan to include this intervention during their daily behavioral interventions.

 

Improving Delayed Recall of Children With Autism Through Instruction on Rehearsal Strategy and Reinforcement

LANQI WANG (University of Iowa), Chengan Yuan (Arizona State University), Qing Zhang (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Challenges in delayed recall of events and stimuli are common in individuals with autism (Naoi, Yokoyama, & Yamamoto, 2007). However, few studies have evaluated the interventions that can improve recall with children with autism. Previous studies have found that individuals who used a rehearsal strategy during the delay are more likely to recall past stimuli than those who do not rehearse the recall (e.g., Bebko, Rhee, Ncube, & Dahary, 2017). This study is to examine if teaching rehearsal strategy to children with autism and providing reinforcement for recall would improve their delayed recall. Children with autism will be randomly assigned into three groups: control, rehearsal, and rehearsal + reinforcement groups. Thus, we will also assess if reinforcement for the correct recalls is necessary to improve participants’ performance. Practitioners will participate in this study as instructors who will implement the procedure and collect data. In addition, they will also collect data on treatment fidelity and interobserver agreement of each other. We will discuss fostering the role of researcher-practitioner during this presentation. Data collection will start in November 2019 and be completed by January 2020.

 
 
Panel #148
Virtual Reality Simulations for Autism Spectrum Disorder Service Delivery
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 202A
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Andrea Carolina Villegas (University of Florida)
BRIANDA JAZMIN MARTIN DEL CAMPO (The Child's Path)
AUDREY TAYLOR BOATMAN (Childs Path, Help Begins at Home)
Abstract:

Virtual reality allows clients to access environments and learning opportunities that may be difficult to practice or limited in availability. When Behavior Analysts are integral to the software development process, virtual reality simulations create a learning environment that follow basic principles of behavior, use of effective reinforcement schedules and address socially significant skill sets needed for independent living and independence. The following panel addresses two different sets of virtual reality simulations, BehaviorMe.co and ReWire.education, and their process in creating virtual reality simulations used for ABA service delivery, iteration/feedback processes informing software development, review of skill acquisition processes and multidisciplinary collaboration used within the development process. The Panel will also address dissemination efforts of the use of virtual reality with early learners within an ABA clinical setting located in the United states and the dissemination efforts of using ABA and virtual reality within Eastern Europe and Russia. The panel will also review current resources and tools to create their own VR experiences and simulations.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Life Skills, Service Delivery, Technology, Virtual Reality
 
 
Panel #149
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Challenges and Solutions in Delivering ABA Services to Underserved Communities Across Various Cultural and Socioeconomic Backgrounds
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 207B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Fumi Horner, Ph.D.
Chair: Oswaldo Ochoa (Bloom Behavioral Health)
FUMI HORNER (Behavioral Perspective, Inc.)
MAGGI CARDENAS (Behavioral Perspective, Inc.)
MARI URAMOTO (Children Center Inc.)
Abstract:

Estimated 75,000 board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) are needed in order to support the growing need for behavior analytic services in the United States (Hartley et. al., 2016) with only 32,000 current BCBAs (Behavior Analysis Certification Board, 2018). The United States employment demand for Behavior Analysts from 2010 to 2019 found that increases were observed for each state from 2010 (BACB, 2019). Furthermore, there are many other countries, such as Japan, where there are simply not enough behavioral service providers to serve people with developmental disabilities. With such rapid increases in the demand for ABA services within US and possibly even more in other countries, how can the field of Behavior Analysis and organizations work together to provide the services for people with varying socioeconomic and cultural backgrounds? How can we modify our traditional service delivery to better-accommodate to their various needs or level of resources? The panelists will discuss how behavior analytic services in the above-mentioned areas can be implemented and their experience on delivering services across socioeconomic and cultural backgrounds.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Business owners, managerial level BCBAs

Learning Objectives: Learn some strategies on how to individualize ABA service delivery to families with various cultural and socioeconomic backgrounds. Learn an application and some limitations of adapting English-written language curriculum using Discrete Trial Instruction in Japanese. Learn ethical considerations and cultural competency when providing services in foreign countries with limited funding for ABA services.
Keyword(s): cultural competency, developmental disabilities, service delivery, underserved communities
 
 
Paper Session #150
Families of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Room 206
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Elif Tekin-Iftar (Anadolu University)
 
Power of Two: Sibling to Sibling Teaching for Teaching Social Skills to Children With Autism
Domain: Applied Research
ELIF TEKIN-IFTAR (Anadolu University), Yasemin Gizem Yapıcı (Anadolu University)
 
Abstract: Siblings of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) could be a valuable source for supporting their siblings with ASD. The study was designed to investigate the effects of a sibling coaching program for implementing social stories (SS) when teaching social skills to their sibling with ASD. The effects of SS delivered by siblings with typical development (TD) on teaching social skills to children with ASD were also investigated. Besides, maintenance and generalization effects of SS were tested. And also, social validity of the study was examined through subjective evaluation completed by the siblings’ mothers and siblings with TD. The study includes three children with autism (6 - 7 years old). Behavioral skill training implemented individually to teach siblings with TD about how to implement SS. A nested multiple probe design across participants used. Findings showed that siblings with TD learned to implement SS reliably through coaching and siblings with autism acquired, maintained and generalized their target skills. Moreover, both siblings with TD and autism maintained the acquired skills and generalized their skills to the novel situations. Social validity of the study was positive in general. Further studies are needed to support these findings.
 
Let's DANCE: Strategies and Tactics to Increase Parent-Toddler Skills and Social Harmony
Domain: Applied Research
ISABEL L. CUNNINGHAM (University of North Texas), Marilu Michelly Cruz de Borba (Integra Comportamental; University of North Texas), Nina Lemelin (Early Autism Project), Meranda O'Gorman (University of North Texas), April Linden (University of North Texas; Easterseals North Texas), Shahla Susan Ala'i (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
 
Abstract: Sunny Starts is a parent training program and university service learning project developed by faculty and students at the University of North Texas. The mission of Sunny Starts is to enhance the quality of relationships within families who have children with autism. The training focuses on the teaching DANCE, a program that includes strategies and tactics for building mutually enjoyable teaching interactions between parents and toddlers. This presentation will give an overview of the DANCE and show charted responding before, during, and after DANCE training. Each of the three parent-toddler dyads showed changes in the frequency of parent teaching interactions, toddler turn taking, toddler social attending, and parent-toddler social harmony.
 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #151
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
About Reward
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
CE Instructor: Carla H. Lagorio, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: WOLFRAM SCHULTZ (University of Cambridge)
Abstract:

The talk will describe the properties of neurons in the brain’s reward systems and how their action contributes to economic decision-making. Each of several reward systems, including the dopamine neurons, striatum, amygdala and orbitofrontal cortex, play a unique role in these processes. The details of this function are currently being investigated using designs based on behavioral theories, such as animal learning theory, machine learning and economic utility theory.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Anyone interested in brain processes.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define reward; (2) explain the function of rewards; (3) explain how we make economic decisions; (4) discuss how the brain processes rewards; (5) explain how reward processes go wrong.
 
WOLFRAM SCHULTZ (University of Cambridge)

Wolfram Schultz is a graduate in medicine from the University of Heidelberg. After postdoctoral stays in Germany, USA and Sweden, and a faculty position in Switzerland, he works currently at the University of Cambridge. He combines behavioural, neurophysiological and neuroimaging techniques to investigate the neural mechanisms of rlearning, goal-directed behaviour and economic decision making. He uses behavioural concepts from animal learning theory and economic decision theories to study the neurophysiology and neuroimaging of reward and risk in individual neurons and in specific brain regions, including the dopamine system, striatum, orbitofrontal cortex and amygdala.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #152
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Diversity submission The First Carbon Based Valley to Create Community, Social and Sustainability: Using Behavior Sciences for Population Level Change
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty I-L
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Thomas G. Szabo, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: DENNIS EMBRY (PAXIS Institute)
Abstract:

The Wright Brothers first powered flight by a human lasted 12 seconds in 1903. A year later—using processes of variation, testing in the real world, and selection—the Wright brothers had an airplane that flew for 90 minutes—an improvement of 450 times. Today, a Boeing 787 Dreamliner—my favorite aircraft with nearly 3 million air miles between American, United and the deceased Pan Am in my life—can fly straight up during takeoff and fly from New York to Sydney non-stop. The aircraft improved a million times over since the first powered flight, and a result of continuous variation, testing and selection.

Applied Behavior Analysis, as conceived by Don Baer, Mont Wolf, and Todd Risley, was a technical methodology to achieve greater good that philosophers of many stripes posited. The contingencies of reinforcement on behavior analysts, determine how well and thoughtful the behavioral technology gets selected to achieve the vision conceived my dissertation advisors.

Reading through the older Journals of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), it is clear that many of the second-generation grad students, like me, were thinking and testing ABA for improving all manner social and behavioral ills. If you flip through those JABA’s, you can find all sorts of studies that could have been turned into commercial, real-world products and services that could have made an enormous beneficial change in our precious blue water and green jewel in space and for its inhabitants. That said, most of the contingencies, were and still are, for publications and grants, rather than real-world change. Outside of that, today, the major employment is for behavioral specialists working with children with Autism or other disorders.

Only a few ABA “products” are true large-scale enterprises, one of those being the PAX Good Behavior Game® and Triple P Parenting both touching millions of people. Both PAX GBG and Triple P have deep roots in the original science, but are both sold, trained, and supported around the world to very diverse customers.

My talk is about how to build the First Carbon Based Valley of behavioral scientists (mimicking the Silicon Valley) to develop, test and disseminate practical, proven, cost-effective strategies rooted in behavioral science to be scaled up, sold, implemented well with sustainable effects on human wellbeing for whole populations—not just private practice clients or persons with diagnoses. I will use examples of the population-level strategies I’ve built my career on: working with Sesame Street, Implementing a National Safety Program in New Zealand, state-level multiple baseline on tobacco control, parenting interventions, mission readiness involving military families, reducing county-wide meth use, and, of course, the Good Behavior Game. All of this has been done in the context of a for-profit business engaging in continuous improvement based on the principles of applied behavior analysis.

My call to the audience is to create the First Carbon Valley—linking early career and established career behavioral scientists to better the world with commercialized, continuously-proven behavioral science. I am willing to help start and support this effort, which we have already begun to do informally.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. 

 
DENNIS EMBRY (PAXIS Institute)

Dennis D. Embry received his Ph.D. from the University of Kansas, focused on using ABA for population-level efforts with Sesame Street and the AAA Foundation for Traffic Safety—ultimately implementing that work throughout New Zealand. Dr. Embry is president/senior scientist at PAXIS Institute in Tucson, and co-investigator at both Johns Hopkins Center for Prevention and the Manitoba Centre for Health Policy.  Founded in 1998, PAXIS Institute is an international prevention science company, focused on preventing mental, emotional, behavioral and related physical disorders at population-level. He is a SAMHSA/CMHS National Advisory Council member, the board of the National Federation of Families for Children’s Mental Health, and the scientific advisory board of the Children’s Mental Health Network. In the 1990s, he implemented the first RCT at population-level to reduce youth violence (PeaceBuilders) using ABA principles. In 1999, he began replicating the longitudinal Hopkin’s studies of the Good Behavior Game. Today Dr. Embry’s prevention efforts affecting more than one million children in 38 states, multiple provinces of Canada, and EU countries with multiple studies showing population-level reduction of mental, emotional, and behavioral disorders using PAX GBG and evidence-base kernels. As grad student, Dr. Baer (his advisor) asked Dennis why he wanted to study ABA having a political and history background, the answer: “I want to use science to make our world a better place for children.”

 
 
Symposium #153
Gratuity in the Community: Behavioral Science Studies of Interpersonal Gratitude
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Liberty M
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

The three applied behavioral science studies proposed for this 50-minute symposium evaluated the impact of behavior-based interventions designed to increase expressions of gratitude in a community, a restaurant, and a classroom setting. For the first community-based study, pedestrian behavior was observed at three well-marked crosswalks on a university campus to assess the frequency of gratitude hand signals given to the drivers of stopped vehicles. A sign at the crosswalk with the prompt, “Please Thank Drivers with a Wave,” increased the overall percentages of gratitude waves from a low Baseline average of 7.1% to an average of 26%. For the second study, diners at local restaurants systematically recorded the behavior of their meal servers on two occasions: a Baseline condition and then with a sign on the table displaying, “Your Tip So Far” and the addition of a quarter following each desirable server behavior. This intervention increased the frequency of positive server-diner interactions from an average of 8.79 to 15 per hour. For the third study, students thanked their professors at the end of class with a special “Thank You Card” (TYC). The reactions of the professors were documented, as well as students’ mood-stated before and after delivering the TYC.

Instruction Level: Basic
 

Pedestrian-to-Driver Gratitude at Campus Crosswalks: Intervening to Increase a Low Baseline

(Applied Research)
MEGAN DIAMOND (Virginia Tech), Jack Wardale (Virginia Tech), Emily Warren (Virginia Tech), Jessie Yu (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

For 21 consecutive weeks pedestrian-to-driver signs of gratitude were observed at two busy crosswalks at Virginia Tech in one-hour sessions between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. One observer randomly selected vehicles that stopped for pedestrians. That selection was relayed to the reliability observer for event recording. Figure 1 depicts the observation/recording sheet. After 11 weeks of Baseline, a student held a sign at each crosswalk that read, “Please Thank Drivers with a Wave,” as shown in Figure 2. Following this Intervention, the same prompting sign was placed on a stand at the crosswalks for six weeks. Figure 3 depicts the percentage of pedestrians waving gratitude at the crosswalks per phase. A reliability observer was present for 40% of all observations, and the percent agreement for gratitude exceeded 90%. As shown in Figure 3, the average percentage of pedestrians showing gratitude was 9.3% of 40,510 during 11 weeks of Baseline. During the first Intervention phase, gratitude increased to an average of 27% of 1650 pedestrians. When the prompt was not held by a student, the percentage of gratitude averaged 15% of 14,536 pedestrians. A withdrawal phase showed a return to Baseline, with an average of 5.7% of 49,268 pedestrians showing gratitude.

 

Contingency Management by Restaurant Diners: A Behavior-Based Gratuity Intervention

(Applied Research)
JACK CONNOR WARDALE (Virginia Tech), Jordan Oliver (Virginia Tech), Samuel Browning (Virginia Tech), Agota Banks (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

Two research students dined at a restaurant of their choice on two successive occasions, the first time for Baseline, and the second for an Intervention that included placing a sign on the table that read “Your Tip So Far,” as shown in Figure 1. The diners collectively recorded the behaviors of their wait staff on the observation sheet depicted in Figure 2. Every interaction with the wait staff was recorded in consecutive five-minute time intervals. When two diners observed a positive interaction, one diner added a quarter next to the sign. After paying for the meal, a diner asked the primary waitperson for his/her opinion of the gratuity contingency. Ten pairs of diners completed the observation sheet for ten Baseline meals and ten Intervention meals. Figure 3 depicts a time-series graph of the number of positive wait-staff interactions per five-minute interval for one hour, with one function for the Baseline condition and the other for the Incentive/Reward contingency. The average number of positive interactions during Baseline was 8.79 per hour, and 15.0 per hour during the Intervention meals—a 41.4% increase. All of the servers stated appreciation for the Intervention because their gratuity was larger than usual.

 
Gratuity in the Classroom: One-on-One Appreciation from Student to Professor
(Applied Research)
JORDAN OLIVER (Virginia Tech), Matt Harris (Virginia Tech), Owen Callahan (Virginia Tech), Nolan Barrett (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: At the end of 2018 and continuing into 2019, student researchers chose another person in one or more of their classes and gave him or her a mood survey to complete and the “Actively Caring for People” thank-you card (TYC) depicted in Figure 1 to give to the professor at the end of class. Both the research student and the other person completed the mood survey depicted in Figure 2 at the start of class, and again at the end of class after they had delivered the top half of the TYC to their professor. After completing the post-intervention mood survey, the student answered the two open-ended questions on the bottom half of the TYC to assess the professor’s reaction to receiving the TYC and the student’s personal experience giving the card. A content analysis of these data showed uniformly positive reactions from both the deliverer (student) and the recipient (professor) of the TYC. Figure 3 depicts average mood state of the students (n=74) before and after delivering the TYC to their professors (n=37), and indicates a marked increase in the mood states of sociability, happiness, and motivation but not for calmness and satiation.
 
 
Symposium #154
CE Offered: BACB
Methodological Research in Applied Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon G
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: SungWoo Kahng, Ph.D.
Abstract:

One of the strengths of applied behavior analysis is its reliance on strong methodology. We develop systematic methods of measuring data, which we will summarize in a graphical manner. We then rely on visual analysis of these data to determine treatment efficacy as well as guide our decision making. Finally, we have additional observers concurrently collect data so that we can calculate interobserver agreement to confirm the consistency of our data collection. This process leads to the objective and precise measurement and evaluation of our data, which allows us to have confidence in our assessment and treatment outcomes. This symposium will (a) review our visual analysis practice in research, (b) examine a novel method of using simulation modeling analyses to determine statistical significance of single-case data, and (c) evaluate how often it may be necessary to calculate interobserver agreement. These presentations will highlight state of the art research on methodological issues related to practice and research in applied behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): interobserver agreement, methodology, visual analysis
Target Audience:

Advanced behavior analysts

 
A Review of Visual Analysis Reporting Procedures in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis
KATIE WOLFE (University of South Carolina), Meka McCammon (University of South Carolina)
Abstract: Most studies in applied behavior analysis use single-case research (SCR) methodology to examine causal relations between variables. In SCR, visual analysis is the primary method by which data are evaluated to determine the presence or absence of causal relations. However, a growing body of research suggests that visual analysis may be unreliable under many circumstances (e.g., Wolfe, Seaman, & Drasgow, 2016). One reason for this lack of reliability may be the absence of clear procedures for conducting visual analysis (Barton, Meadan, & Fettig, 2019), which may contribute to inconsistent interpretation of data across analysts. The purpose of this study is to review recent SCR designs published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (2014 – 2018) to provide a descriptive analysis of 1) the prevalence of SCR, 2) the types of SCR designs used, 3) visual analysis procedures reported by authors, and 4) conclusions drawn by authors as a result of their visual analysis. Preliminary results indicate that SCR designs make up the vast majority of articles published in JABA, with multiple baseline and multiple treatment designs being the most common designs used. Full results, which may inform future research and reporting standards for visual analysis, will be discussed.
 
Comparison of Visual Analysis Outcomes and Simulation Modeling Analysis Outcomes in A-B Designs
SCOTT SPARROW (University of Kansas), Bertilde U Kamana (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas), Nicole Kanaman (University of Kansas)
Abstract: We used behavioral skills training and on-the job feedback (Parsons, Rollyson, & Reid, 2012) to increase staff use of four “healthy behavioral practices” (e.g., provide positive interactions, provide effective instruction) in 18 homes and programs serving adults with disabilities. Due to various logistical aspects, we used an AB design (baseline and intervention conditions) across the 18 homes and programs and the four practices to determine the effects of our intervention. Visual analysis outcomes suggested increases in correct staff behavior from baseline to the intervention phase across homes and programs, as well as across practices in many instances. As an additional evaluation of our effects, we conducted statistical analyses of these data using simulation modeling analyses (SMA; Borckartdt et al., 2008), which allows clinical researchers to determine the statistical significance of single-subject data. We compared the outcomes of SMA to visual analysis of the AB design data for data sets in which visual analysis suggested a clear outcome. This allowed us to determine the degree to which visual analysis and the outcome of the SMA matched (i.e., showed a true positive or true negative outcome). Overall, most results suggested true positive or true negative outcomes across the two analyses.
 
Interobserver Agreement: How Much is Enough?
Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Noor Javed (Kennedy Kreiger Institute), MOLLY K BEDNAR (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Madeleine Guell (Johns Hopkins University), Erin Schaller (Little Leaves Behavioral Services), Rose Nevill (University of Virginia), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Abstract: The collection of data that are reliable and valid is critical to applied behavior analysis (e.g., Kazdin, 1977; Kennedy, 2005). Although there are guidelines for selecting the most appropriate measure of interobserver agreement (IOA), there is little empirical support to guide how much IOA is needed overall. Current guidelines suggest that IOA be calculated for 20%-33% of sessions (e.g., Kennedy, 2005; Poling et al., 1995); however, practical limitations may influence the actual percentage of sessions that a second observer is available. The purpose of the current study was to provide preliminary guidelines for determining the optimal amount of IOA to report by simulating various percentages of overall IOA. Data from multielement FAs of inpatients (N= 100) were used, and the total number of sessions with IOA for each participant was subsequently manipulated such that 30%, 25%, 15% and 10% IOA could be calculated and compared using statistical analyses. Results suggested that no significant differences in IOA were obtained at the total IOA cutoffs simulated; however, the IOA scores were sensitive to response rate and varied depending on the type of IOA evaluated.
 
 
Panel #155
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Risky Business Reboot: Ethics, Interventions, and Consultation in the Area of Sexuality
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Salon H
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Sorah Stein, M.A.
Chair: Robin Moyher (George Mason University)
SORAH STEIN (Partnership for Behavior Change)
FRANK R. CICERO (Seton Hall University)
DANI PIZZELLA (Special School District of St Louis County)
Abstract:

The field of behavior analysis acknowledges our responsibility to ethically provide services that support the autonomy of and maximize reinforcement for our clients, while also maximizing benefit to the community at large. Perhaps in no arena is this responsibility more pertinent than in that of sexual behavior. Cognizance around ethical issues as well as potential legal implications is of highest importance, especially in situations in which our clients have developmental disabilities. This panel will serve as a sounding board for common issues faced in the field as behavior analysts who address potential behavior change surrounding sexual behavior. Panelists will provide anecdotal information to inform best practices, surrounding the ethics of consultation and intervention, and the ethical considerations of each. Past Risky Business panels will serve as a brief touchpoint for this panel, as our panelists continue to bring us new and relevant information in the realm of sexual behavior.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs and BCaBAs

Learning Objectives: not required for BACB CEUs
Keyword(s): developmental disabilities, ethics, sexual behavior
 
 
Paper Session #156
Innovations in Evaluation and Treatment of Stereotypy
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 1, Room 103
Area: DDA
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Mark Silberman (The Futures Clinic)
 

Establishing and Generalizing Stimulus Control of Stereotypy Through Differential Reinforcement and Response Cost

Domain: Applied Research
MARK SILBERMAN (The Futures Clinic), Ronald F. Allen (Simmons University), Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons University), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons University)
 
Abstract:

Laprime and Dittrich (2014) used a differential reinforcement of low rate behavior with response cost procedure (DRL/RC) to reduce the vocal stereotypy of a preschool student diagnosed with autism. The current study extended the use of DRL/RC with three students who engaged in vocal or motor stereotypy in a private school setting. The purposes of this study were to: 1) replicate the findings of Laprime and Dittrich (2014) by demonstrating stimulus control of stereotypy in the presence of an arbitrary stimulus paired with a DRL/RC procedure; 2) demonstrate treatment effects across multiple settings; 3) evaluate stereotypy under conditions in which free access to the behavior was available; and 4) evaluate participant preference for DRL/RC versus free access to stereotypy. The results of the current study replicated the findings of Laprime and Dittrich (2014) and extended the study by demonstrating generalization of treatment effects to novel locations, and maintenance of low rates of stereotypy in the absence of the response cost procedure in two of three participants. Preference for either DRL/RC or no consequence was also demonstrated across two of three participants.

 

Examination of Stereotypic Responding as Adjunctive Behavior for Children With Autism During Progressive and Regressive Schedules of Reinforcement

Domain: Basic Research
TIMOTHY PISKURA (The Futures Clinic), Ronald F. Allen (Simmons University), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons University), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
 
Abstract:

Both basic and applied research has documented the occurrence of adjunctive behavior. Also known as schedule-induced behavior, adjunctive behavior has been defined as behavior that occurs and is maintained indirectly by on-going reinforcement of an unrelated response (Foster, 1978; Mace & Wacker, 1994). The goal of the current research project was to extend previous research (e.g., Lerman, Iwata, Zarcone, and Ringdahl, 1994) in examining stereotypy as a potential adjunctive behavior. During experimental conditions, a progressive ratio schedule of reinforcement followed by a regressive ratio schedule of reinforcement was in place to control a targeted operant responding for four participants with developmental disabilities. Additionally, the frequency and temporal placement of stereotypic responding was recorded. For each participant, stereotypic responding occurred at greatest frequency in the immediate post-reinforcement period. In addition, the number of stereotypic responses (as well as interreinforcement time) was a direct function of the ratio requirement. These data suggest that during intermittent schedules of reinforcement, stereotypic responding may function in a manner similar to that reported for adjunctive behavior. Theoretical and applied implications of this suggestion are discussed.

 
 
 
Symposium #157
CE Offered: BACB
EAHB Distinguished Contributions Award: Celebrating the Contributions of Dr. Timothy D. Hackenberg
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 1/2
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory
Chair: Stephanie Jimenez (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown)
Discussant: Adam E. Fox (St. Lawrence University)
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Kestner, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group invites you to formally recognize the contributions of Dr. Timothy Hackenberg, whose extensive research career has shed much light on the complexities of human behavior. A colleague of Dr. Hackenberg will reflect on his many contributions toward advancing our understanding of complex human behavior and Dr. Hackenberg will subsequently deliver an address on a topic of his choosing. Please join us to celebrate the contributions of Dr. Timothy Hackenberg.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Animal Behavior, EAB, EAHB, Human Operant
Target Audience:

Graduate students and professionals

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) explain the importance of species continuity to a science of behavior, (2) identify procedural differences which may be responsible for our inability to generalize important findings from non-human animals to humans, and (3) define and describe the importance of functional calibration.
 

Of Pigeons and People: Some Thoughts on Cross-Species Comparisons of Behavior

TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College)
Abstract:

A starting point for the experimental analysis of human behavior is that of species continuity, of core principles that apply broadly across the animal kingdom, including humans. This continuity assumption has paid off handsomely, revealing impressive generalities across species. But important differences between humans and other animals have been reported as well. What to make of such differences? Are they best regarded as qualitative (differences in kind) or quantitative (differences in degree)? Unfortunately, due to procedural differences, it has proven difficult to compare humans and other animals on a level playing field. A level playing field requires some means of functional calibration, evaluating the procedures against known behavioral yardsticks (e.g., reinforcer immediacy, probability, amount, and so on). I will illustrate this approach with some research from my lab on cross-species analysis of choice in pigeons and humans. We have found that reducing procedural differences brings the choice patterns of the two species into greater accord, suggesting that at least some of the human-animal differences reported in the literature may reflect procedural differences rather than more fundamental differences in behavioral process. With procedures matched on important functional characteristics, genuine species differences can be separated from procedural differences.

 
Celebrating the Continued Contributions to EAHB of Dr. Timothy Hackenberg
KATHRYN M. KESTNER (West Virginia University), J. Adam Bennett (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Please join us as we present the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior SIG Distinguished Contributions Award to Dr. Timothy Hackenberg. Dr. Hackenberg’s intellectual ancestry includes two previous recipients of the award. Dr. Hackenberg received his Ph.D. from Temple University in 1987 under the mentorship of Dr. Philip Hineline, and he then continued his training with Dr. Travis Thompson as a postdoctoral trainee at the University of Minnesota. Dr. Hackenberg spent almost 20 years at the University of Florida and is now a Professor of Psychology at Reed College. He has contributed greatly to the advancement of the science of behavior; for instance, his work on choice and conditioned reinforcement in humans and other animals laid the groundwork for countless research ideas, theses, dissertations, and research programs. This symposium will provide an opportunity to reflect on Dr. Hackenberg’s contributions to the field, focusing on the case that reducing procedural differences may bring cross-species continuities into sharper focus.
 
 
Symposium #158
CE Offered: BACB
Use-Inspired Research on Token Economies
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence D
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Griffin Rooker, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Token economies are among the most commonly used and successful applied technologies (e.g., Soares, et al., 2016). Tokens offer advantages over providing the directly consumable reinforcer, as they are delivered without interrupting desirable behavior. Further, tokens may allow for longer durations of reinforcer access, which can enhance the value of the directly consumable reinforcer. However, a number of unanswered questions remain about tokens economies (Hackenberg, 2018). The current symposium addresses some of the limitations of the prior literature on token economies through a large-scale survey of current practices to establish and use tokens (Study 1), as well as directly assessing the value of tokens (reinforcing efficacy) across procedures that establish tokens as conditioned reinforcers (Study 2) and assessing the value of tokens (preference) exposed to contingencies (gain, loss, free) related to their practical use (Study 3). Findings from these studies are discussed with regards to practical use of token economies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Applied-behavioral economics, Learning, Motivation, Token economy
Target Audience:

Undergraduates, practitioners, researchers

Learning Objectives: Understand how tokens come to be conditioned reinforcers. Understand how tokens are commonly used. Understand how history with tokens may affect token value.
 
The Evolution of Token Economies from Research to Practice
NATHALIE FERNANDEZ (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Tracy Argueta (The University of Florida)
Abstract: Token economies are among the most widely used procedures in behavior analysis and research on token economies has spanned over 80 years. Some textbooks have outlined the essential components of token economies and suggested how they could be trained and implemented in practice (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2019; Miltenberger, 2015). Hackenberg (2018) outlined a plethora of translational and applied research on token systems and suggested there is still much more work to be done. However, procedures evaluated in applied research can vary from how those procedures are implemented in clinical practice. It may be the case that the way in which token economies are implemented in clinical settings do not resemble the procedures described in research and behavior analytic textbooks. We surveyed certified clinicians about their commonly used practices when training and implementing token economies with individuals with autism and other neurodevelopmental disorders. Results suggest that token economies in practice often bear little resemblance to how they are described in the literature. Suggestions for future research will be discussed.
 

A Comparison of Procedures to Establish Tokens as Conditioned Reinforcers

TRACY ARGUETA (The University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Nathalie Fernandez (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Tokens are among the most common consequences delivered by behavior analysts who work with individuals with developmental disabilities (Graff & Karsten, 2012). However, recommendations for establishing tokens as conditioned reinforcers vary and many questions remain about best practices. In this study, children with intellectual and developmental disabilities completed preference and reinforcer assessments, from which we identified two to three backup reinforcers. We then evaluated four procedures for establishing tokens as conditioned reinforcers, usually followed by extinction tests to determine if the token had assumed any independent value. We began with stimulus-stimulus (SS) pairing of tokens with the backup reinforcers. If SS pairing did not establish tokens as conditioned reinforcers, we evaluated response-stimulus (RS) pairing and/or noncontingent token-exchange training, in which participants exchanged noncontingently delivered tokens for backup reinforcers. If neither of these procedures established tokens as conditioned reinforcers, we assessed response-contingent token-exchange training. Results suggest that (1) exchange plays a critical role in supporting reinforcer effectiveness, and (2) the conditions under which we evaluate the effects of token training might influence our results and conclusions.

 

Token Preference Following Exposure to Gain, Loss, and Free Contingencies for an Individual With Autism Spectrum Disorder

MOLLY K MCNULTY (Kennedy Krieger), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alexander Rodolfo Arevalo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer N. Haddock (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Conditioned reinforcers (e.g., tokens) assume the reinforcing value of the primary reinforcer with which they were paired. Behavioral economic concepts and some applied evidence suggest that the use of conditioned reinforcers with different reinforcement and punishment contingencies could alter their perceived value (adding value or devaluing that token). In particular, working to gain tokens or losing tokens may increase their value; whereas, getting tokens for free may decrease their value. The current study examined one participant’s preference for two different tokens immediately following the use of these tokens in the context of reinforcement and punishment contingencies (contingent reinforcement, noncongtingent reinforcement, and loss). Results of the study are consistent with behavioral economic research and suggest that contingent reinforcement and loss contingencies may have value adding effects; whereas, noncontingent reinforcement contingencies may have devaluing effects. Results are discussed within the context of a behavioral economic framework and practical applied advice is provided.

 
 
Symposium #159
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Enhancement of Reading Competence With Headsprout: A Computer-Based Behavioral Intervention
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence E
Area: EDC/DEV; Domain: Translational
Chair: Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University)
Discussant: Janet S. Twyman (blast)
CE Instructor: Julian C. Leslie, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The failure of a large proportion of children in early education to reaching desired standards of reading competence is a concern in many countries. Many small scale studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of Headsprout (R) in enhancing reading skills in young children but computer-based behavioral interventions have rarely been implemented on a wide scale. There are many obstacles to this, mostly cultural rather than scientific, but it is important to overcome these if behavior analysis is to make a major contribution in this essential area of basic education. As Headsprout is currently available inexpensively there is an opportunity to make rapid progress with this agenda and we have been working on this in Northern ireland for a number of years. The first paper in this symposium reports a large-scale study recruiting participants from a number of primary schools in the region, and the second paper reviews the series of studies conducted to date, identfying successes and also the scientific and a cultural issues that remain to be addressed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): computer-based instruction, mainstream education, reading competence
Target Audience:

Professionals and researchers working in mainstream and special education settings.

Learning Objectives: Following this session, those attending: 1. will be aware of the widespread deficits in reading attainment in schools internationally; 2. will have some knowledge of the the Headsprout Early reading program; 3. will have reviewed evidence of the effectiveness of the Headsprout Early reading program in closing the gap between age-typical readers and disadvantaged children.
 

Better Reading for Better Outcomes: Impact of Headsprout Early Reading on Literacy of Disadvantaged Primary School Children in Northern Ireland

(Applied Research)
GERRY MCWILLIAMS (Ulster University), Claire E. McDowell (Ulster University, Coleraine), Una O'Connor Bones (Ulster University), Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University)
Abstract:

A quarter of UK primary school children leave school below the expected literacy level. In Northern Ireland, although the literacy of primary school children is improving, the gap between disadvantaged and other children is not closing. This study is providing an HER intervention for children across 8 schools in Northern Ireland with high levels of disadvantage, using a pre-test, post-test study design to test the impact of HER on literacy performance. Additionally, this research analysed the correlation between the time spent on HER and subsequent improvements in literacy performance. Distinctive features are the relatively large scale, and the use of school staff and resources to deliver HER, thus increasing ecological validity and sustainability. Measures include a standardised reading assessment in combination with a bespoke fluency and accuracy test, administered before, during and after HER training. Baseline, midpoint and post intervention data will be reported. Findings suggest HER contrubted towards closing the gap in reading attainment between disdadvantaged primary school children and their age-matched peers, and that this type and scale of study can contribute to school-wide adoption of computer-aided behavioural interventions to support children’s reading progress.

 

What Have We LearnedAbout Reading? A Review of a Research Programme to Enhance Reading Competence in Disadavantaged Children in Northern Ireland

(Applied Research)
JULIAN C. LESLIE (Ulster University), Catherine Storey (Queen's University Belfast), Claire E. McDowell (Ulster University, Coleraine)
Abstract:

Many countries face continuing problems in developing literacy and reading skills in primary education with substantial numbers of children missing national literacy targets. Behaviour analysis focusses on the need to specify key skills that comprise any higher-order activity and then train them explicitly in a program that is individualised. For reading, key skills are phonemic awareness, use of phonics, fluency, guided oral reading, and acquisition of new vocabulary words. The Headsprout Early Reading© program, developed by behaviour analysts, is an online package which targets each of the skills through intensive systematic phonics training. It makes use of computer-based instruction and promotes higher levels of student engagement and enjoyment. We have carried out several studies within mainstream schools in Northern Ireland using Headsprout© to improve the reading skills of disadvantaged children and have obtained encouraging results. The most recent stage has been to carry out a study involving a number of schools, and have the classroom teachers implement the Headsprout© program. This is closer to our overall goal of district-wide implementation. There are further challenges in sustaining behaviour-based interventions in schools, and it will be suggested that we can usefully draw on the huge literature on autism interventions to address these.

 
 
Panel #160
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
The Role of Behavior Analysts in the Transition Process for Students with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence F-H
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Edward Justin Page, Ph.D.
Chair: Edward Justin Page (Duquesne University)
PATRICK E. MCGREEVY (Patrick McGreevy and Associates)
TROY FRY (Patrick McGreevy and Associates)
TRACY EILEEN SINCLAIR (The University of Oklahoma)
Abstract:

Students with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD), when compared to typical developing peers, continue to have lower post-secondary outcomes (e.g., employment rates, community integration) (Migliore & Butterworth, 2008; Papay & Bambara, 2014). As the transition pathways expand beyond employment (i.e., education, independent living, community integration), multidisciplinary teams are searching for ways to better prepare students with IDD for life after high school. Behavior analysts can support education personnel in all major facets of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA; 2004). This panel aims to discuss how Behavior Analysts can collaborate with multidisciplinary teams on assessment, intervention, and thoughtful programming, highlight areas for improvement within the transition process, and discuss how to approach conflicting views on best practices.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience for this panel are professionals who work as behavior analysts within school districts and consult with school staff members on transition programming. A secondary target audience are behavior analysts who have a vested interest in assessing students with IDD.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand how behavior analysts can contribute as part of a multidisciplinary team; (2) identify assessments and best practices which can be used to increase transition outcomes; (3) and state the transition pathway options for students with IDD .
Keyword(s): Post-secondary, Transition
 
 
Paper Session #161
Cultural Analysis and Organizational Behavior Management
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Archives
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Advanced
Chair: Douglas Robertson (Florida International University)
 
Neoliberalism, Organizational Behavior Management, and the Attack on Tenure
Domain: Theory
DOUGLAS ROBERTSON (Florida International University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
 
Abstract: This paper reports on a case study in a nine year line of behavioral analytic research on intentional, systemic change in public metropolitan research universities (Robertson, 2014a, 2014b, 2016a, 2016b, 2017, 2019, in press; Robertson & Boronat, 2015; Robertson & Pelaez, 2011, 2012a, 2012b, 2013a, 2013b, 2014, 2015a, 2015b, 2016, 2017a, 2017b, 2018, 2019). Neoliberalism can be thought of as a system of metacontingencies at a global scale. Beginning with the post-Cold War era (e.g., Reagan's and Thatcher's administrations, 1981-1989 and 1979-1990, respectively) and continuing to the present, neoliberalism has ascended to become the dominant paradigm for policy and economies globally (Harvey, 2005; St. John, Daun-Barnett, & Moronski-Chapman, 2018; Steger & Roy, 2010). Neoliberalism is an economic paradigm that values free markets, privatization, competition, and unregulated Individualism (what some call "liberty"; think Adam Smith [1723-1790] and more recently, Milton Friedman [1912-2006] and F. A. Hayek [1899-1992], in contrast to John Maynard Keynes [1883-1946], and at the extreme, Karl Marx [1818-1883]). The outcome of neoliberalism is to empower and embolden elites, which ironically limits the liberty of non-elites (recalling social Darwinism is appropriate). Unbridled income inequality and market failures with Keynesian bailouts have been the outcomes of neoliberal behavior and policy. Power elites within this paradigm need to control labor. In colleges and universities, a central and expensive category of labor comprises professors: permanent (tenured) faculty are a problem; contingent (contract) faculty are the solution. Organizational behavior management theory related to intentional change has focused on individual learning at a macro scale, nested hierarchies of metacontingencies, and rules (policy) to actualize desired organization changes. This case study examines an understudied approach: using policy (rules) to hire the agents who already behave in the desired way rather than changing existing agents' behavior and existing metacontingencies. Unintended consequences are examined.
 
Deliberate Coaching: The Role of Organizational Coaching Systems in Culture Change
Domain: Theory
PAUL F. GAVONI (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC), Brett J. DiNovi (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
 
Abstract: Decades of research on applying behavior analysis to business and leadership practices has given us a number of tools proven to be effective at creating meaningful behavior change. However, organizational behavior management (OBM) is not a one-stop-shop, only to be accessed when something goes wrong. Good leaders don’t just wait for an issue and then work to put out the fire; they proactively assess and coach to avoid the issue in the first place. They are deliberate with their performance-improvement efforts. Systemic culture change comes through sustainable leadership initiatives and at the core of these initiatives are leadership coaching systems. The purpose of this address is to discuss leadership and coaching in the context of organizational culture and management practices, while offering tips for sustainable performance-management systems.
 
 
 
Symposium #162
Beyond Autism: Exploring Dissociative Identity Disorder and Lottomania
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, Georgetown
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Brady J. Phelps (South Dakota State University)
Discussant: Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

Papers will be presented that pertain to a behavior analytic view of the behaviors of dissociative identity disorder as well as the phenomenon known as “lotto fever” or “lottomania.” The former topic is amenable to behavior analysis. Arguments will be made that personality is behavior, and this behavioral repertoire could exhibit sufficient variability to be described as being multiple. But, such behavior would result from complex contingencies of reinforcement and punishment. The behaviors of reporting to be different individuals, with different histories, and having differential abilities are likely operants resulting from atypical reinforcement and punishment contingencies, as well as inappropriate self-generated rules controlling a persistent avoidance or escape repertoire. The latter topic is also understandable from a behavior analytic perspective. On rare occasions when very large jackpots have accumulated, public demand for lottery tickets accelerates sharply, resulting in long lines at lottery purchase sites. This accelerated demand, called “lotto fever” or “lottomania,” is a temporary phenomenon, followed by a devaluation of subjective value for similar-size prizes in the future.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Explaining the behaviors labelled as Dissociative Identity Disorder
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University)
Abstract: Skinner (1974) stated "Complex contingencies of reinforcement create complex repertoires, and as we have seen, different contingencies create different persons in the same skin, of which so-called multiple personalities are only an extreme manifestation" (p. 171-172). Except for this reference, Skinner did not elaborate on the topic of “multiple personalities.” Arguments will be made that personality is behavior, and this behavioral repertoire could exhibit sufficient variability to be described as being multiple. But, as Skinner alluded, such behavior would result from complex contingencies of reinforcement and punishment. The behaviors of reporting to be different individuals, with different histories, and having differential abilities are likely operants resulting from atypical reinforcement and punishment contingencies, as well as inappropriate self-generated rules controlling a persistent avoidance or escape repertoire. The childhood behavior of pretending to be someone else may persist as overt behavior, in a context of motivating operations and contingencies for such behavior. Differential abilities are either only self-reported or if overt, these are operant behavior. The evidence of dissociated identities from brain-imaging technologies can also be accounted for without having to reify multiple or dissociated “personalities.”
 
Lottomania, Lotto Fever, and the Expected Utility of a Wager
CHARLES A. LYONS (Eastern Oregon University)
Abstract: Large public lotteries in the U.S. produce several billion dollars in sales for participating states, and provide hundreds of millions of dollars in winnings to players. On rare occasions when very large jackpots have accumulated, public demand for lottery tickets accelerates sharply, resulting in long lines at lottery purchase sites. This accelerated demand, called “lotto fever” or “lottomania,” is a temporary phenomenon, followed by a devaluation of subjective value for similar-size prizes in the future. To examine factors that might trigger lottomania, I reviewed all drawings of the Powerball lottery held between 1992 and 2019 for evidence of a doubling of per capita demand for lottery ticket sales across two consecutive drawings (operationally defined as lotto fever). I identified 13 instances of lotto fever, and for each I calculated the jackpot value at which the expected utility (EU) of a wager equaled the cost of play. Instances of lotto fever occurred on average 1.2 drawings after the EU breakpoint was reached (Pearson r = .91, p < .001). The relative influences of matching, habituation, and extinction on lottomania are discussed.
 
 
Invited Panel #163
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
Quantitative Theories of Relapse to Improve Functional Communication Training: A Panel With Discussion
Saturday, May 23, 2020
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 6
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
Chair: Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Podlesnik, Ph.D.
Panelists: JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota), JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (University of Georgia), TIMOTHY A. SHAHAN (Utah State University)
Abstract:

This panel will be a discussion of Dr. Brian Greer’s SQAB Tutorial on using quantitative theories of relapse to improve FCT.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe contemporary applications of computer technologies in behavior analysis; (2) describe the research questions to be addressed by computer technologies; (3) describe resources to leverage computer technologies in behavior analysis.
JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota)
JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (University of Georgia)
TIMOTHY A. SHAHAN (Utah State University)
 
 
Special Event #164
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Presidential Scholar Address: Treating Antisocial Behaviors Among Children and Adolescents: From Behavior to Social Context
Saturday, May 23, 2020
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 3, Ballroom AB
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D.
 

Presidential Scholar Address: Treating Antisocial Behaviors Among Children and Adolescents: From Behavior to Social Context

Abstract:

Conduct Disorder in contemporary psychiatric diagnosis systems refers to a pattern of antisocial behaviors including acts of aggression, property destruction, stealing, vandalism, and cruelty. This is a lifelong impairing condition that has enormous costs to individuals, families, and society. This presentation highlights the problem, risk and causal factors and current treatments. One of the treatments we have studied is parent management training, which relies on principles and techniques of behavior analysis. Changing child, adolescent, and parent behavior seemed to be the major challenge as my work began. That turned out not to be anywhere near as daunting as addressing the challenges in society that directly support, foster, and in some cases cause aggression and antisocial behavior. The presentation will convey limitations of current intervention research, using my own work as a case study, and attend to broader foci that fall outside of any single model of behavior or discipline. Novel models of intervention delivery will be illustrated to convey ways to reach people in need but who receive none of our interventions or services.

 
ALAN KAZDIN (Yale University)
 
Alan E. Kazdin. Ph.D., ABPP, is Sterling Professor of Psychology and Child Psychiatry (Emeritus) at Yale University. Before coming to Yale, he was on the faculty of The Pennsylvania State University and the University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine. At Yale, he has been Director of the Yale Parenting Center, Chairman of the Psychology Department, Director and Chairman of the Yale Child Study Center at the School of Medicine, Director of Child Psychiatric Services at Yale-New Haven Hospital.   Kazdin’s research has focused primarily on the treatment of aggressive and antisocial behavior in children and adolescents. His 750+ publications include 50 books that focus on methodology and research design, interventions for children and adolescents, behavioral and cognitive-behavioral treatment, parenting and child rearing, and interpersonal violence. His work on parenting and childrearing has been featured on NPR, PBS, BBC, and CNN and he has appeared on the Today Show, Good Morning America, ABC News, 20/20, and Dr. Phil. For parents, he has a free online course (Coursera), Everyday Parenting: The ABCs of Child Rearing (ABCs = Antecedents, Behaviors, Consequences).   Kazdin has been editor of six professional journals (Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, Psychological Assessment, Behavior Therapy, Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice Current Directions in Psychological Science, and Clinical Psychological Science). He has received a number of professional awards including the Outstanding Research Contribution by an Individual Award and Lifetime Achievement Award (Association of Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies), Outstanding Lifetime Contributions to Psychology Award and Distinguished Scientific Award for the Applications of Psychology (American Psychological Association), the James McKeen Cattell Award (Association for Psychological Science), and the Gold Medal Award for Life Achievement in the Science of Psychology (American Psychological Foundation). In 2008, he was president of the American Psychological Association.
 
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss current findings regarding aggressive and antisocial behavior among children and adolescents (e.g., prevalence, long-term course, risk and causal factors); (2) review the status of treatments for problem behaviors for children and adolescents; (3) consider the many contexts that in which antisocial behavior emerges and is maintained; (4) discuss novel models of delivering services that can be used to scale interventions and reach people who are neglected in the delivery of evidence-based (and non-evidence-based interventions).
 
 
 
Business Meeting #165
Behavior Analysis in Health, Sport, and Fitness SIG Business Meeting
Saturday, May 23, 2020
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, University of D.C. / Catholic University
Chair: Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth; InJewel LLC)
Presenting Authors:
The Behavior Analysis in Health, Sport, and Fitness SIG’s purpose is to educate, coordinate, and provide resources to behavior analysts and other members of society seeking to address human challenges in health, sport, and fitness through the application of the science of behavior analysis. This meeting is the annual business meeting of the Behavior Analysis in Health, Sport, and Fitness SIG. We will provide an update on activities of the organization during the past year, share announcements, and provide an opportunity for discussion and networking. All conference attendees who are interested in the application of behavior analysis to the areas of health, nutrition, fitness, or sport are welcome.
Keyword(s): Fitness, Health, Nutrition, Sports Performance
 
 
Business Meeting #166
Diversity submission Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Business Meeting
Saturday, May 23, 2020
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M1, Georgetown
Chair: Julia H. Fiebig (Ball State University; ABA Global Initiatives LLC)
Presenting Authors:
The behavior analysis for sustainable societies (BASS) special interest group was formed to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, overconsumption of resources, and imbalances in environmental sustainability. Objectives include to (a) encourage and support research that promotes the application of behavior analysis to green/environmental issues, (b) collaborate with environmental scientists, environmental groups, and other SIGs within ABAI who have an interest in addressing behavior change and sustainability/environmental issues, (c) disseminate research and practices that support solutions to environmental issues through the application of behavioral interventions, (d) develop curriculum, textbooks, and additional educational resources that address sustainability and the application of behavior analysis, (e) compile resources for individuals interested in behavior change and environmental issues, and (f) develop an information base of current effective practices/initiatives, government policies, and employment for behavior analysts interested in behavior change and environmental issues. The business meeting is open to anyone interested in sustainability and environmental issues
Keyword(s): climate change, sustainability
 
 
Business Meeting #167
Autism Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 23, 2020
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence E
Chair: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
Presenting Authors:
The meeting will review past and current activities/initiatives of the SIG. We will discuss future directions of the SIG, new bylaws, and awards. The meeting will also include a discussion of topics related to autism intervention.
Keyword(s): autism
 
 
Business Meeting #168
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) Business Meeting
Saturday, May 23, 2020
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 3/4
Chair: Linda A. LeBlanc (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
Presenting Authors:
Join the Editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) to learn about trends in the journal and the editorial process. All are welcome to attend this business meeting where we will review submission and publication data from the prior year.
Keyword(s): publication, research
 
 
Business Meeting #169
Student Committee Business Meeting
Saturday, May 23, 2020
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Capitol/Congress
Chair: Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (University of Nevada, Reno)
Presenting Authors:

ABAI student members constitute a significant portion of the Association's total membership. The ABAI Student Committee's mission is to provide organizational support for all ABAI student members in order to promote participation in ABAI, as well as professional growth, and to enable members to contribute to the science of behavior analysis. The Student Committee business meeting will facilitate conversations concerning student issues, their involvement, and how we can better serve students with respect to their professional development. This business meeting will also serve to update students on current activities and recruit students interested in serving on the Executive Council or other Student Subcommittees (e.g., academic engagement, events, and outreach).

Keyword(s): academic engagement, student members, Student resources, students
 
 
Business Meeting #170
UncomfortableX: Second Annual ABAI Meet-Up
Saturday, May 23, 2020
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence A-C
Chair: Megan Erin Sullivan Kirby (University of South Florida; UncomfortableX)
Presenting Authors:
We welcome curious, newly admitted and veteran UncomfortableX members to join us in a celebration of perseverance in the face of adversity (social, political, professional) and to toast to the start of a new behaviorist activist research program! Since 2017, UncomfortableX has encouraged behavior analysts to strengthen their listener and speaker behaviors by engaging in dialogue about social and political issues, historical and contemporary. In 2019, UncomfortableX hosted 8 guest lecturers and 12 professional development webinars, with support from the Dissemination of Behavior Analysis (DBA SIG) dissemination grant. Steady growth in membership has led to over 8,500 Uncomfortable BCBAs around the world, residing in 15+ different countries. Join Dr. Barbara J. Kaminski and Megan Kirby at the second annual offline "Uncomfortable" meet-up!
Keyword(s): activism, BCBA, politics, Uncomfortable
 
 
Business Meeting #171
Crime, Delinquency, and Forensic Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group Business Meeting
Saturday, May 23, 2020
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 6
Chair: Timothy Templin (HABA)
Presenting Authors:

To ensure that those in the criminal justice fields have access to appropriate, evidence-based, behavior analytic, therapeutic resources to reduce crime and delinquency. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been useful in addressing societal problems related to the criminal justice field. For example, the role of teaching families in reducing recidivism and the improvement of prison drug programs. ABA has been helpful in guiding the court system in identifying effective sanctions, called graduated sanctions, understanding the effects of behavioral/cognitive-behavioral programs on recidivism, parent training, functional behavioral assessment and team problem solving schools for emotionally and behaviorally disordered students. It has also impacted the assessment of child sexual abuse. Continued advocacy and research are needed to make behavior analytic services available to criminal justice, mental health, military and veterans’ fields and to document the efficacy of behavior analysis in these applications. Our annual business meeting is open to all those interested. We will discuss our goals as a special interest group, further areas of research and how to use this field for the public good.

 
 
Business Meeting #172
China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons/Professional Committee of Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 23, 2020
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 7
Chair: Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of this meetings is to provide a yearly update on the development of the China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons/Professional Committee of Behavior Analysis.

Keyword(s): ABA-CARDP, China
 
 
Business Meeting #173
Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group Business Meeting
Saturday, May 23, 2020
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Independence D
Chair: Nikia Dower (Dower and Associates, Inc.)
Presenting Authors:

The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group business meeting is open to anyone interested in promoting a behavioral approach to the analysis and treatment of speech and language disorders. Admission is free and membership in the SIG is not required in order to attend. The meeting will consist of member reports on SIG mission-related activities and invited presentations of professional interest to attendees. An abstract of the SPABA award winners submissions for the Student Research Grant award and the Dissemination Award will be provided at this meeting as well as awards to the winners. The SPABA business meeting will also include information on SPABA's social/networking component to encourage interaction and discussion among SIG members, new members, and interested attendees. Please feel free to join us and bring your friends. To further support the Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group, please consider formally joining and donating to the SIG by registering online at www.behavioralspeech.com.

Keyword(s): interprofessional collaboration, speech therapy, speech-language pathology, verbal behavior
 
 
Business Meeting #174
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 23, 2020
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 5
Chair: J. Adam Bennett (Western Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:
This will be the business meeting for the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group (EAHB-SIG). The mission of the EAHB-SIG is to promote the experimental analysis of behavior with human subjects as a means of addressing important fundamental questions about human problems and human nature. In recent years, the energies of EAHB-SIG members have focused on three continuing projects: (1) The EAHB-SIG Distinguished Contributions Award: This award is designed to recognize substantive and sustained contributions to the EAHB literature. The award is presented at the annual convention. (2) The Student Paper Competition: The competition is designed to promote and recognize scholarly activity in the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior. Students are encouraged to submit original research that has not been reviewed elsewhere. Participants receive high quality reviews from experts in their respective areas of research. (3) The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin: The SIG also maintains an online journal (ISSN 1938-7237) for the publication of empirical articles, technical reports, and other types of articles of interest to researchers engaged in the experimental analysis of human behavior.
Keyword(s): EAHB, Human Behavior, Human Operant
 
 
Business Meeting #175
Neuroscience SIG
Saturday, May 23, 2020
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 7/8
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Presenting Authors:

To discuss future directions for the SIG, how to increase relevance to ABAI members and how to grow the membership.

Keyword(s): brain injury, fMRI, neural function
 
 
Business Meeting #176
New U.S. and Non-U.S. Programs Interested in ABAI Accreditation and VCS
Saturday, May 23, 2020
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M4, Archives
Chair: Jenna Mrljak (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Presenting Authors:

This is an open meeting to disseminate information to new U.S. and non-U.S programs interested in pursuing accreditation or obtaining a verified course sequence (VCS) through the Association for Behavior Analysis International.

Keyword(s): Accreditation, Education, University Programs, VCS
 
 
Business Meeting #177
OBM Network Annual Meeting / Journal of Organizational Behavior Management Annual Meeting
Saturday, May 23, 2020
7:00 PM–8:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Level M2, Marquis Ballroom 1/2
Chair: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
Presenting Authors:

The Journal of Organizational Behavior Management is among the top management and applied psychology journals according to the Journal Citation Reports. The purpose of the annual meeting is to provide an annual report of the Journal’s activities and accomplishments. In addition, this meeting serves as forum for audience members to voice their ideas and suggestions for future directions and enhancement of Journal’s objectives and activities. The meeting is open.

Keyword(s): JOBM, OBM
 
 
Expo Poster Session #178
Accredited Programs
Saturday, May 23, 2020
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
1. ABAI Accreditation Board
JENNA MRLJAK (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Abstract: This poster will provide an update on the Association for Behavior Analysis International Accreditation Board's standards and activities.
 
2.

Master’s Program in Behavioral Science at Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway

GUNNAR REE (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University), Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract:

The Department of Behavioral Science at OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway – offers a master’s program in Behavioral Science. The two-year, full-time program includes courses in experimental, conceptual and applied behavior analysis, is tuition free, Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI)-accredited, and Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB)-approved. The Department runs two bachelor’s programs with strong behavior analytic content (Bachelor of Psychology; ABAI-accredited and BACB-approved, and Bachelor of Social Education), and a Ph. D. program in Behavior Analysis. There are 30 doctoral candidates, 120 master students and 800 bachelor students in the department’s programs. Faculty to student ratio is high, and students from all levels participate in lab groups: Experimental Studies of Complex Human Behavior; Cultural Selection and Behavioral Economics; Applied and Experimental Behavior Analysis in Clinical Practice, and Experimental Behavior Analysis - Translational and Conceptual Research. www.appliedbehavioranalysisedu.org rates the master’s among its Top 20 programs. The program is currently offered as a Norwegian master. Applicants for the whole program sequence must be proficient in spoken and written Norwegian. Single courses can be adapted for English-speaking students, and we welcome applicants with knowledge of behavior analysis for these courses. There is opportunity for thesis work through participation in ongoing projects. We welcome students with good ideas of their own.

 
3. Master’s Program at Jacksonville State University in Alabama
PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (Jacksonville State University), Makenzie Williams Bayles (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: Jacksonville State University, nicknamed “The Friendliest Campus in the South,” is nestled in the foothills of the Appalachian Mountains midway between Atlanta, GA and Birmingham, AL. The master’s program in psychology is the only ABAI-accredited program in Alabama, and it offers an ABAI-verified course sequence. Our students complete eight required courses in the conceptual, experimental, and applied analysis of behavior, as well as five related elective courses, which include practicum, research, and thesis opportunities. Our overarching goals are to teach future applied behavior analysts to think critically about the conceptual and experimental basis of the field, and to train them in the implementation of scientifically validated behavioral procedures. Our students study basic behavioral processes in our sophisticated animal research facility, and they can practice applying behavioral principles in basic and applied settings through our recently established Center for Behavioral Studies. Our poster provides more detail about our faculty, coursework, research, and practicum opportunities, as well as an opportunity to meet current faculty and students.
 
4. Behavior Analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology
NICHOLAS WEATHERLY (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Jose A. Martinez-Diaz (Florida Institute of Technology and ABA Tech)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Programs at the Florida Institute of Technology will be described in this poster. Fl Tech offers on-campus MS programs in ABA at both our Melbourne and Orlando, Fl campuses, OBM, and ABA + OBM, a PhD program in Behavior Analysis, and an online MA program in professional behavior analysis. The faculty, courses, and practicum of the Fl Tech program will be described, along with the credit requirements, and final program exam requirements. The program is accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis, International and offers students more than 15 options for practicum. The faculty have diverse interests, which span EAB, to clinical behavior analysis, to OBM. The program is one of the most research productive programs in the world, as measured by JEAB and JABA publications. The program also has a high pass rate on the BCBA certification exam.
 
5. Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of South Florida
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis program in the Department of Child and Family Studies at the University of South Florida offers the ABAI accredited master of science degree in applied behavior analysis. This is a 2-year program with a VCS that focuses on research and practice so graduates can get certified as a BCBA or apply to a doctoral program in behavior analysis upon graduation. The University of South Florida Applied Behavior Analysis program also offers a master of arts degree in applied behavior analysis that is fully online. This 2-year program also has a VCS so students can get certified upon graduation. In addition, the USF program offers a doctoral program in applied behavior analysis that focuses on developing effective teachers and researchers so students are prepared for academic careers upon graduation. The doctoral program has a mentorship model in which students are accepted to work with faculty mentors who share research interests. Finally, the USF program offers an ABA minor with a VCS for students interested in becoming a BCaBA.
 
6. Florida State University Master's Program in Applied Behavior Analysis
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University), Harry Allen Murphy (Florida State University Panama City), Amy S. Polick (Florida State University Panama City), Leah Julia Koehler (Florida State University Panama City)
Abstract: Florida State University's master's program in Applied Behavior Analysis will be completing its 21st year with over 300 graduates. This is a terminal, non-thesis, program specifically designed to prepare students to become ethical, competent Board Certified Behavior Analysts who can work across a variety of settings and populations. Classes are taught face-to-face by BCBA-D faculty. Students have the option of living in Panama City or Tallahassee. All students have paid assistantships with approved behavior analytic agencies and receive a tuition waiver.
 
7.

Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis & Clinical Science at Rollins College

APRIL MICHELE WILLIAMS (Rollins College), Stephanie L. Kincaid (Rollins College), Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College)
Abstract:

The master’s program in Applied Behavior Analysis and Clinical Science at Rollins College follows a junior-colleague model to ensure high-quality mentoring of students. Upon entering the program, students work collaboratively with all of the faculty in every aspect of professional development, including: professional networking, practicum site selection, designing and conducting research, presenting and publishing research, and goal setting with regards to further graduate study or job placement. For the thesis/capstone process in the final year, students are matched with one primary advisor according to research interests. This program will prepare students for either master’s level professional practice in applied behavior analysis or for doctoral level work in clinical psychology or applied behavior analysis.

 
8.

Applied Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago Campus

ASHLEY WHITTINGTON-BARNISH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kaius Ward (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ruth Rehfeldt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Shannon Ormandy (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Cameron Mittelman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Rocco G Catrone (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), August Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Upswing Advocates)
Abstract:

Come stop by our poster and learn about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Downtown Chicago! We offer MS and PhD degrees in ABA, as well as a Graduate Certificate Program. Our program includes a Verified Course Sequence and diverse practicum training opportunities. Our PhD program prepares students to teach and conduct research in university settings, as well as become lead practitioners, consultants, and supervisors in the field. Our programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to apply behavior analysis and analyze behavior in novel ways. The school is located right on the river in downtown Chicago, easily accessible by public transportation. There are numerous opportunities to learn and apply behavior analysis, enjoy views from the river and downtown Chicago from the classrooms, and take advantage of all that Chicago has to offer!

 
9. Applied Behavioral Science at the University of Kansas
DEREK D. REED (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Vincent Thomas Francisco (University of Kansas, Department of Applied Behavioral Science), Jessica Foster Juanico (University of Kansas), Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas), Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: The Department of Applied Behavior Science is housed in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at the University of Kansas. It comprises 16 regular faculty members, 55 adjunct and courtesy faculty members, more than 200 undergraduate majors, and over 40 doctoral students. The Department exists because a natural science of behavior uniquely helps us understand and improve the human condition locally, nationally, and globally. Our graduate mission is to train scientist-practitioners and researchers in the discovery, production, translation, application, and communication of knowledge for the same purposes. These missions entail four domains of teaching, training, and research: 1. Basic principles of a natural science of behavior; 2. Research methods in basic and applied research, the latter including prevention and intervention research; 3. Historical, conceptual, and comparative foundations; and 4. The extension and application of these domains for understanding and improving the human condition. What makes our missions unique is their foundation in a science of behavior, dedication to rigorous standards of experimental proof, and applications of the science and these standards to solving socially relevant problems. Rigor and relevance, together, are the Department's hallmark, both in making knowledge and taking it to practice.
 
10. UMBC Master's Degree in Applied Behavior Analysis
JOHN C. BORRERO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mirela Cengher (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Adithyan Rajaraman (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The UMBC Department of Psychology together with the Kennedy Krieger Institute’s Department of Behavioral Psychology are uniquely suited to prepare students as professionals in the practice of behavior analysis. Our track is accredited by ABAI and our course sequence is verified by the BACB.
 
11.

Western Michigan University: MA and PhDPrograms in Behavior Analysis

JESSICA E. FRIEDER (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University), Anthony DeFulio (Western Michigan University), Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analysis (BA) masters and doctoral programs at WMU provide intense training in the conceptual, basic, and applied foundations of behavior analysis. In addition to giving students substantial training in a core specialty area (e.g., autism and developmental disabilities, health or safety, behavioral pharmacology, experimental analysis of behavior), the program exposes students to a broad range of applied and experimental areas through coursework, research, and applied experiences. The masters program prepares students for doctoral study or employment at the M.A. level in autism/developmental disabilities, mental health, substance abuse, education, government, and business and industry. The Ph.D. program prepares students for roles as professors and researchers in college or university settings, or systems-oriented applied positions in the human services.

 
12. MS in Applied Behavior Analysis at St. Cloud State University
BENJAMIN N. WITTS (St. Cloud State University), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University), Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University), Odessa Luna (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: St. Cloud State University offers a BAAB-accredited Masters of Science program in Applied Behavior Analysis. Students have the option to complete their coursework and practical training on campus in St. Cloud, Minnesota, or do coursework from anywhere in the world and train with local providers as part of our distance-learning MS cohort. Recent graduates of our program had a 100% first-time pass rate on the BCBA exam and are employed with top ABA providers around the world. Ph.D.-level faculty instruct all coursework, advise on thesis and research endeavors, and mentor students in a variety of specializations. Visit us and learn how St. Cloud State can help you unleash your potential!
 
13.

Montana State University Billings: Master of Science in Special Education Advanced Studies, ABA Emphasis, Accredited Program

CHERYL A. YOUNG-PELTON (Montana State University Billings)
Abstract:

Montana State University Billings Master of Science in Special Education Advanced Studies ABA Emphasis Degree program earned a five-year accreditation by ABAI in May 2019. Montana presents unique challenges for teaching, learning, and practical applications being the fourth largest state in the U.S by square area but one of the least populated per square mile with mountains, rivers, and weather conditions that prevent face-to-face training for much of the academic year. For these reasons, MSU Billings has become an online leader and provider of remote supervision technologies. Accreditation has envigorated the university administration with plans for an on-campus clinic for children and youth in the community where our graduate students will be able to obtain practical experience in applied behavior analysis. Please stop by and learn more about MSU Billings - located in Yellowstone County!

 
14. University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute: Doctoral Training in Applied Behavior Analysis
CHRISTY WILLIAMS (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Keith D. Allen (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Behavior analysis began as a subfield of psychology and over time has developed a number of unique assessments and treatment procedures that are not routinely covered in traditional psychology training programs. Behavior analysis has three primary branches: (a) behaviorism, which focuses on the world view or philosophy of behavior analysis; (b) the experimental analysis of behavior, which identifies and analyzes basic principles and processes that explain behavior; and (c) applied behavior analysis (ABA), which analyses and solves problems of social importance using the principles and procedures of behavior analysis. Our doctoral program provides instruction and training in all three of these areas, with a primary focus on applied behavior analysis with children, adolescents, and families. The guiding philosophy of the program is that learning is maximized by integrating didactic and experiential instruction such that principles and concepts are introduced in the classroom and immediately applied in coordinated clinical and research practica.
 
15. University of Nevada, Reno Satellite Programs in Behavior Analysis
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno), Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno), Jamiika Thomas (University of Nevada, Reno), Laura Barcelos Nomicos (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This poster describes the Satellite Programs in Behavior Analysis offered by the University of Nevada, Reno. Three online programs are offered. The first of these is a full Master of Arts degree in Behavior Analytic Psychology. This program is the only online Masters’ Degree Program accredited by the Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. The other two programs include course sequences at the graduate and undergraduate levels. All three programs are recognized Approved Course Sequences by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. The poster describes the curricula for each of these programs, timelines for completion, admission requirements, and other information. The aim of this presentation is to recruit students who do not otherwise have access to behavior analytic training in their home regions. The University of Nevada, Reno has been delivering satellite programs in behavior analysis for more than 20 years, serving students in multiple US states as well as in the countries of Canada, China, Jordan, Saudi Arabia and Taiwan.
 
16.

Behavior Analysis Program at University of Nevada, Reno

RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

This year marks the 29th Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We look forward to providing an overview of our program updates including the areas of training, faculty scholarly interests, application requirements for those who are interest in our Masters and Ph.D. degrees, and graduate funding opportunities. The update will reflect the following accomplishments: We were awarded the “Organizational Enduring Contribution to Behavior Analysis” by the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010; the program has conferred over 40 Ph.D. degrees; the on-campus Masters program has conferred over 80 Masters degrees; the satellite Masters program has conferred over 100 off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and international locations; our undergraduate training in behavior analysis received ABAI accreditation in 2016.

 
17. Caldwell University’s Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis
RUTH M. DEBAR (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Caldwell University, a private liberal arts university located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community near New York City, offers a 45-credit Master of Arts degree program in applied behavior analysis that is accredited by the Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board© of ABAI©. The core of the program consists of a BACB© -approved eight-course sequence (24 credits). Students in the MA program are required to complete a behavior analytic research thesis mentored by a faculty member. The MA program prepares students to work in a variety of applied settings and for further doctoral study. Caldwell University’s on-campus Center for Autism and ABA provides a BACB© -approved intensive practicum experience, with both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving individuals with developmental disabilities in the community. New Jersey also has many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell University to provide employment opportunities for graduates of the program.
 
18.

Caldwell University’s PhDProgram in Applied Behavior Analysis

KENNETH F. REEVE (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Caldwell University, a private liberal arts university located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community near New York City, offers a 90-credit Ph.D. in applied behavior analysis degree program. The core of the program consists of Caldwell University’s ABAI© -accredited 45-credit Master of Arts degree program in applied behavior analysis. Students in the Ph.D. program are required to complete a behavior analytic research dissertation mentored by a faculty member. The Ph.D. program prepares students to work in a variety of applied and academic settings. Caldwell University’s on-campus Center for Autism and ABA provides a BACB© -approved practicum experience, with both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving the community. New Jersey also boasts many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell University to support training in behavior analysis and to provide additional practicum experience and employment opportunities.

 
19. The Programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University
R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), DANIEL MARK FIENUP (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: We will present the MA and Ph.D. programs in teaching as applied behavior analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University. We will outline the requirements for each degree and focus on the critical features of our graduate training programs. We will present our three-tiered module system of teacher training program that incorporates verbal behavior about the science (content area expertise), contingency-shaped repertoires (application expertise), and verbally mediated data analysis (analytic expertise). In addition, we will highlight our research and demonstration (R & D) CABAS® model schools, where our students and graduates work and train.
 
20. The Ohio State University's ABAI Accredited Graduate Programs in Special Education
SHEILA R. ALBER-MORGAN (The Ohio State University), Matthew Brock (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Terri Hessler (The Ohio State University at Newark), Christina Rouse-Billman (The Ohio State University), Laurice Joseph (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: The Ohio State University's (OSU) ABAI-accredited graduate programs in special education have been advancing the study of applied behavior analysis for the past 40 years. OSU's special education graduate programs were the recipients of the SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis. Our contributions include hundreds of published peer-reviewed journal articles and dozens of books. The greatest contributions of OSU's special education program are the program graduates whose work has helped bring evidence-based instructional practices to teachers and students around the world. The Ph.D. program, the first doctoral program to receive ABAI accreditation (1995), prepares leadership personnel for special education whose research, teaching, and professional practice are grounded in the philosophy of behaviorism and the methodological and technological principles of applied behavior analysis. The MA program, accredited by ABAI in 1995, emphasizes the design, implementation, and evaluation of curricular and instructional interventions to improve academic, social, self-care, and vocational skills for individuals with disabilities. Master's program graduates work as licensed classroom teachers, behavior analysts, or program supervisors in public schools, private schools, or community agencies.
 
21. Graduate Studies in Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Houston, Clear Lake
KARLIE HINKLE (University of Houston Clear Lake), Samantha Jean Boyle (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Samantha Dyer (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis program at the University of Houston-Clear Lake provides students with a well-rounded foundation in applied behavior analysis through an integrated sequence of coursework, practicum, and research activities. Students obtain competency in theoretical and conceptual issues of behavior analysis, performance management, and the application of basic principles with particular emphasis on interventions for children and adults with developmental disabilities. Practicum and research experiences are provided in home, school, and clinic settings. All students complete individual research projects and deliver original community presentations prior to graduation. Research is student-directed, with opportunities to gain experience in a variety of areas and with various populations. The program is accredited by ABAI and includes a course sequence and practicum that have been approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board, Inc® as meeting the requirements for eligibility to take the BCBA exam. Graduate assistantships, paid internships, and other forms of financial assistance are available to qualifying students. The coursework also prepares graduates for eligibility to be a Texas Licensed Behavior Analyst. Furthermore, graduates will be prepared to pursue doctoral degrees in psychology or behavior analysis.
 
23.

University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis and Behavior Analysis Online

MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis presentation and recruiting of on campus programs BEHV-ABA/BEHV-MS/BEHV-PhD. University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis Presentation and recruiting of Online classes Certification and online Masters of Arts.

 
25.

Behavior Analysis Ph.D. Program at West Virginia University

KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University), Brian R. Katz (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Catherine Williams (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

The behavior analysis program at WVU trains students in basic research, theory, and applications of behavior principles. Students develop skills in the experimental analysis of animal and human behavior, as well as a strong methodological and conceptual background for developing behavioral technologies. The basic, conceptual, and applied areas are integrated in the curriculum; however, students may emphasize basic, applied, or both types of research.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #179
Behavior Analysis Training Programs
Saturday, May 23, 2020
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
26.

Capilano University Bachelors of Applied Behavior Analysis – Autism

BRENDA FOSSETT (Capilano University)
Abstract:

The Applied Behavior Analysis department at Capilano University offers a Bachelor's degree, a Post-Bac Certificate, and a Post-Bac Diploma in ABA - Autism. All three programs are BACB verified course sequences leading to BCaBA eligibility. The Bachelor’s and Post-Bac Diploma programs include a 500-hour intensive BCBA supervised practicum. Our programs are available on campus and online.

 
27.

MSc in Applied Behavior Analysis at Reykjavik University

BERGLIND SVEINBJORNSDOTTIR (Reykjavik University), Simon Dymond (Swansea University), Thorlakur Karlsson (Reykjavik University), Jack E. James (NUI, Galway Reykjavik University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University Reykjavik University)
Abstract:

Reykjavik University (RU) is located in Reykjavik, Iceland. The University´s vision is to create and disseminate knowledge so as to improve the quality of life for individuals and societies with ethics, sustainability, and responsibility. In the fall of 2019 Reykjavik University started a MSc program in Applied Behavior Analysis. The MSc in Applied Behavior Analysis is a full time masters program including the 5th edition of the BACB verified course sequence. This is the only BACB approved program in Iceland as well as the only masters program in ABA in Iceland, thus this program is an important step towards developing a critical mass of behavior analysts in Iceland. This poster will describe the key features of the program, the faculty, and the opportunities for international study in the land of fire and ice.

 
28. Master's in Applied Behaviour Analysis: An Innovative Blended Learning Programme Offered by Queen's University Belfast
KATERINA DOUNAVI (Queen's University of Belfast), Catherine Storey (Queen's University Belfast), Nichola Booth (Queen’s University Belfast)
Abstract: The Master's in Applied Behaviour Analysis is a highly interactive blended learning programme (mostly online with some face to face workshops) that contains an ABAI Verified Course Sequence (VCS). The programme provides professionals from a wide range of backgrounds with scientifically validated expertise that is applicable to mainstream and special needs education, inclusion, clinical applications, curriculum, learning, and pedagogy. It should be of interest to professionals wishing to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA®), to those in the ‘helping’ professions (e.g. teachers, speech/language therapists, occupational therapists, clinical or educational psychologists) and students preparing for PhD studies. The BCBA® exam pass rates of this popular programme serve as solid evidence of the teaching quality and research opportunities that our students avail of. The programme is offered in a blended format, allowing students living across the world to complete it without needing to relocate to Belfast. More details on the contents, entry criteria and applications for the MScABA can be found at https://www.qub.ac.uk/courses/postgraduate-taught/applied-behaviour-analysis-msc/
 
29. Behaviour Analysis at the University of South Wales
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales), Ioannis Angelakis (University of South Wales), Aimee Giles (University of South Wales), Richard James May (University of South Wales)
Abstract: With close to 100 years of experience in higher education, the University of South Wales has played a significant role in the economic, social and cultural advancement of Wales. The university’s Centre for Behaviour Analysis, housed with the School of Psychology, includes undergraduate and postgraduate programmes, as well as our research-led Behaviour Analysis Clinic. Verified by the BACB, our academic programmes are designed to equip students with a solid foundation in cutting-edge behaviour analytic research and clinical skills, while our supervised practice programme ensures students have opportunities to apply and refine their skills across a range of populations and settings. Our on-campus clinic provides a variety of services, including early intervention, parent training, behaviour therapy, and fluency-based academic intervention. In addition to the opportunities at our clinic, close linkages with local schools, charities, prisons, and the National Health Service ensure that students have ample settings for both research and clinical practice. Our faculty have a range of specialisations, helping students contact the scope of behaviour analytic science and applications.
 
31. Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento - Mexican Behavior Analysis Research Center in Guadalajara
CARLOS JAVIER FLORES AGUIRRE (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract: The Center for Studies and Research on Behavior (Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento; CEIC) is a research center located in Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico. With over 25 years, and 13 human and animal laboratories, this research center has been a cornerstone for the development and advancement of behavior analysis in Mexico. Its behavior analysis graduate program has provided students from different Spanish-speaking countries with the principles to disseminate, and in some cases establish, the science of behavior in their countries. The Mexican Science and Technology Council (Consejo Nacional de Ciencia y Tecnología; CONACYT) has recognized the behavior analysis graduate program for its excellence and quality on research and human resources, providing students with funding throughout their graduate studies. Since its foundation, the research center has been ascribed to Universidad de Guadalajara, remaining as a public entity aimed at the advancement of science.
 
32. Behavior Analysis at Auburn University
SARAH M. RICHLING (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Abstract: The Department of Psychology at Auburn University offers a two-year master’s program in Applied Behavior Analysis. The full-time program is designed to train future practitioners to provide behavioral services to diverse consumers, including individuals with autism spectrum disorders and other developmental disabilities; students with academic and behavioral challenges; juvenile offenders; and foster, adoptive, and birth families facing varied challenges. Doctoral training in behavior analysis is also provided at Auburn University through the Cognitive and Behavioral Science (CABS) program. Applicants seeking doctoral training via the CABS program must be board certified behavior analysts.
 
33. Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Alabama in Huntsville
JENNIFER LYNNE BRUZEK (University of Alabama in Huntsville)
Abstract: The Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis program at the University of Alabama in Huntsville began offering courses in Fall 2019. The program is housed in the Department of Curriculum and Instruction within the College of Education. This online graduate program offers the 5th edition Association for Behavior Analysis International-verified course sequence through a series of seven required ABAI-specific courses. Four additional elective courses in related areas of study are also offered. Courses are offered during the fall, spring, and summer semesters making it possible for students to complete course requirements in as few as five semesters. The curriculum is designed to teach students how to apply rigorous, scientific methods to develop programs and services for individuals with unique behavior needs. The program has partnered with local providers offering ABA services to provide students the opportunity to complete the Behavior Analyst Certification Board®'s supervised experience requirement. The program also has relationships unique to UAH’s College of Education, including the university’s membership in the Regional Autism Network and the College’s close relationship with the University of Alabama in Huntsville Early Learning Center. The Early Learning Center provides a variety of early childhood education options for children with and without disabilities. The poster will provide the opportunity for students and colleagues to discuss the program and the university in more detail with the director of the program.
 
34. Behavior Analysis Program at California State University, Sacramento
MEGAN R. HEINICKE (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: The program at Sacramento State prepares students to practice as M.S.-level board certified behavior analysts, as well as enter doctoral programs in Applied Behavior Analysis or Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Our program is known for its focus on training a small group of highly qualified scientist practitioners. Most of our graduate students publish their research in peer reviewed journals. Our facilities include human and animal (rats) operant laboratories, and a clinical suite for treatment research. Students obtain clinical experience at approved paid internship sites providing early intervention services to children with autism. Our coursework fulfills the requirements to sit for the national certification exam in Behavior Analysis (BCBA).
 
35.

California State University, Northridge Master’s of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis

STEPHANIE A. HOOD (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge), Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge), Ashley Rice (California State University Northridge)
Abstract:

The Applied Behavior Analysis Master’s program at California State University, Northridge (CSUN) provides high quality graduate education and practical training. We designed the curriculum to meet the needs of students who wish to become effective and professional scientist-practitioners and to make a positive difference in the lives of others. Students receive two years of coursework in behavior analytic concepts, behavior measurement, intervention methods, as well as advanced coursework in human development, pathways to psychopathology, research methodology, and ethics. Our students complete a series of oral examinations prior to graduation. Our dedicated faculty supervise students through various community-based university practicum experiences and research projects. While we prepare students to practice as Master’s level Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA), we also provide the research experience and foundations necessary for students who wish to pursue rigorous doctoral programs.

 
37. Pepperdine University’s Master of Science in Behavioral Psychology Program
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Pepperdine University)
Abstract: Pepperdine University’s Master of Science in Behavioral Psychology (MSBP) program provides academic and practical training in applied behavior analysis (ABA). The MSBP program will prepare students to become board certified behavior analysts (BCBA®), working with individuals with impairments such as autism spectrum disorders, developmental disabilities, or traumatic brain injury. This coursework has been verified to meet the academic requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Examination®. Designed for both working professionals and full-time students alike, this program provides thorough training in the concepts and principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA). Employing the practitioner-scholar model of professional training, a rigorous theoretical study is paired with in-depth clinical training where students will accrue experience hours working alongside professional behavior analysts, helping learners to develop adaptive skills for optimal functioning in educational, family, social, and occupational roles. Specifically, we incorporate three semesters of practicum. This provides students with the opportunity to begin accruing the experience hours necessary for certification. The present poster provides an overview of Pepperdine’s MSBP program.
 
38. Master's Degree in ABA at Fresno State
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno), Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno), Jonpaul D. Moschella (California State University, Fresno), Criss Wilhite (California State University Fresno)
Abstract: The Master’s degree in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) at Fresno State is a part of the Psychology Department and housed within the College of Science and Mathematics. We provide graduate students with the education and training to become high quality scientist-practitioners, and as a Verified Course Sequence, we provide the coursework and supervised experience for our graduates to be eligible to sit for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) exam. Students complete two years of course work including classes on research methods, functional assessment, organizational behavior management, and verbal behavior, and complete a thesis project under the mentorship of one of our specialized faculty. While completing these degree requirements, students acquire supervised experience hours to meet the requirements of the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (5th Ed.). These are paid positions through campus-based services. In addition, students have the opportunity to take a leadership role in our ABA Club, which organizes the Annual Fresno State ABA conference, the Spring Speaker Series, and the Job Fair each year. Come by and meet our faculty and students, and find out more about the opportunities available at Fresno State.
 
39. Applied Behavior Analysis Master’s Program: University of the Pacific
HOLLY AYN WHITE (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific), Corey S. Stocco (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: The University of the Pacific, located in Northern California, offers a Master of Arts degree in Behavioral Psychology with an emphasis in Applied Behavior Analysis. The Behavior Analysis Certification Board® verified course sequence (30 units) is typically completed in 2 to 2.5 years and includes an empirical thesis. For the past 15 years, all students have received substantial tuition and salaried stipend support. Our academic coursework and research experience give students the opportunity to learn about the philosophical underpinnings of our science, and the application of our science to a wide range of world problems and populations.  Several of our students have had their thesis research presented at regional and national conferences and published in peer-reviewed journals.  We provide supervised Concentrated Fieldwork experience in a wide variety of settings and with various populations. Graduate students have the opportunity to conduct, develop, and implement assessments and interventions in applied settings. Three faculty and four staff are board certified behavior analysts and provide the supervision required for those interested in sitting for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board® examination. Alumni have been extremely successful in passing the BACB® certification exam, and in obtaining acceptance into doctoral programs or employment as Behavior Analysts.
 
40. Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Southern California Campuses
JENNIFER L. BEERS (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Heidi Eilers (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Eric L. Carlson (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), L. Fernando Guerrero (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Meghan Herron (The Chicago School, Irvine), Elizabeth Meshes (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Henry D. Schlinger (The Chicago School, Los Angeles)
Abstract: Stop by our poster and learn about ABA graduate programs in Southern California! We offer both MS and PhD degrees in ABA. The MS in ABA is offered at our Los Angeles, Irvine (Orange County), and San Diego campuses and provides students with the training needed to understand the principles of behavior analysis and how they underlie applied practice. The MS program includes a BACB® verified course sequence. Our PhD in ABA program is offered in Los Angeles and expands upon the knowledge learned in the MS ABA program by strengthening students’ research and clinical skills, knowledge base, and training to become university professors as well as lead practitioners, consultants, and supervisors in the field. Our programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to apply behavior analysis and analyze behavior in novel ways.
 
41. Behavior Analysis Training Program at California State University, Stanislaus
Bruce E. Hesse (California State University, Stanislaus), William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus), SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (California State University, Stanislaus), Katie Wiskow (California State University Stanislaus)
Abstract: The behavior analysis masters of science (MS) and masters of arts (MA) at California State University, Stanislaus provide broad training in research methods, conceptual foundations, the experimental analysis of behavior, and applied behavior analysis that fulfill academic requirements to become a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. The MS program also fulfills academic requirements to become a licensed California Marriage and Family Therapist and provides further training in trauma and domestic violence, child clinical interventions, advanced counseling, and substance abuse and chemical dependency counseling. The program highlights include a pigeon lab, opportunities for student-led research, thesis funds available for every student, an on-campus Child Development Center, frequent in-person interaction with students and faculty, and a Student Organization for Behavior Analysis.
 
42. Applied Behavior Analysis at Aurora University
JONATHAN K FERNAND (Aurora University), Stephen F. Walker (Aurora University), Sarah C. Mead (Aurora University)
Abstract: The Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) at Aurora University prepares individuals to address significant challenges in today’s society. The ABA program emphasizes a natural science approach to the study of human behavior. The program will introduce students to ways of viewing everyday behavior that differs from the way behavior is typically talked about in everyday speak. Students will be introduced to the basic research that serves as the foundation for applied behavior analysis, and how basic research has given rise to effective behavioral treatments addressing behavioral challenges. Students will have the opportunity to exercise skills learned in the classroom at practicum sites that have been selected because of the high-quality services and the range of experiences the sites provide.
 
43.

Master of Science in Psychology With Emphasis in Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Miami

YANERYS LEON (University of Miami), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (University of Miami), Melissa N. Hale (University of Miami), Elaine Espanola (University of Miami)
Abstract:

The University of Miami offers a Master of Science in Psychology with an emphasis in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). This degree program is a full-time graduate program geared for students seeking further training and professional certification in ABA. The 42-credit program begins each fall and is designed to be completed in six consecutive semesters (Fall / Spring / Summer / Fall / Spring / Summer). The degree program is designed to meet the requirements for the BACB 5th edition task list. Graduates will meet all the instructional coursework requirements to sit for the BACB exam at the BCBA level. Our program is unique in that all students will complete the entirety of the experiential (practicum) requirement at an on-campus behavioral intervention clinic under the direct supervision of University of Miami faculty. The practicum component involves training in early intervention and assessment and treatment of problem behavior at both the interventionist and supervisor level. Throughout the course of practicum, students will transition from primary interventionists to team supervisors, fulfilling both direct, restricted and indirect, non-restricted training requirements for certification. Faculty members in the program maintain active lines of clinical research offering a variety of research opportunities for students seeking research experience.

 
44. Behavior Analysis at Savannah State University
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (Savannah State University)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Program at Savannah State University offers students the opportunity to learn and apply the principles of behavior through coursework, research opportunities, and practical experience. Some examples of coursework are Basic Concepts in Behavior Analysis, Behavior Change in Behavior Analysis and Behavior Assessment in Behavior Analysis. Experiential learning opportunities include serving as an undergraduate teaching intern, working on a research team, or working at local centers for children with autism. Currently students are helping to conduct research on decision making in academic settings, behavior analysis applications in higher education, and verbal behavior. There are numerous exciting opportunities that arise each semester for motivated students. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc.® has verified the following course sequence (BEHV 3103, BEHV 3104, BEHV 3105, BEHV 3117, and BEHV 3740) as meeting the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst Examination®. Applicants will have to meet additional requirements to qualify.
 
45.

Georgia State University's Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis

DANIEL E CONINE (Georgia State University), Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

Georgia State University, located in downtown Atlanta, GA, offers a Master of Sciences degree in Applied Behavior Analysis. Our program is housed within the Department of Learning Sciences in the College of Education and Human Development. As an ABAI Verified Course Sequence, we provide the coursework required for graduates to be eligible, in part, to sit for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Examination®. Additional program highlights include collaborations with faculty members, strong community partnerships and relationships, and a cohort model that fosters lasting professional relationships. Additionally, we have been awarded a $1.2 million dollar Office of Special Education Programs training grant that will provide support to some of our incoming students beginning in the Fall of 2019. Stop by to meet our faculty and students and to find out more about the educational opportunities available at Georgia State University.

 
46. Applied Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Online Campus
SUSAN D. FLYNN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP)
Abstract: Stop by our poster and learn about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Online Campus! We offer M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in ABA, as well as a Graduate Certificate Program. Our Graduate Certificate and M.S. programs include a BACB®/ABAI-verified course sequence and distance practicum training opportunities. Our Ph.D. program prepares students to teach and conduct research in university settings, as well as become lead practitioners, consultants, and supervisors in the field. Our programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to assess behavior and apply strategies based on the principles of behavior analysis. Because of the convenience of The Chicago School's online programs, students' lives remains intact. Students can tailor their coursework to best suit their individual interests and career goals.
 
47. Ball State University Applied Behavior Analysis Programs
SHANNON MARIE DIERINGER (Ball State University), Scott Dueker (Ball State University), Kimberly Martell (Ball State University)
Abstract: Ball State University's Applied Behavior Analysis Program sits in the Department of Special Education. Both our undergraduate and graduate program are recognized as verified course sequences (VCS) from the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). Our undergraduate program in ABA is 100% online and is accessible anywhere. In addition, we have undergraduate minors which support students in a variety of other undergraduate majors. Our online Master of Arts program has more than 800 recent graduates earned their master’s degree online at Ball State University in ABA. Our program is 30-credits and can be completed in under two years and is taught by over 80 doctoral level faculty. We have tailored our curriculum to meet the needs of all types of students (e.g., already employed, recent graduates, etc.,). In addition, there are optional Autism and ABA Certificates that can be obtained along with the Master’s Degree. The doctoral program is has a newly revised curriculum with a stronger research emphasis that includes 90-hour post-baccalaureate credits. Doctoral students master materials required for both strong scholarly and strong practice. Our hybrid format allows for coursework to be completed online and on-campus which allows for student convenience. We pride ourselves on our strong emphasis on faculty-student mentorship. Overall, our program provides an opportunity for individuals interested in the field of ABA to obtain a quality education and become valued professionals in the field.
 
48. Drake University Master’s in Applied Behavior Analysis
SACHA T. PENCE (Drake University), Janelle Ausenhus (Drake University)
Abstract: Drake University offers a Masters in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) program and a certificate in ABA program for students who already have a Master’s degree. The program requires five semesters of coursework and practicum training. Drake’s ABA Program is a comprehensive program that provides intensive classroom instruction and supervised practicum experiences. Coursework in the ABA Program will prepare individuals to enter the field with the ability to teach new skills to children and adults; assess, prevent, and treat challenging behavior; supervise others; and work with children and adults with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities. Students complete practicum training across multiple practicum sites. Funding is available to support students interested in working in Iowa as board certified behavior analysts through the Iowa Department of Public Health. Drake’s priority deadline is February 1st and interested students can learn more about our program and admission process at www.drake.edu/aba/
 
49. Nicholls State University: Program in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Nicholls State University), Laura Darcy (Nicholls State University)
Abstract: We will provide details of the Master of Education Program in High Incidence Disabilities and Applied Behavior Analysis. Course requirements and activities and practica options will be discussed. We will share our updated program design with 3 certificate tracks: Organizational Behavior Management, Education and Clinical. We incorporate the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling(CABAS) model of teacher training using a module and rank system indicating professional levels of expertise. We will describe our research agenda and how our candidates are immersed in research opportunities.
 
50.

Doctoral Program in Behavior Analysis at Western New England University

AMY J. HENLEY (Western New England University), Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University)
Abstract:

Through a combination of coursework and supervised practical and research experiences, the Behavior Analysis Doctoral Program at Western New England University is designed to provide advanced training and authentic experiences for researchers, teachers, and practitioners in Behavior Analysis. The primary aim is to train researchers and scientist-practitioners in the discovery, translation, and application of knowledge toward solving human behavior problems of societal importance. The program prepares students to successfully embark on academic and research careers, as well as careers in the delivery of behavior analysis services. Knowledge and skills are developed through an intensive, 3-year, full time curriculum of (a) formal course work encompassing conceptual, historical, translational, basic, and applied domains of behavior analysis, research and scholarship, professional communication, legal and ethical issues, and teaching; (b) supervised practicum experiences integrating research, college teaching/advising, and professional practice; (c) a requirement to write, present, and defend a publication-quality, extensive, integrated, and critical review of basic, applied, or conceptual literature relevant to behavior analysis; and (d) a requirement to propose, conduct, write, present, and defend an empirical dissertation whose questions and methods are based on a behavior-analytic approach.

 
51. Northeastern University's Online Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis
LAURA L. DUDLEY (Northeastern University), Nicole M. Davis (Northeastern University)
Abstract: Since 1976, Northeastern University has provided quality graduate instruction in applied behavior analysis. Our graduate programs include a Master of Science, CAGS, and Certificate Program, and are verified by the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). In addition to our core courses in behavior analysis, we also offer optional Intensive Practicum courses. All courses are currently delivered in an online format. Hundreds of our graduates have gone on to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts, working to improve the lives of clients and consumers all over the world. To learn more about our programs, please visit us at the Expo.
 
52. Applied Behavior Analysis at Assumption College
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption College)
Abstract: The Master of Arts program in Applied Behavior Analysis at Assumption College provides students with a strong foundation in all areas of behavior analysis. The program includes coursework in basic, applied and conceptual behavior analysis and is designed for students who wish to become scientist-practitioners. The program has a multi-disciplinary focus, and students will have the opportunity to work with faculty in the Psychology, Human Services and Rehabilitation Studies, and Education departments. The program includes practicum courses so that students may obtain fieldwork experience under the supervision of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) and a seven-course sequence that has been verified by the Association for Behavior Analysis International. Assumption College is located in Worcester, MA, which has a number of agencies that provide behavior-analytic interventions. Assumption College faculty have developed close collaborations with colleagues at Behavioral Concepts Inc., Seven Hills Foundation, and the Central Massachusetts Collaborative, among others. Students who complete this program will have met the coursework and fieldwork experience requirements to apply for licensure as applied behavior analysts in Massachusetts and to apply to sit for the BCBA exam.
 
53. Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at Cambridge College
JOSEPH M. VEDORA (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: This poster will describe the graduate programs located at Cambridge College in Massachusetts. Cambridge College’s main campus is located in Charlestown, Massachusetts with additional campuses located in Springfield, Massachusetts, and Rancho Cucamonga, California. The Cambridge College program offers a Master's in Education with a specialization in Autism Spectrum Disorders incorporating a BACB-verified course sequence and a behavior analyst post-master's certificate program. Cambridge College also offers a program with initial teacher licensure in Moderate Disabilities in the state of Massachusetts combined with the verified BACB sequence. The ABA courses are delivered in a hybrid-learning model that includes 15 hours of synchronous (live) instruction and 30 hours of online coursework. Cambridge College offers these programs in collaboration with the Evergreen Center and Beacon ABA Services.
 
54. Behavior Analysis at the University of Massachusetts Lowell
ROCIO ROSALES (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Rebecca A. Markovits (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Doreen Arcus (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Alice Frye (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Ashleigh Hillier (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract: The Psychology Department at the University of Massachusetts Lowell offers a variety of training programs in behavior analysis. These include: 1) an undergraduate concentration in Behavior Analysis; 2) a graduate certificate program in Applied Behavior Analysis; and 3) a Master of Science degree in Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism Studies. The undergraduate concentration introduces students to the field of behavior analysis through coursework, applied work, and research opportunities that prepare them for graduate studies. The graduate certificate program is aimed at developing students’ conceptual and practical knowledge of behavior analysis through a verified course sequence (VCS); students seek supervised fieldwork on their own. The master’s degree is a two-year program that prepares students in the scientist-practitioner model. Upon graduation, students are prepared to work in a variety of settings as applied behavior analysts, and for doctoral studies. The degree program includes a VCS and the required supervised experience to sit for the Behavior Analyst Certification Board exam. Students are required to complete a capstone project, with ample opportunity for additional research experiences.
 
55. Master of Science Program in Behavior Analysis at Salem State University
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University)
Abstract: Why should you enroll in our Master of Science in behavior analysis program? We offer a flexible program that provides students the choice to focus their studies on experimental analysis of behavior (EAB) or applied behavior analysis (ABA), or a combination of both. Our expert faculty provide students with unique opportunities to conduct research work in laboratories focused on animal or human behavior. Our program includes an ABAI verified course sequence, as well as conceptual and experimental seminars in behavior analysis, a comprehensive exam, and optional master’s thesis. Housed in the Department of Psychology, this program requires a total of 37.5 credits, and students enrolled full-time can complete this program within two years. Students may also enroll part-time to complete this program in three or four years depending on the number of courses taken per semester.
 
57. Northern Michigan University Behavior Analysis Programs
ASHLEY SHAYTER (Northern Michigan University), Jacob H. Daar (Northern Michigan University)
Abstract: Located in the scenic Upper Peninsula of Michigan on the shores of Lake Superior, Northern Michigan University offers both an undergraduate and a graduate program in behavior analysis. The mission of these programs is to train and mentor future behavior analysts by providing the comprehensive coursework and high-quality experiential training necessary to become competent practitioners and researchers within the field. As part of a verified 5th edition course sequence, students gain knowledge of principles and theory, research experience, and practical training. Additionally, our students work alongside faculty behavior analysts and clinical supervisors to gain competency and experience in a wide range of settings and populations where they are able to provide behavior analytic consultation, assessment, and intervention. Given the structure of our programs, students are able to sit for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board’s certification examinations and are well-prepared to work in applied settings such as schools, hospitals, and other organizations or continue on with graduate education within a related field.
 
58. Behavior Analysis Studies at Capella University
JULIANNE LASLEY (Capella University), Dana R. Reinecke (Capella University)
Abstract: Capella University offers behavior-analytic specializations at three degree levels: bachelors, masters, and doctoral. The bachelors and masters coursework is fully online, providing learners the convenience of completing this degree from anywhere. Additionally, our bachelors and masters learners connect with professors and peers for 2 hours every week through live webinar sessions. Coursework is a blend of real-life application assignments, computer-based interactive learning games, quizzes, vocabulary flashcards, and more. The BDS CBA Learning module series is included in the book fee for learners in the bachelors and masters programs. The doctoral program at Capella consists of a PhD in Psychology, with a specialization in behavior analysis. This program includes some face-to-face dissertation work blended with online courses. It includes six doctoral-level behavior-analytic courses to further one’s understanding of behavior analysis beyond the masters-level behavior-analytic coursework.
 
59. Graduate Training in Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Missouri
CASEY J. CLAY (University of Missouri), Lorraine A Becerra (University of Missouri), Jennifer Rebecca Weyman (University of Missouri)
Abstract: The Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Graduate Certificate program at the University of Missouri is offered through the Special Education department and prepares graduates for doctoral training programs and leadership careers in applied settings. Behavior analysts from our program successfully use ABA techniques across a variety of populations and settings to bring about meaningful and positive change in behavior. In our program, you will learn the conceptual foundations of ABA and how these behavioral principles are applied to improve behavior. The courses include topics such as advanced applications, verbal behavior, and systems change. The approved course sequence meets the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Examination. Applicants will have to meet additional requirements to qualify. This program will teach you to be an exceptional behavior analyst who has the skills to improve quality of life for people with behavioral challenges, including children and adults with developmental needs. You will also gain experience, and knowledge, in cutting edge research in the field of ABA. Central to this program is a collaboration with the MU Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders, which serves as the primary practicum site to give you an exceptional experiential learning opportunity working with individuals with developmental needs. Clinical opportunities are available in the areas of early intensive behavioral intervention, assessment and treatment of problem behavior, and parent education. Faculty, students, and practicum supervisors from the program will be available to talk about the program and answer questions from potential students.
 
60. Saint Louis University Applied Behavior Analysis Program
HEATHER LYNN LEWIS (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Saint Louis University (SLU) School of Social Work Applied Behavior Analysis Programs began in 2011 as one of the first schools in Missouri to offer a masters degree in behavior analysis. Today, the ABA programs offer three degree options: a masters of science in applied behavior analysis (M.S. ABA), a masters of social work with a concentration in applied behavior analysis (M.S.W. ABA), and a post-masters certificate in applied behavior analysis. Students complete behavior analytic coursework, field practicum experience, research experience, and interdisciplinary practice. Students attending SLU have the opportunity to engage in research and practice across a range of settings, from clinical out-patient to school-based settings. Similarly, students practice and refine their clinical skills across a range of populations from children and adults with intellectual disabilities to substance-use and similar mental health disparities. The expo poster will highlight why students should attend SLU, and provide students an opportunity to engage in conversation with the faculty within the program. With BACB exam pass rates ranging from 88-100% in the last few testing cycles and both research and clinical practice available beyond practicum, students typically find employment readily and are accepted into many prestigious PhD programs in Behavior Analysis.
 
61. University of Nebraska Omaha and Munroe-Meyer Institute Applied Behavior Analysis Program
MARK D. SHRIVER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Sara S. Kupzyk (University of Nebraska Omaha), William J. Higgins (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: The University of Nebraska Omaha and Munroe-Meyer Institute Applied Behavior Analysis Program’s mission is to graduate students who have met high levels of academic excellence in clinical and research skills in applied behavior analysis and mental/behavioral health. The ABA Program trains students in a behavior analytic orientation to provide much needed services for children and adolescents, including those with behavioral and neurodevelopmental disabilities. This is an ABAI verified course sequence. There are numerous practicum experience opportunities available. Students in the program complete 42-48 credit hours. Coursework in the ABA Program also addresses content areas required for licensure as a mental health practitioner in Nebraska.The program has faculty with experience and expertise in applied behavior analysis. The coursework includes online and on-campus courses.
 
62. Seton Hall University Applied Behavior Analysis Programs
FRANK R. CICERO (Seton Hall University), Brian Conners (Seton Hall University)
Abstract: Seton Hall University, located in South Orange New Jersey, has several BACB Verified Course Sequence options. We are housed within the College of Education and Human Services, Department of Educational Studies. The program offerings include a 48 credit masters degree in ABA, including courses in academics, research, and practicum experience hours. We also have a stand alone, post masters course sequence which leads to a Seton Hall certificate in behavior analysis as well as aligning with the BACB 5th edition task list. For potential applicants who do not yet hold a masters degree in education or psychology, however are already in related fields to ABA, the VCS course sequence has been infused into existing masters degrees in psychological studies, school psychology, and special education as well as a 5-year BA/MA Program in education/special education with applied behavior analysis. The program has connections with both New Jersey and New York ABA schools and clinics so that students can be provided with practicum experiences. The current VCS is Verified with Experience. Program faculty are active in the field, both in the academic and applied realms, and frequently conduct presentations, research posters, and publications. Students are encouraged to participate in research.
 
63. Behavior Analysis Training Programs at Rowan University
CHRISTINA SIMMONS (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University), Mary Louise Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University), Connor Andrew Burrows (Rowan University), Matthew J Dwyer (Rowan University), Giovanna Salvatore (Rowan University)
Abstract: Rowan University is a rapidly growing public university located in southern New Jersey, approximately 20 miles southeast of Philadelphia. Rowan currently offers BACB®-approved undergraduate and graduate coursework sequences for the BCaBA and BCBA. The Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis is a 33-credit hour program that fulfills coursework requirements for the BCBA. The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Studies is a 24-credit hour program that fulfills coursework requirements for the BCBA for individuals who already possess a master’s degree. The post-baccalaureate in ABA and undergraduate Specialization in Behavioral Services satisfy coursework requirements for the BCaBA. The Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology also allows students to work under the mentorship of our behavior analytic faculty. The training provided in Rowan’s on-campus undergraduate and graduate programs in behavior analysis provides students with a strong foundation in the science of behavior and advanced skill in the broad and diverse applications of behavior analysis. Students are heavily involved in grant-supported faculty research and supervised fieldwork that represent a broad range of behavior analytic applications including pediatric feeding disorders, severe behavior disorders, promotion of health behavior, drug & alcohol treatment, behavioral parent training, assessment and treatment of emotional/behavioral disorders, autism, and other developmental disabilities.
 
64. The Hunter College Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis Program
APRIL N. KISAMORE (Hunter College), Lauren K. Schnell (Hunter College)
Abstract: The Hunter College School of Education, located just outside Central Park on the Upper East side of Manhattan, offers a 41-credit Master of Science degree program in applied behavior analysis (ABA). The Hunter College ABA program prepares students to develop, deliver, and evaluate the effectiveness of applied behavior analytic intervention for learners with autism and increases the availability of professionals who have the appropriate training and experience to provide behavior analytic services to learners across the lifespan. Students enrolled in the ABA program have the opportunity to participate in a distance learning format in which they attend class in real-time using internet-based courseware along with classroom-based students. This distance-learning experience provides direct and ongoing personal interactions that maximize students' opportunities to fully participate in the ABA Program. Students who complete the Master of Science degree program have the graduate training necessary to sit for the national Board Certified Behavior Analyst® (BCBA) exam. Upon passing the BCBA exam, graduates will be eligible for New York State’s license in behavior analysis.
 
65. St. Joseph's College, New York, Advanced Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis
KERRY A. CONDE (St. Joseph's College), Katherine L Granelli (St. Joseph's College)
Abstract: As the first approved licensure-qualifying program in New York State, St. Joseph’s College, New York, offers a 29-credit Advanced Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis. The program meets the academic requirements for licensure as a Licensed Behavior Analyst in accordance with Subpart 79-17 of the New York State Commissioner's Regulations as well as the requirements for eligibility to sit for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) examination. The program may be completed via distance learning or on our beautiful campus on Long Island. Taught by a diverse group of highly qualified faculty, the courses are designed to provide enriched theory and comprehensive training, practice and evaluation, and supervision in applied behavior analysis as it relates to students with autism, autism spectrum disorders, or related disorders.
 
67. Manhattanville College Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis
ANTONIA R. GIANNAKAKOS- FERMAN (Manhattanville College)
Abstract: Manhattanville College’s ABA programs prepare students to be highly skilled individuals who strive to provide high quality behavior analytic interventions. Our course work prepares students to sit for Board Certification (BCBA credential) and to obtain NY licensure as a behavior analyst (LBA-NY). Manhattanville College has fieldwork opportunities toward NY Licensure built into our Masters and Advance Certificate programs and assists in finding paid and unpaid fieldwork placements. Courses are predominantly in person with some online and hybrid offerings. Courses are offered evenings and during Fall, Spring and Summer semesters.
 
68. Behavior Analysis Programs at Long Island University Post
BENIGNO ALONSO-ALVAREZ (Long Island University), John C. Neill (Long Island University), Carol A. Fiorile (NYSABA)
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis consists of two interrelated components. Experimental analysis is designed to investigate the fundamental principles of behavior and applied behavior analysis is designed to apply those principles to solving socially important problems of human behavior. The behavior analysis programs at Long Island University are designed to give students the training needed to understand these fundamental principles and to apply them to the solution of human problems.
 
69.

Pediatric School Psychology Doctoral Program With Applied Behavior Analysis Specialization at East Carolina University

JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Ana LePage (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

East Carolina University has pediatric school and clinical health psychology programs that lead to a Ph.D. in health psychology and eligibility for licensure in North Carolina as a Licensed Psychologist. Students are admitted to one of two concentrations within the program: Behavior Medicine or Pediatric School Psychology. Students can elect to specialize in Applied Behavior Analysis and take a series of courses that will make them eligible for certification as a nationally Board Certified Behavior Analyst. The program is a five-year, full-time, post-baccalaureate program. The 105 semester hour curriculum includes the following components: a core curriculum focusing on the biological, social, and cognitive-affective bases of behavior, health psychology and behavioral medicine, and research (statistics and research design); courses specific to the student’s chosen concentration, including courses on health assessment and intervention and applied behavior analysis; a series of research experiences culminating in an empirical dissertation and completion of a one-year pre-doctoral internship meeting the requirements of the American Psychological Association and/or the Association of Psychology Pre-doctoral and Internship Centers.

 
70. Science, Skinner, and Surf: Behavior Analysis at the University of North Carolina Wilmington
HALLEY M ROBBINS (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melissa Meglin (University of North Carolina Wilmington ), Taylor Kristina Moseley (University of North Carolina Wilmington ), Emma Auten (University of North Carolina Wilmington ), Elizabeth Thuman (University of North Carolina Wilmington ), Delanie Fetzner (University of North Carolina Wilmington ), Josie Newburg (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jessica Sullivan (University of North Carolina Wilmington )
Abstract: At the University of North Carolina Wilmington, we are dedicated to providing a well rounded educational experience in the experimental analysis of behavior whether your subjects are human or nonhuman, in the lab or in the natural setting, engage in excessive behavior or need behavior shaped. We have two tracks (ABA and Psychological Science) in our Master's and in our PhD programs in psychology in which students can study behavior analysis. All students take core courses in psychology, including statistics and research methods, and in behavior analysis, including learning, small-n design, applied behavior analysis, and conceptual foundations. Students in our applied behavior analysis tracts take additional courses in clinical psychology and complete ABA practica. After graduating, the ABA students are eligible to sit for both the BACB certification exam and the NC licensure as a psychological associate (MA) or as a psychologist (PhD). Students also participate in a weekly graduate seminar in advanced topics in behavior analysis, regional and state conferences, and in ABAI.
 
71. Graduate Training in Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of North Dakota
CRISTINE M. DEAVER (University of North Dakota), Katherine Terras (University of North Dakota)
Abstract: The Special Education program is approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) to offer the applied behavior analysis (ABA) course sequence and intensive practicum for students. There are two options for taking the ABA course sequence and/or intensive practicum: 1. Graduate Certificate: This option is typically for students who already have a master’s degree or doctorate and only want to take the 18 credits of behavior analytic coursework and/or 15 credits of intensive practicum. 2. Master’s of Science (MS) in Special Education: This option is for students who want to specialize in ABA while earning a graduate degree.
 
73. Applied Behavior Analysis at Oregon Tech
MARIA LYNN KESSLER (Oregon Institute of Technology), Dawn Allison Bailey (Oregon Institute of Technology), John Borgen (Oregon Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Oregon Institute of Technology offers graduate and undergraduate training in Applied Behavior Analysis. The focus of the applied behavior analysis programs is on the development of competence in and the application of the concepts, principles, and methods of behavior analysis. The mission of the MS-ABA program is to enable students to become effective and ethical behavior analysts. Students will be prepared to apply principles of behavior analysis to enhance the lives of individuals across a wide variety of settings. The program emphasizes a foundation in theory, concepts, and principles, development of basic behavior analytic skills, and an emphasis on professional and ethical responsibilities. The MS-ABA includes a Behavior Analyst Certification Board BCBA© verified course sequence, practicum, and research opportunities. Oregon Tech also offers a Graduate Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis and a BCaBA© Verified Course Sequence. All courses are available to students at our Klamath Falls and Portland-Metro campuses and at any location via online videoconferencing.
 
74.

PhDSpecial Education at Duquesne University: Expand Your Perspective, Maximize Your Impact in Special Education

EDWARD JUSTIN PAGE (Duquesne University)
Abstract:

Duquesne's 80-credit doctoral program in Special Education prepares you to be a global leader in research, scholarly inquiry, and professional careers. You'll learn evidence-based practices that translate to the national and international context, and be able to choose your area of academic specialization from two key concentrations in: Autism/Behavior or Assessment/Learning. Our full-time program offers global-level research and internationally recognized faculty with active research agendas in Africa and China, as well as national and international leadership positions in the field. Faculty work with students to promote publication and presentation of their research at regional and national conferences. Field experiences give students opportunities to connect research and classroom learning with practice. Our campus's location in the heart of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania provides access to field experiences in urban, suburban, and rural educational and community settings.

 
75. Temple University Applied Behavior Analysis Training Programs
AMANDA GULD FISHER (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Art Dowdy (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University - Emeritus), Saul Axelrod (Temple University)
Abstract: Temple University has been a leader in providing graduate training in applied behavior analysis (ABA) for over 25 years. Beginning under the leadership of Saul Axelrod and Phil Hineline, students received training in the foundations of behavior analysis, conducted research, and learned about application. Temple University ABA training programs have grown to include an M.S.Ed. in ABA, a graduate certificate in ABA, an undergraduate concentration in ABA, and an undergraduate certificate in ABA. Students get training in the science of behavior analysis, a variety of applications, including autism and other intellectual/developmental disabilities, and receive the coursework required by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board for the national certifications: BCaBA or the BCBA. Students in the M.S.Ed. program complete supervised fieldwork as well as an empirical thesis project. The students are mentored by 3 full time faculty and enjoy all the city of Philadelphia has to offer including cultural and culinary arts, and our very own Philly Metro chapter of ABAI!
 
76. Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at Penn State University (Online and On Campus)
DAVID L. LEE (Penn State University), Erin M. Garthe (Penn State University), Theoni Mantzoros (Penn State University), Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State University), Richard M. Kubina (Penn State University), Kelly Mercorella (Penn State University), Katie Endicott Harris (Penn State University), Dana Garner (Penn State University)
Abstract: The Special Education Program at Penn State University offers several graduate training options in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Our online M.Ed. in Special Education is offered through the World Campus and provides a high-quality, flexible, convenient academic program. The M.Ed. provides students the opportunity to choose an emphasis in ABA, Autism, or Academic and Behavioral Supports. The ABA emphasis includes Penn State’s 21-credit, 5th Edition, verified course sequence. In residence programs on Penn State’s main campus in State College, Pennsylvania include M.S., M.Ed., and Ph.D. degrees. Funding is often available for students in the Ph.D. program. There are currently eleven tenure-track faculty working in the program, with a diverse range of research interests including mild disabilities, severe disabilities, behavior disorders, school-based prevention, parent training, and augmentative and alternative communication. The faculty to student ratio is quite low, allowing students individualized attention and the ability to work with advisors and mentors who have similar research and training goals. Information on all graduate programs, both online and on campus, will be available.
 
77. Salve Regina University
CODY MORRIS (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: Salve Regina University is a private liberal-arts college located in Rhode Island that offers graduate training at the master’s level in applied behavior analysis. The curriculum for the applied behavior analysis program at Salve Regina University is the only Verified Course Sequence (VCS) approved by the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) in the state of Rhode Island. Students interested in pursuing a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) credential will be provided the necessary coursework and practicum experiences to meet the standards set by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) and to be successful practitioners of applied behavior analysis. Salve currently offers two major practica opportunities for students, one taking place in an autism program and one taking place at a teaching center. In addition to courses and practica experiences, students who are admitted to Salve Regina University will have opportunities to engage in and contribute to research conducted by faculty and site supervisors.
 
78. Baylor University ABA Graduate Programs
STEPHANIE GEROW (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Kristen Lenae Padilla-Mainor (Baylor University)
Abstract: This poster will include information about the ABA graduate programs at Baylor University. Baylor University has ABA programs at the master's and Ph.D. level. Baylor University has an ABAI Verified Course Sequence and opportunities to complete supervised fieldwork. At this poster, prospective students can learn more about the available programs and the application process. In addition, faculty and current students will be available to answer questions.
 
79. Applied Behavior Analysis Training Programs at the University of Utah
ROBERT E. O'NEILL (Department of Special Education; University of Utah), Aaron J. Fischer (Department of Educational Psychology, University of Utah), John Mercer (Department of Special Education, University of Utah), Jennifer M Fletcher (Department of Special Education, University of Utah), Anne Malbica (University of Utah)
Abstract: This poster will describe information about applied behavior analysis training programs in the College of Education at the University of Utah. These include preparing persons to become eligible to take the exam to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts. The program is a joint effort across the Departments of Special Education and Educational Psychology in the College. The poster will review information including content/coursework included in the program and the process for the provision of approved BCBA supervision. In addition potential student funding opportunities will be described. The poster will also describe program faculty and their research interests and publications.
 
80.

Master of Education in Applied Behavior Analysis at Utah Valley University

JANE I. CARLSON (Utah Valley University)
Abstract:

The Master of Education in Applied Behavior Analysis program at Utah Valley University (UVU) is designed to prepare professionals to serve individuals with autism spectrum disorder and related disorders of communication and behavior. The University is focused on contributing to the local community and our program seeks to build capacity to provide high quality ABA services to individuals with ASD and their families throughout the State of Utah. Our professors are experiences clinicians with, collectively, over 50 years of experience working in the field. UVU is a teaching university with a focus on engaged learning. Our program offers small cohort sizes, with personal attention from professors to support student achievement. Our program is a cohort model that begins each summer and is completed in six semesters (2 years). The practicum sequence provides group supervision and ensures that all students receive supervision from behavior analysts with significant experience working with individuals with ASD and their families. The cohort model allows us to build a community of support for professionals as they embark on careers in this challenging and rewarding field. Additional information about this affordable program can be accessed at https://www.uvu.edu/med/.

 
81. Behavior Analysis Graduate Programs at Utah State University
SARAH E. PINKELMAN (Utah State University), P. Raymond Joslyn (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), Katherine Brown (Utah State University)
Abstract: Behavior analysis graduate training programs at Utah State University are offered through the Special Education and Psychology departments. These programs prepare master’s and doctoral students for desirable careers in academia and applied settings. Leaders in the field, including current and former JABA and JEAB editors and associate editors, teach cross-specialization coursework. Graduate coursework covers topics such as evidence-based practice (EBP), behavior theory and philosophy, verbal behavior, relational responding, systems change, and translational research in behavior analysis. Applied behavior analytic research and clinical opportunities are available in the areas of early intensive behavioral intervention, assessment and treatment of severe behavior, group contingencies and function-based intervention with at-risk populations (e.g., juvenile offenders), and the implementation of EBP in schools. Experimental analysis of behavior research opportunities are available in the areas of behavioral economics, behavioral momentum, delay discounting, operant variability, resurgence, and other relapse phenomena. Students complete coursework, research, and service activities to prepare them to make meaningful contributions to the field of behavior analysis. Faculty and current students from the doctoral programs will be available to answer questions from potential students.
 
82. Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at the University of Washington
NANCY ROSENBERG (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington), Scott A. Spaulding (University of Washington), Yevgeniya Veverka (University of Washington)
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis program at the University of Washington provides opportunities for both master's level and doctoral level study. The master's program offers on-campus and online education options that prepare students to be competent, ethical, and professional behavior analysts who work with persons with developmental disabilities and their families. At the expo, program faculty and current doctoral students will be available to answer questions about coursework, supervision, and to provide additional information about the opportunities offered to students through the University of Washington
 
 
Expo Poster Session #180
ABAI Boards and Committees
Saturday, May 23, 2020
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
83. ABAI Student Committee
ALLYSON R SALZER (University of Kansas), Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (University of Nevada, Reno), Kathryn M. Roose (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: ABAI Student members, composed of undergraduate and graduate level individuals, constitute a significant portion of the association's total membership. The ABAI Student Committee's mission is to provide organizational support for ABAI Student members in order to promote participation in ABAI, as well as professional growth, and to enable members to contribute to the science of behavior analysis. The ABAI Student Committee is organized by three elected Student Representatives who serve on the ABAI Executive Council for a 3-year term (current, past, elect). The Student Committee is comprised of three subcommittees made up of students representing their respective ABAI accredited behavior analysis university programs. Student program representatives serve on one of the three subcommittees: the events subcommittee, the dissemination subcommittee, or the awards subcommittee. The purpose of this poster is to update students on current activities, facilitate conversation on professional development, and attract nominees for student committee and subcommittee positions.
 
84. ABAI Science Board
DEREK D. REED (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Purpose: Promoting research in behavior analysis is one of ABAI's central goals and the primary purpose of its Science Board. The long-term development of behavior analysis, its strength, and its success depend much on both basic and applied research. ABAI works with several research organizations under the leadership of this board. In addition, ABAI provides grant writing information to members on the web and through articles and workshops.
 
85.

ABAI Membership Board

WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

The ABAI Membership Board includes three committees. The Application Review Committee ensures the qualifications of applicants for full membership. This poster will provide a summary of recent membership trends and criteria for different membership levels in ABAI. Special interest groups (SIGs) provide services and support to members by hosting forums for information exchange and promoting areas of interest. The Student Committee facilitates the involvement and professional development of the ABAI student membership, and a description of their initiatives will be provided, including: Outstanding Mentor Award, Presidential Scholar Essay Contest, student participation efforts, and the Professional Development Series.

 
86. ABAI Practice Board
MARK D. SHRIVER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: ABAI supports scientist-practitioners through the work of the Practice Board, which focuses on matters of interest to agencies and providers of behavior analysis services. The objective of the Practice Board is to develop, improve, and disseminate best practices in the application of behavior analysis. The Board's primary mission is to bring the scholarship of a scientific association to issues facing practitioners; the Practice Board is currently developing areas in which these goals may be pursued.
 
87. ABAI Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Board
CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: The objective of the board is to provide support for efforts to foster a climate of diversity, equity, and inclusion in the behavior analysis and ABAI. This poster will provide an update on the first year of the board.
 
88. ABAI Verified Course Sequence Board
JENNA MRLJAK (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Abstract: This poster will provide an update on the Association for Behavior Analysis International Verified Course Sequence Board's standards and activities.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #181
Affiliate Chapters
Saturday, May 23, 2020
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
89. Association for Behaviour Analysis Australia
ALEXANDRA BROWN (Bright Eyes Early Intervention)
Abstract: The Association for Behaviour Analyis is 6 years old and rapidly growing. We are a nationwide association, proud to be an affliated chapter of ABAI. Each year our association has grown both in membership and community involvement. Our organisation continually develops new methods to disseminate behaviour analysis and lay the groundwork to make more systemic changes within funding agencies. As our community of behaviour analysts increases, we are seeing the demand for high quality behaviour analytic services continue to grow. However, meeting this demand is a challenge so we must continue to increase the number of behaviour analysts and quality training institutions. We are pleased to report that we now have two course sequences within Australian tertiary institutions. Exciting times. We are looking forward to the 46th annual conference in D.C.!
 
90.

Annual Review of British Columbia Affiliate Chapter

SARAH JUSTINE PASTRANA (British Columbia Association of Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

The ABAI Affiliate chapter of British Columbia (BC-ABA) has continued to thrive this year. The following poster will describe our current projects, membership size, annual conference size and content, and frequency of CEUs provided to it's members as they compare to previous years. We have been primarily focused this year on finding creative ways to engage with our membership, draw interest in becoming a board member, and widening our dissemination of applied behavior analysis across the province and to more families. Furthermore, we have been focused on increasing our support to families in the form of parent education and outreach to rural communities where it is harder for families to access information and services. We have been partnering with multiple family information and advocacy groups to provide support and training within existing parent networks. Strategies such as live streaming professional development talks and creating informational videos have allowed our chapter to disseminate applied behavior analytic content in a more convenient and available why to a more diverse population within our community.

 
91. The Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis
RYAN HECKERT (University of Manitoba), Karli Pedreira (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: The Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis (MABA) is a non-profit organization founded in September of 2005 and officially approved for Affiliate status from the larger Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) in May of 2006. MABA became an Affiliate of the Association of Professional Behavior Analysts (APBA) in August of 2015. MABA is composed of a large body of committed members; and the organization's direction and goals are determined by an elected executive committee and a number of other internal committees. MABA membership is entirely voluntary. Our mission is to develop and disseminate knowledge about behaviour analysis as a science. MABA's interests lie in basic science focusing on principles governing human and nonhuman behaviour (i.e., the experimental analysis of behavior) as well as applied science focusing on application of those principles for improvement of socially important problems (i.e., applied behaviour analysis), and disseminating this information to stimulate interest in and correct misunderstandings of behaviour analysis.
 
92.

Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis

KENDRA THOMSON (Brock University)
Abstract:

ONTABA is a not-for-profit professional organization representing behaviour analysis in Ontario. Our mission is to demonstrate leadership, knowledge, and innovation in education, training, and research for the ethical and effective application of behaviour analysis. Our vision is to foster a culture of excellence, integrity, and expertise for the advancement and promotion of the science of behaviour analysis. ONTABA aims to advocate for the ethical and effective provision of behaviour analytic services, promote and support those with an interest in behaviour analysis in Ontario, and educate and inform the public about the practice of behaviour analysis. In addition, ONTABA continues to monitor and participate in professional issues related to behaviour analysis, work towards standardized practices in the field of behaviour analysis in Ontario, and support efforts to regulate the profession of behaviour analysis in Ontario.

 
93. The Québec Association for Behaviour Analysis (QcABA)
Myra-Jade Lui (Quebec Association for Behaviour Analysis), SYLVIE DONAIS (Clinique d'approche béhaviorale en autisme (Montreal))
Abstract: The Québec Association for Behaviour Analysis (QcABA) is a non-profit organisation founded in 2010 to promote the science of behaviour analysis in our province and its ethical and effective application to socially important behaviour. Currently, our main goals are to (a) disseminate accurate and updated information on the practice and science of behaviour analysis in both French and English, and (b) advocate for the recognition of appropriate credentials for the practice of behaviour analysis in Québec. To this end, QcABA maintains a website, publishes a newsletter, organises an annual conference, participates in events to promote the effective treatment of autism, and offers continuing education opportunities for practitioners in the field. The poster will provide information about our association such as its structure, board of directors, committees, membership, strategic plan, and ongoing activities. Members of the board of directors will be present to respond to questions about the association as well as to develop partnerships and collaborations with other organisations that share our vision.
 
94.

The Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis

BERGLIND SVEINBJORNSDOTTIR (Reykjavik University), Steinunn Hafsteinsdottir (Arnarskoli), Katrin Sveina Björnsdóttir (State Diagnostic and Counselling Center), Asa Ingimarsdottir (Klettaskóli), Holmfridur Osk Arnalds (State Diagnostic and Counselling Center)
Abstract:

The Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis (ICEABA) is a young association with a diverse membership. Since ICEABA´s establishment in 2004, we have grown in numbers and in ambition. ICEABA activities are numerous throughout the year. One of the main event is a conference that is held every other year and in November of 2020 we will have our sixth conference. The conference is a two day event where we offer presentations in Icelandic and English. Presentations are delivered by researchers in Iceland as well as by renowned invited speakers from abroad. Attendance at the conference has grown considerably, from approximately 30 attendees at the first conference to over 100 attendees in 2018. In addition to hosting a conference we offer workshops and events for students where we introduce behavior analysis graduate and doctoral programs available to them. The members of ICEABA are excited for the future. We aim to continue working on promoting the science of behavior in Iceland and being a professional reference group for scientists and practitioners in the field of behavior analysis.

 
95.

Israel Applied Behavior Analysis: A Year to Remember

MICHAL HIRSCHMANN (Kibbutzim College), Einav Cohen (Israel ABA), Judy Lazar-Rosenzweig (Israel ABA)
Abstract:

In 2019 IABA expanded its work to further promote the Applied Behavior Analysis field in Israel. In addition to its annual conference IABA held numerous workshops to cater to different needs of behavior analyst's professional development. One of the workshops topics focused on the latest amendment to the Israeli special education law that effects the work of behavior analysts who work with the Ministry of Education in Israel. Other workshops emphasized corporation with other non for profit and private organizations whose work is based on Applied Behavior Analysis and related to Autism. A new committee was established to promote the behavior analysis field in remote areas in Israel. This year the committee focused on the northern district of Israel, trying to break misconceptions of behavior analysis being a rigid, aversive field. Actions to achieve this goal included exposure of the field in different venues and emphasis on corporation with multidisciplinary teams in the north of Israel. IABA communication and public relations committee continued to publish articles in various media in Israel to further disseminate the field in Israel. IABA will keep its emphasis on growth in the number of its members and the services provided to them.

 
96.

Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis

KENJI OKUDA (Educational Foundation of Nishi Karuizawa Gakuen), Yumiko Sasada (Academy of Behavioral Coaching)
Abstract:

This poster describes the history and current status of the Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis. The Japanese ABA was established in 1983 as the primary membership organization to promote the science of behavior and its application. The membership reached 1042 as of October 2019. The Japanese ABA holds annual convention, publishes the Japanese Journal of Behavior Analysis twice a year and J-ABA Newsletters four times a year, provides a grant for students who attend ABAI/SQAB conventions, supports seminars and workshops on behavior analysis, and more.

 
97. The Korean Association of Child and Adolescent Behavior Chapter
YUNHEE SHIN (Daegu Cyber University), Jung Yeon Cho (Daegu Cyber University)
Abstract: The Korean Association of Child and Adolescent Behavior Chapter’s mission is to share the ABA information and collaborate to Behavior Therapist in a field, Parents and relevant bodies beyond the barrier. Since 2009, The Korean Association of Child and Adolescent Behavior Chapter(KACBT) have done various activities, hold many meetings, seminars and conferences as well as the case conference through collaborating Daegu Cyber University. Daegu Cyber University installed the program VCS in department of behavior therapy. We shared the list of Korean organizations for Practice program and would make a training program for supervision. 1. Case conference: KACBT has case conference for spreading Behavior Therapy based on ABA every year. A. 2019 Case conference - Date: November, 23th 2018. - Venue: Daejeon WECAN Center, South KOREA - Theme: Positive Behavior Support, Behavior Intervention for Disabilities - Language: KOREAN B. 2020 Case Conference – This conference has not yet. 2. Membership A. In order to join our chapter, membership applications must meet at least one of the following requirements. B. Application must be : i. Studying applied behavior analysis and intervention in a graduate/undergraduate program ii. Working as a current behavior therapist and involved in behavior analysis and behavior therapist. iii. Interested in Applied behavior analysis and Positive behavior support C. Members term length is 1year after join us. D. Member fee i. Affiliate member is 20,000 (KRW) (only student discount 50%) ii. Full member is 30,000(KRW) 3. MEMBER BENEFIT A. reduced event and continuing education fees; B. options to post job ads or information about services on the chapter website; C. option to send mass emails for conference and workshop D. access to members-only web content and email updates; E. committee opportunities;
 
98. Mexican Society for Behavior Analysis: Sociedad Mexicana de Análisis de la Conducta
MARIO SERRANO (UNIVERSIDAD VERACRUZANA), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC), Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC), Abraham Manuel Ortiz Barradas Barradas (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract: This poster describes the mission of the Mexican Society for Behavior Analysis (Sociedad Mexicana de Análisis de la Conducta, SMAC). The mission is to advance, communicate, and disseminate behavior analysis in Mexico and internationally. With this mission, SMAC and the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis (MJBA) were created in 1975. Ever since, a national conference is organized, initially every other year, and more recently every year. The last conference in 2019 was organized at Mexico City. Brief information about the upcoming 2020 conference and MJBA will be provided. MJBA, edited by SMAC, is a peer-reviewed journal that publishes papers in English and Spanish. It includes theoretical, experimental, and applied contributions relevant to behavior analysis. Two issues are published each year in June and December. Contact information for SMAC and MJBA will be provided.
 
99. Norwegian ABA
MONICA VANDBAKK (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis/Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: Norwegian ABA is a registered non-profit organization. Membership is open to anyone interested in behavior analysis and its application. At present it has 900 members, and its steadily growing. The organization is run by a Board of nine members with full executive powers, chaired by a president. There are several regional affiliated chapters. The Board is elected at the annual General Assembly. The Norwegian Association is an affiliated chapter of ABA international.
 
100.

Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis

DAG STRÖMBERG (Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis), Ulrika Langh (Stockholm Autism Center and Karolinska Institutet)
Abstract:

The Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis (SWABA) is devoted to supporting behavior analysts in Sweden, as well as promoting the internationalization of behavior analysis. SWABA was founded in 1996, and currently has about 200 members in Sweden and approximately 100 virtual members (members who support the association, and do not live or work in Sweden). SWABA is an affiliate chapter within the Association for Behavior Analysis International since 2001. Please visit our poster and become a virtual member, for free, or renew your membership from last year in Chicago. As usual, bids are accepted on a unique SWABA T-shirt, the proceeds of which are donated to the SABA unrestricted fund.

 
101. Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis
PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (Jacksonville State University), Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (University of Alabama in Huntsville), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University), Mary Katherine Carey (Glenwood, Inc)
Abstract: The Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis (ALABA) serves as a scientific and professional reference group that embraces the principles and practices of behavior analysis. ALABA's primary goals are to promote the profession of behavior analysis in the community, to disseminate information responsibly to our communities about best practices in the field of behavior analysis, and to provide the best continuing education opportunities to members. We will present on our annual accomplishments and events. In addition, we will announce our keynote speakers for our upcoming annual convention to be held in Birmingham, AL October 7-9, 2020. Our membership draws from neighboring states, and we encourage anyone living in or moving to Alabama or a surrounding state to visit our poster to learn more about ALABA and how to become involved.
 
102. Alaska Association for Behavior Analysis
VERONICA J. HOWARD (University of Alaska Anchorage), Kimberley Burnett (AKABA Board Member)
Abstract: Presentation of the mission, vision, values and goals of ABAI affiliated chapter Alaska Association for Behavior Analysis.
 
103. California Association for Behavior Analysis
JOCELYN THOMPSON (CA Association of Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The mission of the California Association for Behavior Analysis is to promote the science and theory of behavior analysis through the support of research, education and practice. We sponsor the top regional conference on behavior analysis in the United States and regularly feature well known researchers and clinicians from throughout the United States. We are the primary clearinghouse for research and training in behavior analysis in the Western Region of the United States. The California Association for Behavior Analysis was formed in 1998 when two organizations joined together: The Northern California Association for Behavior Analysis (NCABA) and the Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy/Southern California (ABAT/SC). In order to fulfill this mission, CalABA commits to the following activities: 1.Support a certification process for behavior analysts and assistant behavior analysts; 2. Advocate for behavior analysis services and the profession; 3. Promote quality assurance in behavior analysis; 4. Provide resources and information related to behavior analysis; 5. Advance behavior analysis via professional development activities
 
105. Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis
ALISON M. BETZ (Behavior Services of the Rockies), Nicole L. Bank (The PartnerShip, LLC), Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Abstract: The Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis is an independent, non-profit, professional organization affiliated with the Association for Behavior Analysis International, an organization dedicated to promoting the experimental, theoretical, and applied analyses of behavior. Our members reside, teach, conduct research and practice primarily in the Four Corners region of the United States.
 
106. Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis Chapter
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Applied Behavioral Strategies LLC; CT Association for Behavior Analysis), Michael Weinberg (Amego Inc.; CT Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis (CTABA) is a professional organization that seeks to promote and advance the science, research and practice of applied behavior analysis in the state of Connecticut. As a professional organization, CTABA is dedicated to supporting the theoretical, experimental, and applied analysis of behavior across a wide array of applications and audiences by providing practitioner support, education opportunities, and by working to promote public understanding of the science. CTABA hosts a variety of events throughout the year including an annual conference, workshops, socials and networking events. This poster will highlight some of our events from the past year, passage of our licensure bill, as well as provide data on current and past membership.
 
107.

Delaware Association for Behavior Analysis

KAORI G. NEPO (NeurAbilities)
Abstract:

Delaware ABA chapter was founded in 2010 for clinicians, researchers, Board Certified Behavior Analysts, and stakeholders in the practice of behavior analysis in Delaware. The purpose of the organization is to promote the science, understanding, and practice of behavior analysis by encouraging cooperation among local behavior analytic organizations; Advising political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis in the state of Delaware; Arranging an annual meeting to discuss aspects of behavior analysis; maintaining a website containing information about the chapter and behavior analysis in Delaware and elsewhere (still in development); functioning as a contact for and affiliate of ABAI

 
108. Georgia Association for Behavior Analysis
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (Savannah State University)
Abstract: The mission of the Georgia Association for Behavior Analysis is to promote the science and practice of behavior analysis, provide continuing education opportunities both behavior analysts and others, and provide networking opportunities behavior analysts and those interested in behavior analysis in the state of Georgia. Membership is open to all persons in the state of Georgia who are interested in behavior analysis. This poster will present highlights from our annual conference to be held in Athens, GA on November 15-16, 2019, which includes two pre-conference workshops (one ethics and one supervision), six invited addresses, and our annual business meeting. We also will present data to document the results of our efforts to increase our social media efforts.
 
109. Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis
SAMANTHA CERMAK (Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis; ChildServe), Lisa Daniel-Way (Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis; Balance Autism), Sarah S. Bergthold (Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis; Mississippi Bend Area Education Agency of Iowa)
Abstract: Founded in 2008, the Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis (Iowa ABA) is a statewide organization whose purpose is to develop and advance the field of behavior analysis through research, education, and dissemination of information. Iowa ABA is organized as an affiliated state chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) for professional, scientific, and education purposes. Specifically, the organization shall serve as a scientific and professional reference group for all in the State of Iowa who identify themselves as scientists or practitioners in disciplines that embrace the principles and practices of behavior analysis; Support the development of professional credentialing for the practice of behavior analysis within the State of Iowa; Support the development of standards of practice for behavior analysis within the state of Iowa; Identify and promote the use of effective and humane behavioral procedures in meeting the educational and habilitative needs of people with and without disabilities within the State of Iowa; Advise political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis in the State of Iowa; Publish and distribute an official Bulletin devoted to dissemination of scientific and technological achievements within the scope of behavior analysis and to matters of interest to the membership; Promote and support the conduct of behavior analytic research within the State of Iowa; Serve as a resource for parents and service providers interested in research based practices in behavior analysis.
 
110. Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis
Luna Weiss-Salinas (Excel ABA), Becky L. Nastally (Bloom Behavior Therapy)
Abstract: The mission of the Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis is to advance awareness, development, and access to the science and practice of behavior analysis in the Commonwealth of Kentucky.
 
111. Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association
JANICE L. HUBER (Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association)
Abstract: The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice, and to promote access to responsible behavior analytic services by professionals sufficiently trained in the discipline of behavior analysis and compliance with relevant ethics standards.
 
112. The Massachusetts Association for Applied Behavior Analysis
JOSEPH M. VEDORA (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: The Massachusetts Association for Applied Behavior Analysis (MassABA) was established in 2010 to support the science and practice of behavior analysis in Massachusetts. As the home of over 2000 BCBA’s and 17 Verified Course Sequences (VCS) ®, Massachusetts boasts the highest per capita concentration of behavior analysts in the world. MassABA has focused its efforts to support the growth of our field by supporting behavior analysts seeking licensure, advocating for timely reimburse of ABA services by state funding sources, and hosting an annual conference that brings diverse behavior analytic voices and applications to our membership.
 
113. Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Eleah Sunde (Eastern Michigan University), Elise Pearl (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM) has been organized to support and promote scientific research on the basic principles of behavior and the extension of those principles to create demonstrably effective and humane outcome-based therapies with the primary goal of establishing and enhancing functional independent living skills.BAAM conducts an annual convention supporting all aspects of behavior analysis in Michigan and the surrounding region. BAAM's growing website offers a variety of resources for behavior analysts and all those interested in behavior analysis.
 
114. Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis
JULIE A. ACKERLUND BRANDT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Karsten (Western Michigan University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Stephen F. Walker (Aurora University), Seth W. Whiting (Central Michigan University), Sara Camille Diaz de Villegas (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis (MABA) is a regional affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) and has been active for 20 years. MABA is a non-profit membership-based organization devoted to promoting scholarly interchange of behavior analysis through its annual Fall convention. The annual convention also allows for dissemination of experimental and applied science of behavior analysis to the public and to professional behavior analysts residing in the Midwestern United States. The Board of Directors and conference operation managers are faculty and clinical professional behavior analysts who volunteer their time to promote and share the science and ideas of our field to our region. Similar to ABAI, our annual convention changes location every year in order to highlight the diverse areas within the mid-west. Our 2019 conference was held in Omaha, NE and our 2020 conference will be held in Detroit, MI. We are excited to begin preparations for the upcoming conference and to provide more details about our association to members of ABAI!
 
115. Montana Association for Behavior Analysis
LORRI COULTER (Montana Association of Behavior Analysis, President), Jackie Mohler (Family Outreach)
Abstract: The Montana Association for Behavior Analysis is entering it's seventh year as an affiliate ABAI chapter. We are expanding our profession and responding to the challenges of our expansive, sparsely populated state. Our chapter remains focused on supporting and assisting new and incoming behavior analysts so they can begin successful careers in our state. Our members have passed the first year of available licensure in the state and we are exploring our new relationship with the Montana Board of Psychology. Montana State University Billings was granted ABAI accreditation in 2019 for their Applied Behavior Analysis program. This is a wonderful accomplishment and reflects years of effort by MSU Billings staff. Our chapter members continue to serve as vital resources during bi-annual legislative sessions as well as monitoring policy changes for schools and family support agencies. We are proud of our accomplishments and our pioneering spirit. Stop by and let us share our enthusiasm.
 
116.

Nebraska Association for Applied Behavior Analysis

ANDREA CLEMENTS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

The Nebraska Association for Applied Behavior Analysis (NEABA) recently merged organizations with the Heartland Association for Applied Behavior Analysis. NEABA was preserved as the association's name and the board was expanded to encompass the goals and ideals of both groups. NEABA functions to (1) advise relevant political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to the effective and ethical application of the principles of ABA (2) Inform stakeholders about the fundamental principles of ABA and its application in areas such as intellectual disabilities, education, rehabilitation, business, and government (3) Promote the Behavior Analysis Certification Board® as the appropriate body for credentialing practitioners of ABA in Nebraska. (4) Involve parents, service providers, and professionals interested in expanding the application of ABA technology in Nebraska by identifying goals and promoting effective action. (5) Provide educational resources as identified by the membership.

 
117. Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis
ALICIA N. MACALEESE (Advanced Child Behavior Solutions, LLC), Teal McAllister (Advanced Child Behavior Solutions, LLC), Freya Jordan (Arizona State University), Jamiika Thomas (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis is committed to its mission to promote professional development in the field of behavior analysis in all its facets to include: philosophical, theoretical, experimental, applied and practice.
 
118.

New York State Association for Behavior Analysis

NICOLE M. DEROSA (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

As a chapter affiliate of ABAI, NYSABA is dedicated to promoting and protecting the integrity of the science of behavior analysis in New York State. This poster will present the history of NYSABA, current activities, and future goals of the association. All are welcome to attend and learn more about ABA in New York.

 
119. North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis: Celebrating 31 Years (1989-2020)
CALANDRA E. PLATTNER (Mosaic Pediatric Therapy), Kristi Toward (North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis), Selene Johnson (ABC of NC), Monique M. Baker (Effective Interventions), Leigh Ann Strain (Carolina Center for ABA and Autism Treatment), Nancy Poteet (treasurer@nc-aba.com), Aleck Myers (Autism Society of North Carolina), Leica Anzaldo (Easter Seals UCP)
Abstract: The North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis (NCABA) is celebrating 31 years. The history of NCABA shows the growth and current strength of the organization. The 31st Annual Conference, chaired by Kristi Toward, President, was held in Raleigh, NC. The conference line-up included keynotes from Patrick Friman, Patrick McGreevy, Adel Najdowski, Melanie Bachmeyer, Ray Pitts, and others. Patrick Friman and Patrick McGreevy also conducted workshops. The presenters joined past speakers including Scott Geller, Greg Hanley, Carol Pilgrim, Linda LeBlanc, Fred Keller, Murray Sidman, and Brian Iwata. The organization receives the strong support from founding members such as Jim Phillips and Rod Realon. Ongoing support for the association has also come from the J. Iverson Riddle and Murdoch Developmental Centers as well as universities including UNC-Wilmington and UNC-Charlotte. NCABA provides continuing education at their conferences, is promoting legislation for licensure of behavior analysts, and publishes a Newsletter edited by Jamie Clary. The 2021 conference will be held in February in Winston-Salem, NC.
 
121. Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis
Katherine Stewart (Savannah State University), Kent Bodily (Georgia Southern University), Kelly M. Banna (Millersville University of Pennsylvania), Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom and University of Florida), KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis (SEABA) is a regional affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABAI). Like its parent organization, SEABA seeks to promote scholarly discourse within and about Behavior Analysis. SEABA membership and convention registration are open to anyone with a scholarly interest in Behavior Analysis. Current members include both academic and professional people; psychologists and persons in related disciplines such as education, psychopharmacology, and social work.
 
122.

Texas Association for Behavior Analysis

ZACHARY H. MORFORD (Texas Association for Behavior Analysis), Katherine Miriam Johnson-Patagoc (Texana Center, Texas Association for Behavior Analysis), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake, Texas Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

TxABA was founded in 1986 by a small group of behavior analysts scattered around the state. The group included university faculty, applied practitioners, and researchers. Since the first small, one-day conference in 1986, TxABA has held an annual conference, including multiple tracks of applied and basic presentations that lasts multiple days. The mission of the Texas Association for Behavior Analysis (TxABA) is to advance the science and application of behavior analysis to improve the world in which we live by disseminating knowledge from the science and providing resources to the behavior analytic community and the public in Texas in an ethical and high-quality manner.

 
123. The Utah Association for Behavior Analysis
JANE I. CARLSON (Utah Valley University)
Abstract: The Utah Association for Behavior Analysis (UtABA) has been established to provide a forum for behavior analysts in the state of Utah. We help behavior analysts stay up to date on issues as they apply to our field and advocate for behavior analysis practitioners and educators throughout the state. We encourage professional development by offering continuing education opportunities through our annual conference, quarterly webinars, and information about local events that apply to behavior analysis. Our Public Policy Committee advocates for our members and the professions by staying up to date on legislation and issues that affect behavior analysis and our constituents. The School Collaboration Committee works to build relationships between BCBA’s and Utah schools by promoting the use of evidence-based and ethical behavior analytic practices.
 
124. Vermont Association for Behavior Analysis
AUDREY N. HOFFMANN (Northern Vermont University; Vermont Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The Vermont Association for Behavior Analysis (VtABA) is an affiliate chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. VtABA aims to support professionals, families, and communities by promoting ethical, effective, individualized, and research-based application of behavior analytic principles. VtABA hosts an Annual Meeting for its members to keep them up to date on the chapter's activities over the year. Member benefits include a free yearly ethics or supervision training in conjunction with the Annual Meeting, discounted registration to the Annual Conference, affordable CEU opportunities, and access to networking events. Established in 2004, VtABA has continued fulfilling its mission to support the growth of behavior analysis in the state of Vermont and beyond. We welcome new members who are interested in joining our efforts.
 
125. The Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis
CHRISTINE EVANKO (Full)
Abstract: The mission of the Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis is to promote and support the practice, research and dissemination of behavior analysis throughout the Commonwealth of Virginia. In order to meet our mission VABA has set forth the following goals: Goal 1: Improve Viability and Sustainability of the Organization Goal 2: Provide Quality Service to Our Members Goal 3: Advocate for the Science of Behavior Analysis in the Commonwealth
 
126. District of Columbia Association for Behavior Analysis
MARY CARUSO-ANDERSON (Ally Behavioral Services), Lera Joyce Johnson (DC ABA; St. Coletta of Greater Washington; George Mason University), Keven M. Schock (Aveanna), Joseph Michael Clem (Matthew's Center), Elena Zaklis (Rutgers University), Cynthia Escobar (J & C Behavioral Therapy, LLC), Robin Moyher (George Mason University), Colleen Williams (Community Services for Autistic Adults and Children, Community School of Maryland )
Abstract: District of Columbia Association for Behavior Analysis celebrates its second year as an Affiliate Chapter of ABAI. Our second annual meeting March 9, 2019, hosted by The Chicago School of Professional Psychology in DC, featured “What’s Up With the New Codes?” Michele Silcox, Jodi Bouer, and Kim Rosenberg presented an overall insurance and ethical billing primer. It was well received and attended, given that we are a new organization. DC ABA felt welcomed to our first Affiliate Chapter meeting at the 45th Annual Convention in Chicago. This year we achieved our goal to become a non-profit organization. We continue to pursue our goal to promote the practice, ethics, research and dissemination of behavior analysis and its associated technologies in the Washington Metropolitan area (AKA DMV). This year we hope to grow our membership and move forward with our goals. Our aspirations include a collaboration with the VABA chapter, a conference in January 2020, and to conduct an updated survey our members to assess regional needs.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #182
Diversity submission Associate Special Interest Groups
Saturday, May 23, 2020
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
127. Autism Special Interest Group
JUSTIN B. LEAF (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services), Ian Melton (Endicott College, Journeys Behavior Learning Center), Britany Melton (Endicott College)
Abstract: The purpose autism special interest group was developed to 1) promote evidence based practices in regard to treatment for individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), 2) promote best practices as it relates to procedures/interventions based upon the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) as it relates to individuals diagnosed with ASD, 3) help individuals diagnosed with ASD, families of individuals diagnosed with ASD, and consumers to identify components of evidence based practices, quality behavioral intervention, and effective treatments, 4) help protect individuals diagnosed with ASD and their families from ineffective, non-evidence based, and/or potential harmful treatment(s), 5) serve as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members, and 6) organize an annual meeting to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the SIG.
 
128.

Acceptance and Commitment Training and Psychological Flexibility Special Interest Group

EVELYN RACHAEL GOULD (McLean Hospital | Harvard Medical School; New England Center for OCD and Anxiety; FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

The ACT and Psychological Flexibility Special Interest Group was launched in 2018. This paper provides an overview of the current SIG Board and initial SIG initiatives, including various committees and task forces. Initial actions included developing the SIG mission, name and objectives, reviewing leadership selection and structure, recruiting nominations for a new board, and communications and activities initiatives.

 
129. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University), Jose Ardila (University of Nevada), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Kendra Combs (Sparks Behavioral Services), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University smr0043@auburn.edu), Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas), Holly Seniuk (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract: Behaviorists for Social Responsibility is the Association for Behavior Analysis International's oldest Special Interest Group, dating back to 1977 as Behaviorists for Social Action. The group offers behavior analysts the opportunity to meet other behavior analysts with progressive social and political perspectives, to develop programming in the convention and field that advances progressive social problem solving, and to provide prompts that facilitate research and applied interventions that address progressive solutions to a wide range of social problems and issues. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility recently transferred the peer-reviewed open-access journal Behavior and Social Issues to ABAI, so now concentrates on presenting symposia, workshops, and papers at the annual ABAI convention. It also initiated its Matrix Project about five years, an effort to foster pragmatic, concrete problem-solving interventions in 26 societal sectors, such as education and politics. A goal of the Matrix Project is to interest additional behavior analysts to join Matrix teams working in the initial sectors. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility is an affiliated SIG of ABAI and welcomes all ABAI members to join the discussions and contribute to progressive social change.
 
130.

Crime, Delinquency, and Forensic Behavior Analysis SIG

TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (HABA)
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been useful in addressing societal problems related to the criminal justice field. For example, the role of teaching families in reducing recidivism and the improvement of prison drug programs. ABA has been helpful in guiding the court system in identifying effective sanctions, called graduated sanctions, understanding the effects of behavioral/cognitive-behavioral programs on recidivism, parent training, functional behavioral assessment and team problem solving schools for emotionally and behaviorally disordered students. It has also impacted the assessment of child sexual abuse. Continued advocacy and research are needed to make behavior analytic services available to criminal justice, mental health, military and veterans’ fields and to document the efficacy of behavior analysis in these applications. The Mission of the Crime, Delinquency and Forensic Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group is to ensure that those in the criminal justice fields have access to appropriate, evidence-based, behavior analytic, therapeutic resources to reduce crime and delinquency.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #183
Affiliate Special Interest Groups
Saturday, May 23, 2020
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
131. Addiction Special Interest Group
AUGUST F. HOLTYN (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida), Kimberly C. Kirby (Treatment Research Institute at PHMC)
Abstract: This poster will provide an overview of the Addiction Special Interest Group (SIG). The Addiction SIG is an organization for behavior analysts and others who are interested in understanding, preventing, and treating misuse of licit and illicit drugs and other commodities (e.g., alcohol, nicotine, stimulants, opioids, internet, smartphones, food) and associated psychosocial problems (e.g., psychiatric comorbidities, unemployment, poverty). The Addiction SIG was founded in 2019. The overarching goal of the SIG is to provide a forum for all persons who have an interest in studying and applying the science, practice, and philosophy of behavior analysis to understand, prevent, and treat addiction. The purpose of this poster will be to: (1) describe the SIG’s overall mission, (2) provide information on membership categories and how to become a member of the SIG, (3) describe the SIG’s ongoing activities and future directions, and (4) disseminate information to increase membership and promote the SIG’s mission.
 
132. Clinical Special Interest Group
EMILY THOMAS JOHNSON (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: The Clinical Special Interest Group of ABAI is dedicated to facilitating collaboration of researchers and clinicians in further development and application of applied behavior analysis in clinical populations. We will be connecting with past, current, and future members at the ABAI Expo. Please stop by and get connected with others in this exciting field.
 
133. Behavioral Development Special Interest Group
JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University), JeanneMarie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University)
Abstract: The Behavioral Development SIG of the Association for Behavior Analysis was created with the mission to promote and support research and theory designed to identify environmental variables that establish and interact with behavioral development, and show how these variables relate to behavioral principles and instructional procedures in other areas, and how they can be manipulated to promote desirable developmental outcomes. In this context, the Developmental SIG routinely produces a full program for each annual meeting of ABAI, in which symposia, papers, invited addresses, tutorials, and panel discussions covering the range of interests noted above are represented. Specifically, the organization shall: (a) Serve as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members, (b) Disseminate information to promote its mission to a wider audience, (c) Organize an annual business meeting to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the chapter, and (d) Recognize individuals or groups of individuals who have made significant contributions to further the cause of this SIG. Conference attendees are invited to come and meet the members of the Dev SIG and learn more!
 
134. Gambling Special Interest Group
MACK S. COSTELLO (Rider University), Ryan C. Speelman (Pittsburg State University)
Abstract: Membership in the Gambling Special Interest Group (G-SIG) is open to any ABAI member and all professionals interested in gambling. All members are encouraged to participate, give input, and contribute to the G-SIG community of researchers and practitioners.
 
135. Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group
JOCELYN HANSSON (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University), Christopher Walmsley (Humboldt State University), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Oslo Metropolitan University), Allison A. Ilem (Spectrum Health Medical Group)
Abstract: The Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group (SIG) applies the science and philosophy of behavior analysis to problems that occur later in life, typically referring to ages 65 and older. The Expo poster and its presenters will offer information about the current areas of special interest to behavior analysts working with older adults, such as self-management for health promotion and disease prevention, staff or family training, individual clinical interventions, and human operant studies to examine the loss of verbal skills in the case of neurodegenerative diseases. The poster will detail the goals of the SIG, its activities, workforce development, and the steps to become a SIG member along with social media links and contact information.
 
136. Behavior Analysis in Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group
JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Minnesota Duluth; InJewel LLC), Natalie Juhlin (United States Army), Gabrielle Trapenberg Torres (Behavior Basics LLC)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis in Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group's purpose is to educate, coordinate, and provide resources to behavior analysts and other members of society seeking to address human challenges in health, sport, and fitness through the application of the science of behavior analysis.The purpose of the organization is fulfilled through: (1) Educating behavior analysts and other members of society and increasing awareness, visibility, and understanding of the application of the science of behavior analysis to health, sport, and fitness; (2) Disseminating information about the practice of behavior analysis and educational and training opportunities relevant to practice of behavior analysis in the areas of health, sport, and fitness; (3) Providing a professional network and access to educational and training resources (e.g., continuing education events, mentorship opportunities) for its members; (4) Obtaining financial resources to support research grants for behavior analysts who seek to conduct research with the objective to develop or evaluate behavior analytic interventions to resolve human challenges in health, sport, and fitness; and (5) Collaborating with other non-profit organizations, healthcare agencies, and health, sport, and fitness professionals to maximize our impact on current efforts. Members of the Behavior Analysis in Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group have the opportunity to learn how to become competent practitioners in the areas of health, sport, and fitness as behavior analysts, as well as opportunities to network and collaborate with one to increase the current research base within these areas of practice.
 
137.

The History of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group

KAREN R. WAGNER (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc and TheBehaviorAnalyst.com), Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

This poster describes the Association for Behavior Analysis International’s Special Interest Group for the History of Behavior Analysis (HoBA). Our purview is the field’s long past, short history, and recent origins. Our vision is to advance and expand behavior analysis nationally and internationally through its history and historiography. Our mission is to cultivate and nurture, enrich and improve, and communicate and disseminate the field’s history and historiography. Our strategies include maintaining a Listserv and a website, holding annual business meetings at the ABAI conventions, and implementing strategic initiatives. Our current initiatives include (a) teaching HoBA (e.g., developing a repository of course syllabi); (b) archiving the HoBA (e.g., creating a list of HoBA archives); (c) appointing historians (e.g., in ABAI SIG and affiliate chapters); (d) preparing bibliographies of published materials (e.g., articles) and electronic sources (e.g., videos); (e) expanding the HoBA (website historyofbehavioranalysis.org) (e.g., as a repository for materials and links to related websites); and (f) enhancing the SIG’s ABA Expo Poster (e.g., identifying behavior analysts in old pictures). If you are interested in the SIG’s vision, mission, and initiatives, please visit our poster and learn something new about our common behavioral past!

 
138. Military and Veterans SIG
Kent A. Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC; Xcelerate Innovations ), ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract: Military and Veterans Special Interest Group is devoted to the application of behavior analysis to military and veterans’ issues. This is a group whose emphasis concerns veterans of all wars. Governments have been concerned about the number of veterans suffering from brain or spinal injuries, mental health problems, lack of access to social services, and addiction problems related to their active service. In each of these areas behavior analysis has been used in developing effective treatments. The EXPO poster will focus on how behavior analysis can assist current military personnel and veterans to reintegrate into society after experiencing trauma associated with experiences in war and other conflict situations. We wish to spread the word that behavior analysis is a viable option that is and should continue to be employed with this group. We look at the role of behavior analysis in the service of nations and in lessening the suffering of military personnel and veterans.
 
139. Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group
GRETCHEN A. DITTRICH (Simmons University)
Abstract: The Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group of the Association for Behavior Analysts International focuses on the application of behavior analytic methodology to the prevention and treatment of behaviors associated with chronic illness and disease, and the promotion of behaviors associated with improved health and treatment adherence. The role of behavior analysis is important in the field of behavioral medicine. It is the mission of the Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group to encourage interdisciplinary research in the areas of behavioral health promotion, emphasizing the need for function-based and empirically validated treatments for chronic health disorders. The Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group offers students, researchers, practitioners, and consumers opportunities to discuss issues related to public health promotion and disease prevention. All are welcome to join the Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group. We hope that the Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group will help consumers and practitioners better understand the role of behavior analysis in the field of behavioral medicine, and provide an outlet for discussions of current and developing research within the field.
 
140.

Your Brain on Behavior: Neuroscience Special Interest Group

SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract:

Abstract: We will highlight the main objective and the four missions of our SIG. That is, to bring together researchers, academics, clinicians, and students interested in the intersections of behavior analysis and neuroscience and to: (1) introduce behavior analytic research to the neurosciences and vice versa; (2) provide a meeting place and training environment for students and professionals alike interested in basic and applied neuroscience research; (3) provide a forum for collaborative relationships and the sharing best practices; and (4) advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatments for individuals with neurological dysfunction. Those interested in contributing to our efforts in increasing the relevance and visibility of this SIG or with ideas for initiatives to do this are encouraged to visit the expo and speak to us.

 
141.

Organizational Behavior Management Network

BYRON J. WINE (The Faison Center)
Abstract:

Founded in 1982, the Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network exists to develop, enhance, and support the growth and vitality of Organizational Behavior Management through research, education, practice, and collaboration. The OBM Network accomplishes this mission through networking, journal publications, newsletters, online resources, and a bi-annual conference.

 
142. Open Educational Resources (OER) Special Interest Group
VERONICA J. HOWARD (University of Alaska Anchorage), Margaret Pavone Dannevik (Lindenwood University)
Abstract: Open educational resources are materials that can be freely downloaded, edited, and shared to better serve all users. The mission of the Open Educational Resources (OER) SIG is to provide information about quality open or low-cost educational, training, and research resources as well as to provide a forum for those creating OERs to collaborate on new projects, reduce individual workload involved in creating and managing OERs, and recruit reinforcement for works produced outside of for-profit publication venues. Join us to learn more about OER and how you can get involved.
 
143.

Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group

JODIE SORACCO (UNR, Nevada PBIS TA Center)
Abstract:

The Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group (PBS-SIG) is dedicated to promoting research-based strategies that combine applied behavior analysis and biomedical science with person-centered values and systems change to increase quality of life and decrease problem behaviors. The PBS-SIG’s goal is to create awareness of the how behavior analytic principles are applied in PBS activities and promote the use of PBS interventions in schools, communities, agencies and in homes and support practitioners in its use. The mission of this SIG is to: promote and disseminate positive behavior support within ABAI (Association for Behavior Analysis International), ensure PBS is aligned with the science of behavior, increase the number and visibility of PBS presentations at the ABAI conference, disseminate accurate information about PBS to ABAI’s membership, promote methodologically sound, data-based PBS research and to encourage open dialogue among behavior analysts and proponents of PBS. The PBS-SIG members are those engaged in experimental and applied analyses of behavior who are interested in positive behavior support. This poster will display the mission, benefits of membership, how members can get involved, previous/current activities, and the trend of PBS presentations at ABAI.

 
144. Practitioner Issues in Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Amego Inc.)
Abstract: The Practitioner Issues in Behavior Analysis (PIBA) SIG is a special interest group that focuses on all areas of specialization for behavior analyst practitioners. This SIG developed a model licensing act for behavior analysts in 2007. The BACB's model licensing act also drew heavily from the PIBA SIG’s model act to meet the needs and concerns of BCBA and BCaBA practitioners. We currently have a membership of 75 and also maintain a yahoo list-serve for communication among members. This SIG provides a means of discussion, support and potential for action if warranted among ABAI members. The SIG collaborates with other SIGs and boards of ABAI or external organizations as individual members on legal and ethical issues pertaining to the practice of behavior analysis. We promote and support means of ensuring the continued ability for behavior analysts to practice as independent practitioners. The SIG provides a means of communicating about current trends and concerns pertaining to the practice of behavior analysis, licensing matters, legislation issues, insurance regulations and billing practices and updates, and efforts to place barriers for such practice by outside organizations or individuals. We help support and promote the ability for behavior analysts to be on insurance panels to provide services to family members with autism and other areas of application of behavior analytic methods.
 
145.

The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group

NIKIA DOWER (Dower and Associates, Inc.), Tracie L. Lindblad (Monarch House), Lina M. Slim-Topdjian (ASAP - A Step Ahead Program, LLC), Deirdre M. Muldoon (The College of Saint Rose), Heather Forbes (The University of Kansas - PhD Student), Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavioral Consultants, LLC)
Abstract:

The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) SIG poster will provide information about the SIG’s mission, the composition of membership, the treatment and research areas applicable to the members of the SIG, and finally, the various benefits of membership in and donation to the SIG. The SIG’s mission is to promote the dissemination of behaviorally-oriented speech and language research and the application of evidence-based practices relevant to the full range of services provided by speech and language professionals. Expo attendees to our poster will receive information about SIG membership and its benefits and the resources that are available on the SIG website and the SIG's various social media platforms. Opportunities for participation on various SIG committees will be highlighted. In addition, SIG Executive members will be available at the poster for informal discussions with visitors, to answer specific questions and, in general, to promote interest in the dissemination of behavioral interventions for speech and language disorders.

 
146. Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) SIG
JULIA H. FIEBIG (Ball State University; ABA Global Initiatives LLC)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group was established to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, over-consumption of resources, imbalances of environmental sustainability. Information on BASS mission, events, membership, and other pertinent information will be presented in poster format.
 
147. Standard Celeration Society
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy), Mary Kathryn Reagan (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: The Standard Celeration Society (SCS) became an ABAI special interest group in 1995. Its mission is to uphold and advance the defining features and conventions of the Standard Celeration Chart. The SCS aims to be a friendly and enduring forum, supporting application and dissemination of standard celeration charting across an expanding range of practitioners and other stakeholders. The values of the SCS that guide behavior in fulfilling the mission include acknowledgment and appreciation of the founding principles and applications of our science (i.e., standing on the shoulders of giants), generosity in our interactions with others, driving and embracing change, social beneficence, commitment to evidence-based practice, and having fun. Since 2015, the SCS has employed an organizational structure composed of a board of directors and volunteer leadership teams that actively work toward implementing new and maintaining current initiatives designed to further the organization’s mission. We have an active board of directors (five members, 3-year terms): a president, president-elect, vice presidents, and associate vice presidents. The board of directors provides guidance and decision-making for the SCS president, who is tasked with carrying out board initiatives with vice presidents, associate vice presidents, and volunteers. Current leadership teams are finance, programs, membership, scientific and academic relations, public relations, operations, international relations, and the recently added diversity, as well as website services. Since the beginning of 2015 our leadership teams have actively developed the underlying systems to support the SIG’s structure and facilitate institutional memory as there is transition in our leadership roles, an important component for voluntary leadership teams to maintain productivity. Current priority initiatives include the redesign of our website (www.celeration.org). While some components of the new website are already in place, we are completing the development of several other features, including a redesigned member gateway, free continuing education opportunities for members, publication resources, and training program locations for students interested in academic training, internships, and externships, among others. SCS membership fees are very reasonable and include discounted rates to IPTC each year, access to the historical publication database of the Journal of Precision Teaching and Celeration, and soon to be announced web-based continuing education events (annual fees: sustaining, $100; full, $50; student, $25). Along with our redesigned website, there is an initiative to highlight our organization’s entrepreneurial members such that their skills, insights, and strategies developed over decades of business development in the area of precision teaching can be made available to others looking to start their own businesses. This is an exciting opportunity to become involved with the SCS, as this organization has a long history of entrepreneurs creating successful operations that provide clinical/educational services outside the mainstream of applied behavior analysis. Finally, as in many prior years, new and seasoned precision teachers gathered to learn and share research and clinical data at the SCS Annual Conference in November 2019. The society was honored to have Dr. Shahla Ala'i-Rosales, Dr. Ronnie Detrich, and Theresa Mc Keon as keynote speakers along with an array of invited addresses, panels, paper symposia, annual chart share and poster session. The conference took place St. Petersburg, Florida at the Tradewinds Resort. This year, we celebrate our 33rd Annual Conference November 5–7 in Denver, Colorado. Please visit www.celeration.org for more information regarding the conference. The SCS eagerly welcomes new charters and members into our community. This nurturing group is full of brilliant and seasoned professionals who are always willing to offer advice or mentorship. Simply become a member and see the opportunities accelerate!
 
148. Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group
BARBARA GROSS (Empowered: A Center for Sexuality; Special School District of St. Louis County), Shane T. Spiker (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp.), Landa L. Fox (Positive Connections)
Abstract: The Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group exists to help disseminate empirically verified information regarding sex education and sex research to behavior analysts working in applied settings. The Sexual Behavior SIG also supports basic and applied research on the emergence and maintenance of human sexual behavior in typically developing individuals, individuals with autism and developmental disabilities, and other populations. Members or this special interest group include professionals, teachers, direct service providers, parents, and consumers who are concerned with issues of sex therapy, sex education, and sex research. Sexual Behavior SIG was founded in 2007 as STEP SIG and has been providing a symposium at the annual convention of ABAI since its inception, sharing both conceptual and empirical presentations with conference attendees.
 
149. Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
DACIA MCCOY (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: The purpose of the Teaching Behavior Analysis (TBA) special interest group is to improve the teaching and learning of the principles and applications of behavior analysis in any setting in which those activities occur. Stop by to learn more about the TBA special interest group and ways to get involved and connected to resources. Anyone interested in the teaching of behavior analysis in all environments is welcome to join us.
 
150. Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group
APRIL N. KISAMORE (Hunter College), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute), Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy), Amanda P. Laprime (Center for Children with Special Needs & Northeastern University), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute), M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute), Caitlin H. Delfs (Village Autism Center)
Abstract: The mission of the VB SIG is to disseminate theory, research, and practice to people around the world who are interested in Skinner's (1957) analysis of verbal behavior and a behavioral approach to language. The VB SIG has a dedicated group of elected council members who carry out the many functions of the VB SIG. VB News is the newsletter published twice annually with featured labs, interviews, and articles by both students and influential researchers. The VB SIG Student Group is a forum for students to discuss verbal behavior and write article summaries for our website and newsletter. Students can apply to two annual research awards: one for a completed research project in verbal behavior, and one for a grant proposal for a study in verbal behavior. These awards are presented at the annual business meeting at ABAI, as is the Jack Michael Award for enduring contributions to the study of verbal behavior. There are many ways to interact with others interested in verbal behavior, such as through our website, our listserv, Facebook, emails, and other outlets. The VB SIG Expo poster is a wonderful way for people to learn about the VB SIG and to get involved.
 
151. Mental Health Special Interest Group
JEFFREY BOLIN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Lindsey LeBrun (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Building Essential Skills Together)
Abstract: The Mental Health Special Interest Group works to develop and disseminate evidence-based resources and information to the Association for Behavior Analysis International members and the general public on mental health issues while raising awareness and understanding of mental health issues from a behavior analytic perspective as well as promoting behavior analytic research on mental health issues.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #184
Other Organizations
Saturday, May 23, 2020
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Walter E. Washington Convention Center, Level 2, Hall D
152.

Association for Science in Autism Treatment

DAVID A. CELIBERTI (Association for Science in Autism Treatment)
Abstract:

The vast array of "proposed treatments" for autism can be both overwhelming and confusing for consumers. Sadly, there is not a shared commitment to empirical validation, research, and data-based decision making amongst providers. The Association for Science and Autism Treatment (ASAT) strives to be an important resource for individuals with autism, family members, professionals, and paraprofessionals, in fact, for anyone interested in reliable, science-based and accurate information about autism and its treatments. Founded in 1998, the mission of the ASAT is to promote safe, effective, science-based treatments for individuals with autism by disseminating accurate, timely, and scientifically-sound information; advocating for the use of scientific methods to guide treatment; and, combating unsubstantiated, inaccurate and false information about autism and its treatment. For more information please visit ASAT's website at www.asatonline.org. To receive Science in Autism Treatment, ASAT's free online publication, subscribe at www.asatonline.org/newsletter/

 
153. Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) of the American Psychological Association
STEPHANIE A. HOOD (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: The mission of Division 25 is to promote behavior analysis within American Psychological Association (APA) and beyond. Exemplary activities of the Division include sponsoring a program within APA’s annual convention, maintaining an awards program to recognize excellence in the field, and participating in APA’s fellows program to recognize those division members who have made enduring and outstanding contributions to behavior analysis. We encourage clinicians/researchers to address behavior as a subject matter in its own right. We support the experimental analysis of behavior, applied behavior analysis, and other fields/divisions with similar interests. In addition, division members frequently serve on standing and ad hoc committees within APA, lending a behavior analytic perspective to the proceedings. Early Career and Student members are encouraged to interact with Division leaders and members as a resource for networking and career development. This poster will highlight the benefits of APA membership and will allow conference-goers to meet members of the executive committee.
 
154.

The Foundation for the Advancement of a Strategic Science of Teaching (FASST)

JANICE L. HUBER (FASST), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University), Michael Malinowski (Louisiana State University Law Center)
Abstract:

FASST’s mission is to contribute to the well-being of society by promoting teaching, professional education, collaboration, research, and competency driven applications of the science of behavior analysis to solve problems in the home, school, community, and workplace through application in settings that include public, charter and private schools; clinics; learning centers; and in the context of tutoring. FASST strives to create, promote, and otherwise enhance domestic and global dissemination of scientifically sound and otherwise reliable information on behavioral services and science, and to promote collaboration that advances this goal. Core objectives of FASST are to promote collaboration among those engaged in behavior analysis, to support development and expansion of a learner- driven science of teaching for all children, to improve ongoing and future applications of behavior analysis directly and through the education of those providing and receiving behavior analytic services, and to raise awareness of and otherwise link the public and behavior analyst with evidence-based and otherwise scientifically sound behavior analytic resources.

 
155.

ALSOLIFE : Your Life is ALSO My LIFE

FAN YU LIN (ALSOLIFE)
Abstract:

According to National Bureau of Statistics of China (2018), in the year of 2017, there were over 68 million children under the age of 5. Even if 1 in 1000 children with ASD is estimated (Sun, Allison, Auyeung, Baron-Cohen, & Brayne, 2013), the number of young children with ASD would still be over 68,000. The need of ASD treatment and support in China is extreme and urgent. Established in 2017 and centered on a perspective of “rooting on the present, outlooking the future”, ALSOLIFE provides family centered services through empowerment and continued supports. With the development of new technology and big data analysis of nearly 100,000 children with ASD in all ages, ALSOLIFE has created an online platform to help parents and teachers individualize assessment and treatment plans. It also provides a series of formal and informal online training courses, taught by ASD professionals around the world, aiming to enhance the knowledge of behavior science and promote general autism awareness.

 
157. Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies
MARY SAWYER (Fit Learning Atlanta), Michael P. Kranak (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Amanda P. Laprime (University of Rochester Medical Center), Abigail Blackman (University of Kansas), Tyler Erath (University of Kansas), Rob D. Holdsambeck (Holdsambeck Behavioral Health), Henry S. Pennypacker (University of Florida)
Abstract: The Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies (CCBS) is a 501 (c) 3 nonprofit organization that harnesses the expertise of hundreds of behavioral scientists to solve problems in the home, school, community, and the workplace. The CCBS mission is to advance the scientific study of behavior and its humane application to the solution of practical problems, including the prevention and relief of human suffering. Founded by Dr. Robert Epstein in 1981, the CCBS has three goals: to create and deliver trustworthy information on high quality behavioral services and science around the world; to promote global collaboration among behavioral organizations; and to improve the future of behavioral science by educating and developing the next wave of behavioral scientists and practitioners. Most CCBS work is through the voluntary efforts of its directors, trustees, and advisors. These individuals represent the best experts in behavioral science and practice. They develop the highest quality video instruction and presentations, evaluate and accredit world-class programs of workplace safety and applied behavior analysis services, write books and articles, and produce video and audio broadcasts that are distributed through the CCBS online store and over the Internet.
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}